|
Behavior Analyst Certification Board: Introduction and Application |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
4C-1 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Christine L. Ratcliff (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Presenting Authors: |
This meeting will cover important components of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB), including information on Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) and Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst (BCaBA) credentials, eligibility requirements, approved course sequences, examination administration, and applying for examination. The presentation will also offer information regarding BACB growth and development. This meeting is intended for individuals who want basic information on the BACB or are planning to become certified. |
Keyword(s): BACB, BCaBA, BCBA, certification |
|
|
|
|
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
4C-4 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Anne Shroyer (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Presenting Authors: |
The annual report of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis will be presented, followed by the discussion of editorial policies and issues. We encourage past and present associate editors and board members, authors and prospective authors, and any other interested parties to attend. Questions and suggestions encouraged. |
|
|
|
|
Standard Celeration Society |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
607 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Kerri L. Milyko (Precision Teaching Learning Center) |
Presenting Authors: |
Members of the Standard Celeration Society will congregate to discuss all business related matters regarding the society, including but not limited to 1) membership, 2) finances, and 3) the annual International Precision Teaching Conference. |
Keyword(s): Charting, Precision Teaching, Standard Celeration |
|
|
|
|
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior: Meeting for Authors, Prospective Authors, and Board Members |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
603 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The annual report of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB) will be presented, followed by discussion of editorial policies and issues. We encourage authors and prospective authors to attend. Questions and suggestions will be encouraged. |
Keyword(s): JEAB |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
602 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Julia H. Fiebig (San Ramon Valley Unified School District) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group was formed to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, overconsumption of resources, and imbalances in environmental sustainability. Objectives include to a) encourage and support research that promotes the application of behavior analysis to green/environmental issues; b) collaborate with environmental scientists, environmental groups, and other SIGs within ABAI that have an interest in addressing behavior change and sustainability/environmental issues; c) disseminate research and practices that support solutions to environmental issues through the application of behavioral interventions; d) develop curricula, textbooks, and additional educational resources that address sustainability and the application of behavior analysis; e) compile resources for individuals interested in behavior change and environmental issues; and f) develop an information base of current effective practices/initiatives, government policies, and employment for behavior analysts interested in behavior change and environmental issues The business meeting is open to anyone interested in sustainability and environmental issues. |
|
|
|
|
Parent-Professional Partnership SIG (also known as the Parents of Children with Autism SIG) |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
604 (Convention Center) |
Chair: David A. Celiberti (Association for Science in Autism Treatment) |
Presenting Authors: |
Behavior analysts involved in clinical practice recognize that we owe much to parents of children with autism who have been staunch advocates for higher quality services for their children. The synergy that can arise from parents and professionals working together creates exciting opportunities and possibilities. The Parent-Professional Partnership SIG is one such opportunity. A business meeting will be held to provide a forum for networking, to outline the PPP SIG's goals and objectives, and to discuss ways to improve upon the SIG's joint website with the Autism SIG. All interested parents and professionals are encouraged to attend this meeting chaired by David Celiberti and Pamela Gorski (co-presidents) and visit our website at www.AutismPPPSIG.org. |
Keyword(s): Autism, Collaboration, Parents |
|
|
|
|
Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
608 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Kendra L. Brooks Rickard (Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Presenting Authors: CHELSEA WILHITE (University of Nevada, Reno) |
At this meeting we will review business items associated with NABA; the meeting is open to all sustaining, full, affiliate, and student members. |
Keyword(s): Affiliated Chapter, Association, NABA, Nevada |
|
|
|
|
Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
605 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Robert F. Putnam (May Institute) |
Presenting Authors: |
This will be the annual business meeting of the Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group. |
|
|
|
|
ABAI Education Board |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
4C-3 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Presenting Authors: |
This meeting is open to anyone interested in the work of the ABAI Education Board. The ABAI Executive Council has charged the Education Board with two primary tasks. The first of these is to encourage both undergraduate and graduate programs in behavior analysis to pursue ABAI accreditation, and to provide assistance to these programs as needed to achieve this goal. The second charge to the Education Board has been to prepare an application for recognition of the ABAI accreditation system by the Council for Higher Education Accreditation. The meeting will address these issues as well as other matters of interest or concern to the membership. |
Keyword(s): accreditation, accredited programs, education, education board |
|
|
|
|
ABAI Program Committee Meeting |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
401 (Convention Center) |
Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: #none# |
|
Applied Animal Behavior (AAB) |
JENNIFER L. SOBIE (University of Illinois), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University) |
|
Autism (AUT) |
JEFFREY H. TIGER (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: #none# |
|
Behavioral Pharmacology (BPH) |
KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas) |
|
Clinical; Family; Behavioral Medicine (CBM) |
THOMAS J. WALTZ (US Veterans Administration), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University) |
|
Community Interventions; Social and Ethical Issues (CSE) |
PATRICIA BACH (Illinois Institute of Technology), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Developmental Disabilities (DDA) |
JENNIFER M. ASMUS (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University) |
|
Human Development (DEV) |
HAYNE W. REESE (West Virginia University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
|
Experimental Analysis of Behavior (EAB) |
ROBERT W. ALLAN (Lafayette College), Matthew C. Bell (Santa Clara University) |
|
Education (EDC) |
JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of Glamorgan), Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon) |
|
Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) |
HEATHER M. MCGEE (Western Michigan University), Lori H. Diener (Performance Blueprints, Inc.) |
|
Practice (PRA) |
JENNIFER R. ZARCONE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ronnie Detrich (Wing Institute) |
|
Science (SCI) |
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University) |
|
Teaching Behavior Analysis (TBA) |
JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University) |
|
Theoretical, Philosophical, and Conceptual Issues (TPC) |
PER HOLTH (Akershus University College), Marleen T. Adema (Bangor University) |
|
Verbal Behavior (VRB) |
CAIO F. MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
|
Continuing Education (CE) |
RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University), Maria E. Malott (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
Abstract: #none# |
|
|
|
|
Evolution of Research on Interventions for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Implications for Behavior Analysts |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
303/304 (TCC) |
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Tristram Smith, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jennifer N. Y. Fritz (University of Houston - Clear Lake) |
TRISTRAM SMITH (University of Rochester Medical Center) |
Tristram Smith, Ph.D., is an associate professor of pediatrics at the University of Rochester Medical Center (URMC), where he leads federally-funded studies comparing the efficacy of different interventions for children with autism spectrum disorders. He is also a clinician in URMC's Community Consultation Program, serving students with ASD and other intellectual disabilities in schools and other agencies. His commitment to the study and treatment of children with ASD began in 1982, when he had the opportunity to volunteer as a buddy for an adult with autism who lived near his college. This experience inspired him to apply to graduate school at the University of California, Los Angeles, where he studied clinical psychology and worked as a therapist and researcher with O. Ivar Lovaas, Ph.D., in the UCLA Young Autism Project. Before moving to Rochester in 2000, he directed clinics for children with autism and their families in the states of California, Iowa, and Washington. He has authored or coauthored several of the most widely-cited studies on treatment outcomes for children with ASD. |
Abstract: The extraordinary success of behavior analytic interventions for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) has fueled the rapid growth of behavior analysis as a profession. One reason for this success is that for many years behavior analysts were virtually alone in conducting programmatic ASD intervention research. However, that era has ended. Many investigators from other disciplines are now carrying out large-scale intervention studies and beginning to report successes of their own. The increasing number and range of studies has the potential to improve services for individuals with ASD, and it challenges behavior analysts to intensify their research efforts. |
Target Audience: Professionals and graduate students |
Learning Objectives: 1. Discuss recent, multidisciplinary research on interventions for individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD)- 2. Describe the complementary role of single-case and group comparison studies in developing and validating ASD interventions 3. Identify priorities for future research on ABA interventions for ASD |
Keyword(s): applied research, autism |
|
|
|
|
Everything You Know About the Experimental Analysis of Behavior Is Wrong; Or Is It? |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
608 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Richard W. Malott, Ph.D. |
Chair: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University) |
CYNTHIA J. PIETRAS (Western Michigan University) |
MARK P. REILLY (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: Here are some of the topics we may touch on, though we will have time for only a few: (1) The relation between experimental and applied research in behavior analysis. (2) Why bridging research gets it wrong. (3) Why basic research gets it wrong. (4) Preschool fatalism. (5) Pre-PhD fatalism: Why you will agree with practically none of this presentation. (6) The little boy with a new hammer who tries to fix everything by hitting it with his wonderful hammer. (7) Why the worst thing Skinner ever did was invent schedules of reinforcement. (8) An erroneous analysis of schedules of reinforcement and cigarette smoking. (9) Why delayed-discounting is irrelevant to almost anything of importance. (10) Why grandma's wisdom is wrong. (11) The myth of poor self-control. (12) The truth about poor self-control. (13) Rule-governed vs. contingency-controlled behavior. (14) Why operationalization provides only a false sense of intellectual security. (15) The shiftless paradigm. (16) Why most of the panel members disagree with most of this. (17) Why none of this represents the official position of ABAI. |
Keyword(s): basic research, bridging research, schedules, self-control |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Understanding the Publication Process |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
202 (TCC) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ashley Shier (University of Cincinnati) |
CATHLEEN C. PIAZZA (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
BRIAN A. IWATA (University of Florida) |
DAVID P. WACKER (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Panelists will briefly discuss their career path and personal research interests. Panelists will also give recommendations and advice to those looking to publish in a peer reviewed journal. |
Keyword(s): Publication Process |
|
|
|
|
Technology-Based Therapeutic Tools Targeting Substance Use Disorders: Research Findings, Opportunities, and Future Directions |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
6BC (Convention Center) |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
CE Instructor: Lisa A. Marsch, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
LISA A. MARSCH (Dartmouth College) |
Dr. Lisa A. Marsch is the Director of the Center for Technology and Behavioral Health at the Dartmouth Psychiatric Research Center at Dartmouth College and a faculty member in the Department of Psychiatry at Dartmouth College. With funding from NIDA, Dr. Marsch has led a line of research focused on the development and evaluation of state of the art, technology-based (computer-, mobile-, and Internet-delivered) interventions targeting substance abuse treatment among youth and adults, HIV prevention among substance-using youth and adults, and substance abuse prevention among children and adolescents. These technology-based therapeutic tools reflect an integration of science-based behavioral interventions with evidence-based informational technologies. This work has been conducted in a variety of settings, including physician offices, substance abuse treatment programs, criminal justice settings, educational settings and via the Internet. This research has provided novel empirical information regarding the role that technology may play in improving substance abuse prevention and treatment in a manner that is cost-effective, ensures fidelity and enables the rapid diffusion and widespread adoption of science-based interventions. |
Abstract: Technology offers the potential to play a critical role in improving behavioral health interventions in a manner that enables rapid diffusion of science-based interventions and which may be cost-effective. Evidence-based psychosocial treatment, provided via an automated, technology-based platform (e.g., web, mobile devices), could substantially advance treatment efforts by improving quality and availability of care, leveraging the efforts of clinical staff, and projecting treatment to rural and other underserved areas. Additionally, the temporal flexibility of technology-based interventions may allow for "on-demand," ubiquitous access to therapeutic support, thereby creating unprecedented models of intervention delivery and reducing barriers to accessing care. In this presentation, Dr. Marsch will provide an overview of her line of research focused on the development and evaluation of technology-based, psychosocial prevention and treatment interventions targeting substance use and related issues (including HIV prevention and mental health issues). This work has been conducted in a variety of settings, including physician offices, substance abuse treatment programs, criminal justice settings, educational settings and via the Internet. Dr. Marsch will discuss strategies for developing and evaluating technology-based behavior change interventions in a manner that ensures the inclusion of science-based content and evidence-based informational technologies. She will also discuss potential research opportunities in this area. |
Target Audience: Graduate students, laboratory and applied scientists |
Learning Objectives: At the end of this session, the participant should be able to:
1. Describe approaches to measuring health-related behaviors remotely
2. Describe approaches to measuring and monitoring behavior relevant to education remotely or in rural and isolated settings.
3. Design interventions or studies involving remote monitoring. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral health, remote monitoring, Substance abuse, Technology-based interventions |
|
|
|
|
Toward a Continued Technology of Supervision: Administrator, Student, University, and Supervising Agency Perspective |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
LL02 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (University of Kansas Medical Center) |
CE Instructor: Nanette L. Perrin, M.A. |
Abstract: While the certification requirements for becoming a behavior analyst are not open to interpretation, how the content is provided during supervision is open to interpretation. As the widespread use of technology expands the delivery of that content to nontraditional settings, the form that the required supervision takes has been altered as well. There are multiple university sites that are administering courses from a distance. The availability of distance-delivered coursework opens the opportunities for enrollment to individuals who before would have been too remote. While this technology is beneficial for those living in remote areas, the remoteness itself adds to the need for creative approaches to supervision. Challenges range from the availability of qualified supervisors to the lack of a supervision structure or clear outcomes. This symposium will present data based information from the university perspective, the student perspective, the administrative perspective, and the supervision perspective regarding the implementation of a standardized supervision program based on the content areas presented by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Coursework and supervision was provided using primarily distance-technology, including online information and teleconferencing technology. |
Keyword(s): Autism, BCBA Supervision, Distance, Technology |
|
Toward a Continued Technology of Supervision: The University Perspective on the Collaborative Effort of Two Cohorts of Professionals |
DANIEL P. DAVIDSON (Northern Arizona University) |
Abstract: Northern Arizona University’s Institute for Human Development (NAU/IHD) provides an online BACB approved university training program. NAU/IHD was recruited by Alaska’s Center for Human Development (CHD) to provide training to those students selected to participate in their statewide BCBA capacity building effort. Initial planning for the collaborative effort required six month of preparation. This preparation involved provision of the course scope and sequence to the agency in charge of supervising fieldwork in order to match the content of supervision activities to their online university course content. With much planning, Arizona’s NAU/IHD, Alaska’s CHD and the fieldwork supervisors from Integrated Behavioral Technologies (IBT) of Kansas, began a series of summer institutes, candidate recruitment/selection, student orientation, course delivery, and fieldwork supervision. Two student cohorts have begun the process. This presentation will describe the challenges and benefits of such a coordinated effort from the perspective of the university responsible to teach the students within each cohort. |
|
Toward a Continued Technology of Supervision: Implementation and Assessment of the Effectiveness of a Standardized Supervision Process for Behavior Analysts |
NANETTE L. PERRIN (Integrated Behavioral Technologies, Inc.), Rachel L. White (Integrated Behavioral Technologies, Inc.), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (University of Kansas Medical Center) |
Abstract: While supervision requirements for becoming a behavior analyst are not open to interpretation, how the content is provided during supervision, is. Challenges range from the availability of qualified supervisors to the lack of a supervision structure or clear outcomes. This presentation provides information regarding the Implementation of a standardized supervision program based on the content areas presented by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Supervision was provided using primarily distance-technology, including online information and teleconferencing technology. For the supervision data on skill fluency/skill acquisition of supervisee's enrolled in this manualized supervision sequence suggests that skill fluency is variable, ranging from 63% to 94% criterion. During individual sessions, supervisors provide feedback on the assignments. During face-to-face supervision, supervisees receive feedback on their skill fluency in implementing basic behavioral techniques. Ongoing supervision is geared toward increasing skill fluency in all core content areas.
Objective 1 is to implement a distance supervision sequence according to guidelines established by a behavioral certification agency
Objective 2 is to assess the effectiveness of distance supervision on trainee’s knowledge and skill fluency. |
|
Toward a Continued Technology of Supervision: Administration of a Distance Program |
PHILLIP TAFS (University of Alaska, Anchorage Center for Health and Development) |
Abstract: Alaskas limited number of Board Certified Behavior Analysts severely restricted the ability of Alaska to implement best practice services and inhibited training opportunities for students. Alaskas Center for Human Development (CHD) was tasked with capacity building in Autism interventions and gathered a group of stakeholders to determine how capacity would be built and what practices would best serve the state. The stakeholder group overwhelmingly supported increased training in approaches rooted in Applied Behavior Analysis. Alaska only had one BCBA who was soon to retire and the university system provided no options for training in this science. Program directors began looking for resources outside Alaska. In addition, 6 BCBA candidates who were completing their BCBAs individually were surveyed to determine what worked and what did not work regarding distance supervision. A university school program and supervisors were selected and asked to coordinate with the State to address concerns regarding the quality and comprehensive nature of distance supervision. These issues included coordination of the university program and the supervision to reduce the response effort of the students, manualizing the distance supervision to increase quality of the experience, and using distance technology to increase face-to face interaction between supervisors and supervisees. |
|
Toward a Continued Technology of Supervision: A Students Perspective on Learning From a Distance |
ANNETTE BLANAS (University of Alaska, Anchorage Center for Health and Development) |
Abstract: Professionals working with young children, especially those experiencing Autism, who follow best practice guideline will find that practices informed by the science of Applied Behavior Analysis rise to the top. However, for professionals in Alaska these approaches, and the certification necessary to competently practice, were not available. Distance supervision and University course work were the only options that were feasible as relocating to another state was not possible. Distance supervision had two attractive qualities. First, it allowed students to maintain their current livelihood with no need to relocate, which is costly as well as difficult on families and the social networks they have developed. Second, the use of distance technology in a state that must use distance resources to provide services in frontier locations gave students an added skill to improve services. Distance education opportunities including the University coursework and distance supervision have allowed students to increase their skills and better serve families where otherwise this would have been impossible. |
|
|
|
|
Teacing Communication Skills to Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
301 (TCC) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Alison Cox (Kerry's Place Autism Services) |
Discussant: Tracie L. Lindblad (Four Points) |
Abstract: There has been considerable attention in the literature on teaching communication skills to children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and the resulting data suggests using applied behaviour analysis (ABA) techniques (e.g., alternative augmentative communication (AAC); graduated time-delay procedure) is highly efficacious in teaching communication skills to this population. However, there is very little research published on how these programs work for adults with ASD. As such, the efficacy of these procedures should not be generalized to the adult population. Moreover, children with ASD often undergo communication training through early autism initiatives in Intensive Behaviour Intervention (IBI) settings where highly trained staff (i.e., Instructor Therapists; Senior Therapists) implement the procedures. Implementing this type of programming in a residential setting (i.e., group home) varies extensively from that of an IBI setting. Moreover, adults with ASD do not have the learning trajectory that children do, thus AAC procedures outlined in existing literature may not be the most efficacious way to deliver communication training to adults. This symposium will attempt to address the gap in literature by presenting two case studies and one multiple baseline across participants design on the efficaciousness of ABA techniques in teaching communication skills to older adults with ASD. |
Keyword(s): Autism Adults, communication skills, PECS, verbal manding |
|
Using Graduated Time Delay Procedure to Increase Verbal Manding Skills in a 34-year-old Woman With a Dual-diagnosis |
NATALIE BIGELOW (Kerry's Place Autism Services), Alison Cox (Kerry's Place Autism Services), Teryn Bruni (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: One of the core deficits presented by individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is that of communication and/or speech deficit whereby they are often unable to initiate conversation or make spontaneous requests for desired items. As such, individuals with ASD often require intensive teaching procedures in order to develop functional communication skills. Although there is research to support that that the mand should be the initial focus in language training and development there is limited literature to date which includes participants over 18 years of age. The purpose of this study was to investigate the efficacy of graduated time-delay prompting procedures in teaching an older adult with ASD to request (mand). The participant had never undergone formal communication training prior to intervention implementation. Baseline was collected before mediator training and the introduction of teaching procedures. Preliminary results indicate rapid and steady progress in the acquisition of verbal mands in the participants natural environment. Results from existing research cannot be generalized to include the adult population for a variety of reasons therefore, this study will attempt to address the current gap in literature. |
|
Using the Picture Exchange Communication System to teach a 37-year-old Male With Autism Spectrum Disorder Communication Skills |
MELISSA MACDONALD (Lake Ridge Community Support Services), Bruce Punnett (Kerry's Place Autism Services) |
Abstract: One of the cornerstone deficits in individuals with autism is their inability to effectively communicate. As a result, augmentative alternative communication (AAC) systems have been researched in an effort to identify efficacious programming. However, the vast majority of this literature includes participants under the age of 18. As such, there exists a large gap in the literature whereby the most efficacious procedure for teaching adults with autism communication skills remains largely unknown as existing results cannot be generalized to the adult population. The current study attempts to address the aforementioned gap in research whereby the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) was used to teach a 37 year old male, with no previous formal communication training to communicate. Teaching trials took place in a residential setting where frontline staff were responsible for program implementation. A baseline was conducted prior to teaching each target item. After each baseline PECS (Bondy & Frost, 1994) was systematically implemented. Preliminary results indicate slow steady progress across a number of target items over the first two phases of PECS. |
|
Using the Picture Exchange Communication System to Teach Three Older Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder Communication Skills |
ALISON COX (Kerry's Place Autism Services) |
Abstract: Teaching persons with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) to communicate is a primary focus among professionals who provide services for this population. Moreover, extensive literature exists to support the efficaciousness of several alternative augmentative communication (AAC) methods, namely the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS). However, a large majority of the PECS literature to date includes participants 18 years and younger. As a result, the outcomes of these studies cannot be generalized to include the adult population in part because adults present with vastly different learning trajectories and are confronted with different situational and environmental variables (e.g., non-IBI settings) Therefore, the purpose of this study was to investigate the efficacy of a modified PECS program in teaching three older adults with ASD communication skills. Each participant had never undergone formal communication training prior to intervention implementation. Baseline data were collected prior to the introduction of each new target item and date of implementation was staggered across participants. Preliminary results indicate slow steady progress across the initial phases of PECS. |
|
|
|
|
Issues and Considerations in Staff Training of Autism Interventions |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
302 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: April S. Worsdell (Coyne & Associates) |
Discussant: Ethan S. Long (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
CE Instructor: April S. Worsdell, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Although staff training is cited as a critical component to the success of ABA interventions for young children with autism, relatively little research has been conducted to evaluate models for training in-home and classroom 1:1 staff to implement ABA teaching techniques with high fidelity. Moreover, limited published resources exist to train Supervisory-level clinical staff to analyze problems related to skill acquisition and determine appropriate and efficient solutions. This symposium will present data evaluating a comprehensive Behavioral Skills Training model to facilitate the acquisition and maintenance of core ABA teaching strategies by staff providing 1:1 ABA intervention in the home setting. The efficacy of the training model to school-based instructional aides and classroom teachers also will be presented. Finally, data will be summarized on the use of a checklist to guide Supervisors of ABA programs in effective troubleshooting of skill acquisition programs. Implications of the training resources to clinical service providers will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): autism, EIBI, implementation fidelity, staff training |
|
Efficacy of an Intensive Training Protocol in Teaching Staff to Implement Home-Based Behavioral Intervention Programs for Young Children with Autism |
KARA LEE (Coyne & Associates), Tiffany Bauer (Coyne & Associates), Hannah Marsden (Coyne & Associates), Susan Bonin (Coyne & Associates), Mary Collins (Coyne & Associates), Len Levin (Coyne & Associates), Paul Coyne (Coyne & Associates) |
Abstract: For children with autism and developmental delays, the model of intensive early intervention treatment and education services that are based on the principles of applied behavior analysis has become the best practice standard. While higher-level behavior analysts are trained and supervised according to the guidelines of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB), a training gap often exists between these treatment providers and the instructors that work directly with young children during home-basedapplied bheavior analysis (ABA)intervention. Presuming that a qualified behavior analyst oversees the program, the efficacy of the intervention is still dependent on the home instructor's competence with respect to the execution of these techniques in the absence of continuous, on-site supervision. This presentation will review an intensive instructor training protocol to facilitate the acquisition of the following core ABA intervention skills: errorless teaching, discrete-trial teaching, and natural environment teaching strategies to promote spontaneous manding. Performance-based data were collected on the instructor's skill level before and after the intensive training, and results showed that implementation accuracy increased markedly following exposure to the training protocol. |
|
Evaluation of a Model for Training Classroom Staff to Implement ABA-Based Teaching Techniques |
MELISSA L. EVANS (Coyne & Associates), Cyndi Harshorn (Riverside Unified School District), Len Levin (Coyne & Associates), Mary Collins (Coyne & Associates) |
Abstract: Research has shown that behavioral skills training packages have been successful in teaching classroom staff to implement research-based applied behavior analysis (ABA) teaching techniques for students with autism spectrum disorders. In the current evaluation, a comprehensive behavioral skills training model was developed to train teachers and instructional assistants within a southern California school district to use errorless teaching, discrete trial teaching, and mand training. Data were collected on the efficacy of the training model in teaching school district staff; more specifically, data indicated that classroom staff demonstrated a high level of implementation fidelity across all three teaching techniques following introduction of the training package, as well as at a 90-day follow-up. The benefits of collaboration between the Non Public Agency (NPA) trainers and school district personnel, along with the resolution of stressors will be discussed. |
|
Problem-Solving Skill Acquisition: Training Program Supervisors to Deliver ABA-based Services to Young Children With Autism |
LEN LEVIN (Coyne & Associates), April S. Worsdell (Coyne & Associates), Melissa L. Evans (Coyne & Associates), Jana M. Sarno (Coyne & Associates) |
Abstract: While training protocols incorporating the critical components of behavioral skills training have been shown to be effective with intervention staff providing direct teaching to young children with autism, few guidelines exist that suggest a specific training regimen for mid-level behavior analysts responsible for the day-to-day development of the program of instruction for a caseload of children. One key area that supervisor-level staff must continually address is what to do when children are not acquiring specified objectives. Providing those staff with a comprehensive, but user-friendly resource or checklist for analyzing and resolving problems related to skill acquisition could be a way to train program supervisors to effectively modify teaching interactions when a child is not acquiring a skill or a teaching step. A description of the checklist and a review of pilot data indicating how such a resource could be used will be reviewed. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis of Physical Activity for Health and Fitness |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
4C-3 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kristin M. Hustyi (Stanford University) |
CE Instructor: Kristn Hustyi, M.A. |
Abstract: Overweight and obesity are problems of considerable social significance. Both overweight and obesity are primarily the result of an energy imbalance, with overweight and obese individuals consuming more calories than they expend. One of the primary behavioral factors related to this imbalance is physical activity. Increasing energy expenditure through increased physical activity can serve to remediate the energy imbalance, so long as calorie consumption does not increase. Moreover, increased physical activity can produce health benefits even in the absence of weight loss. Despite the obvious relevance of behavior analysis to these issues, relatively little behavior-analytic research has focused on physical activity in the context of overweight and obesity. This symposium will feature several studies focused on understanding and increasing physical activity levels in children and adults from a behavior analytic perspective. Two of the papers report the results of efforts to increase physical activity, one with children and one with adults. Two papers will report the results of assessments to determine conditions that promote more or less physical activity in children. |
Keyword(s): fitness, health, obesity, physical activity |
|
Physical Activity Promotion Among School-Age Children Using Pedometers and Rewards |
KARI EK (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Physical activity is important for children as many children are considered overweight or obese. In the current study, a multiple baseline design across participants was used to assess the effectiveness of goal setting, reinforcement contingencies, and pedometers that provide feedback to increase step count by 5 participants. During baseline each participant wore a sealed pedometer to assess the average steps the participants took per day. In intervention 1, each participant set a reasonable goal of steps to achieve per day in order to receive a specific reinforcer chosen by the parent and participant. Intervention 2 added daily phone calls from the researcher to check participant progress. Data collection for 4 of the 5 participants showed a mean increase in steps taken per day during both interventions. All 3 participants that participated in intervention 2 further increased their mean count. Two participants participated in the follow-up phase of the study; both participants maintained their goals from intervention 2 and completed their goal step count on 100% of days. |
|
Assessment of Activity Levels of Children During Recess |
LYNDA HAYES (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Carole M. Van Camp (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: The prevalence of overweight and obese children is an increasing concern in the United States and abroad. Studies have shown that higher activity levels correspond with lower body mass index and overall better health. Given the current percentage of children enrolled in both public and private schools, it may be the case that a significant portion of children's daily activity can be fulfilled in school. The aim of the present study was to evaluate the efficacy of step counts as reliable indicators of differential activity levels displayed by children during recess. Fifteen elementary school-aged children wore Fitbit accelerometers during their regular recess times. Both structured and unstructured activities were evaluated. Step counts were recorded from Fitbits in 1-min intervals, and specific recess activities were observed and recorded. The results indicated that step count data produced by the Fitbit were successful at identifying differential patterns of activity levels. Overall, higher step counts were observed during jogging and soccer, and lower step counts were observed during tag and free play. The data also indicated a gender difference, with boys reaching higher activity levels than girls during free play. Implications for interventions utilizing step counts for feedback and goal-setting will be discussed. |
|
Behavioral Contracting to Increase Daily Energy Expenditure: A Comparison of Two Deposit Types |
BRIDGET MCKENNA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Behavioral contracting has been shown to be effective in improving a variety of behaviors, including weight management and exercise (Aragona, Cassady, & Drabman, 1975; Mann, 1972; Neale, Singleton, Dupuis, & Hess, 1990). Although research has examined the efficacy of various behavioral contract components (e.g., response cost), no studies have directly compared the efficacy of the type of deposit (e.g., monetary versus personal goods). In the current study, 2 female employees of a pediatric hospital, ages 32 and 24, wore a multidirectional accelerometer, which measured energy expenditure, during the workday. Following baseline and feedback-only conditions, participants were exposed to 2 behavioral contracting conditions, a monetary deposit and a personal goods deposit. Results showed that the most effective deposit contract at increasing energy expenditure differed across 2 participants. Additionally, for both participants only 1 of the deposit types resulted in meeting the goal and earning back the deposit entirely. These results suggest that to maximize the effectiveness of behavioral contracting, the most effective contract type needs to be identified and utilized prior to entering into a contract. |
|
A Comparison of Descriptive and Experimental Analyses of Physical Activity in Preschool Children |
ALLISON J. MORLEY (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific), Tracy A. Larson (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Direct observation of children being physically active often is viewed as the "gold standard" measure of assessing physical activity. Although direct observation can provide information regarding contextual variables (i.e., context and composition) related to moderate and vigorous physical activity, environmental variables often are not manipulated and thus causal relationships cannot be determined. We developed an experimental analysis methodology to assess the effect of outdoor activity context and group composition on level of physical activity in preschool children. The purpose of the current study was to compare the results from descriptive analyses of physical activity to those of experimental analyses. Descriptive analyses were conducted during 30-min sessions on an outdoor playground at a local daycare. Experimental analysis sessions were conducted on an outdoor playground within a multielement experimental design, with each condition lasting 5 min. The Observational System for Recording Physical Activity in Children (McIver et al., 2009) was used to define the conditions and various levels of physical activity within both the descriptive and functional analyses. Initial data suggest that the degree of agreement between the descriptive analyses and experimental analyses varies by participant. |
|
|
|
|
Meeting Challenges for Applied Behavior Analysts: Interventions With Childhood Behavioraland Emotional Difficulties |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
4C-4 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jeannie Golden (East Carolina University) |
CE Instructor: Jeannie Golden, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are often faced with challenging situations that require them to step out of their comfort zone to work in school and community settings where they may have to deal with individuals (such as staff, teachers, and parents) who do not buy into a behavioral approach. Each of the presentations in this symposium address a setting (school, residential facility, home) where part of the challenge is to change the behavior of the individuals who provide treatment and/or instruction. This challenge is further compounded by the fact that the children involved have behavioral and emotional problems that may not traditionally be dealt with by behavior analysts (such as anxiety, depression, and other mental health issues) or may be particularly challenging (such as ADD, explosive behavior disorder, and aggression). These challenges are met with technology, multi-faceted treatments, and/or novel approaches that change the behavior of the children involved as well as the significant others who play a central role in these childrens lives. |
Keyword(s): behavioral/emotional disorders |
|
Meeting the Challenge: Using Embedded Video-Based Instruction on an iPod Touch to Increase Academic Engagement |
JESSE W. JOHNSON (Northern Illinois University), Erika Blood (Northern Illinois University), Jeffrey Michael Chan (Northern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Students with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD) repeatedly display off-task and disruptive behaviors in classroom settings (Gresham, Lane, MacMilan, & Bocian, 1999; Wehby, Symons, & Shores, 1995). These behaviors often result in the student with EBD experiencing negative outcomes such as removal from the instructional environment, decreased exposure to academic materials and decreased opportunities to learn (Carr, Taylor, & Robinson, 1991; Wehby, Symons, Canale, & Go, 1998). Two studies were conducted to assess the effectiveness of using embedded video-based instruction, delivered on an iPod Touch, to increase the on-task behavior and self-management skills of students with EBD. In the first study, a ten year-old boy exhibiting frequent off-task and disruptive behavior was taught to use an iPod Touch for video modeling and self-monitoring purposes. The intervention resulted in a dramatic increase in on-task behaviors and consistently low levels of disruptive behavior. In a second study, four high school students with emotional disorders were taught to use an iPod Touch to plan and their organize work, as well as self-monitor on-task behavior. The effectiveness of the intervention package was assessed in the context of a multiple baseline across subjects design. All four students showed substantial and sustained increases in on-task behavior. |
|
Meeting the Challenge: Using Embedded Video-based Instruction on an iPod Touch to Teach Coping Skills |
JEFFREY MICHAEL CHAN (Northern Illinois University), Erika Blood (Northern Illinois University), Jesse W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Internalizing disorders (depression and anxiety-related concerns) in adolescence are often associated with serious difficulties related to academic performance, social competence, and family functioning (Adams 2011). The purpose of this study was to assess the effectiveness and acceptability of combining coping skills instruction with embedded video-based instruction delivered on an iPod Touch. A high school student with internalizing disorder was taught to use progressive relaxation in the presence of stressful situations at school. Initially, he was prompted to use the iPod to practice the procedure in a low stress environment on days when stressful events had not occurred. He was then prompted to use the iPod to practice the relaxation strategy in situations that were progressively more stressful. Results indicated that an increase in his independent use of the coping strategy on the iPod was associated with decreases in verbal outbursts and in-school suspensions along with a decrease in absences from school. |
|
The Challenge of Multiple Functions: Treating an Adolescent With Intermittent Explosive Disorder and Comorbid Conditions |
JENNIFER SHERIDAN (Behaviour Support and Therapy Centre) |
Abstract: This study outlines a behavior program designed to reduce aggressive and tantrum behavior in a 16-year-old girl with multiple diagnoses including Autism, IED and ADD. Functional assessment showed that the behaviour was maintained by escape and attention. A multi-element behavior support plan was implemented comprised of DRO, Functional Communication Training and a Token Economy system was successfully implemented. This resulted in a significant reduction in the target behavior to low levels as measured by average weekly duration. Discussion centers on the difficulties implementing behavior plans both with clients who have multiple diagnoses and in unsupportive settings, which were both features in this study. Where multiple diagnoses are present, particularly those of a more medical nature, the author has found that function-based behavior plans can be more difficult to implement, as cognitive based explanations of behavior seem to be more acceptable to parents and staff. Difficulties also arise when staff are not from a behavioral background and take a more intuitive approach to dealing with challenging behavior rather than maintaining a prescribed program. |
|
Meeting the Challenge: Interventions With Teachers, Students, and Families in an Impoverished Rural Community |
JEANNIE GOLDEN (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: Students in impoverished rural communities are at risk for gang membership, juvenile delinquency, teen pregnancy, substance abuse, continuing the cycle of poverty, relationship violence, academic failure and dropping out of school. Greene County has a high rate of poverty with 21.7% of residents living below poverty level in 2008 (compared with 14.6% in NC). The median household income in Greene Co. was $38,530 in 2008 (compared to $46,574 for NC). About 73% of the students in Greene County Schools receive free or reduced-price lunch, indicating the degree of economic need within the district. Doctoral students in pediatric school psychology from East Carolina University are providing school-based behavioral services in Greene County middle school and high school under the supervision of a licensed psychologist and BCBA. These services to faculty, students and their families include behavioral consultation, behavioral counseling, tutoring, and family educational events. These services have impacted grades, discipline referrals, student classroom behavior, teacher behavior, and parent behavior. The presenter will discuss ways of overcoming challenges in providing school-based behavioral services and making an impact in a rural community. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in Contingency Management Research II: Remote Monitoring of Health Behavior Change via the Internet |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
602 (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Brooke Ashley Jones (Utah State University) |
Discussant: Charles Fergus Lowe (Bangor University) |
Abstract: Contingency management is effective for treating a variety of problem behaviors. Incorporating this well-known strategy with technology to increase the number of individuals who can be reached would further its therapeutic impact. Within this session, papers are focused on remotely monitoring behavior using technology-based contingency management interventions for increasing appropriate behavior in teens (e.g., blood-sugar testing) and adults (e.g., purchasing more fresh produce) or decreasing maladaptive behavior in adults (e.g., smoking). In the first presentation, the effects of online peer support on smoking cessation treatment efficacy will be discussed. In the second presentation, the impact of delivering monetary vouchers on adherence with blood sugar testing recommendations will be discussed. In the third presentation, the effects of an intervention for promoting increased consumption of fruits and vegetables by incentivizing their purchase will be discussed. Preliminary data show promising trends that promote contingency management via the Internet as a viable, effective treatment for various problem behaviors. |
Keyword(s): contingency management, internet-based intervention, remote monitoring, vouchers |
|
Internet-based Group Contingency Management to Promote Smoking Cessation |
STEVEN E. MEREDITH (University of Florida), Michael Grabinski (Red 5 Group, LLC), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Social support (e.g., praise) may promote abstinence from cigarette smoking. To combine social support with the monetary consequences of contingency management (CM), we integrated group contingencies of reinforcement and an online discussion forum into an Internet-based intervention to promote smoking cessation. Thirty-six participants were divided into 12 small teams (n = 3 per team). These teams were divided into 2 groups. Participants assigned to the forum group had access to a moderated, online peer support forum through which they could communicate with their teammates. Participants assigned to the no forum group did not have access to this forum. Each participant submitted video recordings of breath carbon monoxide (CO) measurement twice daily via the Internet. Teams were exposed to 3, 5-day conditions in random order. In the independent contingency condition, participants earned vouchers exchangeable for goods contingent on abstinence (CO = 4 ppm; i.e., negative samples). In the interdependent contingency condition, participants earned vouchers only when every member of the team submitted negative samples. In the no contingency condition, no monetary contingency was arranged. Thus far, 12 participants have completed the study. Preliminary results suggest that access to the online peer support forum enhances treatment efficacy. |
|
Increasing Adherence to Blood Sugar Testing in Teens Diagnosed With Type 1 Diabetes Using an Internet-based Contingency Management Intervention |
BETHANY R. RAIFF (National Development and Research Institutes, Inc.), Esperanza Morales (National Development and Research Institutes, Inc.), Nattinee Jittarin (National Development and Research Institutes, Inc.), Mary Pat Gallagher (Naomi Berrie Diabetes Center), Patricia Kringas (Naomi Berrie Diabetes Center) |
Abstract: Diabetes can lead to a number of life-threatening health complications if unmanaged. A critical component of diabetes management, for teens diagnosed with Type 1 diabetes, involves blood sugar testing at least four times per day. The current ongoing clinical trial is designed to evaluate the impact of delivering monetary vouchers contingent (n=4) or non-contingent (n=2) on adherence with blood sugar testing recommendations. Participants submit videos showing them test their blood sugar over a secure, encrypted study website. Although the results are very preliminary due to the early stages of data collection, so far there appears to be a trend towards greater adherence in the treatment, contingent, group relative to the control, noncontingent, group. Contingent participants adhered with the minimum of 4 recommended blood glucose tests per day during a mean of 35% (range 0-70%) of the 20 day treatment, compared to only 12.5% (range 0-25%) in the noncontingent group. In general, participants and their parents, regardless of group assignment, rated the program favorably on a number of dimensions, and parents reported that their children became more independent with their diabetes management as a result of the intervention. The results suggest that Internet-based contingency management interventions are feasible and acceptable, and there is some preliminary evidence that it is also effective, for increasing adherence to blood sugar testing in teens diagnosed with Type 1 diabetes. |
|
Using Financial Incentives to Promote Healthy Eating Using the Way to Health Internet Portal |
KATHRYN SAULSGIVER (The University of Pennsylvania) |
Abstract: Suboptimal diet is associated with 4 of the 10 leading causes of death, and improving dietary choices could reduce the frequency of these afflictions. Eating the minimum recommended servings of produce a day has been found to lower the risk of coronary heart disease and stroke. Despite the increased availability of nutritional information and increased understanding among the public regarding ways to prevent these diseases, only 10% of Americans were classified as having a healthy diet in 2000. We propose to examine the effectiveness and feasibility of an intervention for promoting increased consumption of fruits and vegetables by incentivizing their purchase where the overwhelming majority of food is sold: grocery stores. The primary aim of this project is to generate preliminary evidence of the efficacy of two financial incentive structures in promoting the allocation of a greater percentage of ones grocery budget to the purchase of fresh fruits and vegetables. Thus far, we have recruited five participants (40% Caucasian). We expect recruitment and the study to be completed by the end of February 2012. Thus far this population spends 6.76% of their food money on produce and 42% of their grocery budget comes from food assistance programs like SNAP. |
|
|
|
|
Enhancing Function-Based Interventions for Problem Behavior Using Multiple Schedules |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
LL05 (TCC) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
CE Instructor: Kevin C. Luczynski, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium covers extensions of using a multiple schedule to increase the practicality of function-based treatments. Topics include (a) methods for leaning the duration of the extinction component and whether systematic and gradual progressions are necessary, (b) the portability of schedule-correlated stimuli and the extent to which treatment gains generalize across individuals and settings, and (c) the effects of incorporating the stimulus correlated with the extinction component on the level of communication responses when used as the continuous signal during delays to reinforcement. Together, the presentations demonstrate how multiple schedules serve as an efficient and efficacious method to sustain acquired functional communication responses and low levels of problem behavior across different contexts and how the schedule-correlated stimuli can be used to enhance the efficacy of another schedule thinning method. In addition, we are fortunate to have Dr. Wayne Fisher serve as the discussant. |
Keyword(s): Functional Communication, Multiple Schedule, Problem Behavior, Schedule Thinning |
|
A Component Analysis of Multiple Schedules of Reinforcement During Schedule Thinning Procedures Following Communication Training |
KENNETH D. SHAMLIAN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Eric S. Grady (University of California, San Francisco) |
Abstract: Previous studies indicate that teaching a functional communicative response in a multiple schedule arrangement provides an effective method for thinning reinforcement when attempting to produce a shift in responding in individuals from problem behavior to socially appropriate responses for the same reinforcer(s) (Fisher, Kuhn & Thompson, 1998; Hanley, Iwata, & Thompson, 2001; Tiger & Hanley, 2004, 2005). Although previous research has demonstrated beneficial effects of multiple-schedules for reaching terminal schedule criteria (Hanley et al., 2001), it is unclear whether the thinning procedures established to reach the schedule values are necessary. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the: (a) effects of contingency-correlated stimuli during FCT, (b) necessity of systematic and gradual fading steps during schedule thinning under multiple schedule components and, (c) extent to which contingency-correlated stimuli facilitated generalization across therapists and environments. Participants were 4 individuals referred for severe problem behavior and whose basic skills set included ability to communicate vocally and follow multiple-step instructions. Each participant was exposed to mixed vs. multiple schedule arrangements with and without fading of lean and rich schedules of reinforcement. Results suggest schedule correlated stimuli are necessary and sufficient for FCT schedule thinning and they promote rapid generalization. |
|
Multiple Schedules: A Pragmatic Method of Calculating Reinforcement Availability and Schedule Thinning |
SETH B. CLARK (Marcus Autism Center), Natalie A. Parks (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Studies have indicated that multiple schedules can produce discriminated manding while maintaining low rates of problem behavior shown to be maintained by the same reinforcer as those mands (Fisher, Kuhn, & Thompson, 1998; Hanley, Iwata, & Thompson, 2001; Tiger & Hanley, 2004, 2005). However, few studies have examined systematic methods of determining the duration of the components of the multiple schedule (i.e., periods SD and SDELTA) and subsequent schedule thinning. The purpose of the current investigation was to examine whether a multiple schedule in which the duration of the SD and SDELTA components were based upon the rate of mands during prior functional communication training (FCT) would produce discriminated manding while maintaining low rates of problem behavior. Participants were 4 individuals with developmental disabilities who engaged in severe behavior. The initial SDELTA interval was double that of the average interresponse interval for mands during FCT. This study also investigated whether discriminated manding would maintain when the schedule of reinforcement was the thinned to a terminal goal of a 10 min SDELTA. Overall, discriminated manding was observed with all 4 participants and manding maintained when the schedule of reinforcement was systematically thinned. |
|
Evaluating Transfer of Stimulus Control During Reinforcement Schedule Thinning |
SCOTT A. MILLER (Florida Institute of Technology), Bethany P. Contreras (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: We used multiple schedule training to reduce high rates of manding and problem behavior emitted by individuals with developmental disabilities and autism during reinforcement schedule thinning procedures. Once mands were under discriminative control, a test for transfer of stimulus control to a signaled delay to reinforcement was implemented. During the multiple schedule training, rates of problem behavior were reduced to zero and manding was reduced to near zero during extinction intervals while maintaining steady rates of mands during reinforcement intervals. Following multiple schedule training, results showed transfer of stimulus control to signaled delays when mands during the delay interval decreased to near zero levels. Transfer of control from multiple schedules to signaled delay to reinforcement procedures may be a critical component of the treatment of excessive manding in natural environments when a variety of preferred items are available on varying schedules. |
|
|
|
|
Addressing Aberrant Behaviors in School and Clinical Settings Using Functional Behavior Assessment Technologies |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
LL04 (TCC) |
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Donald M. Stenhoff (The BISTA Center) |
CE Instructor: Donald M. Stenhoff, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this symposium, the presenters will describe functional behavior assessment techniques from descriptive assessment to functional analyses. They will describe studies that were conducted in classroom and clinical settings and the necessity to use each of the settings. Behavior topographies will include rumination, shirt ripping, aggression, and property destruction. In each study, the functional analysis and treatment analysis will be described. |
|
Effects of Satiation and Noncontingent Access to Food on Rumination Behavior |
REBECCA RENEE WISKIRCHEN (ACCEL), Bryan J. Davey (ACCEL) |
Abstract: Severe rumination is a rare but serious problem for some individuals with developmental disabilities. Previous research, though limited, has shown success with various behavior analytic approaches including positive punishment and antecedent manipulations. This study measured the effects of satiation during mealtime and non-contingent food delivery on the rate of automatically maintained rumination exhibited by an eight-year-old boy with autism and moderate mental retardation. The study was conducted during school hours in a private special needs day school. Results indicated that a fixed time interval delivery of food in combination with additional servings at mealtime reduced the rate of rumination. Further treatment also included a systematic fade of these interventions. Rumination rates remained low following the completion of the fade and in subsequent probes throughout the school year. |
|
Effects of Behavioral Medications on Functional Analysis Results |
Rebecca Renee Wiskirchen (ACCEL), BRYAN J. DAVEY (ACCEL), Christina Barosky (The BISTA Center) |
Abstract: The current study addresses results obtained from a classroom-based functional analysis of aggression at a private day school before and after medication changes. The initial functional analysis was conducted prior to medication changes. Results were undifferentiated across the four conditions tested (ignore, escape, attention, and free-play). Due to significant medication changes, a second traditional functional analysis was conducted post medication change, with clear differentiations between functions. Discussion points will focus on functional analyses in the natural setting, undifferentiated functional analyses, variations on traditional functional analysis conditions, and effects of behavioral medications on functional analysis results. |
|
Using Atypical Experimental Analysis Conditions for Assessment and Treatment of a Child With Autism |
Donald M. Stenhoff (The BISTA Center), Christina Barosky (The BISTA Center), MATHEW CHRISTOPHER LUEHRING (The BISTA Center) |
Abstract: Researchers are continuing to diversify the methods used in functional analyses. Sometimes it is necessary to modify traditional functional analysis conditions to address the contexts in which behavior change is required. The purpose of this presentation is to describe the results of an experimental analysis that included functional and structural analyses. The participant was a 9-year-old male with autism who was engaging in property destruction behaviors at home and the community. The target behavior for the study was property destruction. Traditional experimental conditions were conducted; however, nontraditional conditions were required to identify the function within the participants idiosyncratic behaviors. The analyses extended functional analysis methods using procedures that matched the clients response class. The presenters will describe the results of the functional analysis and treatment analysis. Results will be discussed in terms of the need for dynamic functional analysis conditions and the intricacies of conducting functional analyses to lead to effective treatment of aberrant behavior. |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Property Destruction Maintained by Sensory Stimulation |
Rebecca Renee Wiskirchen (ACCEL), Bryan J. Davey (ACCEL), Megan Shatzberg (ACCEL), CHRISTINA BAROSKY (The BISTA Center), Donald M. Stenhoff (The BISTA Center) |
Abstract: The current study is a replication of Fisher, Lindauer, Alterson, and Thompson (1998) in which the function of destructive behavior was assessed and treated through a multi-part experiment, which targeted responses within a chain of behavior. In the current study, researchers examined property destruction (ripping/attempting to rip clothing or other materials) followed by stereotypy (playing with the destroyed material). Indirect assessment showed destructive behavior to be maintained automatically. Experiment 1 involved 2 conditions: the client wearing un-ripped clothing and free access to already destroyed items of clothing. Experiment 2 compared the presence of un-ripped clothing on the clients body to a matched condition in which the room was baited with stimuli similar to that of ripped clothing. In experiment 3, researchers compared the presence of un-ripped clothing on the clients body to a condition in which the destructive response was blocked and client was redirected to play with matched stimuli. Results indicate a chained response in which the consequence of destruction became an antecedent for stereotypy, which was automatically reinforced. Treatment analysis examined the process of teaching non-destructive responses to generate similar sensory consequences. Discussion points include satiation/deprivation issues when running multiple sessions daily on automatically maintained behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
Measurement Approaches and Considerations in the Analysis of Sexual Behavior: A STEP SIG Symposium |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
4C-1 (Convention Center) |
Area: DEV/EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Bobby Newman (Full Inclusion Living and Learning Unitarian University) |
Discussant: John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: Bobby Newman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The science of behavior analysis has been applied to a myriad of human behaviors, including those of a sexual nature. The purpose of this presentation is to explore several research strategies for analyzing sex-related behavior, including sexual arousal responses, self-reported sexual practices, and latency-based responses on a computer task involving sexual stimuli. Presenters will discuss resulting data and their implications, as well as directions for future research. The utility and challenges of these measurement techniques will also be explored. |
Keyword(s): behavioral measurement, sex research, sexual behavior |
|
Using the Function Acquisition Speed Test (FAST) in Forensic and Sex Research |
ANTHONY O'REILLY (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College) |
Abstract: The Function Acquisition Speed Test (FAST) is a new behavior-analytic "implicit" test that can measure the strength of equivalence classes, functional stimulus classes and respondently conditioned stimulus associations. As such, the FAST provides the sex and forensic researcher with a practical methodology for assessing histories of stimulus associations in a noninvasive manner, but without the usual mentalistic baggage that accompanies implicit testing techniques. The current paper will outline a short history of the use of implicit testing in behavior-analytic sex and forensic research. It will then illustrate the FAST methodology and its particular relevance to the forensic and sex research fields. Current research utilizing the FAST to assess the typical age of maximally attractive females for a random sample of adult male volunteers will also be outlined. |
|
Further Assessment of Deviant Sexual Arousal of Sex Offenders Diagnosed with Intellectual Disabilities |
STEPHEN F. WALKER (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Ray Joslyn (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The penile plythesmograph is a device commonly used with sex offenders to measure penile tumescence in the presence of various stimuli. Showing arousal to deviant stimuli (e.g., videos of prepubescent children) has been shown to be a significant predictor of re-offense. An assumption in the field of sex offender assessment and rehabilitation is that increases in penile tumescence are due to the age and gender of the presented stimulus. Pictures and videos often used as stimuli are highly complex; they often vary across a number of features (e.g., hair color, skin color, clothing type) leaving open the possibility that one of the other stimulus features, besides age and gender, are controlling penile tumescence. The purpose of this study was to assess what effects these different features might have on the outcomes of plythesmograph assessments of intellectually disabled sex offenders. Each participant was exposed to three different videos of each specific age and gender category (e.g., Female 8-9 years old), using commercially available film clips designed for such purposes. The videos differed across a number of features (e.g., skin color, clothing type). Preliminary results indicate that stimulus features other than age and gender play an important role in assessment outcomes. |
|
A Comparison of Techniques for Measuring Self-Reported Sexual Behavior |
ANDREW SHEN (Auburn University), Jessica Gamba (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer Klapatch (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: In order to monitor the effectiveness of sexual health and safety interventions, accurate measurement of specific types of sexual behavior is paramount. Frequency estimations of sexual behavior are more precise than data gathered with ordinal (likert-type) scales, and the extent to which reported frequencies correspond with likert-scale responses is understudied. In addition, asking participants to recall their sexual behaviors over a past time period may produce responses with varying degrees of accuracy, depending on the length of time period they are asked to recall. The current study involved a comparison of multiple measurement approaches of the same sexual behaviors. Participants included adult men and women from a major U.S. city who were asked to complete a self-report questionnaire containing both likert-scale questions and frequency estimations of their sexual behavior over the previous two weeks. Participants then self-reported frequencies of those same behaviors using a daily online survey for either 2, 4, or 6 weeks. Following completion of online data collection, participants again completed a questionnaire assessing their behavior over the previous two weeks. Results displayed varied responding within and across groups and provided valuable information regarding the advantages and disadvantages of the different measurement approaches. |
|
|
|
|
Effect of Meaning, Relational Type, Training Structure and Joint Stimulus Control on Equivalence Class Formation |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
607 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Lanny Fields (Queens College, The City University of New York) |
Abstract: This symposium will consider the effects of meaning and training structure on equivalence class formation, the effects of relational type on the strength of relations among the stimuli in equivalence classes, and the induction of joint stimulus control by college level stimulus material. All four presentations address complex levels of stimulus control from different perspectives. |
Keyword(s): equivalence, Joint-control, Meaning, Relatedness |
|
Differential Strengths of Transitive and Equivalence Relations in Equivalence Classes |
ERICA DORAN (The Graduate Center of the City University of New York), Lanny Fields (Queens College, The City University of New York) |
Abstract: When a multi-nodal equivalence class is established by training AB, BC, CD, DE, EF, and FG, the class has a structure represented by A?B?C?D?E?F?G. Some emergent relations such as D?F and D?G are called transitive relations, while others such D?A and D?B are called equivalence relations. Two nodal stimuli separate the stimuli in the D?G and D?A relations while one nodal stimulus separates the stimuli in the D?F and D?B relations. According to a definitional view, all of the stimuli in an equivalence class are equally related to each other. Therefore, no preference should be shown for transitive over equivalence relations of the same nodal spreads. When evaluated using within class preference tests that pitted the 1-node transitive and equivalence relations against each other (D?B vs D?G) and the 2-node transitive and equivalence relations against each other, all participants showed virtually complete preferences for the transitive relations over the equivalence relations. Thus, relational type influences the relational strength of stimuli in transitive and equivalence relations. In contrast, when traditional cross class tests are conducted, all of the stimuli in an equivalence class function in an interchangeable manner, which reflects equal relatedness. The presentation will consider how both forms of relatedness can coexist. These data, along with preference data for nodal distance, support the view that2 structural parameters of equivalence classes control the differential relatedness of stimuli in equivalence classes. |
|
Use of Matrix Training to Induce Joint Stimulus Control by Graph/Description Correspondences |
JACK SPEAR (The Graduate Center of the City University of New York), Joshua Cooper (The Graduate Center of the City University of New York), Allan Walker-Hodkins (Queens College, The State University of New York), Lanny Fields (Queens College, The State University of New York) |
Abstract: When presented with complex stimulus arrays that have many features and descriptions of the features in those arrays, the selection of a correct description requires attending to all of the features, all of the components in the descriptions, and the correspondences of each feature and their corresponding descriptive components. When that occurs, the behavior is said to be under joint stimulus control. The present experiment describes how a joint stimulus control repertoire can be induced by use of matrix training, a minimal form of multiple exemplar training. This experiment was conducted using stimulus arrays that were graphs that depicted the interactive effects of two variables on behavior, and descriptions that were paragraphs that described the information contained in the graphs. Performances in a pretest showed a substantial amount of variation. For most participants, performances were much more indicative of joint stimulus control after matrix training, In addition, the post-training performances were similar to each other across participants, regardless of pre-test performances. The participants in the control groupshowed small changes in performances with a test retest procedure. These results then documented the efficacy of matrix training in the adduction of a generalized joint stimulus control repertoire, which resulted in participants identifying accurate and complete descriptions of the interactive effects of 2 variables on behavior for many novel graphs and corresponding descriptions. |
|
How the Discriminative Functions of Meaningful Stimuli and Overtraining Enhance Equivalence Class Formation |
ROBERT TRAVIS (The Graduate Center of the City University of New York), Ariel Nemzeyano (The Graduate Center of the City University of New York), Lanny Fields (Queens College, The City University of New York) |
Abstract: When a2 3-node 5-member equivalence class is established by training AB, BC, CD, and DE on a concurrent basis, and all stimuli are meaningless, the classes are formed by 10% of the participants in Group 1. When the same classes are established using the same meaningless A, B, D, and E stimuli, along with a meaningful picture as the C stimulus, the classes are formed by 100% of the participants in Group 2. At the level of behavioral function, all meaningful cues serve as discriminative stimuli for some response. Thus, one of the factors that could account for the class-enhancing function of a meaningful stimulus might be its implicit discriminative function. This was assessed by having a third group attempt to form equivalence classes by training AB, BC, CD, and DE on a concurrent basis, where all stimuli were meaningless. Prior to class formation, however, the C stimuli acquired explicit discriminative functions by successive and simultaneous discrimination training. Thereafter, the classes were formed by 40% of the participants in Group 3. Thus, the implicit discriminative function served by a meaningful stimulus accounts for part of its class-enhancing effect. By implication, either overtraining of the discriminative function and/or other functions served by meaningful stimuli would have to account for the remaining class-enhancing effect shown by their inclusion as class members. Group 4 replicated the procedures used in Group 3 but with overtraining of the discriminative function, and 60% of the participants the formed classes. Therefore, overtraining of the discriminative function provided a modest increase in class enhancement. The remaining class enhancement effects of meaningful stimuli would have to be due to the other functions served by meaningful stimuli. |
|
Effects of Training Structure, Class Size, and the Passage of Time on Trained and Derived Performance |
CHRISTOFFER K. EILIFSEN (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: Lack of responding that is indicative of equivalence class formation may be related to a failure to respond according to the directly trained baseline relations at the time of equivalence tests. When establishing classes that has an LS structure, Eilifsen and Arntzen (2009) found that consistent responding according to the directly trained relations does indeed occur but is often not accompanied by class indicative performances by the derived relations probes. In this study unreinforced presentations of the baseline relations were interspersed among the derived relations test trials. Only one test block was presented. The current experiments determined whether similar findings would occur when the classes had other training structures. In Experiment 1, 62 college students were trained using either LS, OTM, or MTO structures. The experiment replicated the previous finding. Specifically, many participants responded in accordance with equivalence for both the directly trained relations and the derived relations. In contrast, other participants showed class indicative responding by the directly trained relations but the derived relations probes did not evoke responding that was in accordance with equivalence. These results are shown in Table 1. Therefore, the findings of Eilifsen and Arntzen (2009) were not contextually limited to classes with LS training structures. Rather, they occur regardless of the training structure of the equivalence classes. Experiment 1 did not involve continued testing for class formation. Thus, the results could not track the possible gradual emergence of responding in accordance with equivalence or the maintenance of the baseline relations during continued testing in classes that had different training structures or for classes of different sizes. To further illuminate the status of the directly trained relations in derived relations test blocks, both when equivalence performance is detected and when it is not, Experiment 2 will be conducted with an increased number of class members and with continued testing that will be conducted over several days. The results of this experiment extend the findings of Experiment 1, by permit us to track the maintenance of the baseline relations and the possible gradual emergence of derived relations over time and with co |
|
|
|
|
What Behaviorists Can Contribute to the Field of Comparative Cognition |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
606 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College) |
Abstract: Comparative cognition is a dynamic and rapidly growing field that exists at the intersection of experimental psychology, behavioral neuroscience, behavioral ecology, and other biologically oriented approaches to behavior. It is concerned broadly with how learning and evolution combine to produce complex behavior. Despite the obvious relevance of behavior analysis to an understanding of complex behavior, the contributions of behavioral approaches to comparative cognition have to date been limited. The goal of the present symposium is to highlight some recent research that utilizes behavioral methods to gain insights into complex functioning—Hackenberg on metacognition in rats, Herbranson on probabilistic choice in pigeons and people, Kirkpatrick on visual cognition in pigeons, and Zentall on identity matching and cognitive dissonance. Together, the presentations illustrate how behavior analysts might contribute to the burgeoning field of comparative cognition. |
Keyword(s): comparative cognition |
|
Metacognition in Rats? |
TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Reed College), Jessica Dennis (Reed College), Nicholas Kappeyne van de Coppello (Reed College) |
Abstract: In studies of metacognition, animals typically are given a discrimination problem, and on some trials, are provided an opportunity to escape (terminating the trial with a smaller but certain reinforcer). In the present study, rats produced two distinct patterns of behavior and were then asked to report on their most recent behavioral pattern. Accuracy of this self-discrimination varied inversely with retention interval—the delay between the behavioral pattern and the self-report. When given an opportunity to escape, rats did so more frequently on trials with longer retention intervals. Accuracy also tended to be higher on free-choice trials (with escape option present) than on forced-choice trials (without escape option). Both of these outcomes—differential escape on low-accuracy trials and differential accuracy on free vs. forced-choice trials—are commonly accepted criteria for metacognition. By including a self-discrimination component, the present research makes explicit the relationship between metacognition and self-awareness. |
|
Testing the Limits of Optimality: The Effect of Base Rates on Pigeons' Performance in the Monty Hall Dilemma |
WALTER HERBRANSON (Whitman College) |
Abstract: Pigeons have previously been shown to respond optimally in a task analogous to the “Monty Hall dilemma” (Herbranson & Schroeder, 2010). On each trial, reinforcement was available for pecking a randomly determined response key from among three options. After an initial choice from among all three keys, birds made a second choice from among two keys, always including the key that had just been pecked and the key that could produce reinforcement. Birds performed optimally by switching keys on virtually all trials. While a bird's initial choice had no influence on the probability of gaining reinforcement, most birds nevertheless adopted a preferred key for their initial choice. Two experiments replicated this Monty Hall dilemma procedure, but with the availability of reinforcement unequally distributed across the three keys. With the inclusion of this asymmetry, the initial choice is no longer irrelevant. The best possible rate of reinforcement is attained by initially choosing the key with the lowest likelihood of reinforcement and then switching. Pigeons approximated this optimal strategy in both respects. By doing so, they earned close to the maximum possible payoff, despite the fact that the initial choices were necessarily on the key that produced the fewest reinforcers. |
|
Factors Influencing Scene Gist Categorization by Pigeons |
KIMBERLY KIRKPATRICK (Kansas State University), Tannis Sears (University of Lincoln), Bruce Hansen (Colgate University), Les Loschky (Kansas State University) |
Abstract: Scene gist categorization in humans is rapid and accurate and appears to be tuned to the fundamental statistical regularities in the visual world. Although pigeons have been reported to form many types of categorical judgments, little research has examined scene categorization by pigeons. Experiment 1 tested whether pigeons were able to recognize scenes with brief exposure times. The pigeons successfully discriminated between two natural scene categories or a natural vs. a man-made category and transferred their discrimination to novel exemplars. Subsequently, the birds successfully transferred their gist discrimination to durations in the 200-350 ms range. This indicates that birds are capable of rapid scene categorization, but they require more stimulus exposure than humans. Experiment 2 examined the effect of viewpoint on gist categorization by testing performance with aerial and ground-based views. The pigeons showed a tendency to perform better to aerial views, in comparison to humans who perform better with ground-based views. Possible sources of the difference in gist categorization processes between pigeons and humans are discussed. |
|
The Case for a Cognitive Approach to Animal Learning and Behavior |
THOMAS ZENTALL (University of Kentucky) |
Abstract: The dangers of hypothesizing about unobservable cognitive mechanisms are well known to behavior analysts. I propose, however, that carefully fashioned cognitive theories that make predictions that are inconsistent with current behavioral theories can provide useful research tools for the understanding of behavior. Furthermore, even if the results of such research may be accommodated by modifying existing behavioral theories, our understanding of behavior is often advanced by the empirical findings because it is unlikely that the research would have been conducted in the absence of such cognitive hypothesizing. Two examples of the study of cognitive theories will be described: The first deals with the nature of a pigeon’s “representation” of two stimuli both of which are associated with correct responding to a third in a many-to-one matching task (stimulus equivalence or common representations). Allowing for the possibility of a representation, leads to research to explore the nature of the representation. The second examines procedures that have resulted in findings that have been explained in terms of “cognitive dissonance” or “justification of effort”. We have found that pigeons too prefer conditioned reinforcers for which they have had to work harder. Such findings have lead to the development of alternative accounts of these effects in more behavioral terms. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Findings Using TAGteach in Diverse Populations and Applications in the Public School Setting |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
618/619 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Theresa McKeon (TAGteach International) |
Discussant: Julie S. Vargas (B. F. Skinner Foundation) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer B. Hennessey, Ed.D. |
Abstract: Three presentations analyzing the application of TAGteach in the public school setting will be discussed. TAGteach is a technology based on the use of "markers" or auditory stimuli paired with the delivery of reinforcement to teach new behaviors. "TAG" stands for Teaching with Acoustical Guidance and is demonstrated in Dr. Julie Vargas' new book, Behavior Analysis for Effective Teaching. Practitioners of TAGteach argue for its effectiveness in many endeavors across a wide range of populations. One setting TAGteach has demonstrated its effectiveness is in the educational setting. It starts from a point of success for the learner and the teacher, creates positive communication, eliminates nagging, and delivers instant reinforcement; all of which are important skills when working with children with various disabilities and skill deficits. The3 presentations will address the application of TAGteach in the public school setting and examine the fidelity of the implementation of TAGteach for a group of educators who participated in a TAGteach Primary Certification Course. |
Keyword(s): applying principles, ensuring fidelity, TAGteach |
|
Applying the Principles of TAGteach in a Public School Setting |
SHELIA M. SMITH (Arkansas Department of Education), Jennifer B. Hennessey (Arkansas Department of Education) |
Abstract: TAGteach employs the use of teaching with acoustical guidance to shape and reinforce target behaviors. TAGteach has several advantages in that it starts from a point of success for the learner and the teacher, creates positive communication, eliminates nagging, and delivers instant reinforcement. The TAGteach methodology has been used in several fields including management and business, sports, medical, animal training, and education. One of the unique features of the TAGteach training is that individuals with varied backgrounds and education can understand and apply the TAGteach methodology to their specific field immediately after attending the training. Arkansas has been fortunate to have multiple TAGteach trainings focused on applying the principles of TAGteach to the public school setting. Participants attending the trainings range from paraprofessionals to therapists to administrators. This presentation will explore how participants transfer the skills learned in TAGteach to their educational setting. Specific examples, including video examples, demonstrating the use of TAGteach within various school settings will be shared. |
|
An Application of TAGteach to Teach Mobility Skills |
SHERYL HAHN (Arkansas Department of Education) |
Abstract: This study examined the training of3 behaviors (increasing transitioning speed, increasing accuracy and frequency in midline crossovers and wall taps, and response latency to teacher instruction) in a single subject who has total blindness. TAGteach or Teaching with Acoustical Guidance incorporates the use of a tagger (audible marker) while pairing it with positive reinforcement and shaping in order to quickly teach a vast repertoire of skills to individuals in a variety of populations. An auditory marker, or TAG was employed as a secondary reinforcer for shaping the desired behaviors. The intervention followed the tenets of applied behavior analysis and learning theory. The study was directed by personnel with TAGteach certification. A single case design with A-B-A withdrawal was utilized to implement the intervention, as well as increase the ease of collecting data. The interventions took place in a natural environmental setting where each child's behaviors were ecologically balanced. Thus far, the data indicates that the behaviors could be maintained at a level well above baseline. Data is still being collected and will be completed by presentation time. The implications of these results are discussed. |
|
Ensuring Fidelity of Implementation After Obtaining Primary Level TAGteach Certification |
JENNIFER B. HENNESSEY (Arkansas Department of Education), Shelia M. Smith (Arkansas Department of Education) |
Abstract: As with all applied behavior analysis (ABA) interventions, a level of fidelity when using TAGteach is needed to ensure positive outcomes. In the current student, 10 participants attended a TAGteach certification course and earned certification as a primary level TAGteacher. All of the participants work in a public school setting, have varying levels of education (high school diploma to PhD level), and had varying knowledge of the principles of ABA. During the TAGteach certification course, participants learn the TAGteach methodology and participate in several practical experiences to ensure a thorough understanding. Each participant's TAGteach lesson presented at the end of the training was scored by both trainers (Inter-observer Agreement (IOA) was 96%) using 6 of the skills presented during the training as being the key components of a TAGteach lesson. Participants will be observed again 4 to 6 weeks following the training and Functional Interview (FI) data will be collected and compared to the initial data to determine if skills learned in a TAGteach certification course are maintained. |
|
|
|
|
Meeting Learning Challenges With Applied Behavior Analysis Tools for Teachers |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
616/617 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Daniel E. Hursh (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: L. Keith Miller (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Daniel E. Hursh, Ph.D. |
Abstract: One of the main reasons many new teachers leave the profession within 5 years is their lack of preparation to deal effectively with learning challenges. This symposium focuses on ways applied behavior analysis (ABA) training for teachers informs solutions for the many learning challenges faced by general and special education teachers in public schools. Applied behavior analysis has established numerous tactics for meeting most of these learning challenges. While there are notable examples of teacher preservice and in-service training programs that integrate ABA training most teachers enter the field without the benefit of such training. The 3 presentations in this symposium bring together the work of 3 different research and training efforts to address this gap. The first focuses on teacher interview data regarding the challenges of teaching in general education classrooms that include students with special needs. It concludes with ways these data can inform the development of ABA tools for general education teachers. The second presentation focuses on how the collection of screening data can be used to assure that appropriate levels of behavioral supports are provided for students. The third presentation focuses on improving outcomes for students and preservice teachers through partnerships with public schools. |
Keyword(s): Collaboration, Needs Assessment, Screening, Teacher Training |
|
Teachers' Stress Level and Students' Behavior Problems: Informing ABA Training for General Education Teachers |
DANA CIHELKOVA (West Virginia University), Brandi S. Weekley (West Virginia University), Daniel E. Hursh (West Virginia University), Reagan P. Curtis (West Virgina University), Vicci Tucci (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.) |
Abstract: One of the greatest difficulties faced by general education teachers is an assortment of behavioral problems. Teachers do not have any formal training that will permit them to (a) understand basic behavioral principles, (b) analyze the function of behavior, and (c) apply an appropriate behavioral strategy. The Competent Learner Model is based on applied behavior analysis and includes a course of study that coaches teachers to mastery of the knowledge and skills to effectively manage classroom behavior. The course was designed for special education classrooms so differences in the repertoires of students served in general education classrooms may require modifications of the course of study to make it effective there. In order to base such modifications on what challenges general education teachers face, we interviewed general education teachers to hear their descriptions of stress levels while dealing with students' misbehavior, satisfaction with students' participation, and perceptions of students' most frequent behavioral problems. The semistandardized interviews were conducted with 16 teachers. The data collected were analyzed via thematic content analysis, comparative analysis, logical analysis, and descriptive statistics. The study led to specific suggestions for modification of the Competent Learner Model Course of Study. |
|
Using Systematic Screening Data to Connect Students With Tier 2 and Tier 3 Supports |
KATHLEEN LYNN LANE (University of North Carolina) |
Abstract: In this presentation we address the general education teacher's role in using systematic screening data to connect students with Tier 2 and Tier 3 supports within the context of 3-tiered models of prevention. Specifically, we will present findings from a series of studies conducted demonstrating how data from behavior screening tools (e.g., Student Risk Screening Scale; Drummond, 1994) have been used in conjunction with other data collected as part of regular school practices to detect students for whom primary prevention efforts are insufficient. We provide 2 illustrations of how single case methodology has been used to evaluate Tier 2 (low-intensity strategy interventions to improve academic performance) and Tier 3 (functional assessment-based interventions) interventions for these nonresponsive students. During this presentation, we will emphasize the importance of (a) employing scientifically rigorous designs adhering to core quality indicators of single case methodology (Horner et al., 2005), and (b) attending to feasibility issues when designing Tier 2 and 3 supports, given the multiple demands place on general education teachers (Lane, Kalberg, & Menzies, 2009). |
|
Infusing ABA: Improving Outcomes for Pupils and Preservice Teachers Through Partnerships With Public Schools |
KATHERINE J. MITCHEM (California University of Pennsylvania), Kalie Kossar (California University of Pennsylvania) |
Abstract: This paper describes an innovative collaboration with a high need school district that provides opportunities for teacher candidates, university faculty, and public school teachers to collaborate to provide assessment-based instruction and support to K-8 at risk pupils. As part of a federally funded preservice training improvement program, special education faculty redesigned the field component of the teacher preparation program to enhance candidate use and analysis of evidence-based practices and provide needed resources to a local school district. Candidates learn how to identify and locate high quality research-based practices and then work with another candidate and a mentor teacher and other faculty in their field placements: (1) identifying specific instructional or behavioral needs within the school, (2) critically selecting research-based interventions to address the need, and (3) collaborating with others to integrate the selected interventions in current systems respectfully. Pupil outcome data collected in these activities highlight the positive impact of programming on pupil performance. Leveraging resources has resulted in shared professional development activities, research opportunities for students, and collaborative grant writing efforts. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: On the Pros and Cons of Completing a Post Doc |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
611 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Shana R. Bailey (West Virginia University) |
JEFFREY J. EVERLY (University of Pittsburgh at Greensburg) |
MIRARI ELCORO (Armstrong Atlantic State University) |
STEVEN R. LAWYER (Idaho State University) |
JOHN C. BORRERO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: When planning for a career after graduate school, you are faced with the difficult decision of what comes next. Some graduates choose to complete post-doctoral fellowships, but others choose to move directly into faculty or other positions. Some of the panelists for this professional development event completed post-doctoral fellowships, but others accepted faculty or other positions immediately following graduate school. Panelists will discuss their personal history of either being or not being a post doc, as well as, their current academic positions. Panelists will discuss some of the positive and negative impacts the decision to do or not do a post doc had on their current careers. Based on their own experiences, panelists will provide recommendations and advice about developing careers in behavior analysis. Hearing from panelists who have taken different paths to achieving their current positions should be helpful to students who are planning for the next step in their careers after graduate school. |
Keyword(s): Post Doc, Professional Development |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Strategies for Prevention in Safety |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
604 (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nicole E. Gravina (Reaching Results) |
CE Instructor: Nicole E. Gravina, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral safety techniques have gained recognition for drastically increasing safe practices and preventing injuries in organizations. This symposium will include three data-based presentations that describe effective injury prevention strategies in different settings, including transportation, chemical manufacturing, and retail. Each presentation describes strategies that are different than traditional abehavior-basedsafety approach, providing attendees with new ideas to consider for research and practice. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Safety, OBM, Transportation |
|
Aging Workers at Increased Risk of Fatal Transportation-Related Injuries |
RYAN B. OLSON (Oregon Health & Science University), Jaime Walters (Oregon Health Authority), Justin Karr (University of Victoria), Erika Zoller (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: The Oregon Fatality Assessment and Control Evaluation (OR-FACE) program is currently investigating potential intervention strategies for preventing reducing occupational fatalities arising from transportation-related events. Based on Oregon and U.S. fatalities statistics during the past7 years, workers over the age of 65 are at significantly higher risk of being killed in transportation-related events when compared to their younger counterparts. Within Oregon, the prevalence ratio of fatalities to workforce size for workers 65 and older in the transportation industry sector is roughly 3 times higher than that of workers in younger age groups. To investigate potential causes of this heightened risk, we have set out to test 4 hypotheses about the causes of elevated fatality risk among older workers using prior published research and Oregon Workers Compensation data. These hypotheses are: (1) Hazard Exposure: increased exposure of older adults to hazardous work environments due to elevated employment in certain high-risk occupations, (2) Organization of Work: differences in job design and work organization for older workers employed by small and larger organizations, (3) Physical Fragility: due to changes in physical resilience with age, older workers are less likely to survive severe traumatic injuries than younger counterparts, and (4) Changes in Physical and Cognitive Capacity: increased risk of fatal transportation-related events due to normative changes with age in cognition, psychomotor, vision, and hearing abilities. |
|
A New Approach to Improving Safety Using Behavioral Science |
NICOLE E. GRAVINA (Reaching Results), John Austin (Reaching Results) |
Abstract: As behavioral safety has grown in popularity, it has manifested as a set of techniques such as peer observations and group feedback. Yet, further improvements are possible and more sustained change is likely if the local environment is fully considered in the selection and use of behavior change tools. One way to help organizations leverage the full strength of behavioral science is to teach leaders with the organization the fundamentals of the science and then support them in practicing those tools in the workplace. This presentation will describe using this approach in a chemical manufacturing organization. Sixty-four leaders were trained in a BMT safety course and completed projects including improving housekeeping, one to ones, and close call reporting. Many of the projects yielded substantial improvements and the overall course ratings were positive. Follow-up determined that leaders continued to conduct projects to improve leadership and safety months after the training was completed. |
|
The Use of Verbal Prompts to Increase Child Safety-Belt Use in a Grocery Store |
LEANNA MATTILA (Youngstown State University), Julie Blaskewicz Boron (Youngstown State University), Michael C. Clayton (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: In a study by Barker, Bailey, and Lee (2004) the authors used verbal prompts to increase the use of child safety-belts in shopping carts in two different settings. The current study was a replication and extension of this previous work. Using an ABAB reversal design, customers were verbally prompted upon entering the store to use child safety belts. In addition, the current study included data on the proportion of customers still using safety belts upon exit from the store, social validity data examining the acceptability of the procedures, and a 2-month follow-up. Results indicate that the procedure was effective at increasing child safety-belt use and that most patrons continued to use the belts until they exited the store. The social validity of the procedures was high, yet the 2-month follow-up indicated that, without vigilance by the establishment, customers ceased using the safety belts when no longer prompted to do so. |
|
Leadership in Behavior-Based Safety and Implications for Integrating BBS and Process Safety |
JUDITH E. STOWE (Quality Safety Edge) |
Abstract: This paper will present BBS results in two manufacturing and petrochemical companies based on the level of Leadership participation. Data will also compare outcomes within one of the companies when management participation varied over time. Based on the increasing evidence around the importance of Leadership support in BBS, this paper also explores Leader roles in the prevention of low probability high impact incidents which occur most often in the area of process safety. BBS has primarily focused on individual safety and yet major disasters such as the Deep Water Horizon spill, various mining and petrochemical explosions such as the TX City Refinery are clearly not outside of the domain of a behavior approach. As shown by Komaki (1998) utilizing critical pinpointed leadership behaviors and coaching skillful monitoring, Leaders play a critical role in all aspects of individual safety performance. Similarly, identifying key Leadership practices can also play a crucial role in the prevention of process disaster as well. Based on this and the work of Hopkins (2000, 2007), a strategy for how behavioral safety practitioners can integrate these approaches will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: The Application of Culturally and Linguistically Diverse Variables From a Practitioners Perspective |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
204 (TCC) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mandana Kajian (Northern Arizona University) |
KYONG-MEE CHUNG (Yonsei University) |
TIMOTHY R. MOORE (University of Minnesota) |
GREGORY K. REED (Howard University) |
JEANNIE M. AGUILAR (University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: With the international expansion of assessments and treatments based on applied behavior analysis (ABA), it is important for our science to consider the behavioral variability that exists between cultures. However, obstacles and difficulties can exist when providing services to "children and families of diverse cultural backgrounds." This will be the second panel in a two part series, and will follow the panel titled "Culturally and Linguistically Diverse Variables: Why and How Should Behavior Analysts Study Them?" The first panel will focus on theoretical, ethical and methodological issues in research on culturally and linguistically diverse (CLD) variables. The second panel will focus on how practitioners work with CLD individuals and discuss their application of ABA-based services to culturally and linguistically diverse individuals in their practices. They will also discuss the limitations and challenges they have faced when working with CLD individuals. Finally, panelists will recommend future directions for ABA-services to culturally and linguistically diverse individuals. |
|
|
|
|
Advances in Interteaching Methodology: 10 Years of Behavioral Innovation |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
613/614 (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Matthew Gene Swerdan (Youngstown State University) |
Discussant: Philip N. Hineline (Temple University) |
CE Instructor: Rocio Rosales, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Interteaching, an emerging evidence-based behavior analytic teaching method, has been shown to positively impact student learning and satisfaction. This symposium will first provide a broad overview of interteaching and its key components. Next, a brief review of past and present interteaching research will be provided. In particular, in an effort to determine which components of interteaching contribute to its efficacy; 2 different component analyses of interteaching will be discussed. The first component analysis focused on the effectiveness of the lecture component of interteaching on student exam performance. The second component analysis focused on an evaluation of the effectiveness of pair discussion on student quiz performance. A third interteaching study focused on the effects of interteaching on student performance with application-based activities, as well as its utility in longer class periods and with other teaching technologies. The symposium will culminate with recommendations for those interested in future interteaching-related research. |
Keyword(s): College Instruction, Education, Interteaching |
|
Interteaching: Review, Research, and Recommendations |
BRYAN K. SAVILLE (James Madison University) |
Abstract: Interteaching is an approach to classroom instruction that has its roots in behavior analysis (Boyce & Hineline, 2002; Saville, Lambert, & Robertson, 2011). Since Boyce and Hineline’s introduction of interteaching nearly a decade ago, a growing number of studies have found it to increase student-learning outcomes relative to more traditional teaching methods (e.g., Saville et al., 2005; Saville et al., 2006). In addition, researchers are beginning to examine which of interteaching’s several components contribute to its efficacy. Saville and Zinn (2009), for instance, found that the quality-points component of interteaching did not affect exam performance in an introductory psychology course. In another study, Saville, Cox, O’Brien, and Vanderveldt (in press) found that the lecture component of interteaching contributed to students’ overall course grades.
In this presentation, I will briefly describe the interteaching method, discuss studies that have compared interteaching to more traditional teaching methods, and then review recent research that has attempted to determine which of interteaching’s several components contribute to its efficacy. To close, I will provide recommendations for researchers wishing to study further this seemingly effective behavior-analytic teaching method. |
|
A Preliminary Analysis of Pair Discussion on Student Quiz Performance |
ROCIO ROSALES (Youngstown State University), Matthew Gene Swerdan (Youngstown State University), James L. Soldner (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Since Boyce and Hineline’s (2002) seminal article on interteaching, several studies have empirically evaluated this behavioral teaching method and its ability to enhance student learning and satisfaction when compared to traditional methods of instruction (e.g., lecture; Saville et al., 2006). To date, few interteaching studies have evaluated the components of interteaching that may contribute to its overall effectiveness (e.g., Saville et al., 2009). Therefore, the purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effectiveness of one of the primary components of interteaching, pair discussion, on student quiz performance. An alternating treatments design was employed in which pair discussion was alternated with a large class discussion throughout the semester. Research participants consisted of a total of 35 undergraduate students enrolled in an introductory course in applied behavior analysis. During each experimental condition, all other components of interteaching were in effect, including prep guides, clarifying lectures, post-discussion quizzes for each chapter, and quality points. Feedback on quiz performance was made immediately available to students upon submission of each quiz. Preliminary results indicate slightly higher quiz scores when pair-discussions were in place. These results will be discussed in light of the quiz format, social validity measures, and directions for future research in this area. |
|
The Effects of Interteaching, Evaluation, and Application Tasks on Student Performance on Application-Based Activities |
CHRYSTAL E.R. JANSZ (Texas Tech University), Wesley H. Dotson (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this investigation was to address 3 contemporary questions related to interteaching (Boyce & Hineline, 2002). First, while behavior analysts have developed numerous technologies that promote learning in higher education, investigations of the effects of these instructional methods on student performance rarely look at outcomes on application based assessments or clinical activities outside the college classroom. Second, the implementation of interteaching has been limited to shorter, more frequent class meetings in the literature. Finally, it is not clear, when implementing interteaching in a longer class period, with what other teaching technologies interteaching can be effectively and feasibly paired. Here, data will be presented on the effects of interteaching, used in conjunction with evaluation and application exercises, on students� performance on short-essay based application quizzes and clinical assessment skills conducted in a public school classroom for a 3-hour undergraduate course on Assessment in Special Education. |
|
|
|
|
Effective Instruction and Beyond: Teaching Staff to Become Strategic Scientists of Pedagogy |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
612 (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University) |
CE Instructor: Grant Gautreaux, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Teaching as applied behavior analysis is comprised of acquiring the vocabulary of the science and contingency shaped behaviors and developing verbally mediated repertoires. In CABAS model and CABAS component schools this is typically achieved through highly intensive educational training program and supervision. Identifying the most effective components of both training and supervision is necessary to ensure optimal outcomes for staff and students. Components such as the Teacher Performance Rate/Accuracy (TPRA), Cork-CABAS Decision Tree Protocol, and The Strategic Analysis of the Learn Unit have a long standing history of being functionally related. with those outcomes. Primarly data on these components have been collected in CABAS model settingsthat incorporate a full bodied university training degree program. In settings where a full university model is not easily accessible there has been much less research on the effectiveness of these components. The purpose of this paper is to investigate whether the staff training procedures used in full CABAS model programs will yield similar results in programs without a fully developed university degree program. Each of the papers reported herein will describe the components addressed and the associated outcomes. The results are reported as a function of the relationship between improving teaching performance and student outcomes. |
Keyword(s): decision protocols, staff training |
|
Visual Data Analysis: Applications of Preliminary Error Analyses and Learn Unit Integration Into Staff Training |
ELI T. NEWCOMB (The Faison School for Autism), Arthur Habel (The Faison School for Autism), John Tolson (Faison School for Autism), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Katherine M. Matthews (The Faison School for Autism) |
Abstract: Few studies have investigated the utility of the interlocking three-term contingency, the learn unit, combined with a detailed error analysis regarding the training of instructors to visually inspect data sets and effectively carry out rule-governed decisions based on these analyses. Though it stands to reason that the larger community of behavior analysts would conduct these analyses during training and provide corresponding consequences and remediation as such, this is often not the case. In fact, many behavior analysts, educators, and psychologists alike continue to use didactic training formats as their primary, and in some cases, only means for training new staff and addressing skills deficits with more experienced staff. Furthermore, this is a common model for training related to visual data analysis and teaching staff members to make decisions following their real-time inspection of collected data. The purpose of this study was to test and potentially further previous discoveries by applying an error analysis with learn unit treatment package across three participants who worked as teaching assistants at a school for children with autism. This delayed multiple baseline across subjects design was employed in respect to staff training on a rule-governed, data-based decision-making protocol, which demonstrated persuasive viability of this treatment. |
|
Spreading Behavior Analysis and Promoting Effective Teaching for Regular and Special School Environments in Italy: Is the Implementation Possible? |
FABIOLA CASARINI (Tice Learning Centre), Vanessa Artoni (Universite Degli Studi di Parma), Samantha Giannatiempo (Tice Learning Centre) |
Abstract: Implementation of CABAS-based programs for children with and without disability in Italy raised many questions in the whole country about the need for special education environments. All Italian education is public and all students with disability and/or learning problems are integrated in regular education classrooms. With two pilot researches, we attempted to isolate some variables responsible for change in students and teachers behavior when components of CABAS were implemented in public school environments. Also, CABAS could participate in improving regular education environments as a training camp for teachers. Nine teachers performances were measured following 200 hours of training in a Public School classroom, in a learning centre using Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and in a CABAS classroom. The teaching performance was measured based on 5 repertoires identified as the features of the best expertise in education (Greer, 2002; Heward, 2003). Data suggested that training teachers in a comprehensive ABA environment tremendously improved teachers performance and that CABAS was the most efficient training system compared with regular education and ABA-based general training . We will discuss the significance of these data in terms of advancement of behavior analysis and scientific pedagogy. |
|
A Procedure to Prepare Students for Learning in Inclusive Setting: Training Teachers in Bosnia to Replicate U.S. Successes |
NIRVANA PISTOLJEVIC (Teachers College, Columbia University), Stanislava Majusevic (Special Education Institute), Zumreta Jeina (Special Education Institute) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to try to teach special education teachers to implement novel educational methodologies in post-communist system of education with full student segregation and therefore change their students educational outcomes. After intense in-situ teacher training, we tested the effects of a peer-yoked contingency game on the acquisition of observational learning, Naming, and spontaneous speech in their students ages 6 to 8 year old with diagnoses of Autism Spectrum Disorder and other developmental delays in Bosnia and Herzegovina. We tried to replicate USA study that induced all the above capabilities in 6 preschoolers in inclusive setting. Six special education students, 3 males and 3 female, served as the participants for this study in B&H. None of the students were able to learn through group instruction due to missing verbal capabilities, but due to the nature of their classrooms and the schools curriculum the use of known protocols while working 1:1 to induce the missing capabilities, was not practical. Through a delayed, multiple baseline design, we sought to demonstrate the effects of a combination of protocols on the acquisition of 3 missing verbal capabilities: observational learning, Naming, and spontaneous speech. The results demonstrate the peer-yoked game board with an MEI component was effective at increasing Observational Learning, Naming and spontaneous speech capabilities in all 6 participants. These results showed that USA teacher successes can be replicated in the Bosnian school through intense evidence-based teacher training |
|
A Comprehensive Staff Training Package to Increase Scientific Tacts and Rule Governed Data Based Decision for IBI Therapists |
JULIA JONES (Toronto Partnership for Autism Services), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University), Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre), Urvashi Sirur (Aisling Discoveries Child and Family Centre) |
Abstract: The Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) model identifies critical repertoires for teachers in several key areas: contingency-shaped behavior, rule-governed/verbally mediated behavior, and verbal behavior about the science. Approaching teacher repertoires from a behavior analytic perspective, we recast our teachers as strategic scientists and taught them to think of themselves in that way. The CABAS Decision Tree Protocol (Keohane & Greer, 2005) has been used with success in both classroom settings with teachers and in treatment centers with instructional therapists. It includes strategies for identifying instructional problems in the context of the learn unit and suggests a plan for solving challenges in the learning environment, following a series of steps to arrive at a solution. This paper will review the use of several components of the CABAS Decision Tree Protocol; discuss the strategies used for its implementation, and the improved outcomes for children who come into contact with these trained individuals. |
|
|
|
|
Thinking Big: Using Behavioral Principles to Enact Prosocial Change |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
610 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC/CSE; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Alphonso Carreker (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: Anthony Biglan (Oregon Research Institute) |
CE Instructor: Michael Bordieri, M.S. |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has made significant contributions in various specific domains but has yet to achieve widespread societal impact. This symposium will explore ways in which behavioral principles might be applied to issues of community governance and societal importance with an emphasis on underlying philosophical issues and conceptual matters. The symposium will open with a paper that re-imagines Skinner's Walden Two through a contemporary lens and explores the role values play in a science of human behavior. Moving to a more molecular focus, the second paper will provide a behavioral analysis of interpersonal discourse and debate with an emphasis placed on encouraging effective discussions by facilitating accurate perspective taking. The third paper will focus on challenges inherent in values based living and will propose a model for values-based communities that foster prosocial behaviors. Strategies for increasing the reach of behavior analysis into public policy domains will be discussed with special attention given to promising efforts currently underway. In addition, implications for future research and advocacy will be explored. |
Keyword(s): love, prosocial behavior, social change, values |
|
Walden 2.0: Revisiting Behavior Analysis’ Unfulfilled Ambitions of Large Scale Societal Impact |
MICHAEL BORDIERI (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Since its inception in the early 20th century, behavior analysis has embraced audacious goals regarding its potential impact on society. Skinner stated early on in his career that he had little interest in “the behavior of the rat for its own sake” (1938, p. 441) and wrote extensively on the potential societal applications of behavioral science in his novel Walden II (Skinner, 1948). While the impact of behavioral technologies has been enormous in many narrow domains (e.g., improving the quality of life of individuals with developmental disabilities), lofty ambitions for the widespread societal impact of behavior analysis have largely been left unfulfilled. Save for few notable exceptions, behavioral analysis has not made an enduring impact on large-scale societal issues. This paper will highlight several of these exceptional cases and explore the ways in which our basic principles might stretch out into the process of governance with an eye towards civil discourse and progressive change. In addition, Skinner’s ambitions explicated in Walden II will be re-imagined through a contemporary lens with an emphasis placed on the importance of values in our science and the difficulties inherent in finding a common ground to anchor a science capable of changing our world. |
|
Theoretical Analysis of Effective Discussions and Discourse |
KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Discussion and discourse in which participants fail to understand the other participants perspective seems to be prevalent in many professional, personal, and political contexts. The current paper provides an analysis of potential behaviors and contextual variables that make up ineffective and effective discussions. The paper suggests various functional definitions of effective discussions and ineffective discussions. The authors suggest that during ineffective discussions people often think something is wrong with other discussion participants (i.e., the others are stubborn, dumb, evil, power-hungry, illogical or simply crazy). While such thoughts are likely reinforced in the moment, it leaves discussion participants with little to do to facilitate further conversation or reach an agreement. The authors also suggest that effective discussions may involve accurate perspective taking. Potential methods of facilitating such perspective taking will be examined (e.g., instructions to elucidate historical and current contextual variables that might contribute to current behavior). |
|
Love Made Visible: A Theoretical Analysis of Values-Based Communities at Work |
EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: The benefits of a life free from aversive control have long been noted in behavior analysis. In contemporary contextual behavioral approaches, this is discussed in terms of building repertoires that are primarily under the control of verbally-established values. Engagement in values-oriented behavior has been associated with lower physiological stress response (Creswell et al., 2006), improved academic achievement (Cohen et al., 2006), and greater feelings of love, connectectedness, empathy, and giving which mediate increased openness to threatening information (Crocker et al., 2008). Persisting in values-oriented behavior is associated with a number of psychological benefits. Valued living, or maintaining values-oriented behavior outside of the lab, however, presents a significant challenge. This conceptual paper will provide a theoretical analysis of the inherent challenge in pursuing valued living, the role of the socioverbal context in promoting behavior under aversive control, and the socioverbal context that would support valued living. The values-based community will be proposed as a model for supporting valued living in family, work, cultural and spiritual communities. Kahlil Gibran wrote, "Work is love made visible." Perhaps, with intention, communities can be built in which even the most perfunctory actions can truly be love made visible. |
|
|
|
|
Music and Psychological Flexibility: Possible Avenues for Therapeutic Applications and Theoretical Development |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
605 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC/CBM; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Lara V. Rimassa (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Discussant: Scott A. Herbst (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Music has multiple effects and functions in people's lives, both among those who actively participate in its production and those who listen to musical performances. The current symposium discusses some of the ways that music has been utilized and studied in the therapeutic setting, from a variety of different theoretical perspectives. Possible applications of music in therapeutic situations will be discussed, with a special emphasis on ways that music can facilitate progress in therapeutic domains specified by Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT). In particular, the relevance of music as a tool to enhance or underscore psychological flexibility will be emphasized. In addition, potential strategies for investigating ways that music affects interpersonal experience will be described. Finally, potential theoretical implications of the study of music will be discussed, including the possible relevance of Relational Frame Theory and related behavioral phenomena such as transformation of function, arbitrarily (and non-arbitrarily) derived relational responding, and combinatorial entailment. |
Keyword(s): contextual behaviorism, music therapy, Psychological flexibility |
|
Music as a Therapeutic Tool: Some Places We've Been and Some Places We Can Be |
LARA V. RIMASSA (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Brenton Abadie (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), David R. Perkins (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: This paper discusses some of the literature on the effects of music, both from a biological and from a therapeutic perspective, leading into possible avenues of exploration from a behavior analytic perspective. Music evokes various and complex responses, and many individuals have reported that music has been a valuable tool for psychological insight, even claiming that music "understands them." In general, much of research on music therapy has focused on active participation in a musical experience, but potential for application to the experience of the musical listener holds much promise. Music can be established as a safe context through which a given individual's emotions can be expressed and understood. In addition, a listener may verbally place personal experiences inside aspects of the musical material, an experience described in the literature with the psychoanalytic term "projective identification." Behavior analysis can also provide a non-mentalistic language, based on environment-behavior relations, with which to discuss such experiences. One possible framework that can be used to this effect is the Acceptance and Commitment Therapy "hexaflex" model. |
|
When is Fusing Not Really Fusing? The Potential Effects of Music on Psychological Flexibility |
DAVID R. PERKINS (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Brenton Abadie (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Lara V. Rimassa (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: This paper examines the ways in which music can be experienced psychologically, examined within the "hexaflex" framework of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT). When discussed in terms of the processes identified by the hexaflex model (being present, acceptance, defusion, self-as-context, values, and committed action), music can serve multiple and in some cases contradictory functions depending upon the context. For example, music has been used as a therapeutic tool for being in the present moment but also can function as a device to be distracted from the present moment. Of particular interest here is the experience of fusion, which has been conceptualized as the tendency to treat a thought as what it refers to. Looked at in this way, music (and, often, its corresponding lyrics) can lead to a version of fusion in the sense that the listener can get so into the listening experience that the person may say "I lost myself in the music." The question of whether this promotes or detracts from psychological flexibility in a general sense may lie in the functional rather than structural properties of the musical experience. |
|
Strange Relations: Possible Connections Between the Experience of Music and Relational Frame Theory |
DAVID R. PERKINS (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Brenton Abadie (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Lara V. Rimassa (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: This paper examines possible applications of Relational Frame Theory to the study of music. The psychological effects of music are varied, and lead to a number of different questions, including: Is music processed by humans in the same way as language, and what are the important differences? How do lyrics interact with music, and how might music change the experience of lyrical content? Do structural components of music (rhythm, melody, harmony, etc.) have inherent meaning, or is meaning only generated by the historical associations that it evokes? Obviously, many learned responses to music come from direct experience, for example the association of songs with specific memories and emotions. However, there are also ways in which music could generate novel behavior via psychological transformation of function. Music, and the emotional states in generates, could potentially exert contextual control over the transformation of psychological function, or serve as a vehicle for perspective-taking to facilitate non equivalence-based transformation of function. Finally, study of the effects of music may facilitate the investigation of combinatorial or time-based, relational frames, such as "building up to" or "coming down from." |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on Emergent Verbal Behavior in Children With Autism and Other Developmental Disorders |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
101 (TCC) |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tracy Tufenk (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: Skinner's (1957) taxonomy of verbal behavior has increased in popularity as a curricular approach for children with autism in recent years (e.g., Sundberg, 2008). Although based on a strong conceptual framework, continued empirical support is necessary to verify the efficacy of programming based on this analysis (Carr & Firth, 2005). Specifically, studies are warranted that demonstrate the emergence of true verbal operants or verbal behavior that emerges from a history of derived relational responding as opposed to explicit instruction and reinforcement (Barnes-Holmes, Barnes-Holmes, & Cullinan, 2000). This symposium will present3 studies demonstrating effective teaching protocols that produced unreinforced verbal responses in young children with disabilities. Kobari-Wright, Miguel, Quah, and Lee investigated the effects of listener responding instruction on novel speaker behavior in4 children with autism. Grannan and Rehfeldt investigated the effects of multiple tact and match-to-sample instruction on emergent intraverbal categorization responses in2 children with autism. Choi and Greer studied the effects of match-to-sample instruction on emergent echoic, listener, and speaker responding in children with autism and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). |
Keyword(s): autism, emergent responses, verbal behavior |
|
Emergent Intraverbal Responses via Tact and Match-to-Sample Instruction |
LEIGH KAROLE GRANNAN (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Intraverbal categorization (e.g., listing “dog, cow, pig” when asked, “What are some animals?”) is a skill commonly targeted in intervention with young children with autism and language delays. Prior studies have demonstrated intraverbal categorization skills via transfer-of stimulus-control procedures. Multiple tact instruction, labeling stimuli and categories (e.g., “It’s a dog and an animal”), and listener instruction have both been investigated, but transfer-of-stimulus-control procedures were necessary with many of the participants to list members of categories intraverbally. The present investigation evaluated the effectiveness of multiple tact and match-to-sample instruction in facilitating the emergence of intraverbals in two children with autism via a multiple probe design. Participants were taught to tact 36 pictures according to 4 categories (e.g., “a nose is a body part”, “a car takes you places”) and then sort the cards according to category. Results demonstrated the emergence of untaught intraverbal responses according to different categories (e.g., “What are four body parts”, “What are four things that take you places”), suggesting an effective instructional protocol for establishing untaught verbal operants in the absence of direct instruction. |
|
The Effects of Listener Training on Naming and Categorization by Children With Autism |
VISSY V. KOBARI-WRIGHT (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Kelly Quah (California State University, Sacramento), Greg Lee (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Recent studies have demonstrated that the skill of sorting objects by category develops with no direct training when objects occasion the same speaker and listener behavior (naming). The purpose of the current study was to examine the role of listener training in the emergence of speaker behavior and novel categorization. Participants included four children diagnosed with autism (ranging from 4–5 years of age). The effects of listener training were evaluated using a nonconcurrent multiple-baseline design across participants. Three children, who failed to categorize or emit the speaker behavior correctly during pretraining were able to do so during the posttraining probes. After acquiring the listener behavior, the fourth participant required the direct training of the speaker behavior in order to categorize the stimuli. These results suggest that listener training alone may be an efficient way to produce novel categorization in children diagnosed with autism, as long as full naming is developed. |
|
Effects of Auditory Word Match to Sample on Intercept of Speaker and Listener Repertoires |
JINHYEOK CHOI (Teachers College, Columbia Universty), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: In 2 experiments with 7- and 8-year-old children with autism or ADHD (4 children in Experiment 1 and 3 in Experiment 2), we tested the effects of an auditory match-to-sample (MTS) protocol on (a) complex echoics, (b) listener literacy, (c) emergence of speaker-as-own-listener cusps, and additionally in Experiment 2, and(d) preferences for listening to voices. An auditory MTS Flash instructional program displayed on a computer screen1 button at the top center of the screen (touching resulted in sample word[s] heard) and2 buttons below it in the bottom corners of the screen (sample/incorrect heard). In the intervention, participants mastered MTS for words or phrases in progressively more complex stages. Experiment1 used a delayed multiple probe, and Experiment2 a nonconcurrent multiple-probe, across participants design. Mastery of the MTS protocol resulted in significant improvements in complexity of echoic responses, listener literacy, and some speaker-as-own-listener developmental cusps. In Experiment 2, mastery of the auditory MTS protocol also increased preference for listening to voices. We discuss the relation of auditory matching as the intercept of speaker and listener responses related to increased conditioned reinforcement for voices resulting from the auditory matching protocol. |
|
|
|
|
The Role of Stimulus Control in Developing New Repertoires |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
LL03 (TCC) |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Traci M. Cihon, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Verbal behavior often operates under multiple sources of stimulus control (Michael, Palmer, & Sundberg, 2011). Multiple sources of control may involve unnecessary or unwanted variables that may limit a behavioral repertoire. In some cases, however, this control is a necessary and efficient way to establish new responses. The current symposium explores investigations on both ends of this arena by evaluating methods to both increase and decrease sources of stimulus control over responding. Two investigations explore unwanted sources of stimulus control by transferring control to appropriate variables, one of which evaluates the role of stimulus blocking when control is transferred from a single versus multiple sources of control. The third investigation then utilized intraverbal responses to evoke and establish novel operant response chains. Finally, the fourth explores evaluate whether the response strength (as measured by response fluency) effects the results of transfer of stimulus control in the emergence of intraverbal behavior. |
Keyword(s): Multiple Control, Self-Instruction, Stimulus Control, Verbal Behavior |
|
A Comparison of Transfer of Stimulus Control via Superimposition and Time Delay or Multiple Control on the Acquisition of Mands, Tacts, and Echoics With Children With Autism |
IRINA V. PASAT (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Transfer of stimulus control is a procedure used frequently in language acquisition rooted inSkinners (1957) analysis of verbal behavior. There are inconsistencies in the applied literature regarding the role of transfer of stimulus control via stimulus fading or transfer of stimulus control using time delay. Basic research points us to the use of time delay for several reasons, one of which is stimulus blocking. Stimulus blocking may interfere with the acquisition of new verbal operants when transfer from existing verbal repertoires are used. One method to avoid stimulus blocking may be to teach verbal operants under multiple sources of control and subsequently eliminate unnecessary sources of control for each verbal operant. The current study sets up each training paradigm: transfer of control via time delay from existing to nonexisiting verbal operants (e.g., echoic to tact transfer) and multiple control (simultaneously training all operants and subsequently fading additional sources of control (e.g., echoic, mand and tact to mand). Results will be discussed in terms of variables responsible for the efficiency of each procedure across participants. |
|
Using a Rolling Time Delay Procedure to Transfer Control of a Mand From an Intraverbal Prompt and Item to the EO in Children With Autism |
MEREDITH KAYE ASKUVICH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Tracy L. Kettering (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Researchers have demonstrated the effectiveness of time delay procedures to teach mands, but have had difficulty demonstrating that the responses are emitted in the absence of control by other variables. The current study evaluated the effectiveness of a rolling time delay procedure (Sweeney-Kerwin et al., 2007) to teach two children with autism to mand for items that were not present. Following an assessment to determine the stimuli controlling mand responses, an intraverbal prompt and the item were presented to the participant. The stimuli were then removed and a 2 min time delay began in which spontaneous mands could occur. Within and across session fading was used to increase the amount of time that lapsed between presentations of the discriminative stimuli. The time between the beginning of the session and the presentation of the first discriminative stimulus was also systematically increased within and across session to demonstrate that the stimulus was not exerting control over responding. The frequency of mands emitted in the absence of discriminative stimuli increased for both participants and the data suggest that the mands were under control of the establishing operation. Generalization data also demonstrated that responses generalized to novel environments and therapists |
|
Song Lyrics as Self-Instructions to Increase Correct Responding in a Behavior Chain |
LORRAINE M. BOLOGNA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Maggi Holtzhauser (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Tracy L. Kettering (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Two methods of teaching self-instructions to 4 third grade students were compared to determine the effects on speed of acquisition. Four gross motor tasks composed of 5 steps were taught using self-instructions that prompted correct completion of each step of the task. Self-instructions were taught either as typical verbal prompts or as song lyrics. Results indicated that acquisition of tasks was idiosyncratic, with 5 task pairs acquired more quickly using song lyric self-instructions, 2 task pairs with undifferentiated acquisition speed, and 1 task acquired more quickly using typical self-instructions. Generalization and social validity were assessed by teaching each participant an individualized novel skill using their choice of method. Two participants chose song lyric self-instructions and 2 chose typical self-instructions. |
|
Applying Precision Teaching to Component Verbal Repertoires and the Accompanying Effects on Composite Intraverbal Repertoires With Children With Autism |
RACHAEL E. SHRONTZ (University of North Texas), Stephany Kristina Reetz (University of North Texas), Jeffrey Gesick (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Precision Teaching (PT) is a teaching and measurement system that often incorporates fluency-based instruction or generating fluent responding, defined by reaching a level of accurate responding that can occur within a specific timeframe. Precision teachers view skill deficits from a component-composite framework in which component skills (e.g., basic addition facts) that are not fluent may contribute to composite skill (e.g., basic multiplication facts) deficits. Researchers have recently begun exploring the role of PT on skill acquisition using a component-composite analysis. This preparation allows researchers to demonstrate steady state responding on the component skill while intervening on the composite skill. There are several advantages to using this preparation. First, it allows researchers to identify useful component-composite relations to enhance skill instruction. Second, it allows for more controlled research to explore the outcomes claimed by precision teachers. A series of studies will be presented that explores PT as an independent variable on component-composite relations for individuals with developmental disabilities. |
|
|
|
|
Bill Hopkins: His Impact as a Behavior Analytic Pioneer |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:30 AM–10:50 AM |
6A (Convention Center) |
Domain: Theory |
Chair: James M. Johnston (Auburn University) |
CE Instructor: James M. Johnston, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Bill Hopkins, a true ABA Pioneer, impacted our science and our lives over his distinguished 50+ year career. His impact is truly impossible to fully quantify, but the people whose careers and lives he touched speak to his profound contributions with deep respect and admiration.
Bill graduated Emory University in 1957 with a degree in psychology, and in 1961 earned a PhD in clinical psychology from Indiana University. He and his beloved wife, Bot, married in 1957 and started a family in 1961. They moved many places as Bill accepted teaching appointments at the University of Washington, Florida State University, Western Michigan University, Southern Illinois, and The University of Kansas. In 1988, Bill became the head of the psychology department at Auburn University, where he retired in 2001 as emeritus professor of psychology. Upon retirement from teaching, Bill’s passion for our science and its researchers and practitioners did not wane. His contributions continued through the Behavioral Safety Now network, his consultation with many organizations, and his gentle mentoring of students, faculty, and consultants.
A humble man, an ambassador for our field, and a relentless pursuer of scientific principles and application, Bill’s contributions to generations of scientists and practitioners will be honored in this invited address. |
|
The Contributions of a Young Scientist |
ROBERT P. HAWKINS (West Virginia University), Steven Zlutnick (University of San Francisco) |
Abstract: Bill's quiet, wise, good-humored style will be described, along with his level-headed contribution during a time of upheaval at Western Michigan University. |
Dr. Hawkins is Professor Emeritus at West Virginia University. After earning his Ph.D. at University of Pittsburgh and teaching there, he served on the faculty at University of Washington, held a postdoctoral research fellowship at University of Kansas, served on the faculty at Western Michigan University, and finally at West Virginia, from which he retired in 1997. He consulted to The Pressley Ridge Schools for over 20 years, where he was primary developer of a foster-family-based treatment program that has now treated thousands of youngsters. He was involved in applied behavior analysis for over 30 years, specializing in child and family issues, and is a Fellow of American Psychological Association, American Psychological Society, and American Association of Applied and Preventive Psychology. He served on the editorial boards of Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Behavior Analyst, Behavioral Assessment, Child and Family Behavior Therapy, Analysis and Intervention in Developmental Disabilities, and Education and Treatment of Children (which he founded as School Applications of Learning Theory). He continues to serve on the board of the newsletter Behavior Analysis Digest. He authored or edited 6 books and is listed in several Who's Who. His primary occupations today are raising bonsai, playing golf, bowling, landscaping and maintaining his yard (with his wife), and playing grandfather. |
|
A Teacher and Researcher at The University of Kansas |
JOHN J. CONARD (ACES ABA) |
Abstract: Bill spent 18 years at The University of Kansas where he made significant contributions to the science through his publications and teaching. His colleagues reminisce about Bill’s years in Kansas and the lasting impact of his work. |
 |
|
A Department Chair and ABA Leader: The Auburn Years |
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University), RICHARD KEVIN FLEMING (University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
Abstract: Bill Hopkins arrived at Auburn University in the Fall of 1988 to take over the position of Department Head from Peter Harzem. Bill’s eight years as Department Head were remarkable on many fronts. He recruited junior and mid-career faculty members who were solid scientists, many with funded research programs, and who shared Bill’s enthusiasm for graduate education and a meaningful undergraduate major in Psychology. He advocated a democratic approach to departmental governance that contributed to a shared sense that all faculty contributed to the department’s well-being. Bill also continued his strong presence as a leader in the area of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM), which included being a strong mentor for his students, many of whom are now OBM leaders. His gentle approach served as a model for many of us who worked with Bill and provided a calm spirit even during contentious discussions. He retired from Auburn, but certainly not from behavior analysis, in 2001. |
Chris Newland has been a member of ABAI since sometime in the late 70’s. He first met Bill Hopkins when he joined the Department of Psychology at Auburn University, in 1988, arriving a few days before Bill did. Newland has remained in the department since that time where has taught the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Behavioral Pharmacology, Behavioral Neuroscience, and the Behavioral Effects of Environmental Contaminants, among other courses. He has twice served as director of the Experimental Program at Auburn. He maintains an active behavioral pharmacology/toxicology laboratory and his research is supported by the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences.
|
|
An Advisor to OBM Practitioners |
LAURA L. METHOT (CLG, Inc.) |
Abstract: Bill’s dedication to advancing the science continued through numerous OBM practitioners even after his retirement from academia. We were lucky in CLG to have Bill’s input and influence as we learned how to help companies embed behavior analysis into their businesses by developing internal consultants. The methodology and tools Bill helped create have stood the test of time and have been replicated across many client situations with great impact. He was also instrumental in helping develop our internal training and materials to ensure that as we translated the language of behavior analysis for business we stayed true to the underlying principles of our science. Those impacted by Bill’s enduring passion and wisdom recall his influence, both in person and via video messages. |
Laura Methot’s passion and expertise are in helping organizations expand their leadership capabilities to create conditions for successful business execution. The impact of her work is evident in bottom-line business results and how her clients across multiple industries talk of tangible culture change and leadership effectiveness as a result of working with her.
Recognized as a leading behavior analyst with extensive international experience in private and public sector businesses, Laura’s areas of expertise include:
- Organizational systems and behavior analysis
- Facilitating executive alignment and deployment effectiveness
- Leading enterprise-wide coaching and performance improvement solutionsEducation and Background
Laura holds an M.A. in Industrial/Organizational Psychology and a Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis from Western Michigan University. She also earned a B.A. in Psychology (Honours) from Saint Mary’s University in Halifax, where she currently is an adjunct professor.
Laura has published in several peer-reviewed scientific journals, including Human Factors, Canadian Psychology, and the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, and has been a guest reviewer for Canadian Psychology, a journal of the Canadian Psychological Association. She also has presented at professional conferences for the Association for Behavior Analysis International, the Organizational Behavior Management Network, the Atlantic Conference on Ergonomics, the Canadian Psychological Association, and the Canadian Society for Industrial and Organizational Psychology. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Genetics and the Evolution of the Domestic Dog: Implications for Social Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
6E (Convention Center) |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: James C. Ha, Ph.D. |
Chair: Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom) |
JAMES C. HA (University of Washington) |
Dr. Ha's academic and clinical training is in the social behavior and cognition of birds and mammals, with a special focus on highly social species like domestic dogs, crows and jays, primates, and killer whales. His background includes degrees in Biology and Zoology and professional credentialing as a Certified Applied Animal Behaviorist, the highest level of certification in applied behavior research and practice. He is currently a Research Associate Professor in Animal Behavior at the University of Washington where he teaches and conducts research. He also lectures on dog behavior nationally and internationally. After he ran his own consulting business from 1999-2007, he became a founding partner in Companion Animal Solutions, L.L.C. in 2007. He sees about 45 in-home cases in dogs and cats each year and supervises an additional 220 cases per year seen by their staff. In addition, he has participated in more than 25 legal cases as an expert witness, involving both dog bites and dog tracking behavior. He has been elected to numerous offices in the Animal Behavior Society, has served on the Society's Board of Professional Certification and as an Editor of the journal Animal Behaviour, and recently received the Society's Exceptional Service Award. |
Abstract: I review the latest research on the evolutionary relationships of dogs at the level of species and breeds. I briefly review the concept of, and evidence for, behavioral genetics in dogs before developing two basic principles of behavior: 1) species- (or breed-) typical behavior developed under evolutionary pressures and 2) the interaction of genes and environment, bringing in the role of experience and learning, to develop a modern ethological view of dog behavior. I then illustrate these principles with examples from comparative research on wolf and dog behavior and on breed-specific patterns in innate and learned behavior in dogs. Finally, I demonstrate the implications of evolutionary history, genetics and the environment for interpreting the social dynamics of domestic dogs. My goal is to illustrate a modern view of animal behavior which is intensely integrative, drawing together many disciplines including genetics, physiology, endocrinology, neurobiology, learning theory, and ethology under the organizing laws of evolution. |
Keyword(s): behavioral genetics, dogs |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Activation for Whatever Ails You |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
4C-2 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Thomas J. Waltz, Ph.D. |
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (Center for Mental Healthcare and Outcomes Research) |
CHRISTOPHER MARTELL (University of Washington) |
Christopher R. Martell, Ph.D. is in private practice in Seattle and is a Clinical Associate Professor in the department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences and in the department of Psychology at the University of Washington. He is board certified in both clinical psychology and behavioral psychology through the American Board of Professional Psychology (ABPP) and is a founding fellow of the Academy of Cognitive Therapy. The co-author of four books, he has published widely on behavioral treatments for depression and other areas of application of CBT. He is first author of Depression in Context: Strategies for Guided Action with Michael Addis & Neil Jacobson; Behavioral Activation for Depression: A Clinician’s Guide, with Sona Dimidjian and Ruth Herman-Dunn and, with Michael Addis, Overcoming Depression One Step at a Time: The New Behavioral Activation Approach to Getting Your Life Back – which has been translated into four languages - and has co-authored two other books. He was the recipient of the Washington State Psychological Association's Distinguished Psychologist Award in 2004. He is a past President of the American Board of Cognitive-Behavioral Psychology, a specialty board of ABPP. Dr. Martell received his Ph.D. in Clinical and School Psychology from Hofstra University in 1988. |
Abstract: Interest in behavioral activation (BA) in the treatment of depression has gained worldwide acceptance and re-invigorated interest in a behavioral rather than a cognitive conceptualization of depression. According to the basic premise of the behavioral model, depression results from low rates of response-contingent positive reinforcement or increased rates of punishment. For vulnerable individuals such reinforcement contingencies may be correlated with low mood and other “symptoms” of depression. Individuals then respond to the symptoms in understandable ways to avoid bad feelings or responsibilities, but get stuck in a cycle of inertia that is negatively reinforced. As a treatment for depression, behavioral activation (BA) is based on this model, and the goal of BA is to reverse the “downward spiral” and help individuals to engage in activities that may serve an antidepressant function. The principles of BA can apply to problems other than depression, however, and may be used to modify avoidance behaviors in general. This presentation will review the potential use of BA as a transdiagnostic method for helping clients to engage in activities that will increase the likelihood that approach behaviors, rather than avoidance, will be reinforced leading to more productivity and satisfaction. |
Target Audience: #none# |
Learning Objectives: #none# |
Keyword(s): clinical, depression |
|
|
|
|
Systems Change and Behavior Analysis: The Impact of the Florida PBS Project |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
303/304 (TCC) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Donald K. Kincaid, Ph.D. |
Chair: Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon) |
DONALD K. KINCAID (University of South Florida) |
Dr. Donald Kincaid is a Professor of Child and Family Studies at the University of South Florida. Don Kincaid co-directs the Division of Applied Research and Educational Support and the Florida Center for Inclusive Communities, a University Center for Excellence in Developmental Disabilities. Don is also the Director of the Florida Positive Behavior Support Project at the University of South Florida. He also directs USF's participation in the OSEP Positive Behavioral Supports and Interventions Center, a partnership of universities and agencies across the country. His primary interests are in applying positive behavior support and behavior analysis for individual students, classrooms, and entire schools. Much of his professional activity involves coordinating systems change efforts at a local, state, and national level to support the implementation of evidence-based practices. Dr. Kincaid also teaches at the university level and serves on a number of editorial and advisory boards. |
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis has shown tremendous potential to produce significant system change. Unfortunately, the application of science and technology in social systems isn't just about the quality of the evidence-base but also the capacity to navigate the implementation of the science through complex systems change efforts. This presentation will provide an overview of what we have learned in the past dozen years regarding the implementation of a positive behavior support approach in Florida. The Florida PBS Project has had a mission to increase the capacity of school districts to implement PBS within a multi-tiered continuum of student support. The presentation will discuss the systems change practices that have led to implementation in over 1200 schools and the outcome data about the impact of that implementation. Lessons learned from state, district and inter-project collaborations will be shared with the participants as well as existing barriers to implementation of a multi-tiered system of support with fidelity. |
Keyword(s): education, multi-tiered support, PBS, systems change |
|
|
|
|
The need for Molecular Analyses |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
6BC (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC/EAB; Domain: Theory |
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Iver H. Iversen, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Presenting Authors: : IVER H. IVERSEN (University of North Florida) |
Abstract: The terms molar and molecular analysis have been used for several decades in experimental psychology and have changed definition and usage during this time. For example, Skinners operant conditioning was founded on a molecular behavior analysis in the 1930s. Yet, some contemporary models interpret operant behavior only at the molar level. The presentation will trace the history of the terms molar and molecular and articulate a need for inclusion of analyses at the level of individual response bouts, reinforcers, and stimuli in the 1-30 s range and define an analysis at this level as a molecular analysis. Illustrations will show how experimental manipulations can affect behavior at that level. Additional illustrations will demonstrate how behavior transitions during automated shaping relate to local reinforcing events. Besides, the presentation will outline novel ways on examining local dynamics of bouts of behavior that last a few seconds. The presentation will introduce the concept and method of conditional data analysis, which emphasizes collecting and analyzing data conditional on local events antecedent to response emission. The overall emphasis of the tutorial will be empirical rather than theoretical. Molecular analyses have critical interpretative implications for well-established findings in existing literature. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Graduate students and professionals |
Learning Objectives: 1: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to understand how and why molecular analyses can demonstrate basic behavioral phenomena that cannot be demonstrated with molar analyses 2: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to distinguish molecular from molar analyses of data |
|
IVER H. IVERSEN (University of North Florida) |
Dr. Iversen received his PhD in Experimental Psychology from University of Copenhagen, Denmark (1978). He is professor of experimental psychology at University of North Florida, Jacksonville, since 1986. His research has addressed basic mechanisms of operant behavior, primarily in non-human subjects. Examples are detailed analyses of effects of individual reinforcements in rats, intermittent reinforcement of stimulus control in rats, visual guidance of drawing in chimpanzees. Research has also involved operant conditioning of brainwaves in humans to enable communication in completely paralyzed ALS patients. He has served on the board of Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior for 5 3-year terms and currently serves on the boards of European Journal of Behavior Analysis and Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis. Dr. Iversen believes that strong methodology is necessary to advance science of behavior, and he has developed several automated methods to shape and control behavior as well as methods to analyze complex data from behavioral experiments. Together with Professor K. A. Lattal from University of West Virginia, Morgantown, Dr. Iversen edited a two-volume text on methodology in operant conditioning (1991). In addition, he has published several papers that document development of behavior control techniques and methods of data analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Applied Research on Basic Learning Processes: Implications for Assessment and Treatment |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:00 AM–11:20 AM |
305 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Eileen M. Roscoe, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In the current symposium, 4 individuals will present research on basic learning processes for the assessment and treatment of problem behavior or for increasing appropriate task engagement. The first presenter, Gracie Beavers, will review functional analysis data of target and precursor behavior for 3 trained relations, a response class, a behavior chain, and a precurrent-current relation. The second presenter, Jill Harper, will review a study evaluating the effects of different types of group contingencies on appropriate behavior and problem behavior. The third presenter, Kevin Schlichenmeyer, will present data on the assessment and treatment of automatically-reinforced stereotypy and on an inhibitory stimulus control procedure for promoting treatment generalization across novel settings. The fourth presenter, Erin Leif, will review a study on a component analysis of self-monitoring for increasing appropriate task engagement and decrasing problem behavior. |
Keyword(s): group contingencies, inhibitory control, self-monitoring, stimulus-stimulus relations |
|
Analysis of Response-Response Relations: The Response-class, Chain, and Precurrent Sequences |
GRACIE ALLEN BEAVERS (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Kathryn Guenevere Horton (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Severe problem behavior poses a challenge to assessment due to the potential risks during the course of a functional analysis (FA). One proposed solution is the precursor FA (Smith & Churchill, 2002), in which assessment contingencies are placed on responses that precede and are assumed to be members of the same response class as the target behavior. However, a response class is only 1 example of a relation in which 1 response reliably precedes another: Response-response relations also include the chain or precurrent-current relation, which may be obscured in an FA of precursor behavior. The purpose of this study was to show how programmed contingencies in a precursor FA may obscure known response-response relations. First, response classes, behavior chains, and precurrent-current relations were established using arbitrary responses. Contingencies analogous to those used in an FA of target and precursor behavior subsequently were implemented with each relation. Results for 4 subjects show similarities and differences in response patterns under the 3 trained relations. |
|
Patterns of Social Interaction During Group Contingencies |
JILL MARIE HARPER (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Kathryn Guenevere Horton (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Group contingencies are distinct from individual contingencies in that performance of one individual influences the delivery of reinforcement to another. Thus, group contingencies may occasion other, nonprogrammed social contingencies of a cooperative or competitive nature. It is often unclear how behavior was changed because this unique feature of group contingencies has rarely been examined. The purpose of this study was to examine the types of social interaction, as well as performance, generated by competitive and cooperatve group contingencies relative to those observed under an independent contingency. In addition, we examined both behavior acquisition (sorting task) and behavior reduction (out-of-seat behavior) because it seemed likely that reinforcement and punishment might occasion different types of interactions. Three groups, each comprised of 3 individuals diagnosed with intellectual disabilities, participated. All subjects exhibited a minimum vocal repertoire of 2-word utterances. Results will be discussed in terms of performance, general patterns of interaction, and the specific types of interactions observed across contingencies. |
|
Evaluation of an Inhibitory Stimulus Control Procedure for Promoting Treatment Generalization of Automatically-Reinforced Stereotypy |
Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer (Eunice Kennedy Shriver Center), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children), CALEB R. DAVIS (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Individuals with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often exhibit stereotypy, a behavior that has been correlated with academic and social impairments. Although there are a number of empirically validated treatment options for stereotypy, there is a paucity of research aimed at programming generalization and maintenance of treatment effects. In this study, we conducted a functional analysis and treatment assessment for stereotypy exhibited by 4 children diagnosed with an ASD. We evaluated a 10-s hands down procedure or a response interruption and redirection procedure, using a reversal design to demonstrate experimental control. In an effort to promote generalization of treatment effects across novel settings, we presented a stimulus during intervention sessions. Using a concurrent multiple baseline across settings design, we evaluated the effects of the previously paired stimulus in the absence of intervention to determine whether inhibitory stimulus control had been established. Although stereotypy was successfully reduced during treatment, we did not observe generalized suppression during nonintervention test sessions, suggesting that the stimulus paired with intervention sessions did not establish inhibitory control. We will review the implications of these findings and offer suggestions for further research on treatment generalization and maintenance for automatically reinforced stereotypy. |
|
Component Analysis of a Self-Management Intervention for Increasing Appropriate Behavior and Decreasing Automatically-Reinforced Problem Behavior |
ERIN S. LEIF (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University) |
Abstract: Increasing independence is an important goal for individuals with intellectual disabilities (ID). Self-monitoring has been proposed as one strategy for increasing independence in individuals with ID because it involves transferring control of some aspect of treatment from the service provider to the direct consumer. However, self-monitoring is typically included as one component of treatment packages. Thus, it is unclear which component or combination of components is critical for the success of the intervention. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of a self-monitoring intervention on appropriate task engagement and automatically-reinforced problem behavior of 3 individuals with ID. First, we taught participants to accurately self-monitor their behavior prior to treatment using both video and in-vivo training. Second, we assessed the effects of self-monitoring intervention components by sequentially adding them across successive phases until clinically acceptable increases in the appropriate behavior were observed. We withdrew and reintroduced the effective treatment phase, using a reversal design to demonstrate experimental control. Results indicated that self-monitoring was only effective when combined with differential reinforcement for (a) accurate self-monitoring, or (b) appropriate task engagement and accurate self-monitoring. Increases in appropriate task engagement were accompanied by collateral decreases in automatically reinforced problem behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Should We Formalize the Field of Applied Behavioral Pharmacology? |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:00 AM–11:20 AM |
615 (Convention Center) |
Area: BPH/TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Jennifer R. Zarcone, Ph.D. |
Chair: Annette Griffith (Missouri Department of Mental Health) |
JENNIFER R. ZARCONE (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
JOHN A. NORTHUP (University of Iowa) |
TRAVIS THOMPSON (University of Minnesota) |
DEBORAH A. NAPOLITANO (University of Rochester) |
Abstract: As behavior analysts we have developed a highly refined field of basic Behavioral Pharmacology research evaluating the effects of drugs on behavior. We have not been as successful in developing the field of Applied Behavioral Pharmacology that evaluates the effects of drugs on behavior using those same behavioral principles. Research has focused on 1) contingency management with individuals exposed to drugs of abuse or 2) clinical effects of psychotropic drugs on problem behavior that co-occur with psychiatric conditions, primarily with individuals with disabilities. It is unclear how we might move forward to obtain funding for clinical trial research given the methods of individualized treatment and single subject designs we currently employ. After discussing current challenges to doing Behavioral Pharmacology research, the panel and audience will explore the benefits of formalizing the field of Applied Behavioral Pharmacology and the implications this may have for research, grant funding, and eventually clinical practice. |
Keyword(s): applied pharmacology, behavioral pharmacology |
|
|
|
|
Measuring Competence in Supervision and Training: Proposing How to Address Experiential Requirements |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:20 AM |
612 (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Nicholas L. Weatherly, Ph.D. |
Chair: Keith Hersh (Spalding University) |
NICHOLAS L. WEATHERLY (Spalding University) |
AMY MCCOMAS (Indiana Applied Behavior Analysis Institute) |
BELINDA HUGHES (Ball State University) |
Abstract: As the field of Behavior Analysis continues to grow, there has been an increase in the number of graduate training programs. The academic requirements to sit for certification are outlined by the BACB, as well as the accreditation standards by ABAI. Despite an outlined curriculum for academic coursework, there remains little to no standards for the content of what counts towards the experiential requirements for certification. Due to the large variety of careers behavior analysts pursue after training, it is difficult to identify what areas of training are mandatory for all behavior analysts. Further should those who seek to become practitioners have separate experiential requirements than researchers? Section 1.02 of the conduct guidelines address the behavior analysts ethical obligation to only provide services within the boundaries of their competence, based on their education, training, and supervised experience. The panel proposes that there are important skill sets that should be required of all behavior analysts in training, as well as methods to measure competence, regardless of individual career goals. The panel will propose a few methods of assessing competence including video recording, practicum portfolios, and the use of task analysis, with a goal of encouraging all supervisors to utilize similar methods. |
Keyword(s): competence, Supervision practicum |
|
|
|
|
Strength or Challenge: Intervention Studies on Obsessive-Compulsive Behavior in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
LL02 (TCC) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nicole Neil (The Graduate Center of the City University of New York) |
Discussant: W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada,Reno) |
CE Instructor: Lauren Kryzak, M.A. |
Abstract: Obsessional, ritualistic, stereotyped, and repetitive behaviours are a core feature of autism spectrum disorders (ASD), and researchers have conceptualized these behaviours in individuals with ASD on a continuum ranging from lower-level, motoric, repetitive behaviours to higher-order, obsessive-compulsive like, repetitive behaviours, which may include circumscribed interests, inflexible routines, and insistence on sameness (Hollander, Wang, Braun, & Marsh, 2009). This symposium will describe research findings from three intervention studies, which involve higher-order repetitive behaviour in children with ASD. The first study investigated the use of a group function-based cognitive behavioural treatment (GFb-CBT) package to reduce obsessive-compulsive behaviour (OCB) in7 children with high functioning autism (HFA). The second is an in-depth case study of an additional participant (young girl with HFA) who received the GFb-CBT package described in Study 1, with a focus on parental OCD tendencies and other variables that impact assessment/treatment. The third study will present an investigation using circumscribed interests, with prompting and reinforcement, to teach responding to joint attention directives in 3 children with ASD. |
Keyword(s): Group Treatment, Joint Attention, Obsessive Compulsive, Repetitive Behavior |
|
Using Group Function-Based CBT to Reduce Obsessive Compulsive Phenomena in Seven Children With High Functioning Autism |
NICOLE NEIL (The Graduate Center of the City University of New York), Heather Yates (Brock University), Debbie Finkelstein (Brock University), Melissa Fleishman (Brock University), Lisa Lam (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Maurice Feldman (Centre for Applied Disability Studies, Brock University) |
Abstract: Individuals with ASD frequently experience obsessions and compulsions that meet the DSM-IV-TR criteria (APA, 2000) for Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (OCD). Given the acknowledged difficulty in differentiating between OCD and Autism-related OC phenomena, the present study will use the term Obsessive Compulsive Behaviour (OCB). This study examined Group Function-based CBT (GFb-CBT) to reduce OCB in children with High Functioning Autism (HFA). A multiple baseline design across parent reports of OCB was used to examine effects of this package for seven children (7-11 years of age). For three participants, probe data was also collected. The GFb-CBT protocol I Believe in Me, not OCD! (Vause et al., 2010) consisted of an indirect functional assessment, awareness training, cognitive-behavioral skills training, and graded exposure plus response prevention. Across seven participants, a total of 37 behaviors were treated; visual inspection indicated that 26 behaviors improved with treatment and11 stayed the same. Complementing time series data, standardized assessments showed decreases in symptom severity, and increases in quality of life. Correspondence between parent report and probe data was 82.6% (range = 62% 94%). Treatment integrity was collected for four of seven participants on 67% of sessions; TI was 100%. |
|
Addressing Obsessive-Compulsive Behavior in a Young Female: Impact of Parental Obsessive-Compulsive Tendencies on Treatment |
HEATHER YATES (Brock University), Nicole Neil (The Graduate Center of the City University of New York), Keeley White (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Maurice Feldman (Centre for Applied Disability Studies, Brock University) |
Abstract: Research has found that approximately 37 percent of individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) meet diagnostic criteria for Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD) (Leyfer et al., 2006). The present case involved an 11-year-old female with High Functioning Autism who displayed Obsessive-Compulsive Behavior (OCB), and had a family history of obsessive-compulsive tendencies. Targeted behaviors included: seeking reassurance related to contamination and harm to self/others, excessive toothbrushing, and a strong need to complete activities. Eight behaviors were targeted in a 9-week manualized Group Function-based Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy (Fb-CBT) (Vause et al., 2010), with individual support provided to the parents in between sessions. The treatment consists of an indirect functional assessment, awareness training, cognitive-behavioral skills training, and graded exposure plus response prevention. A multiple-baseline design across parent report data (OCBs) was used to evaluate the effects of treatment for this child. Visual inspection indicated that six of the eight behaviors immediately improved when the treatment package was administered. All sessions were taped, and treatment integrity data is currently being collected. In addition to demonstrating the success of this treatment in reducing OCB, this presentation will focus on parental OCB tendencies, and how they present various challenges but also aid in the treatment of pediatric OCB. |
|
The Effect of Using Circumscribed Interests on Joint Attention Intervention |
LAUREN KRYZAK (The Graduate Center of the City University of New York), Sara Bauer (The Graduate Center of the City University of New York), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The City University of New York), Peter Sturmey (Queens College, The City Unversity of New York) |
Abstract: Children with autism often exhibit restricted interests in specific topics which many believe preclude social engagement with others or become more intense if included in intervention. However, studies have demonstrated that integrating topics of restricted interests into intervention materials has benefits on social-communicative interactions between children with autism and their siblings, peers, and caregivers. Studies by the applicant, which integrated topics of restricted interests into joint attention intervention materials, have demonstrated improvements, such as increased joint attention and decreased restricted interest intensity. Joint attention occurs when two people engage in verbalizations, gestures and/or eye contact between each other and a common object. It is a characteristic deficit specific to autism and its presence has been directly related to the success of other intervention measures, including language growth. As such, it is important to empirically demonstrate efficient intervention procedures, which using restricted interests may represent. The proposed paper will discuss results from two studies targeting joint attention, limitations and prospective future research directions. |
|
|
|
|
Further Evaluations of Response Interruption and Redirection |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
302 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey) |
Discussant: William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Kimberly Sloman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD) has been shown to be an effective intervention for the treatment of stereotypy (Ahearn et al., 2007). This symposium includes three data-based presentations further evaluating various aspects of this treatment. In the first presentation, Mariana Torres-Viso will present a study evaluating if RIRD task selection affects the effectiveness of the procedure. In the second presentation, Tamara Perry will present a study evaluating the effects of RIRD during discrete trial instruction on expressive and receptive language skills in children with autism. In the last presentation, Kimberly Sloman will present a study evaluating the compatibility of RIRD with ongoing academic demands as well as the effects of stimulus control procedures to improve the generalization of treatment effects. Finally, Dr. William Ahearn will present a discussion of the three studies. |
Keyword(s): RIRD, stereotypy |
|
Effects of Task Selection on Response Interruption and Redirection Effectiveness |
MARIANA TORRES-VISO (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Rebecca Schulman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that response interruption and redirection (RIRD) is an effective intervention for automatically reinforced vocal stereotypy (e.g., Ahearn et al. 2007). Two forms of RIRD are motor RIRD (e.g., asking the student to imitate when the teacher models certain movements) and vocal RIRD (e.g., asking the student to engage in vocal tasks such as echoing the teacher). Research has shown that these forms result in similar reductions in stereotypic behavior (e.g., Ahrens et al. 2011, Cassella et al., 2011). Research on the underlying mechanisms of RIRD has indicated that the procedure functions as a punisher to stereotypy (rather than extinction). Target demands for the RIRD are often arbitrarily chosen. However, if certain demands do not function as punishers, then RIRD may not be effective. The purpose of the current study was to assess the effectiveness of various tasks (e.g., mastered motor and vocal tasks, tasks identified as non-preferred via choice assessments) on the efficacy of RIRD. Preliminary results indicate that for some individuals, differential effectiveness was observed across tasks. |
|
The Effects of Response Interruption and Redirection on Language Skills in Children With Vocal Stereotypy |
TAMARA L. PERRY (Eastern Michigan University), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Vocal stereotypy maintained by automatic reinforcement is a difficult behavior to treat in children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). One intervention that has shown to be effective is response interruption and redirection (RIRD; Ahearn et al., 2007). However, little is known about the efficacy of RIRD during discrete trial instruction (DTI) and the effects of vocal stereotypy on learning. Given the inherent teaching component within RIRD, in which previously acquired vocal tasks are practiced, the repetition of these tasks may increase the likelihood that children will maintain these and similar responses over time. Moreover, it is possible that children will be able to learn more effectively once vocal stereotypy responses are reduced. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of the treatment of vocal stereotypy via RIRD during DTI on expressive and receptive language skills, as measured by the Preschool Language Scale-4, in children with ASD between three to five years of age. Language skills and stereotypy levels were compared to children who received DTI without RIRD. In addition, data are included on the natural maturation of language skills in preschoolers with ASD who received alternative therapies (e.g., occupational therapy, music therapy) without early intensive behavioral intervention. |
|
Evaluations of Response Interruption and Redirection During Academic Tasks |
KIMBERLY SLOMAN (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Mariana Torres-Viso (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Rebecca Schulman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that response interruption and redirection (RIRD) is an effective intervention for automatically reinforced vocal stereotypy (e.g., Ahearn et al. 2007). In general, RIRD procedures involve presenting demands to the student contingent upon vocal or motor stereotypy. Some disadvantages to this approach have been noted including: a) the amount of time spent in the RIRD procedure and b) failure of treatment effects to generalize to different staff members. Additionally, compatibility with ongoing academic demands has not been assessed. The purpose of the current investigation is to evaluate RIRD during academic demands compared to no treatment academic sessions to assess levels of stereotypy, rate of demands, time in RIRD, compliance with demands across RIRD and no treatment sessions. Additionally the purposes of the current study are to evaluate the effects of stimulus control procedures on the generalization responding to the RIRD procedure during various academic tasks. Preliminary research indicates that although stereotypy was lower in RIRD sessions, nearly 33.0% of the work session was spent implementing RIRD. However, the addition of stimulus control procedures reduced the total time in RIRD and improved generalization of treatment effects. |
|
|
|
|
Using Time Wisely: Reducing Instruction Interfering Behaviors of Adolescents With Autism |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
301 (TCC) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Nicole M. Davis (Simmons College) |
Discussant: Mary Joyce Perrson (Simmons College) |
Abstract: While in school, the goal for most students is typically focused on some type of skill acquisition, either functional life skills or academically based curricula. However, many students with autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities engage in behaviors that interfere with instruction and therefore skill acquisition. While adolescents may have a longer history of engaging in such behaviors than younger students, they also have less time remaining in the classroom environment. The question becomes, what are some proven, efficient methods for decreasing these interfering behaviors in order to take advantage of the time for increasing academic and functional skills. This symposium is comprised of a review of current literature on methods to reduce interfering behaviors, as well as 2 studies examining such methods with adolescent students in a private school for children with autism spectrum disorder. Studies include data on reduction of behavior that interfere with instruction, in addition to data indicating effects on skill acquisition. |
Keyword(s): Adolescents, Decreasing Behavior |
|
A Review of Method for Decreasing Behavior That Interferes With Instruction of Adolescents With Special Needs |
NICOLE M. DAVIS (Simmons College) |
Abstract: While in school, the goal for most students is typically focused on some type of skill acquisition, either functional life skills or academically based curricula. However, many students with autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities engage in behaviors that interfere with instruction and therefore skill acquisition. . While adolescents may have a longer history of engaging in such behaviors than younger students, they also have less time remaining in the classroom environment. The question becomes, what are some proven, efficient methods for decreasing these interfering behaviors in order to take advantage of the time for increasing academic and functional skills. There is a thorough literature base surrounding this question. This paper is a brief, comprehensive review of the literature through 2011 and discussion of the implications for students in specialized school settings. While some studies involving young children and adults are conversed, the main emphasis will surround adolescents with special needs. |
|
Differentiating Reinforcer Magnitudes to Decreasing Interfering Behaviors During Instructional Sessions for an Adolescent With Autism |
CRYSTAL WENZEL (Milagre Kids School, Inc.), Nicole M. Davis (Simmons College) |
Abstract: One challenge with teaching adolescents with autism spectrum disorder can be an extended history of engaging in disruptive behaviors during instructional times. Prior to this study, the participant engaged in high levels of verbal and non-verbal behaviors, which effected the accuracy of his responses, his schedule of reinforcement, the fluency of instruction, and what programs and skills could be targeted. This study investigated the effects of vocal and visual cues and Differential Reinforcements of Other Behavior (DRO) on reducing verbal and non-verbal interfering behavior during instruction. The procedure was initially implemented during individual instruction time with one staff member. Prior to an interval the student was given a verbal and visual cue. If the participant did not engage in interfering behavior during that interval, his big(a large amount of his edible of choice) was delivered. If he did engage is disruptive behaviors, a very small amount of that item was delivered. Percent of intervals without interfering behaviors increased. The same procedure was implemented across instructors and during group instruction during with similar results. Maintenance data to follow. |
|
Increasing Time in Instruction by Decreasing Interfering Behaviors of an Adolescent With Autism |
TRICIA CUCE (Milagre Kids School, Inc.), Crystal Wenzel (Milagre Kids School, Inc.), Nicole M. Davis (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Many students with autism spectrum disorder engage in behaviors that can interfere with instruction in the school environment. Prior to this study, multiple interventions had been implemented to address the participants stripping, aggression, self-injury, flopping, and inappropriate verbal behavior. While some interventions initially appeared to be successful, within time a steady increase in these behavior would occur. While these behaviors occurred most often in the instruction setting, attention was also found to have some control. This study examines the effect of designated demand and reinforcement conditions, and time based intervention changes on the behaviors interfering with instruction. Initially the participants day consisted of 75-percent green time, during which he could access any available reinforce including any adults attention, interspersed with 25-percent red time, during which low level demands were given and the instructor was the only adult attending to him. Time in green and red were systematically increased. Subsequently, time based changes to types of reinforcement, format of plan materials, and other components of the independent variable occurred. Time between changes has since systematically increased. Data indicated decreased rates and durations of interfering behaviors as well as increase in all instructional programing. |
|
|
|
|
Innovations in the Promotion of Physical Activity |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
4C-3 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Carole M. Van Camp (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Carole M. Van Camp, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Research presented in this symposium focuses on behavioral and technological innovations in the promotion of physical activity. Miller and colleagues will present a package intervention (including goal setting, self-monitoring, and feedback) to increase daily step totals in healthy adults. Gibson and colleagues will present a contingency management intervention to increase physical activity in healthy adults. Both of these studies utilized the Fitbit device to collect step count and activity level data. Benitez-Santiago and Miltenberger will present a study that utilized video feedback to enhance martial arts performance in healthy adults. Dittrick and Cameron will present a package intervention (including self-monitoring, goal setting, correspondence training, social support systems, stimulus control, shaping, and relapse prevention) to increase variables related to exercise in normal-weight, overweight, and obese adults. |
Keyword(s): Contingency Management, Exercise, Feedback, Fitness |
|
The Effects of a Web-Based Fitness Monitoring System on Physical Activity in Overweight and Obese Adults |
BRYON MILLER (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific), Rutvi Patel (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Normand (2008) evaluated a package intervention to increase daily step totals using goal setting, self-monitoring, and feedback with healthy adults. The use of a standard pedometer in this study required the researcher to meet with participants weekly and did not provide the wearer with any additional feedback beyond daily step totals. The FitbitTM is a small, wearable accelerometer that works in conjunction with web-based monitoring feedback tools that provide the researcher and wearer with additional information compared to a standard pedometer. The purpose of the current study was to extend the Normand (2008) methodology using the step count and activity intensity measures from the FitbitTM device. The data thus far suggest that access to information from the device and use of the FitbitTM website did not produce significant increases in step totals for any participants. However, overall activity intensity did increase from baseline levels for some participants. These data suggest that more invasive intervention components such as goal setting might be necessary to more consistently and substantially increase both step totals and activity intensity, at least for some people. |
|
Bouts of Exercise: Stepping up to a Log-Survivor Analysis |
AMANDA L. GIBSON (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Kelly Wall (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Kelly Banna (Wichita State University), Wendy Donlin Washington (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: Most American adults would not be classified as physically active according to CDC guidelines (2010). Contingency management interventions have been used to target physical activity with mixed effects. Some adults respond to contingency based interventions (responders), while others are insensitive (non-responders). In a contingency management study in our lab, healthy adults wore a Fitbit pedometer and earned prize draws when reaching a daily step criterion based upon a percentile schedule of reinforcement. Ten out of the fifteen participants increased average daily walking by at least 1000 steps, and were categorized as responders to the intervention. We compare structural features of activity between responders and non-responders. Low baseline activity predicted greatest change increases in steps per day. Additionally, a log-survivor analysis of inter-step intervals revealed that subjects could meet criterion by increasing the average length of bouts, frequency of bouts, or rate of stepping within a bout. This analysis informs how specific features of baseline activity levels can be used to tailor interventions to increase physical activity. |
|
Behavior Analytic Approach to Increase Exercise Behavior in Adults |
GRETCHEN A. DITTRICH (Simmons College), Michael J. Cameron (Cameron Consultation, LLC) |
Abstract: Moderate daily physical activity provides many important health benefits, including a reduced risk of developing certain cancers, cardiovascular disease, type 2 diabetes, obesity, osteoporosis, and arthritis, and exercise improves hypertension, high cholesterol, and symptoms of anxiety and depression. However, 70% of American adults live a sedentary lifestyle. The current study evaluated a behavior analytic treatment to increase exercise in people who were normal-weight, overweight, and obese. This study was innovative and utilized a variety of empirically validated methods to establish and maintain exercise behavior, which may replace more sedentary behavior. These methods included: self-monitoring, goal setting, correspondence training, social support systems, stimulus control, shaping, and relapse prevention. The program introduced a variety of independent variables simultaneously, assessed multiple dependent variables related to exercise, and directly measured indicators of improved health. Results indicated that there was a statistically significant increase between pre-intervention and post-intervention levels of exercise duration, frequency, and intensity, and there was a statistically significant decrease in interresponse time between workouts following implementation of the program. Participants also increased the variety of exercise, experienced improvements in health, and demonstrated increased strength and endurance. The current study adds to the literature regarding effective treatments for sedentary living. |
|
Using Video Feedback to Improve Martial-Arts Performance |
ANGELA BENITEZ SANTIAGO (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This study used video feedback to enhance the martial arts performance of capoeira, an Afro-Brazilian martial art that utilizes acrobatic movements (revesado, au de costa, and macaco). A multiple baseline across behaviors was used for 5 participants. Baseline conditions consisted of standard coaching that continued throughout all phases of the study. The intervention consisted of video feedback, in which the participants were filmed attempting a movement and immediately viewed the video afterwards, while receiving positive and corrective feedback from the instructor, using the pause, slow motion, and replay controls. The target behaviors were scored on a 15-item checklist, resulting in a percentage correct. A second video feedback condition similar to the first was also introduced to some participants, in which participants were able to practice the movements with live feedback before being filmed again. Results show an increase in the performance of the skills for each target behavior during the video feedback conditions. |
|
|
|
|
Assessment of Severe Problem Behavior: Clinical Extensions and Outcomes |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
4C-4 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Maureen Kelly (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Maureen Kelly, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The current symposium includes four papers addressing the assessment of severe problem behavior. For the first paper, the presenter will describe a study to evaluate the utility of a sequence of functional assessments: multiple-respondent anecdotal assessments to test-control treatment analysis. For the second paper, the presenter will review data on the frequency, type, and severity of injuries that occurred during functional analyses of self-injurious behavior (SIB).
For the third paper, the author will present results based on a review of the literature on functional behavior assessment and interventions in the school setting. Results will be discussed in terms of current practice of functional assessment in the school setting and implications for the field. For the fourth paper, the presenter will be showing data on 20 parent completed functional analyses. For the purposes of this paper, experienced behavior analysts remotely coached parents to conduct functional analyses on their child’s problem behaviors using telehealth. |
|
Progressing from Multiple-Respondent Anecdotal Assessments to Test-Control Analyses of Problem Behavior |
MARTHA JOE STAFF (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The current study was designed to evaluate the utility of a sequence of functional assessments: multiple-respondent anecdotal assessments to test-control treatment analysis. The goal of the study was to evaluate overall agreement among multiple respondents on the primary function of aberrant behavior using the Motivation Assessment Scale (MAS) and Questions About Behavioral Function (QABF) and, if agreement was obtained, conduct a test-control evaluation to confirm anecdotal assessment findings while simultaneously evaluating the effects of function-based treatment. For 4 individuals, at least 4 of 5 respondents to the anecdotal assessments agreed (both within and across assessments) on the probable maintaining consequence for their problem behaviors. Test-control multielement evaluations were then conducted in which baseline sessions corresponding to the suspected operant function of each individual’s problem behavior were alternated with sessions in which the identified contingency was arranged for alternative behavior. Each evaluation showed substantial decreases in problem behavior and maintenance of alternative responses. |
|
Examination of the Safety of Functional Analyses of Problem Behavior |
NICOLE LYNN HAUSMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Katie Wiskow (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher Tung (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Between 10-15% of individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities engage in self-injurious behavior ([SIB]; Kahng, Hausman, & Jann, 2011). Functional analyses are generally effective in identifying variables that maintain SIB (Iwata et al., 1994), which ultimately results in more effective interventions. Although functional analyses are highly effective at identifying the function of problem behavior, recent discussions have questioned its safety (Weeden, Mahoney, & Poling, 2010). It is unknown if functional analyses place individuals at risk of injury given that it is necessary to expose the individual to situations that may evoke SIB. Currently, there are no known estimates of the incidence of injury to individuals during the assessment process. The aim of the current study is to evaluate the frequency, type, and severity of injuries that occurred during the functional analysis of SIB. Preliminary data from six participants suggest that no injuries occurred during the functional analysis; however, 10 injuries were reported on the living unit during the same time period. These preliminary data suggest that, with adequate safety precautions in place, functional analyses may not place individuals at a greater risk of injury than exists in a typical living environment. |
|
Functional Behavior Assessment and Interventions in Schools: A Review of the Literature |
MICHAEL PARRY (University of Oregon), Anna Marshall (University of Oregon), Caitlin Rasplica (University of Oregon), Tom Cariveau (University of Oregon), Nicole Kaye (University of Oregon), Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Functional assessment (FA) increasingly is recognized as best practice for students with behavioral challenges in schools. Although empirical studies using FA continue to be conducted primarily in clinical settings, studies documenting the use of FA in schools are increasing. This is important as school-based researchers and practitioners look to the literature to guide their practice. In this paper we present results of a review of the school-based FA literature. We reviewed only studies in which (1) the FA was conducted in a school, (2) data documenting results of the FA for individual students was available, and (3) the publication was peer-reviewed. Published studies between 1994 and 2010 were included. A total of 185 studies were identified, of those, 95 met inclusion criteria. Results will be presented documenting key features including population, target response, type of FA, hypothesized environment-behavior relations, whether an intervention was conducted, intervention components and link to operant function, whether the intervention was deemed effective and if functional control was established, and if generalization and/or maintenance were documented. We also documented whether fidelity was assessed. Results will be discussed in terms of current practice in school-based FA and implications for the field. |
|
Training Parents to Conduct FAs Via Teleconsultation |
JOHN F. LEE (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (University of Iowa Hospitals & Clinics), Scott D. Lindgren (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Experienced behavior analysts remotely coached parents to conduct functional analyses (FA) of problem behavior exhibited by their children using telehealth. We will be presenting data on 20 parent completed FAs. Participants were children who were 6-years-old or younger, had diagnosed autism spectrum disorders (ASD), and displayed problem behavior. Participating families went to a local Child Health Specialty Clinic (CHSC) room with teleconferencing equipment to be connected remotely to a teleconsultation center at a tertiary level hospital. a behavior consultant at the Center for Disabilities and Development at University of Iowa - Hospitals and Clinics (CDD) guided the parents on how to conduct a functional analysis. Participants lived an average of 15 miles from the local CHSC and an average of 222 miles from the CDD. All sessions were conducted by parents during weekly, one hour visits, with an average of 3.8 FA sessions per visit and an average of 4.8 visits per FA. Functional analyses were completed within a multielement design. A social function for problem behavior was identified for 18 of the 20 participants. Interrater agreement was assessed across approximately 30% of sessions and averaged over 90%. Results will be discussed in terms of challenges, safety, and next steps. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in Contingency Management Research I: Incentivizing Healthy Choices |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
602 (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Steven E. Meredith (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Pauline Horne (Bangor University) |
Abstract: Contingency management is efficacious in promoting desirable behavior change across a variety of behavior. The treatment strategy has also been used as a tool to help isolate the effects of a number of variables on behavior change. This symposium highlights3 unique studies in which contingency management is used to incentivize healthy choices and dissociate the effects of several independent and predictor variables on treatment outcomes. The first paper examines the effects of incentive type and treatment fidelity on outcome measures in a contingency management program designed to increase children's fruit and vegetable consumption. The second paper examines whether patterns of voucher reimbursement predict treatment success in a contingency management program to promote abstinence among pregnant smokers. The third paper investigates the effects of percentile schedules on the number of steps taken per day in a prize-based contingency management program designed to increase physical activity among healthy adults. These studies demonstrate that contingency management is a promising treatment model for applications designed to promote a diverse group of healthy behaviors and for laboratory investigations of the effects of various independent variables on treatment outcomes. |
Keyword(s): contingency management, decision-making, health, incentives |
|
Incentivizing Children’s Fruit and Vegetable Consumption: Examination of Incentive Type and Treatment Fidelity |
BROOKE ASHLEY JONES (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University), Heidi Wengreen (Utah State University), Sheryl Aguilar (Utah State University) |
Abstract: A pilot study on the efficacy of the Food Dudes healthy-eating program was completed in one elementary school in Logan, UT with promising results, including a 0.49-cup increase in fruit and vegetable (F/V) consumption for children who consumed no F/V initially. These results reproduce previous findings on the efficacy of the Food Dudes program. An additional USDA grant allowed for a larger project to be introduced in 6 elementary schools in the same area. In addition to efficacy, we are examining the effects of (a) tangible rewards and (b) treatment fidelity on child outcomes. In the current study, two of the 6 participating schools will receive the full Food Dudes program (Incentive schools), two schools will receive the Food Dudes program but use praise/social recognition instead of tangible rewards (Social Recognition schools), and two schools will receive default F/V provision only (Control schools). Treatment fidelity will be assessed via (a) a secure website accessed by teachers to complete pre-lunch program components and (b) product measures of remaining tangible rewards (Incentive) or teacher report (Social Recognition) for post-lunch components. Results may have implications for both the necessity of tangible incentives and the importance of good treatment fidelity in this program. |
|
Differentiating Abstinent and Nonabstinent Pregnant Smokers Using Patterns of Voucher Reimbursement and Impulsivity Measures |
DIANN GAALEMA (University of Vermont), Stephen Higgins (University of Vermont), Alexa A. Lopez (University of Vermont), Kathryn Saulsgiver (The University of Pennsylvania), Sarah Heil (University of Vermont), Ira Bernstein (University of Vermont) |
Abstract: In contingency management (CM) objectively verified target behaviors are reinforced with vouchers that can be redeemed for goods or services. One use of this treatment approach has been to encourage pregnant smokers to abstain during their pregnancy. The voucher redemption records of 174 pregnant women enrolled in a voucher-based smoking cessation treatment were examined to see if patterns of voucher redemption or other measures of impulsivity (e.g. delay discounting, Barratt Impulsiveness Scale) could predict treatment success. Women were classified as high (n=71) or low (n=103) abstinence based on whether greater than or fewer than 50% of their urine samples during the course of their treatment were cotinine negative. Frequency of redemption between high and low abstinence groups did not differ significantly. However, significant differences were found between the groups when examining the percentage of earnings that had been spent at different time points in treatment. Voucher redemption patterns may serve as a naturalistic measure of impulsivity in this population. |
|
Using Percentile Schedules to Increase Steps Taken in Adults |
WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Kelly Wall (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Amanda L. Gibson (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), David King (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Brian Coleman (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: The CDC (2010) recommends that adults engage in a minimum two hours of intense activity per week. Research shows a positive relationship between physical activity and overall health, but most Americans are not physically active. Hindrances to working out include unrealistic expectations and physical discomfort or pain. The current study incentivizes increases in physical activity. Healthy adults were recruited to wear a Fitbit computerized pedometer for up to six weeks. During a baseline period, steps per day were measured, prize draws were earned for wearing the Fitbit. Prizes varied in value from $2 to $150, with a 50% probability of winning each draw. During an intervention phase, daily criterion for draws was set at a percentile of recent steps. Criterion required current steps exceed 4, 5 or 6 of the previous 7 days steps. Finally, a return to baseline required only wearing the Fitbit to earn draws. Preliminary results show significant increases in steps in half of the participants, with those individuals with the lowest baseline rates of stepping showing the greatest increases during intervention. |
|
|
|
|
CANCELED: Gene-brain Behavior Relations in Applied Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
LL04 (TCC) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Javier Virues Ortega (University of Manitoba) |
Discussant: David Wayne Schaal (Accuray Incorporated) |
CE Instructor: Javier Virues Ortega, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Applied behavior-analytic interventions have been rarely implemented concurrently with neurophysiological dependent variables in genetic syndromes. This approach may help to identify learning-dependent plasticity mechanisms mobilized by treatment procedures, or to isolate patterns of neurophysiological activity that are specific to operant processes. From a conceptual standpoint, behavior analysis may be a more suitable interphase between socially significant behavior and neuroscientific research (as opposed to cognitive psychology) owed to its parsimony, focus on observable responses and use of experimental methods. Behavioral methods may also be useful to establish disease-specific behavioral characteristics of genetic syndromes. Finally, cross-disciplinary applied research may impact favorably the biological plausibility and facial validity of behavior-analytic interventions to broader scientific audiences. During this symposium authors will present a series of empirical studies illustrating the potential of applied behavior analysis to inform gene-brain-behavior relations. Virues-Ortega et al. will describe a study on the neurophysiological correlates of behavioral acquisition in autism. Hammond et al. will present a study examining the environmental factors and neurophysiological correlates of problem behavior in Prader-Willi syndrome. Finally, Caruso-Anderson et al. will discuss a study on the distinctive behavioral characteristics of individuals with autism and Fragile X syndrome in terms of their preference toward social stimuli. Dr. Schaal, one of the few behavior analysts that have develop a research career in the field of neuroscience, will serve as discussant. |
Keyword(s): Autism, Gene-brain-behavior relations, Neuroimaging |
|
Modeling Behavioral Acquisition Using Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging |
JAVIER VIRUES ORTEGA (University of Manitoba), Flavia Julio (University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba), Mary Caruso-Anderson (University of Manitoba), Kylee Hurl (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: Recent studies have examined the neurocircuitry recruitment of reinforced behavior during maintenance using fMRI with children with autism. However, there is a dearth of fMRI studies in autism addressing brain plasticity in relation to behavioral acquisition. This approach may help to identify early courses of the intervention and learning-dependent plasticity mechanisms underlying the effects of treatment. In the present study we focused on the acquisition of generalized motor imitation (GMM) through applied operant procedures. Several factors make generalized imitation an interesting repertoire from a neurophysiological perspective: (1) imitation has been associated with the mirror neuron system, a key component of differential neurophysiological functioning in autism; (2) there are effective fMRI control tasks for imitation available in the literature; and (3) fMRI studies have identified altered brain activation in untrained individuals with autism when confronted with imitative tasks. Participants underwent a multiple exemplar procedure in order to perform GMM at a mastery level. fMRI scans were conducted before an after the GMM procedure was implemented. Control tasks during the scanning procedure allowed to tear out brain activity associated with the motor, perceptual, and simple imitation components of the target task. |
|
Skin Picking in Prader-Willi Syndrome: A Gene-Brain-Behavior Investigation |
JENNIFER LYNN HAMMOND (Stanford University), Scott S. Hall (Stanford University), Kristin M. Hustyi (Stanford University), Allan L. Reiss (Stanford University) |
Abstract: Approximately 60% to 80% of individuals with Prader-Willi syndrome (PWS) engage in self-injurious behavior typically in the form of skin picking a prevalence rate that is considerably higher than that reported in the general developmental disability population. Our understanding of the factors that give rise to and maintain skin picking in this population, however, is extremely limited. In this study, we used functional analysis and brain imaging methodology (fMRI: subtraction method) to identify the potential environmental and biological variables maintaining skin picking in 10 individuals diagnosed with PWS. Results showed that (a) PWS participants exhibited increased rates of skin picking under non social conditions of the functional analysis; (b) physiological activity (pulse and respiration) recorded in the scanner was correlated with skin-picking episodes; and (c) participants with PWS showed atypical brain activation in the pain-reward network during skin-picking episodes. Taken together, this study provides one of the first interdisciplinary accounts combining techniques common to applied behavior analysis and neuroscience of the conditions under which skin picking occurs in PWS, as well as delineating the specific mechanisms involved in this highly prevalent phenotypic disorder. |
|
Preference for Social Stimuli in Children With Autism and Fragile X Syndrome |
MARY CARUSO-ANDERSON (University of Manitoba), Daina Crafa (Universitat Osnabruk), Kylee Hurl (University of Manitoba), Javier Virues Ortega (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: Behavior-analytic methods are rarely use to identify disease-specific behavioral characteristics of genetic syndromes. In this study we examine the preference toward social stimuli of individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and Fragile X syndrome (FXS). Despite the presence of social withdrawal behavior and debilitating deficits in social interaction skills, no studies have examined preferences for social interaction in these populations. The purpose of this study was to determine relative preference for social interaction by the amount of time children with ASD and FXS and their typically developing peers allocated to social and non-social stimuli when both were available simultaneously. A brief preference assessment was conducted to identify preferred toys. The experimental room was divided into three areas. In one area, preferred toys were available for solitary play. In a second area, the same toys were available and an experimenter provided social interaction. The third area was a control condition and contained neither social stimuli nor toys. At the beginning of each trial, participants sampled the contingency in effect in each area and were told they could change areas freely. Results will be discussed in terms of amount of time allocated to social versus non-social conditions. |
|
|
|
|
Effective Treatment of Severe Behavior Disorders During Medication Instability |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
LL05 (TCC) |
Area: DDA/BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Adrienne M. Silva (Cal State LA/ Goodwill of Orange County) |
Discussant: David A. Pyles (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Individuals who have been diagnosed with developmental disabilities often engage in a variety of problem behaviors. Often, families resort to medication to treat such behaviors and frequently believe that behavior may be decreased through the implementation of drug therapy. The research has indicated that both functional and descriptive analysis can be helpful in identifying functions of behaviors which can lead to more effective behavioral treatments. However, when medication is regularly titrated it is possible for the functions of behavior to change. Consequently, this could inhibit less restrictive treatments. Research on the effects of drug therapy and alternative restrictive methodologies will be discussed and implications of future research will be identified. |
|
Effective Treatment of Aggressive Behavior During Medication Instability |
STEPHANIE ORMAN (Autism Home Support Services Inc.), Laura Butler (Behavioral Support Partnership), Melissa Sweitzer (Behavioral Support Partnership) |
Abstract: The effect of drug therapy on aggressive behaviors has been evaluated in multiple studies. It has been demonstrated that when medications are introduced during assessment they can alter the functions of behavior. This alteration may result in incorrect function based interventions. The results of both a descriptive analysis and functional analysis of severe aggression and self injurious behavior in an adult with autism and an intellectual disability concluded that behavior was maintained by negative reinforcement in the form of escape from demands and by positive reinforcement in the form access to a restraint. The present study examines the effects of drug therapy on a variety of function based interventions. Results suggest that when medication is provided inconsistently, functions of behaviors may be altered. Consequently, incorrect function based interventions necessitated the use of more restrictive procedures to reduce severe behavior. |
|
Effects of Alternative Response Blocking Procedures for Physical Aggression During Fluctuating Medication Administration |
ADRIENNE M. SILVA (California State University, Los Angeles), Stacy Wyatt (Good Will of Orange County) |
Abstract: Studies have shown that the function of physical aggression in certain individuals may be to gain access to physical restraint in order to meet a sensory function. In most cases, staff must restrain these individuals to maintain the safety of the person and others in their environment. The results of both a descriptive analysis and functional analysis of severe aggression and self injurious behavior in an adult with autism and an intellectual disability concluded that behavior was maintained by negative reinforcement in the form of escape from demands and by positive reinforcement in the form access to a restraint. The present study evaluates the use of an unorthodox restrictive procedure that makes it possible to secure an aggressive individuals behavior while extinguishing sensory reinforcement. This resulted in decreased occurrences and duration of episodes of aggressive behavior, while minimizing risks of injury to staff in spite of multiple medication changes. |
|
Effectiveness of Drug Therapy Combined With Positive Behavioral Supports on Severe Self-injurious Behavior |
LAURA BUTLER (Behavioral Support Partnership) |
Abstract: Parents with children who have been recently diagnosed with autism tend to be eager to try many different treatments to better the chances of their children having an easier future. During early intervention, parents can become disenchanted with slow or subtle progress and will lean towards the resources western culture has established as effective. The purpose of this study is to demonstrate the effectiveness of drug therapy combined with positive behavioral supports with alternative restrictive procedures on severe self injurious behavior. The results of a functional assessment were inconclusive at identifying a function. While medications continued to be unstable, the subject was able to make gains in certain developmental domains while using persistent positive behavioral supports and alternative restrictive procedures. This demonstrates that despite regular titration of medication, behavioral therapy reliably produced positive gains. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
4C-1 (Convention Center) |
Area: DEV/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: John C. Neill (Long Island University) |
Discussant: Ronald G. Weisman (Queen's University) |
CE Instructor: John C. Neill, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) is widely regarded as the gold standard of treatment for children with ASD (autism spectrum disorders). While EIBI may rightly be regarded an effective treatment for individuals who have ASD, it may also be regarded as effective for children who have diverse conditions, such as intellectual disabilities, Down syndrome, and seizures during premature infancy. This data-based symposium will review how effective EIBI techniques were for each of these particular conditions. Possible reasons for differences in outcome and the general effectiveness of intervention are discussed. The first paper, by Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), will review the literature on the effectiveness of EIBI for children with intellectual disability compared to children with ASD. Second, Emily Jones, (Queens College and the Graduate Center, City University of New York, USA) will present several experiments in which behavior analytic interventions were successfully used to enhance communication skills in young children with Down syndrome. Third, John C. Neill (Long Island University, USA) will present an animal model of seizures during premature infancy and explain how EIBI increases striatal dopamine receptor density. Ronald Weisman (Queens University, Canada) will serve as the discussant. |
Keyword(s): autism, Down syndrome, early intervention, intellectual disability |
|
Effectiveness of EIBI for Children With ID Compared to Children With ASD |
SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: We have reviewed the literature on Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) and compared outcome on intelligence and adaptive behavior for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and children with intellectual disabilities (ID). Average gains in IQ and ABC scores and effect size measures are compared and also contrasted with outcome for children with ASD and ID not receiving EIBI.Possible reasons for differences in outcome and the general effectiveness of intervention are discussed. |
|
Expanding Behavior Analytic Interventions to Young Children With Down Syndrome |
EMILY A. JONES (Queens College) |
Abstract: The application of behavior analytic interventions to address characteristic weaknesses of infants and toddlers with Down syndrome shows promise in meeting the needs of this young population and maximizing outcomes. Demonstrations of interventions to address several communication skills provides support for exploring other areas such as early escape/avoidance behavior and weaknesses in exploratory motor skills and short-term memory. |
|
Early Intervention Following Premature Birth and Seizures |
JOHN C. NEILL (Long Island University) |
Abstract: Premature infants are at high risk of seizures which can produce intellectual impairment (Glass, 2009, Table 1). In an animal (rat) model of premature infancy, seizures during postnatal days 6–11 impaired auditory stimulus control, decreased exploratory behaviors, and, increased the number of reinforcers to criterion for lever pressing. Late in adulthood, non-seizure animals that received intensive behavioral intervention had more dopamine D2 receptors in the striatum than normal animals that had no early training. Seizure animals had less D2 receptors than nonseizure control animals. Seizure animals that had early intervention had more D2 receptors than seizure animals that had no early training. Early seizures caused deficits in dopamine D2 receptor density; this deficit was somewhat ameliorated by early intensive behavioral intervention. Elderly seizure animals that had early intervention performed better than elderly nontreated seizure animals on an auditory stimulus control task. These results will be related to mother-infant interactions during breast feeding, when even a small series of brief seizures are potentially capable of causing lasting behavioral and brain impairments. Experimentally-validated early intensive behavioral intervention techniques for premature human infants will be explained. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Models of Response Inhibition and Attention: Implications for Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
609 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/CBM; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Discussant: Joel Nigg (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: An inability to inhibit responses and failure to sustain attention are key aspects of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Symposium will include3 data-based presentations using mouse, rat, and human participants. Presentations will focus on different behavioral models that can be used to examine response inhibition (a Go/No-go task, differential reinforcement of low rate [DRL] schedules, fixed minimum interval [FMI] schedules) and attention (reaction time to Go signals, failures to maintain responding). For each task, its ability to assess the specific psychological construct (response inhibition or attention) will be evaluated and data from environmental, pharmacological and genetic manipulations that are expected to affect inhibition and attention will be presented. The discussant, Joel Nigg, who is an expert in ADHD research, will examine the data and models in the light of human research in ADHD as well as the utility of such behavioral models in treatment development and the identification of factors causally related to the etiology of the disorder. |
Keyword(s): ADHD, attention, preclinical research, response inhibition |
|
Effects of Methamphetamine on Response Inhibition in Mice |
Travis Moschak (Oregon Health & Science University), Katherine A. Stang (Oregon Health & Science University), SUZANNE H. MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: The study examined whether administration of methamphetamine (MA) would result in different levels of inhibition in animals selected to consume or respond more to MA. A Go/No-go task was used to assess inhibition in male and female mice selected for low or high levels of MA consumption [MALDR and MAHDR] or selected for low or high levels of locomotor sensitization to repeated injections of MA [MAHSENS and MALSENS]. Mice selected for MA consumption did not differ in drug-nave levels of inhibition (responding during the No-go signal [false alarms]). However, mice selected for low levels of sensitization displayed lower levels of inhibition than mice selected for high levels, but also lower levels of responding in general. When MA was administered prior to the task, inhibition improved for both sets of mice. However, simultaneous reductions in responding during the Go signal [hits] suggest that these reductions in inhibition reflected reduced levels of operant responding or motivation, and highlight the complications associated with interpreting responding during a Go/No-go task. Together, the data suggest a shared genetic component between inhibition processes, general levels of operant responding and MA sensitization. |
|
Assessing Response Inhibition With the Fixed Minimum Interval (FMI) Schedule of Reinforcement |
FEDERICO SANABRIA (Arizona State University), Elizabeth Watterson (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) involves a chronic impairment in the ability to withhold reinforced responses. A straightforward method to assess such ability in animal models consists of reinforcing a response contingent on withholding it for a fixed time interval. This method is typically instantiated as a differential reinforcement of low rates (DRL) schedule of reinforcement. In DRL, a response is reinforced only after not emitting it for a minimum time. As a response-inhibition assessment method, DRL has two drawbacks: (1) it elicits response bursts that are not readily interpretable and are confounded with contingency-sensitive interresponse times (IRTs), and (2) it precludes the dissociation of the prepotency of the reinforced response from the capacity to withhold that response. Both drawbacks are corrected by the topographical separation of the responses that delimit each IRT. This correction is Mechner and Guevrekians (1962) fixed minimum interval (FMI) schedule of reinforcement. The utility of FMI as a response-inhibition assessment technique is demonstrated in a series of studies in rats and pigeons. These studies describe the sensitivity of various constituents of FMI performance to rate of reinforcement, reinforcer magnitude, chronic stress, housing conditions, rat strain (an animal model of ADHD vs. its normoactive control), and methylphenidate. |
|
Lapses of Attention in Mice, Rats, and Humans |
JERRY B. RICHARDS (University at Buffalo), Larry W. Hawk Jr. (University at Buffalo), Michelle Bubnik (University at Buffalo) |
Abstract: "Lapses in attention" are a fundamental symptom of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). We have developed a simple non parametric procedure which uses simple reaction time (RT) procedures to quantitatively characterize "lapses of attention." The mode of the distribution of reaction times (RTs) is used to estimate the speed at which the subject is capable of responding, and the mean deviation of the RTs from the mode is used to identify lapses of attention. A larger number of lapses of attention results in a greater rightward skew of the distribution, as well as a larger deviation of the RTs from the mode (DevMode). We have completed a series of studies in which we have used this procedure to characterize lapses of attention in mice, rats and children with ADHD. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Variability: Its Genesis and Maintenance |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
607 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Tracy L. Kettering (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Allen Neuringer (Reed College) |
Abstract: Conventional thinking is that reinforcement makes the previous behavior more likely. However, it is also possible to reinforce relationships between behaviors for example that this response be unlike the previous response. As result reinforcement can make behaviour more variable over time. A full understanding of the determinants of behavioral variability is fundamental to any attempt to explain the effects of schedules of reinforcement on behaviour. The three presentations in this symposium explore 3 different, but related approaches to the study of behavioral variability. The first reports on experiments that have examined the effects of schedules of reinforcement on a non-contingent dimension of a response, key peck location. And the extent to which variability is driven by the rate of reinforcement. The second reports on experiments that examined the effects of reinforcement on multi-dimensional responses, and the importance of orthogonality of those dimensions. The third explores the role of reinforcement of variable responding in learning complex response sequences in a comparative design using 3 species; humans, hens and possums. The effects of reinforcement on contingent and non-contingent dimensions of responding and possible explanations for differences between the performance of humans and animals will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Variability |
|
Effects of Schedules of Reinforcement on Behavioural Variability |
LEANNE NESHAUSEN (University of Waikato), James McEwan (University of Waikato), Lewis A. Bizo (University of Waikato) |
Abstract: As an extension of Boren, Moerschbaecher, & Whyte, (1978), Experiment 1 was a comparison of schedules of reinforcement on location variability. Hens worked in an operant chamber across five keys that were arranged horizontally. A peck to any key was equally effective. Interval schedules were yoked to ratio schedules. Eight schedules were examined: FR 40, FR 10, FI y-40, FI y-10, VR 40, VR 10, VI y-40 and VI y-10. Location variability was measured as the percentage of switching across keys from within trials, between trials (the reinforced peck location to the first peck location of the following trial), and the number of keys used. It was hypothesised that more variation would occur from schedules with large inter-reinforcer-intervals rather than short, and also that interval schedules would result in more variations than ratio schedules. Hypotheses were not up held, however a correlation of response rate and variability was found. In Experiment 2, six new hens worked on a series of (across session) incrementing DRL schedules, from DRL 0.5-sec to DRL 19.2-sec. Results found no correlation of response rate and variability. However, far more within trial switches were observed in Experiment 2 than Experiment 1, suggesting need for further study. |
|
An Analysis of the Impact of Reinforcement on Behavioral Variability Across Multiple Dimensions |
XIUYAN (KITT) KONG (University of Waikato), James McEwan (University of Waikato), Therese Mary Foster (University of Waikato), Lewis A. Bizo (University of Waikato) |
Abstract: The independence of dimensions of operant responses by humans was investigated in two experiments using a computerized rectangle drawing task from Ross and Neuringer (2002). Variability on the dimensions of area, shape and location was required for reinforcement for one group (VAR); and variability was not required for the other (YOKE). For all three dimensions, U-values, a measure of variability, were higher for the VAR group than for YOKE group; and the number of trials that met the criteria for reinforcement was higher for the VAR group than for the YOKE group. In Experiment 2, reinforcement was contingent on variability on two dimensions regardless of variability on the third. Participants were divided into three groups; each group had one dimension that was not required to vary. U-values were higher for dimensions when reinforcement was contingent on varying shape and location, or area and location. However, U-values did not differ significantly across dimensions when reinforcement was contingent on varying just area and shape. The results of Experiment 1 and 2 are broadly consistent with those of Ross and Neuringer (2002). The importance of orthogonality of dimensions on this task will be discussed. |
|
Reinforced Behavioral Variability and Sequence Learning Across Species |
KATHLEEN DOOLAN (University of Wiakato), Lewis A. Bizo (University of Waikato), James McEwan (University of Waikato) |
Abstract: Previous research shows that reinforcement of variable responding will facilitate sequence learning in rats (Neuringer, Deiss & Olson, 2000) but may interfere with sequence learning in humans (Maes & van der Goot, 2006). The present study aimed to replicate and extend previous research by assessing the role of behavioral variability in the learning of difficult target sequences across 3 species: humans (n = 60), hens (n = 18) and possums (n = 6). Participants were randomly allocated to one of three experimental conditions (Control, Variable, Any). In the Control conditions sequences were only reinforced if they were the target sequence, in the Variability conditions sequences were concurrently reinforced on a Variable Interval 60-s schedule if the just entered sequence met a variability criterion, and in the Any condition sequences were concurrently reinforced on a Variable Interval 60-s schedule for any sequence entered. The results support previous findings with animals and humans; hens and possums were more likely to learn the target sequence in the Variability condition, and human participants were more likely to learn the target sequence in the Control condition. Possible explanations for differences between the performance of humans and animals on this task will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Discounting as a Function of Delay, Risk, Reward, and Relation: Honoring the Contributions of Dr. Howard Rachlin, 2012 EAHB SIG Career Award Recipient. |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
606 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale) |
Discussant: Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale) |
Abstract: The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group is honored to recognize Dr. Howard Rachlin. Dr. Rachlins pioneering research on intertemporal choice has integrated behavior analysis, experimental economics, and judgment and decision making. His research on delay discounting has informed translational research assessing the role discounting plays in the etiology of impulse control disorders such as substance abuse, gambling, and other addictions. Recently, Dr. Rachlin has extended his research program into social domains. The focus of Dr. Rachlins address will be on the effects of real versus hypothetical outcomes on choice in an iterated Prisoners Dilemma game and on altruistic behavior in a social discounting task. Dr. Rachlin is joined in this symposium by colleagues who have been inspired by him and his work. Dr. Matthew L. Locey will present research on the role of temporal discounting and magnitude of social benefit on behavior in a Prisoners Dilemma game. Dr. Leonard Green will present a paper, co-authored with Dr. Joel Myerson, discussing the relationship between delay and probability discounting of real and hypothetical outcomes. Dr. Eric A. Jacobs will serve as discussant for the session and will present the award. Please join us in celebrating the many achievements of Dr. Howard Rachlin. |
Keyword(s): choice, discounting, human, prisoner's dilemma |
|
Discounting in the Prisoner's Dilemma Game |
MATTHEW L. LOCEY (State University of New York at Stony Brook), Howard Rachlin (Stony Brook University) |
Abstract: In a Prisoner's Dilemma Game (PDG), cooperation benefits the group but is costly to the individual (relative to defection). On the surface, these contingencies appear to favor defection over cooperation. A deeper analysis that considers delay and social discounting might help to explain why anyone might choose to cooperate in such a context. In Experiment 1 participants played a PDG against a computer with perfect reciprocation (tit-for-tat). The tit-for-tat contingency could potentially reinforce the participants cooperation (by computer-cooperation) and punish the participants defection (by computer-defection). The delay from participant-choice to computer-choice was manipulated. Consistent with delay discounting, more cooperation was found with shorter delays than with longer delays. Experiment 2 opposed the personal benefit from defection to the socially discounted benefit to others from cooperation. In Phase 1 the social benefit of cooperating was varied by the number of other players. In Phase 2 the social benefit of cooperating was varied by the amount of money earned by the other player. In both phases, more participants cooperated when the social benefit of doing so was high than when it was low. |
|
How Many Impulsivities? A Discounting Perspective |
LEONARD GREEN (Washington University), Joel Myerson (Washington University) |
Abstract: People discount the value of delayed or uncertain outcomes. How steeply individuals discount is thought to reflect how impulsive they are. From this perspective, steep discounting of delayed outcomes (which fails to maximize long-term welfare) and shallow discounting of probabilistic outcomes (which fails to adequately take risk into account) reflect similar decision-making processes and also reflect the same trait of impulsivity. However, several manipulations differentially affect delay and probability discounting, and correlational studies show that how steeply one discounts delayed rewards is relatively independent of how steeply one discounts probabilistic rewards. Thus, calling them both ‘impulsivity’ may serve only to indicate that they can both cause people real problems. People reportedly discount delayed rewards on a time scale of weeks or months rather than seconds as in animals, but when choices involve real, consumable rewards, people are as impatient as animals. Interestingly, correlational analyses reveal people’s discounting of real, consumable rewards on a small time scale and hypothetical money on a large time scale are uncorrelated, suggesting that even within delay discounting, there may be multiple ‘impulsivities,’ each of which is important for understanding a different aspect of decision-making. |
|
Real And Hypothetical Rewards |
HOWARD RACHLIN (Stony Brook University), Matthew L. Locey (State University of New York at Stony Brook), Bryan A. Jones (Kent State University) |
Abstract: Laboratory studies of choice and decision making among real monetary rewards typically use smaller real rewards than those common in real life. When laboratory rewards are large, they are almost always hypothetical. In applying laboratory results meaningfully to real-life situations, it is important to know the extent to which choices among hypothetical rewards correspond to choices among real rewards and whether variation of the magnitude of hypothetical rewards affects behavior in meaningful ways. The present study compared real and hypothetical monetary rewards in two experiments. In Experiment 1, participants played a temporal discounting game that incorporates the logic of a repeated prisoners-dilemma (PD) type game versus tit-for-tat; choice of one alternative (defection in PD terminology) resulted in a small-immediate reward; choice of the other alternative (cooperation in PD terminology) resulted in a larger reward delayed until the following trial. The larger-delayed reward was greater for half of the groups than for the other half. Rewards also differed in type across groups: multiples of real nickels, hypothetical nickels or hypothetical hundred-dollar bills. All groups significantly increased choice of the larger delayed reward over the 40 trials of the experiment. Over the last 10 trials, cooperation was significantly higher when the difference between larger and smaller hypothetical rewards was greater. Reward type (real or hypothetical) made no significant difference in cooperation. In Experiment 2, real and hypothetical rewards were compared in social discounting the decrease in value to the giver of a reward as social distance increases to the receiver of the reward. Social discount rates were well described by a hyperbolic function. Discounting rates for real and hypothetical rewards did not significantly differ. These results add to the evidence that results of experiments with hypothetical rewards validly apply in everyday life. |
|
|
|
|
Translational Research: Toward Clinical Applications Through Experimental Analyses of Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
608 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Kathryn M. Kestner (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: In this series of presentations, one study investigating variables affecting choice and two studies exploring variables affecting resurgence of previously extinguished behavior, will be presented with an interest in better understanding two phenomena relevant to applied settings. Patrick Romani (University of Iowa) will present a behavioral economic analysis of the effects of unit price on choice when providing the opportunity to choose work in order to earn preferred reinforcers to participants referred for noncompliance with academic tasks. Kathryn Kestner (Western Michigan University) will present a nonhuman laboratory assessment of a potential method for reducing unwanted resurgence. This study looked at the effects of superimposing a punishment schedule on a differential reinforcement of alternative behavior procedure on resurgence of the target response when the alternative behavior was put on extinction. Ryan Redner (Western Michigan University) will present data from an investigation exploring the conditions under which punishment-induced resurgence may occur. Jennifer McComas as the discussant will provide a general summary of the findings of these studies, as well as reactions regarding potential implications and areas for future research. The implications for applied research and practice as well as further translational work will be a main focus. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Economics, Resurgence, Translational Research, Unit Price |
|
Use of Unit Price as a Means to Evaluate Preference in an Outpatient Clinic |
PATRICK ROMANI (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Jennifer Kuhle (University of Iowa), Thomasin E. McCoy (University of Iowa), Brooke Natchev (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The current study investigated the use of unit price (UP) to evaluate two childrens preference for attention, tangible items, and escape from demands (Participant 2 only). Participants were referred to a behavioral outpatient clinic to address noncompliance with academic demands. Interobserver agreement was calculated across 30% of all sessions and averaged 100%. During Phase One, each participants preference for reinforcers was evaluated under low response requirements. In a concurrent operants design, each participant was presented with academic work and preference for the previously mentioned reinforcers was evaluated under a UP of 1. During Phase Two, in a concurrent operants design, the UP for the most preferred reinforcer was systematically increased, while the concurrently available reinforcers remained at a UP of 1. Results identified two patterns of responding. Participant 1s choices between reinforcers were influenced by UP. Preference for either reinforcer was not sufficiently motivating to compete with increasing task requirements. Participant 2 chose to complete work until a UP of 2. Preference for attention competed with concurrently available reinforcers at a lower UP. These findings suggest that evaluating preferences for reinforcers under different schedule requirements may be an efficient strategy for developing behavioral interventions in settings such as outpatient clinics. |
|
Reducing Unwanted Resurgence: A Translational Approach |
KATHRYN M. KESTNER (Western Michigan University), Ryan Redner (Western Michigan University), Jessica Steele (Western Michigan University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The resurgence of a previously extinguished response can be an undesired result when implementing behavioral interventions in applied settings. Many behavioral interventions are based on differential reinforcement procedures where reinforcement is withheld for engaging in aberrant behavior (extinction), and reinforcement delivery is instead implemented as a programmed consequence for engaging in an appropriate alternative behavior. Reinforcement may become unavailable for engaging in appropriate behavior either due to unintentional lapses in procedural fidelity or the removal or thinning of the alternative reinforcement schedule. This study investigated one possibility for reducing the probability of resurgence, or the extent to which a response resurges, in the event a behavioral intervention is removed or compromised. A punishment procedure was superimposed on a differential reinforcement schedule in laboratory rats to determine to what extent, if any, the previously extinguished behavior resurged. The resurgence patterns in the experimental group were compared to a control group that experienced differential reinforcement without punishment. The data indicate that the addition of concurrent punishment to the alternative reinforcement procedure can reduce, and in some cases eliminate, future resurgence. The results will be discussed in terms of immediate findings, conceptual implications, and suggestions for future research. |
|
Punishment-Induced Resurgence |
RYAN REDNER (Western Michigan University), Kathryn M. Kestner (Western Michigan University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Two experiments with rats as subjects examined the possibility that punishment, instead of extinction, could induce resurgence. Three conditions were implemented: (a) initial acquisition of lever pressing for food reinforcers, (b) extinction of lever pressing and initial acquisition of nose poking, and (c) continued reinforcement for nose poking with a schedule of shock delivery. Experiment 1 compared a control group, that did not receive shock in condition 3, to a group that did receive shock. There was no significant increase in rate of lever pressing following the delivery of shock, although proportion of lever responding increased significantly in 3 of 4 subjects. Experiment 2 examined the possibility that a shock value that decreased the rate of nose poking, but did not decrease it to near zero levels, could induce resurgence. Rates of lever pressing were not affected, but the proportion of lever pressing increased. To date, no one has investigated whether responses that were previously extinguished and replaced by an alternative response resurge when the alternative response is punished. By implication, findings will be of potential interest to practitioners implementing procedures to reduce inappropriate responses by their clients. |
|
|
|
|
Exploring the Continuum From Problem Solving to Creativity |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
611 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ginger L. Kelso (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
Abstract: Research within the area of applied behavior analysis has spanned the gamut from teaching the most basic functional skills to individuals with severe disabilities to teaching typically developing children to be more creative in their responses to academic or functional problems. In both of these areas, the individual encounters a problem that must be solved. However, a ready solution is not apparent. The individual must then choose between known responses to determine what will work, or the individual may have to create a response in order to solve the problem. Because there is not always one correct answer to every situation, training these skills can be complicated. In this symposium,4 studies will be presented. First, a review of behavioral literature will be presented pertaining to problem solving and creativity. In this presentation, the history and trajectory of the literature will be examined and areas of future research will be suggested. Second, starting at the more basic end of the continuum will be a presentation on a research study in which individuals with developmental disabilities will be taught to solve problems while completing independent living and vocational tasks. These individuals will be taught a finite series of responses to choose from in order to solve the problems encountered. The third presentation will extend problem solving into the realm of what is typically deemed creativity. In this presentation, elementary age children will use various materials to represent fractions during a math lesson. Children who can already identify fractions will be asked to take various materials, such as clay, marbles, or water, and divide these materials into sections in order to show the correct fraction. The fourth presentation will extend creativity to functional problems. In this study, preschool children will be presented with a task, but will not be given the correct tool to complete the task. These children will have to substitute materials for the tools or even combine materials to make a suitable tool. Overall, this symposium will focus on the topics of problem solving and creativity. |
Keyword(s): Creativity, Improvisation, Problem-Solving |
|
Creativity and Problem-Solving in Behavior Analysis: What Have We Learned? |
GINGER L. KELSO (Stephen F. Austin State University), Glen L. McCuller (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
Abstract: While much of the behavioral literature has to do with teaching what is considered functional or academic skills, concepts such as creativity or problem-solving have not been overlooked. Winston and Baker (1985) wrote a critical review of the creativity literature available at that time. They reviewed twenty studies and discovered several patterns. First, they found that behavior analytic methods did produce increased creativity. However, creativity was defined and measured in a widely variable manner across studies. This prevents a clear line of research on the topic. Also, there is still controversy about whether reinforcement of creativity will actually decrease creativity in the future. Finally, the available research does not allow for a detailed analysis of what normally goes on when we engage in creative activity (p. 203). This presentation will update this review of literature. The behavior analytic literature on creativity and problem-solving will be reviewed to determine whether progress has been achieved in recent years. This review will also result in recommendations for future research in this area. |
|
Problem-Solving in Functional Living and Vocational Skills |
CAROL BRADLEY (Stephen F. Austin State University), Glen L. McCuller (Stephen F. Austin State University), Ginger L. Kelso (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
Abstract: One skill area with critical implications for the successful transition from school to post-school activities for individuals with disabilities is problem-solving. Salzberg, Lignugaris/Kraft, and McCuller (1988) identify skill deficiencies related to problem-solving as reasons for job termination. These deficiencies also have ramifications for independent-living. While problem-solving skills appear to be a critical skill area for individuals with developmental disabilities, there has been little research on how best to promote social or functional problem-solving skills with this population (Agran, Blanchard, Wehmeyer, and Hughes, 2002). Problem-solving requires a range of not only discriminations, but also responses. To sweep a room, besides a missing broom there could also be water on the floor, the broom could be defective (e.g., straw missing), a door locked blocking access to the room, or the dustpan is gone. Moreover, each of these situations requires a topographically different response such as asking for assistance, finding the broom or dustpan, or getting the mop. In this presentation, a study will be described in which individuals with developmental disabilities are asked to complete vocational or independent living skills. However, each task will contain a problem (e.g. missing item). The individuals will be taught to use a picture prompt system in order to attempt a sequence of solution responses beginning with the least intrusive (look for the missing item) to the most intrusive (ask someone for help). Individuals will attempt the least intrusive first and only proceed to the more intrusive options upon failure to solve the problem. Participants include individuals with autism who are served in life skill classrooms and whose Individual Education Program (IEP) contains a goal pertaining to independent living or vocational skills. This study will show whether the use of picture prompts is an efficient method for teaching problem-solving skills to this population. See the attached Table for baseline data on one individual for a floor sweeping task. |
|
Creativity in Fractions: Teaching Children to Represent Fractions Using Diverse Materials |
BETTY KYLE (Stephen F. Austin State University), Ginger L. Kelso (Stephen F. Austin State University), Glen L. McCuller (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
Abstract: Creativity can be demonstrated by increasing the diversity of behaviors. Goetz and Baer (1973) increased the diversity of forms in blockbuilding for preschool girls. In this study the girls played with blocks and the observers recorded the numbers of new forms constructed with the blocks. During baseline few new forms were demonstrated. However, the number of new forms increased once reinforcement was made contingent on producing new forms. The current study will explore a different kind of form diversity. In this study, elementary age children in a math class will use various materials to represent fractions. For example, a child will divide a ball of clay into four equal sections and indicate that one section is equal to one fourth. These children will have already learned to identify fractions using typical materials (e.g. pie form and blocks). The children will be expected to use available materials to create new ways to represent each fraction. Each new material used appropriately will result in social reinforcement the first time it is used. If the child fails to produce new forms, training will begin. During training, representation of fractions using new materials will be modeled. Materials used during training will not include those used during test trials. This study will show whether diversity of fraction representation can be increased with reinforcement or whether a modeling intervention is necessary. See the attached table for baseline data for Participant 1. |
|
Improvisation of Tools for Preschoolers: A Replication and Extension to Group Instruction |
GLEN L. MCCULLER (Stephen F. Austin State University), Ginger L. Kelso (Stephen F. Austin State University), Betty Kyle (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
Abstract: Another form of creativity can be demonstrated through improvisation. In 1978, Parsonson and Baer published a study in which preschool children were trained to generalize improvisation of tools. These children were presented with a variety of tasks such as pounding a wooden peg, carrying marbles in a container, and tying a shoe. However, the most obvious tool was not available in each situation. The children had to use other objects in order to complete these tasks. In some cases the children were able to use single objects such as using a hat turned upside down in order to carry the marbles. The children could also create complex improvisations by combining available materials such as combining a cotton spool with a long rod in order to make a tool capable of pounding the wooden peg into the bench. However, in this study the methods required intensive individualized training. The authors suggest that in order to develop effective classroom curricula it will be necessary to devise efficient programs that would establish widely generalized problem-solving skills applicable to a variety of problems in a variety of contexts (p.380). The current study replicates many of the procedures used by Parsonson and Baer. However, the training is conducted in a group setting. The purpose of this study is to begin to develop an efficient program that could be implemented in typical preschool settings. Preschool children without identified disabilities will be asked to complete a task, but will not be given the correct tool. After the child has ceased to show new forms of improvisation, a new form of improvisation will be demonstrated to the class as a whole group. Demonstration materials will not be the same as those available during test probes. Training will continue each day until the children either attempt every possible improvisation or ten demonstrations are complete. This presentation will include the results of this study and will begin to reveal whether the type of training used in Parsonson and Baer can be adapted to fit a group instruction model. See baseline data in the attached Table for Participants 1 and 2. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: An Instructional Application of Behavior Analysis: An Introduction to Precision Teaching |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
618/619 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Jennifer A. Bonow, M.A. |
Chair: Jennifer A. Bonow (University of Nevada, Reno) |
JOHN W. ESHLEMAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy) |
RICHARD M. KUBINA JR. (The Pennsylvania State University) |
DOUGLAS E. KOSTEWICZ (University of Pittsburgh) |
Abstract: Precision teaching (PT) is an instructional application of behavior analysis. PT utilizes the standard celeration chart to closely monitor and analyze changes in behavior. The use of this dynamic measurement tool, coupled with the principles of behavior, has led to an enhanced understanding of many complex behaviors and their necessary components. Furthermore, PT offers a highly effective and efficient means of teaching these complex behaviors. This panel includes 4 notable behavior analysts who have worked extensively in the area of precision teaching. The panelists will discuss their personal accounts of becoming experts in the area. They will discuss the progress that has been made and limitations that have been encountered in PT. Finally, panelists will answer audience questions and provide recommendations to those interested in working or conducting research in precision teaching. |
Keyword(s): Precision teaching |
|
|
|
|
Factors That Influence the Relative Efficacy of and Preference for Behavior Change Procedures |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
616/617 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nicole Heal (Melmark New England) |
CE Instructor: Nicole Heal, Ph.D. |
Abstract: To ensure that a treatment program will result in socially significant changes in behavior, the specific variables that influence the efficacy of the behavior change procedure must be identified and subsequently included in the treatment program. In this symposium the presenters will discuss how the level of treatment integrity, methodological differences in punishment procedures, level of task difficulty, and number of options presented in a choice situation can affect the efficacy of and/or preference for behavior change procedures. The effect of differential reinforcement implemented with varying levels of treatment integrity on compliance levels of young children was assessed in the first study. In the second study, the effect of response interruption and redirection (RIRD) and response blocking on stereotypic responding in three children diagnosed with autism was compared. In addition, child preference for the two treatments was assessed. In the third investigation, the influence of task difficulty on child preference for fluent and disfluent work schedules was assessed with young children. To extend the literature on preference for situations in which choice is available, child preference for quantitatively differing options from which to choose was assessed with young children in the final study. |
Keyword(s): Choice, Concurrent-chains Arrangement, Punishment, Treatment Integrity |
|
The Effects of Varying Levels of Integrity of Differential Reinforcement for Compliance Following No Treatment and Treatment at Full Integrity |
Yanerys Leon-Enriquez (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), KRISTIN K. MYERS (Florida Institute of Technology), Anthony T. Fischetti (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: We evaluated two levels of integrity of differential reinforcement (20% and 60%) for child compliance following no treatment (baseline) versus treatment at full (i.e., 100%) integrity. Results indicated that compliance varied according to the level of integrity in place. In addition, compliance during the 60% integrity condition, but not the 20% condition, was affected by the immediately preceding condition. That is, compliance in the 60% integrity condition was high and stable when it followed baseline, but was lower and more variable when it followed the full integrity condition. |
|
Methodological Considerations in Evaluating Preference for Punishment |
AIMEE GILES (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Sacha T. Pence (West Virginia University), Alexandra Gibson (West Virginia University), Lisa Kemmerer (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Both response interruption and redirection (RIRD) and response blocking have been demonstrated to effectively reduce stereotypy maintained by automatic reinforcement. When presented with multiple treatment alternatives, it may be beneficial for clinicians to identify the client's preference for treatment. This may be difficult for clients who cannot accurately describe their preference. In these circumstances, concurrent chain procedures may be used to evaluate participant preference. The current study evaluated the effects of RIRD and response blocking on the stereotypic responding of three elementary-age children diagnosed with autism. During the treatment evaluation, RIRD and response blocking were evaluated using an alternating treatment and reversal design. Following treatment evaluation, a concurrent chain preference assessment was conducted to evaluate participant preference for RIRD or response blocking. Both RIRD and response blocking resulted in comparably low levels of motor stereotypy and all three participants preferred RIRD. The implications of these findings for treating behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement will be discussed. |
|
The Effect of Task Difficulty on Child Preference for Fluent and Disfluent Work Schedules |
JODI ELIZABETH NUERNBERGER (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale), Nicole Heal (Melmark New England), Kristina Vargo (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale), Stephanie Hood (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: A concurrent-chains arrangement was used to identify child preference for the temporal distribution of work and reward delivery within fluent and disfluent work schedule arrangements with four typically developing preschool children. The effects of task difficulty on preference for the work schedule arrangement was assessed by alternating two task assessments (i.e., easy and difficult) in a reversal design. Although the effects of task difficulty were unclear, differentiated choice responding was evident between work schedule arrangements. Two participants showed exclusive preference for the fluent work schedule arrangement; one participant showed a preference for the disfluent work schedule arrangement; and one participants preference was unclear. |
|
An Evaluation of Preschoolers Preference for Quantitatively Differing Options |
JONATHAN R. MILLER (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas), Laura Dyan White (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Studies on choice have shown that both human and nonhumans prefer situations in which they can choose over those in which they cannot. However, the extent to which the number of available options influences preference for choice has not been thoroughly addressed in the behavioral literature. The current study assessed preschool childrens preference for differing numbers of options. A concurrent-chains arrangement was used to assess preference for three bin options: 0 toys (A), 6 toys (B), and 30 toys (C; five identical sets of Bin B toys). Initial-link selections resulted in 2-min access to the contents of the bin in the terminal link. Participants were first exposed to forced-choice trials with each of the three bins. Next, participants were allowed to select a bin during free-choice trials. Data were collected on initial-link selection, as well as latency to select toys, frequency of switching toys, and duration with first selected toy. Current results indicate preference for fewer options. Implications are discussed in terms of a behavioral economics model for the social psychology concepts of choice overload and buyers remorse, as well as a framework for whychosen architecture can serve as an antecedent intervention for problem behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Applications of Behavior Based Safety |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
603 (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM |
Chair: Michael C. Clayton (Youngstown State University) |
|
Evaluation of a Simplified Behavior-Based Safety Protocol Developed for Small-sized Enterprises (BASE) |
Domain: Applied Research |
ITALO VIGANO (Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis), Andrea Torretta (Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis), Adriano Paolo Bacchetta (Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis), Maria Gatti (Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis) |
|
Abstract: In Italy more than the 90% of production sites are Small and Medium sized Enterprises. Its difficult for a small reality to join a standard B-BS implementation; therefore, a group of Italian behavior analyst and B-BS experts developed a specific reduced protocol for SMEs and for small parts of big plants: BASE Behavior Analysis for Safety Enhencement. A.A.R.B.A. and the Polytechnic of Milan started a scientific research to find out the validity and effectiveness of this protocol, obtaining the reduction of at-risk behaviors with contextual increase of safe behaviors. The trial has been started in a 15 workers production department, isolated from the main plant of a producer of industrial boilers. After the baseline evaluation and the implementation of the process, we started with the observation and reinforcement of workers behaviors. In two-four weeks from the observation process start-up we obtained a improvement of safe behaviors for which we set improvement targets (for example: always wear the respiratory protection and order in the workplace). We also saw how the culture and values of safety was deeply rooted in the group of workers of that small department, in fact all the employees of other department that was temporarily assigned in that department have quickly changed their original unsafe behaviour, exhibiting the same safe behaviors of colleagues. |
|
Prompting a Safer, Cleaner, Nicer World: Using Antecedents to Influence the Behavior of Others |
Domain: Applied Research |
MICHAEL C. CLAYTON (Youngstown State University) |
|
Abstract: The venerable three-term contingency (A-B-C) is foundational and the unit of analysis in the field of behavior analysis. In analyzing an instance of behavior, attention is paid to the consequence for that behavior as well as its antecedent. Even so, consequent-based interventions are predominant in the literature, while analysis of antecedents is less commonplace. Five antecedent-based interventions are described in order to emphasize the effectiveness of prompting. Textual prompts were used to increase safety (seat belt use, turn signal use, cell phone use while driving, and shopping cart restraints) and public hygiene (cleanliness of restrooms). Brief summaries of findings from each study are provided to illustrate the necessary and sufficient conditions for the effective use of prompts. Examples of strange and unusual textual prompts in everyday life are also provided throughout the presentation to illustrate the ubiquity of such antecedents and their control (or not) of our behavior as we navigate the world around us. |
|
Response to the Criticisms of Behavior Based Safety |
Domain: Service Delivery |
CHRISTOPHER GOULART (RCI Safety) |
|
Abstract: Behavior based safety (BBS) is known to be one of the most effective and efficient practices for improving workplace safety and health. 40 years worth of research and applied success has clearly demonstrated the impact of this approach. Unfortunately, early applications of BBS resulted in the creation of cultures of blame, rather than the relentless focus on the application of appreciative feedback for observed safe behaviors. This use of blame and punishment resulted in many schools of opinion being established that foundationally oppose BBS. The application of reinforcement, and specifically appreciative feedback, in a safety management system, anchors the cornerstone of many highly successful safety process. Unfortunately, the opposition to BBS that continues today is as robust as it was in the past. Spearheading this opposition are safety professionals with different philosophies about safety, consultants with competing methodologies, and some labor organizations. This paper will present a response to the particular and specific criticisms of behavior based safety can be provided. Experts from both academia and industry will present responses to specific published works that criticize behavior based safety. Those who present opinions in opposition to behavior based safety will also be invited to present. The objective of this paper is to establish and present a coherent and scientifically sound response to the critics of behavior based safety. Controlled research that demonstrates the impact that feedback has on discretionary effort will be presented and case studies will be reviewed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Staff Training in Community Residential Settings |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
204 (TCC) |
Area: PRA/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Shawnee D. Collins (Chrysalis) |
Discussant: Jared A. Chase (Chrysalis) |
CE Instructor: Shawnee D. Collins, M.S. |
Abstract: Researchers from Chrysalis, a community residential provider for adults with disabilities, and Utah State University partnered to address the challenge of effective staff training in community residential settings. In the first two presentations, the researchers successfully used video models to teach direct support staff to implement Phases 1 and 2 of PECS with fidelity in community homes for adults with disabilities. In the third presentation, the researchers successfully trained clinicians and behavior assistants who work with adults with disabilities to conduct functional analyses. Following the presentations, there will be time to discuss the presentations as well as discuss future research to address barriers of effective staff training faced by many community providers. |
Keyword(s): functional analysis, staff training, trial-based, video modeling |
|
The Effects of Video Modeling on Staff Implementation of PECS Phase 1 in a Group Home for Adults with Intellectual Disabilities |
SHAWNEE D. COLLINS (Chrysalis), Charles L. Salzberg (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Julia A. Hermansen (Chrysalis), Ryan Keith Knighton (Chrysalis), Tyler J. Wilhite (Chrysalis) |
Abstract: As more individuals with intellectual disabilities live in integrated, community group home settings, it is increasingly important that direct support staff are well trained to implement behavioral interventions, including skill acquisition programs. However, given the typically low supervisor-staff ratios and lack of prior training for most residential staff, providing the adequate intensity of training to teach sophisticated behavior skills is challenging. This study investigated the effects of video modeling to teach staff to implement Phase 1 of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) in group homes for adults with intellectual disabilities. Moreover, we evaluated the effects of this staff training on client’s correct use of PECS. This study used a nonconcurrent multiple-baseline design across participants to evaluate the effects of the video modeling procedures. All four staff participants increased the percentage of correctly implemented Phase 1 steps and one staff participant generalized the skills to a second client participant in the home. In addition, client participants simultaneously demonstrated an increase in skill acquisition. |
|
Using Video Models to Train Direct Support Staff Working with Adults with Intellectual Disabilities to Implement Phase 2 of the Picture Exchange Communication System |
Shawnee D. Collins (Chrysalis), Charles L. Salzberg (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), JACQUELINE L. HUNTER (Chrysalis), Julia A. Hermansen (Chrysalis), Ryan Keith Knighton (Chrysalis), Tyler J. Wilhite (Chrysalis) |
Abstract: This study extends the previous study to a new skill set, specifically, the training steps outlined in Phase 2 of the Picture Exchange Communication System. Three staff members, with no previous training in applied behavior analysis, paired with three adults with intellectual disabilities who had successfully mastered the steps in PECS Phase 1 participated in this study. The three individuals with intellectual disabilities lived in three different homes and received residential services from a community provider. We investigated the effects of video modeling on staff implementation of PECS Phase 2 in a group home for adults with intellectual disabilities. Moreover, we evaluated the effects of this staff training on client’s correct use of PECS. This study used a nonconcurrent multiple-baseline design across participants to evaluate the effects of the video modeling procedures. All three staff participants increased the percentage of correctly implemented Phase 2 steps after viewing the video model and these effects maintained over time. |
|
Transitioning to Functional Analyses: An Organization-Wide Training |
Joseph Michael Lambert (Utah State University), Sarah E. Bloom (Utah State University), Soraya Shanun Kunnavatana (Utah State University), Shawnee D. Collins (Chrysalis), CASEY J. CLAY (Utah State University) |
Abstract: To date, no research has outlined a procedure that capitalizes on the strengths of both traditional (Iwata et al., 1982/1994) and trial-based (Bloom et al., 2011) functional analyses (FA) at an organization-wide level. In Study 1 we replicated Iwata et al. (2000) by training 14 group-home employees to conduct a traditional FA in less than two hours. All subjects had no prior experience conducting FAs. Ten subjects were clinical supervisors with masters degrees in various fields and varying levels of formal exposure to applied behavior analysis (ABA) and four subjects were undergraduate assistants with no formal exposure to ABA. In Study 2 we used a pyramidal training procedure to train clinical supervisors (from Study 1) to conduct and train their house managers to conduct trial-based FAs. Clinical supervisors received less than an hour and a half of direct training on trial-based FAs. The results suggest that, in a relatively short period of time, key personnel in organizations that serve individuals with developmental disabilities can not only be trained to conduct FAs but can also be taught to train others to conduct FAs with a high degree of procedural fidelity. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Aspects of Being a Board Certified Behavior Analyst |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
202 (TCC) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Shawn Patrick Quigley (Western Michigan University) |
BRYAN J. DAVEY (ACCEL) |
LLOYD D. PETERSON (Western Michigan University) |
JESSICA E. FRIEDER (Western Michigan University) |
AMY LONGAKER (Student) |
Abstract: Aspects of Being a Board Certified Behavior Analyst This panel is intended to provide attendees with information related to utilizing Board Certified Behavior Analyst credentials within various practice domains. In particular, four presenters will present information from personal experiences related to the certification process, training future behavior analysts, the utility of the BCBA credential for working in the private sector, and alternative credentialing options for working in the private sector. Panel members range from an individual that recently obtained her BCBA credentials, a professor that trains future Board Certified Behavior Analysts, a doctoral level professional that utilizes the BCBA credential for employment (without third-party reimbursement), and a doctoral level professional that utilizes the BCBA credential for employment (with third-party reimbursement). Attendees |
Keyword(s): BCBA, Licensure, Practice |
|
|
|
|
Cross-Theoretical Meanderings: Contextual Behavioral Science for Understanding and Enhancing Nonbehavioral Therapeutic Approaches |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
610 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Samantha K. Marks (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Contextual behavioral science is an emerging approach to behavioral science and practice that emphasizes a functional understanding of historically and situationally embedded actions. The pragmatic and a-ontological nature of contextual behavioral science makes it useful in understanding a number of other approaches. One concept that has been particularly important in contextual psychology has been psychological flexibility. Recently proposed as a fundamental aspect of psychological health, psychological flexibility refers to an individuals ability to 1) recognize and adapt to changing situational demands, 2) reconfigure mental resources to make use of appropriate behavioral repertoires, 3) shift perspectives, and 4) choose behaviors that reconcile competing desires, needs and life domains (Kashdan & Rottenberg, 2010). The conceptual papers in this symposium will consider the application of psychological flexibility and related principles from the contextual behavioral science tradition for understanding and enhancing non-behavioral therapeutic approaches including object relational approaches, equine facilitated psychotherapy, and therapies focusing on difficulties with sexual orientation. |
|
Charting a Course: Contextual Behavioral Science for Understanding, Preventing, and Addressing Difficulties With Sexual Orientation |
SAMANTHA K. MARKS (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Despite widespread efforts to de-pathologize and de-stigmatize homosexuality over thirty-five years ago, the quality of care available to individuals seeking psychotherapy for issues related to sexual orientation still varies widely. Issues like sexual identity, affiliation, discrimination, and stigma remain a unique challenge for many clinicians. This is largely due to a lack of empirical literature on the subject. Continued scientific progress in this area may depend on the development of a sound analysis of issues related to sexual orientation. This conceptual paper 1) reviews the literature on treatment for psychological difficulties associated with sexual orientation and 2) explores current trends and guidelines for therapy related to sexual orientation through the perspective of contextual behavioral science. In particular, psychological flexibility is offered as an aspect of psychological health that may be particularly important in reducing the suffering associated with the conflicts around sexual orientation. Implications for future research and treatment development are discussed. |
|
Horse is a Horse of Course. . . Unless It's a Therapist: Equine Facilitated Contextual Behavioral Therapy |
LISA WEGENER (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Equine facilitated psychotherapy is a rapidly growing alternative method for psychological rehabilitation that is garnering preliminary positive outcome data. Although there are common technologies in equine facilitated psychotherapy, there is no agreed-upon theoretical framework that posits specific psychological processes that account for these outcomes. This hampers scientific progress in this area and continued treatment development. Psychological flexibility, a dimension of behavior emphasized in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, may provide a working model for the behavioral changes targeted in equine facilitated psychotherapy. This paper will explore how the equine-assisted session can create a unique and effective context for practicing present moment focus, experiential acceptance, cognitive defusion, perspective-taking and commitment to valued choices. For one, the equine assistant may be particularly sensitive to instances of inflexibility, providing ongoing and immediate feedback to the client. In addition, navigating the human-horse relationship provides a number of experiential metaphors for committed action towards personal values. Practical and conceptual challenges to integration will also be discussed. |
|
Where Perspectives Meet: Psychological Flexibility as Function of Object Relational Health |
JOSEPH SALANDE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: This paper explores Object Relations-based psychotherapy within in the context of the Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) construct of psychological flexibility. Object Relations Theory is a Psychodynamic approach that conceptualizes personality in terms of internal representations of self and others. It posits that early relationships such as that between child and primary caregiver, in conjunction with genetically-based factors, create an internalized set of mental representations of self and others. These internal representations, and the quality of their relations, have a powerful role in determining behavior, especially in the context of external relations with self and others. In other words, Object Relations are human relations. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy facilitates the acceptance of cognitions that are related to negative affective experiences. A central goal of this therapy is an increase in psychological flexibility; and thus the ability to have a thought or experience without becoming entangled with its previous negative affective experience. Although terminological challenges abound, there may be potential for a useful dialogue between the two approaches. From an acceptance-based perspective, the therapeutic changes involved in Object Relations-based therapy may reformulate the verbal relations generated by early experience. Thus, Object Relations-based therapy may alter environment-behavior relations and enhance psychological flexibility. |
|
|
|
|
On Reinforcement and Punishment |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
605 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Catalina Rey (New Way Day) |
|
Aggression Reinforcers: A Brief Review of Related Literature and Its Significance to Practice |
Domain: Service Delivery |
ERIC M. MESSICK (University of Waikato) |
|
Abstract: Aggressive behaviour that has no clear function may involve aggression reinforcers. These kinds of reinforcers (or at least stimuli that are given this label) are not well discussed in contemporary behaviour analysis literature and therefore may not be considered in practice. Theoretical and empirical literature relating to aggression reinforcers will be reviewed and their implications for practitioners will be discussed. |
|
DRO: Punishment in Disguise |
Domain: Theory |
CATALINA REY (New Way Day Services, Inc.), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology) |
|
Abstract: The current paper will elucidate the behavioral processes underlying the procedure currently called DRO. We will argue why we believe that DRO is a misnomer, and explain why it should be classified as a punishment procedure rather than differential reinforcement. In addition, we will introduce a term that better describes the type of negative punishment that is analogous to the avoidance type of negative reinforcement (contrasted with escape). If there are2 types of negative reinforcement (escape and avoidance), then it should follow that there are also2 types of negative punishment. This subset of negative punishment will allow for a more complete and coherent understanding of negative punishment and ultimately allow for the creation of new procedures that are least restrictive. |
|
Unto Others: An Extrapolation of Research on Differential Punishment to the Golden Rule |
Domain: Theory |
LEE L. MASON (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
|
Abstract: This presentation examines the current literature on bringing challenging behavior under stimulus control as a means of developing a discrepancy paradigm. In order to differentially reinforce incompatible behavior, it is often necessary to bring the behavior targeted for punishment under stimulus control. This is especially true when the desired replacement behavior is actually the nonoccurrence of behavior all together (e.g., vocal stereotypy, barking dogs, etc.). In this session, the current knowledge-based for achieving stimulus control for differential punishment is extrapolated to the maxim of the Golden Rule: Do unto others as you would have others do unto you. The purpose is to stimulate discussion on issues of hedonism and altruism in everyday behavior, within the context of rule governance and contingency shaping. Additional consideration will be given to group and individual selection from an evolutional perspective. Finally, the science of behavior analysis will be framed in terms of doing for and unto others. |
|
Deviation in Primary Reinforcers as an Etiological Interpretation of Autistic Behaviors. |
Domain: Theory |
LARS KLINTWALL (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Svein Eikeseth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
|
Abstract: The principle of reinforcement might bridge behavior analysis and other related fields such as diagnostics, biology and genetics. For example, primary reinforcers are stimuli whose reinforcing properties are not from conditioning. Rather, they are a result of the species phylogenic history, and hence, are genetically coded. Since genomes vary between organisms, even within species, what type of stimuli that function as primary reinforcers might vary across individuals. This variation might explain why some individuals develop unusual behavioral repertoires even when no correspondingly deviant environmental factors can be ascertained. Autistic behaviors can be interpreted as being an example of this. In this presentation, studies indicating that children with autism may have deviant primary reinforcement profiles are reviewed, and the results are interpreted within a behavior analytic framework. Conceptual problems with using primary reinforcer valences in research are discussed. Finally, studies that might combine such interpretation of autism and knowledge from genetics and biology are suggested. A successful interpretation of the etiology of autism is not only strategically important; it may also lead to interventions aimed at preventing autism in high-risk infants. |
|
|
|
|
|
Contemporary Research on Perspective Taking: The Assessment and Training of Deictic Relations |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
LL03 (TCC) |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Jake Moore (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Timothy M. Weil, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Perspective-taking abilities are an important component of everyday functioning. The majority of research in this area has approached these skills from a cognitive or developmental perspective. However, recent research grounded in Relational Frame Theory has focused on more behavioral measures of these skills, and whether or not these abilities can be trained. This symposium explores perspective-taking abilities as demonstrated by performance on behavioral measures of deictic relations. The first paper evaluates2 different experimental preparations used to assess deictic relations, as well as the relationship between performance on these tasks and language ability. The next paper explores the relationship between behavioral measures of deictic relations and emotion recognition abilities, as well as their relationship to commonly used self-report measures of emotional competence. The third paper examines the effect of deictic relational training on Theory of Mind performance in individuals with intellectual disabilities. Implications for the behavioral assessment and training of perspective taking skills will then be discussed. |
Keyword(s): deictic relations, language ability, perspective taking, RFT |
|
Assessing Deictic Relations: A Comparison of Two Measures |
LEE SCHAEFER (University of Mississippi), Michael Bordieri (University of Mississippi), Kerry C. Whiteman (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Contemporary inquiry into complex human behavior has been increasingly informed by basic accounts of human language and cognition. Relational Frame Theory (RFT) has emerged as a robust conceptual framework to empirically test complex covert behaviors such as reasoning and perspective taking. Within the conceptual framework of RFT, perspective taking is viewed as the ability to respond to stimuli based on their arbitrary temporal and/or spatial relationships with one another (e.g., I and You, Here and There, Now and Then). To date, several experimental preparations have been developed to assess performance on these relations (known as deictic relations) including McHugh and colleagues (2004) and recent work at the University of Nevada Reno. The purpose of this investigation is to compare the psychometric properties of the McHugh and Reno preparations with an emphasis placed on research utility in a typically developing college age sample. The utility of both accuracy and fluency based scoring systems for each preparations will be explored and particular attention will be placed on the relationship between performance on the deictic preparations and performance on standardized measures of reading comprehension and fluency. Results and implications for future assessment of deictic relations will be discussed. |
|
Recognizing Emotion in the Self and Others: Toward a Behavioral Account of a Controversial Repertoire |
KERRY C. WHITEMAN (University of Mississippi), Michael Bordieri (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: The vast majority of research to date on emotion recognition and perspective taking abilities has utilized self-report measures, which offer only a limited account of these behavioral repertoires. Only recently has research begun to focus on developing behavioral measures of these skills. Individuals who have developed the ability to tact or label the emotional experience of themselves and/or others tend to perform better in social situations, which is an important component of psychological and physical wellbeing, social relationships and employability (Nelis et al., 2011). As a result, this study seeks to explore the relationship between computerized behavioral measures of emotion recognition and perspective taking, as well as their relationship to established self-report measures of related abilities (i.e. emotional intelligence, emotional empathy and alexithymia). Particular attention will be paid to conceptualizing these abilities as dynamic skills that can improve with practice. In addition, results and implications for training emotion recognition and perspective taking repertoires will be discussed. |
|
Perspective-Taking Skills Among People With Intellectual Disabilities |
CATHERINE H. ADAMS (The University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: People with intellectual disabilities frequently demonstrate difficulties in social skills, which may be related to perspective taking skills. Perspective taking skills have been studied using Theory of Mind, a developmental process during which individuals gradually begin to have a theory about mind. More recently, perspective taking has been studied from a Relational Frame Theory (RFT) perspective. From this perspective, perspective taking skills can be trained via a series of questions. The purpose of this study was to conduct RFT perspective taking training with 4 people with intellectual disabilities. Additionally, we examined Theory of Mind and perspective taking progress following each phase of training. We found incremental increases in Theory of Mind and perspective taking scores following each phase of training. We conclude that future research could focus on the relationship between training perspective taking skills and social skill improvements in people with intellectual disabilities. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Careers in Applied Animal Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
620 (Convention Center) |
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Mei Ling Joey Chen (California State University, Los Angeles) |
EDUARDO J. FERNANDEZ (University of Washington) |
SUSAN G. FRIEDMAN (Utah State University) |
SUSAN D. KAPLA (Northern Michigan University) |
Abstract: In collaboration with the Student Committee, the Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest group presents a panel discussion with behavior analysts working in applied animal behavior in a variety of settings including zoo/aquarium, university, and private practice. Panelists will discuss their experiences in applied animal behavior with regard to training, opportunities and challenges in various settings, and the market for behavior analysts in the field of applied animal behavior. |
Keyword(s): Animal Behavior, Career |
|
|
|
|
Correcting Myopia in Organizational Behavior Management |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
6A (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Dwight Harshbarger, Ph.D. |
Chair: Lori H. Diener (Performance Blueprints, Inc.) |
DWIGHT HARSHBARGER (West Virginia University) |
Dwight is known for his work in applied psychology, including seven years as the Executive Director of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. He is a native of West Virginia and studied at West Virginia University, the University of California-Berkley and the University of North Dakota where he completed a Ph.D. Dwight then did post-graduate work at Harvard University. He joined the faculty of West Virginia University and became a tenured professor of psychology. He later served as a corporate consultant then as a senior executive at Sealy, Inc., and Reebok International, Ltd. He currently holds appointments as Adjunct Professor of Community Medicine at West Virginia University, and Senior Fellow of the Cambridge Center. He is a member of Phi Beta Kappa, and a Fellow of both the American Psychological Association and the American Psychological Society. Dwight's historical fiction novel (2009), Witness at Hawks Nest, is an insider's compelling story of America's deadliest and least known industrial disaster: the tragedy of Union Carbide's 1930s constrction of the giant Hawks Nest hydroelectric tunnel. The novel has received widespread attention and is in pre-production for a dramatic film. Dwight is the recipient of the 2011 Organizational Behavior Management Network Lifetime Acheivement Award. |
Abstract: OBMers are diligent students of an organization's overt practices' looking ever-so-closely at input, throughput, and output while mapping processes. We identify contingencies of reinforcement and punishment, as well as sometimes obvious and occasionally near-invisible feedback that drives behavior in organizations. Our publications present the power of behavior-based technology in carefully defined applications. Applications of behavioral technology to improve products and services are valuable. Yet we often operate with a narrow, even myopic, view of performance that lacks the breadth and depth of analysis to yield a full assessment of an organization's performance. Often omitted is the power of its history. An organization's values may showcase today's promises, apparent reality, while masking darker, deadly, current and historical backstage practices. The continuing devastation from covert practices in the financial industry provides abundant evidence of the failure of limited vision. Underground mining disasters present tragic and all-too-familiar cases of apparent regulatory compliance masking pathological practices. This presentation will highlight histories and cumulative power of flawed, sometimes deadly, histories and practices in two chemical and pharmaceutical companies. Suggestions will be presented for, 1) improving organizational assessments, including corrective lens for OBM myopia, and 2) development of more complete models of organizations and performance. |
Target Audience: This tutorial is suitable for introductory level and above. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this session, participants should be able to:
1. Identify and discriminate between an organization's front-stage vs. back-stage operations, or public "presentations of the organizational self" vs. underlying realities.
2. Identify ways in which failures in an organization's identifications of hazards / risks / flawed products have impacted the health and well-being of workers and the public.
3. Identify two methods to improve assessments of organizational operations. |
Keyword(s): organizational assessment |
|
|
|
|
New Opportunities: Using Sensor-Driven Technologies for Measuring and Motivating Behavior Change |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
6BC (Convention Center) |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
CE Instructor: Stephen Intille, Ph.D. |
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
STEPHEN INTILLE (Northeastern University) |
Dr. Intille received his Ph.D. from MIT in 1999 working on computational vision at the MIT Media Laboratory, an S.M. from MIT in 1994, and a B.S.E. degree in Computer Science and Engineering from the University of Pennsylvania in 1992. He has published research on computational stereo depth recovery, real-time and multi-agent tracking, activity recognition, perceptually-based interactive environments, and technology for healthcare. Dr. Intille has been principal investigator on sensor-enabled health technology grants from the NSF, the NIH, foundations, and industry. After ten years as Technology Director of the House–Research Consortium at MIT, in 2010 he joined Northeastern University to help establish a new transdiciplinary Ph.D. program in Personal Health Informatics. |
Abstract: I will present an overview of work by my research group exploring the development and evaluation of sensor-driven mobile health technologies for measuring and motivating health-related behavior. We are creating prototype technologies that use context-aware sensing to empower people with information by presenting it in timely, tailored ways via home and mobile computing devices. I will outline our general approach showing examples of technologies developed in pilot projects, with a special focus on an effort to develop a new open-source tool for measuring physical activity type, duration, intensity, and location on common mobile phones for population scale health studies. This activity measurement system, and others we are working on using common mobile phones, provide new ways to create what are known as persuasive technologies using positive reinforcement and tailored, just-in-time messaging. |
Target Audience: Basic and applied researchers. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the talk, participants will be able to: -- Describe techniques for monitoring and consequating behavior remotely -- Describe what context-aware sensing is -- Describe how remote monitoring is incorporated into every-day technologies (cell phones) and new technologies to be discussed in the talk. |
Keyword(s): behavior sensors, health behavior, physical activity, remote monitoring |
|
|
|
|
The Impact of Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis in Post-war, Post-communist Country: Bringing the Change and Hope for Children with and without Special Needs in Bosnia and Herzegovina |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
6E (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Jessica Singer-Dudek, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Presenting Authors: : NIRVANA PISTOLJEVIC (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: This presentation will focus on how a data-driven, research-based behavior analytic model of education is affecting the educational practices in Bosnia and Herzegovina, a post war country in transition with the post-communist model of education. For over 30 years the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling or CABAS model schools have been serving students, parents and educators throughout the world and the research that comes out of those schools is continually advancing the science of Applied Behavior Analysis and Education. CABAS schools today serve students with and without disabilities and continue to promote high standards of educational practices and an overall scientific approach to teaching in the USA, England, Italy, Bosnia and Herzegovina, and Spain. It is a comprehensive system of teaching as a science, that produces hundreds of experiments each year, disseminates the findings and applies the same across all classrooms it serves across the world. The CABAS model provided a modern, effective, evidence-based, and research-driven opportunity to help children in Sarajevo, the capital of Bosnia and Herzegovina, and provided the evidence based pedagogy as a systematic solution to the education crisis in BiH. A Pilot Project with 2 classrooms and 20 children with developmental delays was started in 2010 and the first data suggest the Bosnian classrooms can successfully replicate the American outcomes. Twenty children, 10 educators, and 20 parents have directly benefited from teaching as science, and many more educators and students have benefited indirectly through lectures, consultations and observations of work with the target students. In 2011, 64 children were included in 7 classrooms, with a constant stream of new students arriving from the whole country. I will discuss the significance of applying the science of behavior to education in terms of how these data can affect the Bosnian education system and the successfulness of the evidence based pedagogy as a systematic solution to the education crisis in BiH. Also, I will share with you all the trials and tribulations of trying to start an education revolution one learn unit at the time! |
|
NIRVANA PISTOLJEVIC (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Nirvana Pistoljevic received her Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis from Columbia University Teachers College and worked as the Assistant Director of The Fred S. Keller School, a private research based preschool (non-profit organization), training site for Columbia University graduate students. She is also an Adjunct Assistant Professor of Education and Psychology in the programs for Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis in the Department of Health and Behavior Studies at Teachers College. Dr. Pistoljevic has achieved the ranks of Senior Behavior Analyst and Assistant Research Scientist through the CABAS� system and she is a published researcher in the field of education, behavior science, and language development. Her current research interests include early verbal development, such as: Naming (incidental language acquisition capability), increasing spontaneous speech in children with Autism and related developmental delays, acquisition of listener behavior, observational learning and success in inclusion. Also, Dr. Pistoljevic is committed in helping children with Autism and other developmental delays in Bosnia and Herzegovina, where she has established an NGO �EDUS-Education for All� committed advancing educational practices in the country. This is where she is spending this year contributing to changing educational practices and outcomes for children and their families by helping parents, educators, and other professionals, learn and implement newest evidence based practices in Sarajevo schools. She has spearheaded a Project �CABAS� Mjedenica� starting first classrooms for children with Autism and other developmental delays in Sarajevo, based on Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis. She is currently training a staff of 30 professionals, providing education for 80 children, lecturing as a visiting professor at University of Sarajevo, Faculty of Pedagogy, conducting research and writing. |
Keyword(s): model schools, scientific teaching |
|
|
|
|
The Role of Problem Solving in Teaching Complex Verbal Repertoires |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
303/304 (TCC) |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Linda A. LeBlanc, Ph.D. |
Chair: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
LINDA A. LEBLANC (Auburn University), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Linda A. LeBlanc, Ph.D., BCBA-D, MI Licensed Psychologist is a professor of psychology at Auburn University and the director of its applied behavior analysis graduate program. Dr. LeBlanc received her Ph.D. in 1996 from Louisiana State University and previously served on the psychology faculties at Claremont McKenna College (1997-1999) and Western Michigan University (1999-2008). Her current research and clinical interests include the behavioral treatment of autism and developmental disabilities across the lifespan, behavioral gerontology, verbal behavior, and technology-based interventions. Dr. LeBlanc has published over 70 articles and book chapters and is a current associate editor of Education and Treatment of Children and Behavior Analysis in Practice and a former associate editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. She serves as an editorial board member for Behavioral Interventions, Behavioral Modification, European Journal of Behavior Analysis, Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, Research in Developmental Disabilities and The Behavior Analyst. Dr. LeBlanc serves on the Board of Directors of the Association for Professional Behavior Analysts and the Alabama Autism Provider Network and has worked with state agencies in both Michigan and Alabama on improving identification and education and treatment practices for individuals with autism and improvement of training and professional preparation systems for autism providers. |
Abstract: Language training curricula for individuals with developmental disabilities often include programs that teach expressive or intraverbal categorization in which the learner is taught to answer questions such as "What toys do you have at home?" or "Tell me the names of some animals." Although such repertoires are undoubtedly important, some instructional approaches instill these repertoires as rote intraverbal chains. However, it is apparent that many sophisticated learners answer such categorical questions not through rote learning but by first engaging in other (often covert) problem solving responses. In this presentation, I will share the results of two investigations in which preschool-aged children were successfully taught verbal and visual imagining strategies to answer questions about category membership. The implications of these studies for teaching language to individuals with developmental disabilities will be discussed and some recommendations toward that end will be provided. |
Target Audience: _ |
Learning Objectives: _ |
Keyword(s): categorization, intraverbal behavior, problem solving |
|
|
|
|
AUT Poster Session 2 |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Using a Nuk Brush to Increase the Acceptance of Drinks in a Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JANET DIAZ (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University), Heather Kadey (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: Escape extinction (e.g., nonremoval of the spoon) is well-documented as an effective treatment for increasing the acceptance of nonpreferred food/drinks in children with feeding disorders. These procedures typically involve holding a spoon at the child's lips until he/she accepts a bite/drink or until a predetermined meal duration is met. As a result, some children may learn to "wait out" the time cap and avoid bites/drinks altogether. Such circumstances may call for the utilization of additional procedures to increase acceptance. A Nuk brush massager is a feeding utensil that has been shown to be effective for decreasing expulsions and packing. The current study evaluated the effects of using a Nuk in combination with escape extinction to increase the acceptance of drinks in a 3-year-old male diagnosed with autism. Across all phases of the analysis, interobserver agreement data were collected on at least 20% of all sessions and averaged over 80% for all dependent measures. Results show that when the Nuk was used in combination with nonremoval of the spoon, acceptance was significantly higher that with escape extinction alone. |
|
|
2. Assessing and Treating Idiosyncratic Meal Preferences in a Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTIE MCCARTHY (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University), Heather Kadey (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: Ahearn, Castine, Nault, and Green (2001) discussed the reported prevalence of unusual eating patterns in children with autism. For example, children with autism have been reported to have preferences for specific utensils, food colors, or textures. Such idiosyncratic variables may contribute to the development and maintenance of ritualistic mealtime behaviors (e.g., tantrums, food/drink refusal). The purpose of the current study was twofold. First, we sought to develop methods for assessing idiosyncratic feeding behavior often reported in children with autism. Second, we demonstrated that, despite clear preferences that children with autism may have for specific mealtime rituals (i.e., using specific utensils), behavioral treatments can be used to effectively alter mealtime behavior. Specifically, the current study assessed 1 child's reported preferences for certain colored (i.e., white, beige) foods as well as a preference for a clear glass cup versus an opaque plastic cup. Despite a clear preference for the glass cup, demonstrated using a concurrent operants arrangement, no differential responding in consumption was observed when a treatment was implemented. Throughout the analysis, interobserver agreement was collected on over 20% of sessions and averaged over 80% for all dependent measures. |
|
|
3. A Comparison of Three Brief Models of Functional Analysis of Severe Challenging Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
COLIN S. MUETHING (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (University of Texas at Austin), Natalie Gripp (University of Texas at Austin), Jennifer Wilder (Round Rock Independant School District) |
Abstract: As a result of time constraints associated with various applied settings, behavior analysts have developed brief models of functional analysis. Thus, evaluations of various models of brief functional analyses for consistency and treatment utility are vital. A comparative study of 3 models of brief functional analyses was conducted with 2 participants with histories of challenging behavior. During the brief A-B analysis, the antecedents were manipulated across conditions and no programmed consequences were provided. During the brief A-B-C analysis, both antecedents and consequences were systematically manipulated across conditions. During the brief, latency-based analysis, sessions were terminated following the first instance of challenging behavior. Additionally, brief treatment evaluations were conducted based on results of each of the3 models. Results showed correspondence between the 3 variations with each of 2 participants. In addition, greater function differentiation was observed with the A-B model when compared to the A-B-C, and latency-based models. Interobserver agreement was collected for at least 30% of sessions across participants and agreement was 90% or above. Although preliminary in nature, these results suggest that the brief A-B functional analysis model may be most effective at identifying functions in environments in which abbreviated methods are necessary. |
|
|
4. Decreasing Anxiety and Increasing Cognitive Flexibility in a Girl With Asperger Syndrome |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
IAN GILMOUR (Moss, Rowden, Freigang & Associates), Ariana Detrinidad (McMaster Children's Hospital) |
Abstract: Two behavioural interventions were done with an eight-year-old girl with Asperger syndrome. The first targeted food refusal and the second, a year later, increased her cognitive flexibility within family interactions. Intervention 1: The girl complained of an upset stomach before her school lunch (no medical reason) resulting in refusal to eat (she eventually lost 15% of body weight). The intervention restructured her reaction to an upset stomach just prior to lunch. She was taught to use symptoms as a cue to initiate pre-taught self-management strategies. When she felt symptoms, she recorded how her stomach felt before eating and then, her food consumption. These strategies were successful and she regained lost weight. Intervention 2: Lack of flexibility in family interactions resulted in "rules" dictating which (a) family member could sit with her on the couch; and (b) she always needed to win at a game. The intervention consisted of her identifying "rules" that she would not discard and four "rules" that she could possibly change. By the end of the intervention, she had discarded the first 4 "rules" plus another 7. Her mother reported that "rule" changes had produced more cognitive flexibility, which positively impacted family functioning. |
|
|
5. Staff Training for Community Swimming Instructors: Supporting Children With Autism in Local Recreation Settings |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHANIE GRACE JULL (University of British Columbia), Pat Mirenda (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Scant research information is available regarding how to facilitate the participation of individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) in community recreation activities such as swimming, which is age appropriate throughout the lifespan and an essential safety skill. This study examined the impact of a behaviour analytic training workshop and in-pool coaching aimed at empowering staff in community-based recreation settings to support children with ASD in swim instruction. Participants included 8 children with ASD, ages 4–11, with a range of swimming and communication abilities; and 6 swimming instructors from local community pools. The study was conducted using a quasi-experimental time series design (Campbell & Stanley, 1963). Instructors were taught to (a) establish rapport using stimulus-stimulus pairing; (b) use activity schedules depicting the target skills in each lesson; (c) intersperse easy and difficult tasks; and (d) deliver clear instructions, effective prompts, and contingent reinforcement, as appropriate. Preliminary results indicate that, following instructor training, children with ASD were more cooperative and acquired swimming skills at a faster rate. Feedback from instructors, parents, and aquatics coordinators indicated strong social validity. Results have implications for both future research and community service providers' capacity to provide effective instruction to children with ASD. |
|
|
6. Evaluating the Effects of Video Modeling on Frequency of Socially Embedded Consequences |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMY YAUGER (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Donna Townley-Cochran (University of North Texas), Stephany Kristina Reetz (University of North Texas), Amber Wiles (University of North Texas), Brittany Vaughn (University of North Texas), Tiffany Sayles (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder have marked social deficits that have life long implications for development and quality of life. Research suggests that individuals working with children with autism can positively affect social behavior through the use of socially embedded consequences. More specifically the use of socially embedded consequences can effect joint attention, social engagement, and affect in children diagnosed with autism. The purpose of this study is to examine the effects of video modeling on the frequency of staffs use of socially embedded consequences and to examine the effects of staffs increased use of socially embedded consequence on child and staff social behavior specifically in the areas of joint attention, social engagement, and affect. Efficiently training staff to embed social interactions within reinforcer delivery can be an effective way to improve social skills in children diagnosed with autism. |
|
|
7. Differential Effects of Preferred Versus Non-preferred Concurrent Activities in Self-control Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HEATHER PAMULA (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Seth W. Whiting (Southern Illinois University), Jeffrey R. Miller (Southern Illinois University), Rebecca Batterman (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Susan Szekely (Illinois Center for Autism) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that concurrent activities can help “bridge the gap” during the delay to reinforcement, though the quality of these activities has not been examined. The present study examined engagement in a low-preferred and high-preferred concurrent activity during self-control training to determine their differential effects on training time to the desired delay criterion. Participants in this study were students with autism attending a day school. They demonstrated low tolerance to delay in natural baseline, during which they were told to wait as long as possible for reinforcement. They were then provided with a choice between a small immediate reinforcer and a large delayed reinforcer. Those who consistently chose the smaller reinforcer during baseline were selected for self-control training. The two training conditions included a progressive delay to reinforcement with either a preferred concurrent activity or non-preferred concurrent activity. These conditions were randomly alternated. Training was continued in order to promote engagement duration in the non-preferred and preferred activities to approach ten times the natural baseline duration. Fading in of the progressive delay to reinforcement had the duel effects of increasing engagement in non-preferred activities as well as increasing tolerance to a delay to reinforcement. |
|
|
8. Peer-Mediated Social Skills Training in A City-Wide, Inclusive Summer Camp |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CARMEN L. HALL (Fanshawe College), Laurie Quinlan (City of London), Jaqueline Lauzon (City of London), Amanda McIntyre (City of London), Kimberly Maich (Fanshawe College), Fatima Machado (Thames Valley Children's Centre) |
Abstract: During the summer of 2011, a peer-mediated social skills program was implemented across an inclusive, city-wide summer camp. Behavior observation occurred for 2-3 children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) each week, depending on enrollment. Camp counselors were trained in the strategies and 2 behavioral therapists coached the counselors in applying the techniques and collected data. Typically-developing peers were taught disability awareness activities and behavioral strategies at the beginning of their week at camp. Camp counselors then prompted peers to use these strategies in naturally occurring interactions with the children with disabilities. Children with ASD were then included in all activities occurring at the specific camp with their peers. Camp counselors also completed a pre- and post-social skills questionnaire on their observations of the child's social skills. Results indicated that reinforcing activities were necessary to maintain the increase in social skills, adult proximity, and involvement directly influenced the rate of social interactions, and the level of previous social exposure to the camp setting influenced the rate of social interactions. |
|
|
9. Establishing and Abolishing Operations in Real Life: A Day at the Beach Is a Cool Behavior Analytic Tool |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA ZAWACKI (Preparing Adolecents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolecents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Avi Glickman (Preparing Adolecents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies), Peter F. Gerhardt (The McCarton School) |
Abstract: One of the most essential and most widely applied principles in behavior analysis is the use of positive reinforcement. A key component in identifying potential reinforcers is to consider the momentary effectiveness of any stimulus change as reinforcement indicated by the existing level of motivation. In examining motivating operations (MO) we are able to identify potential establishing operations (EO) an MO that increases the current effectiveness of a reinforcer, as well as abolishing operations (AO) an MO that decreases the current effectiveness of a reinforcer. The purpose of this study was to determine if targeted maladaptive behaviors would decrease by eliminating perceived establishing operations and introducing instead possible abolishing operations. The study was a reversal design across 8 adolescents diagnosed with moderate to severe autism. These participants were enrolled in the PAAL Program; a life skills community-based private program in Downingtown, PA that adhered to the principles of applied behavior analysis. The motivating operation studied was the environment of Ocean City, NJ where the participants spent a week of their summer in a community immersion peer mentoring program. Maladaptive behaviors and their functions were identified for each individual and programmed for in the school environment prior to the trip. Behavior data were collected a week prior to the trip, during the trip, and the week following. Both participant 1 and 2 had behaviors that were consistent with the tangible function, and participants 3 and 4 with the escape function. A preference assessment identified various preferred activities and environments within the trip for participants 1-3, while participant 4 ranked those same activities as least. Data indicated that participants 1 and 2 engaged in low levels of behavior while on the trip when access to preferred tangibles was not limited as in the typical environment. Participant 3 engaged in no behavior while on the trip while demands were at a low level unlike the typical environment. Participant 4 engaged in high levels of behavior while on the trip indicating that engaging in the non-preferred activities as a high demand situation, and was sent home early from the trip. |
|
|
10. The Effects of a Summer Therapeutic Treatment Program on Skill Acquisition in Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
ROBERT GULICK (Achievement Center), Christina Colon (Achievement Center), Carly Sturgess (Achievement Center), Amanda Will (Achievement Center), Jane Buyer (Achievement Center), Sabrina Mong (Achievement Center), Sara Kitchen (Achievement Center), Linda Hartken (Achievement Center) |
Abstract: Thirty six children, ages 6-15, participated in an 8-week Summer Therapeutic Activity Program (STAP) designed for individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). The STAP provided a treatment package consisting of social skill and language acquisition programming (via discrete trial instruction and traditional classroom teaching), visual supports (picture activity schedules), and a token economy system with response cost. Direct training of skills occurred during the morning/classroom sessions, while the afternoon portion of the program included generalization opportunities via recreational activities. The participants were divided into two groups according to language ability - (1) Emerging Language and (2) Conversational Language. Participant data were tracked in both groups for compliance to adult direction. Additional measures were taken in the Emerging Language Group for spontaneous mands and play skills. Data indicated that all participants experienced improvement from baseline in the area of compliance to adult direction with a mean improvement of 21.6% for the Emerging Language Group and 18.1% for the Conversational Language Group. Accuracy probes for spontaneous mands and play skills indicated that two-thirds of the participants in the Early Language Group improved by an average of 64.1% from baseline with manding and 18.1% from baseline with play skills. |
|
|
11. Social Skills Training in the Context of a Hockey Practice |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KEVIN BEIERS (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University), Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: Teaching social and communicative skills to persons with Autism is an essential component to most educational programs. To date, a number of interventions have proven to be effective including functional communication training, pivotal response training, and video modeling. A key treatment variable found in most social skills interventions for persons with autism is the identification of a instructional context that provides reinforcement and allows for effortless interaction between the peer and the student with autism. One common context that has been found to result in increased social interaction is on the field of athletic competition. In the current investigation, we successfully increased the social behaviors of two teenage students within a very unique context. Specifically, the student’s social behaviors were increased while they were enrolled in a disabilities ice hockey program. The participants in the study were two children previously diagnosed in Autism. We completed an ABAB reversal design. In baseline, the students were simply placed on the ice without prompts. In treatment, the participants were prompted to skate near the other skaters and provided with an edible reward. The results indicated that the intervention resulted in increased social skills for both participants. |
|
|
12. An Assessment of Individualized Instructional Presentation for Learners With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN ALISON PEPA (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Anton Shcherbakov (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Michelle Fucci (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Chiarina Guzik (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Catriona Beauchamp Francis (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey) |
Abstract: Autism is a developmental disorder characterized by difficulties in communication, social functioning, as well as the presence of stereotyped behaviors and restricted interests. Several empirically supported instructional methods have been found to promote skill acquisition in individuals with autism. Many of these methods, such as Discrete Trial Instruction (DTI), typically utilize desktop instruction and massed trials to provide learning opportunities. Additionally, other research indicates that more naturalistic styles of instruction, such as Natural Environment Training (NET), provide more functional learning opportunities for learners. This style of teaching may also provide greater opportunity for generalization of skills outside of the classroom setting. While research exists supporting different treatment contexts, relatively little research has investigated how to match instructional style to student preferences and performance. The current investigation involved teaching parallel skills in 3 different teaching modalities (discrete trial, naturalistic/contextual and computer-based instruction) to determine which resulted in the fastest acquisition. Results to this point indicate that both naturalistic/contextual, and computer-based instruction resulted in more rapid acquisition of skills relative to traditional discrete trial methods of instruction. Results are discussed in the context of the development of assessment procedures to determine the instructional best-fit for students. |
|
|
13. A Behavioral Analysis of Swimming: Teaching Children With Special Needs to Swim |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY EDEN GREENWALD (University of Nevada, Reno), Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada,Reno) |
Abstract: Drowning is a leading cause of death for children with special needs. This unfortunate incident may be prevented if children with special needs are taught to swim, however, it is often difficult to find resources in the community to teach specialized skills such as swimming to different learners. This study examined the most efficient way to teach swimming and water safety skills to children with special needs. Two children on the autism spectrum were included in this study. Several behavioral principles were used in this package intervention including a task analysis, reinforcement, escape extinction, imitation, and peer modeling. Procedures and materials are described in detail with respect to the 2 different learners, 1 with a high verbal skill repertoire and 1 with a limited verbal skill repertoire. |
|
|
14. Toilet Training and Food Selection: The Ins and Outs of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NOMARA SANTOS (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark Malady (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark Fulmer (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: This case study exemplifies the power of applied behavior analysis in two important areas of the life of a child diagnosed with autism (Lizzie): toilet training and food selection. Toilet training is a major milestone in achieving independence in early childhood that is often delayed (or missed entirely) in children with autism (Kroeger & Sorensen-Burnworth, 2009). The use of systematic toilet training, including shaping and reinforcement led to successful toilet training. Food selectivity is another common problem in children with Autism; in fact, their choices often include items with very little or no nutritional value (Ahearn, 2001; Riordan, Iwata & Finney, 1980). The present study was designed to increase consumption of fruits and vegetables in a preschooler diagnosed with autism to find more healthy alternative edible reinforcers. The use of the Premack principle, modeling, reinforcement and shaping led to a decrease in problem behaviors and increase in novel food consumption. |
|
|
15. Increasing Direction Following During Tantrums in a Young Boy With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
PATRICIA K. SOLANO-FAH (Organization for Research & Learning), Kelly J. Ferris (Organization for Research & Learning) |
Abstract: This poster highlights the improvement in direction following of a twelve-year-old boy with a diagnosis of autism. The client received 27 hours per week of state-funded behavior management services in his home. The treatment team sought to employ the least intrusive behavior management strategies while still achieving greater control and improved safety around unpredictable tantrum behavior. Given the lack of self-regulation and self-management during tantrums, following even simple directions critical for the students safety or the safety of others was often compromised. The team thus designed a program to establish a history with a novel cue that would signal an increased probability of reinforcement contingent upon compliance, first during non-agitated times and then during periods of accelerated problem behavior. The critical features of instruction included ease of directions given, schedules of reinforcement, and presence/absence of agitation. Due to the students personal interest in Spanish, the cue Mrame, (look at me), was selected. Student performance data, measured in correct and incorrect responses to directions, will be charted and shown on a Standard Celeration Chart. Critical and variable features of instruction as well as criterion for data-based decisions will be discussed. |
|
|
16. Combining Applied Behavior Analysis and Oral Placement Therapy to Achieve Functional Speech in Nonvocal Individuals With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
RISCA L. SOLOMON (Skybound Autism Therapies), Renee Roy Hill (Talk Tools) |
Abstract: Developing functional speech with non-vocal individuals with autism can be one of the biggest challenges for speech and language pathologists as well as behavior analysts. Several studies have found that many children with autism have oral motor difficulties (c.f. Adams, 1998; Page & Boucher, 1998; Slavin & Amato, 1998). Typical approaches for developing speech have involved presenting auditory-visual cues for the indidivual to imitate (echoics), however children with autism have been shown to have difficulties with imitation skills (c.f. Rogers et al., 2003; Giacomo et al., 2009). Oral Placement Therapy focuses on using proprioceptive-tactile input along with auditory-visual presentation to teach the correct placement for speech sounds and then transition these placements into speech (Bahr & Rosenfield-Johnson, 2010). A program which combines Applied Behavior Analysis, including techniques for increasing vocalizations and developing echoic behavior, along with Oral Placement Therapy may be advantageous in teaching speech to non-vocal individuals with autism. Findings from case studies using this systematic approach, applied to children ranging from 3 years of age to 12, will be presented. |
|
|
17. Teaching Oral Speech to Young Adults With Autism and Apraxia Utilizing a Multisensory Approach |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
LYN DEE OSBURN (Parent/Advocate), Kristin Ragnarsson (.), Eric Puhala (.) |
Abstract: This is an ongoing data-case study of a 19 year old with autism and apraxia. As of September 2009 the subject, aside from process receptively, still had relatively no functional oral speech after fifteen years of echoic training in various applied and verbal behavior programs. Our intensive, incremental, multi-sensory approach to teaching oral speech is by establishing mastery to automaticity of precise articulation at the phoneme, noun and sentence levels across the RD, tact, oral/written recall and dictation. The treatment plan builds a framework for organizing the production, perception and memory of spoken language. As seen in our graph, the subject's phonemic lexicon has increased from a baseline of 25 sounds to the full 44 phonemes, has acquired 88 nouns from his initial lexicon of 13 nouns and has been able to use all nouns in three carrier phrases - I see, I want and I have. In addition, the subject is generalizing oral speech skills across various settings. The goal of this poster is to share our experience and success, while offering guidelines for language intervention and remediation. |
|
|
18. Toward a Comprehensive and Objective Measurement System of Common Sleep Problems of Young Children in Homes |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHUNYING S. JIN (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Donna Haskell (Westfield State University) |
Abstract: We evaluated the accuracy and reliability of various momentary time sampling (MTS) procedures for collecting data on sleep problems in two children diagnosed with autism. We also compared these direct measures of sleep problems obtained via nighttime video recording to parental diaries. Dependent measures were sleep onset delay, number of night awakenings, minutes of night awakenings, and total hours of sleep. We obtained these measures using 5 minute, 10 minute, 30 minute, 60 minute, and 120 minute MTS intervals, and compared the results against the continuous (second-by-second) data to determine the largest interval capable of collecting accurate and reliable data. Results showed that the differences between the MTS data and continuous data increased with increasing interval size. The largest interval lengths capable of measuring the sleep problems with an acceptable degree of error and showing sensitivity to the independent variable were MTS 10 min for sleep onset delay, and MTS 30 min for night awakenings, and total hours of sleep. Parental diary data also showed sensitivity to the independent variable and were consistent with our direct measures. |
|
|
19. Reducing Physical Stereotypy Using Exercise as an Antecedent Modification |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CAILIN MCCOLLOUGH (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Physical stereotypy often interferes with learning and performing daily tasks for children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The present study examined the reductive effects of two conditions on the rate of physical stereotypy for three children with ASD. The target behaviors included hand flapping, head tapping, tapping on objects, body tensing, toe walking, and inappropriate running or skipping. The exercise condition consisted of 5 minutes of constant physical activity such as running or jumping. The control condition consisted of 5 minutes of appropriate activities without any physical stimulation such as reading or toy play. The target physical behavior was recorded for 10 minutes immediately following each of the conditions, while the experimenter presented previously mastered and acquisition tasks specific to the child. The results showed that the exercise condition reduced two of the three participants physical stereotypy when used as an antecedent modification to academic tasks. However, one participant showed a slight reduction in physical stereotypy after the control condition when rates were compared to baseline levels. The use of antecedent exercise for the treatment of stereotypic behaviors is supported by this research. |
|
|
20. Using A Systematic Desensitization Procedure to Decrease Phobic Responses to Dryers in a Young Male With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DANA GILLIE (Little Star Center), William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center), Lisa Steward (Little Star Center), Mary Rosswurm (Little Star Center) |
Abstract: Recent research indicates high prevalence of anxiety in individuals with autism (de Bruin, Ferdinand, Meester, de Nijs, & Verheij, 2007; Gillott & Standen, 2007; Mayes, Calhoun, Murray, Ahuja, & Smith, 2011; White, Oswald, Ollendick, & Scahill, 2009). Behavior analysts are likely to encounter individuals with autism exhibiting responding to escape feared conditions. Often, it is necessary to overcome these fears to accomplish essential activities. In this research we evaluated a stimulus fading procedure to reduce phobic avoidance of hair and hand dryers exhibited by a child with autism. The participant was gradually exposed to contrived conditions with the presence of a hair dryer and conditions in the natural environment with a hand dryer. Preliminary results indicate the procedure was effective at reducing phobic avoidance of hair dryers, but not effective at generalizing to other stimuli. Sequential modifications with different hair dryers were necessary. |
|
|
21. Effects of Direct Instruction on Telling Time by Students with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JULIE THOMPSON (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: Recently, the National Autism Center published their National Standards Report (National Autism Center, 2009) based on an extensive review of evidence-based interventions for individuals with autism; however, there were no evidence-based academic interventions for students with autism. One important academic skill with a limited research base for individuals with autism is mathematics. Therefore, this study used a single subject, multiple probe across participants design to examine the effects of Direct Instruction to teach students with autism to tell time to the five minute increment on analog clocks. Exercises from Connecting Math Concepts were used as the Direct Instruction component during intervention. Target students were four elementary students with autism (ages 6 to 8). Visual analysis of graphed data showed a functional relation between Direct Instruction and increased telling time performance. Results indicated increased telling time skills to the five-minute increment for all students and their scores fell within the range of their same age typically developing peers. Social validity, implications for practice, and implications for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
22. Identifying Effective Components of ABA Programmes Used in Education of Children With Autistic Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHELLEY ALISON BRADY (University of Ulster), Claire E. McDowell (University of Ulster-Coleraine), Julian C. Leslie (University of Ulster) |
Abstract: Many studies have been carried out on the use of reinforcement within the ABA framework i.e. schedules of reinforcement, DRO. There is an extensive amount of research which supports the use of reinforcement as an effective teaching technique. (Francisco, Borrero & Jolene, 2008. Roll, Higgins & Badger, 1996). However, there has been little or no research into the effects of different error-correction and prompt fading techniques. They are important procedures, as the aim of these procedures is to reduce the number of errors a student makes. However, there is a notable lack of research into the error correction procedures and prompt fading used in these schools and in turn their effectiveness upon skill acquisition. Many schools employ one error correction procedure across all programs (for example, pointing to the correct picture when a child makes a mistake and allowing them to correct their response) but with no real rationale behind this. It is also often the case that schools employ one prompt procedure,(for example, least to most where the tutor begins with the least obvious prompt, such as gesturing towards the correct picture and moves successively through a hierarchy of more obvious prompts if less obvious ones fail to be effective in eliciting the correct response). Research in the past has shown a number of prompting procedures to be effective, but very little research has systematically compared the different approaches (MacDuff, Krantz, & McClannahan, 2001) Similarly, the research that has investigated error correction procedures (Rodgers & Iwata, 1991) has suggested that future research should be carried out in order to specify the component behavioural mechanisms within the error correction procedure and to determine which are most effective to maximise learning. The purpose of the present study is to address the area of error correction and the use of prompts in ABA classrooms for children and adolescents with autism. The aims of the project are: To gather information on the types of correction procedures used in ABA schools in Ireland. To evaluate the information gathered by the information screening tool. To design a second study based on the information gathered which will investigate the efficiency of different error-correction techniques. This study could form a basis upon which an effective error correction procedures could be employed in schools |
|
|
23. Effect of Applied Behavior Program on Aggressive Behavior of Autistic Children |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARCO WILFREDO SALAS-MARTINEZ (University of Veracruz), Karla Joanna Corro Patraca (University of Veracruz), Esperanza Ferrant-Jimenez (University of Veracruz), Sebastian Figueroa Rodriguez (University of Veracruz), MARTIN LUIS ORTIZ BUENO (University of Veracruz) |
Abstract: The aggressive behavior of autistic children represent problems for their parents and teachers, who do not know the behavioral principles to modify aggressive behavior. The overall objective of this study was to develop, implement, and evaluate a program of behavior modification on the aggressive behaviors of2 children with autism, based on the principles of applied behavior analysis. The study was conducted in the classroom of Autism Group Children of Special Education Center at Xalapa, Veracruz. The students selected were those with more frecuency of aggressive behaviors. The materials used were: questionnaire to experts, manual with techniques and behavior modification, registration form of aggressive behaviors. An experimental within subject design AB (baseline and intervention phase) (Grass Arnau, 1987) was implemented. During the baseline were recorded frequencies of occurrence of aggressive behavior and in the intervention phase was implemented the applied behavior analysis principles to decrease it. The results show that the behavioral program was effective to decrease the frequency of aggressive behaviors of the2 autistic chilren and their behavior patterns were stabilized. |
|
|
24. Effects of Peer-Mediated Instruction to Increase Communicative Attempts in Elementary-Aged Students With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
JULIE SARICH (Anchorage School District), Lindsey Harpole (Anchorage School District), Janet A. Butz (Collaborative Autism Resources and Education) |
Abstract: Social impairments are one of the most defining characteristics of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Peer-mediated Instruction and Intervention (PMII) involves teaching peers to interact with and facilitate social communication in children with ASD; PMII is considered an evidence-based practice as defined by the National Professional Development Center on Autism Spectrum Disorders (2008) and the National Autism Centers National Standards Report (2009). The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of a peer-mediated training package designed to teach two students with ASD, enrolled in two public elementary schools, to engage in interactions with peers in a social context. Four to five confederates for each student with ASD were taught to use a peer-mediated training package when playing. A multiple baseline design across social behaviors identified by norm-referenced social rating scales was used to show effects of the intervention. Increases in the rate per minute of target behaviors suggest that the confederates successfully modeled the social skills with the students with ASD. This project extends the research of PMII as an evidence-based practice for teaching social skills to elementary-aged children with ASD within a public school setting. |
|
|
25. Teaching Independent Living Skills to Individuals With Autism: Effects of an Activity Schedule Fading Procedure |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA SEEMAN (New York Center for Autism Charter School), Nicole Pearson (Westchester Institute for Human Development), Julie Fisher (New York Center for Autism Charter School) |
Abstract: Children with autism often have difficulty completing long independent response chains. As a result, caregivers complete many daily living skills for these individuals. The purpose of the current study will be to teach a daily living skill to three boys diagnosed with autism. Photographic activity schedules and manual prompts will be used to teach meal preparation skills and a back-to-front fading procedure will be used to systematically fade the activity schedules. The results are expected to show an increase in independent responding when the activity schedules are introduced and that responding will remain independent as the schedules are systematically removed. |
|
|
26. CANCELED: Treating Self-Touching Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement by an Elementary Student With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MADOKA ITOI (Spectrum Behavioral Solutions), Rebecca Eslinger (Spectrum Behavioral Solutions) |
Abstract: While maladaptive behaviors that are maintained by automatic reinforcement are common among individuals with autism, it is often considered difficult to directly manipulate the stimulus thought to be responsible for maintenance of behaviors (Iwata, et al., 1994). The current study extends the implications from an existing study (Piazza et al., 1996) by using a procedure based on stimulus control to achieve generalized effects of an intervention for self-touching maintained by automatic reinforcement exhibited by a 7 year-old girl with autism. Previous analysis revealed that her self-touching occurred across settings, activities, and therapists, and reinforcement-based interventions using DRI or DRO paired with a token economy or a response-cost intervention had not produced desirable effects. An intervention that involved a mild punishment procedure of holding arms up for 1 minute showed immediate decrease of the target behavior; however, the effects was temporal and did not generalize across therapists and across settings such as at daycare, home, and during school bus rides. The current study used a multiple-baseline across settings design with built-in probes by novel therapists to examine the effects of color cards used in conjunction with the cost response procedure. Implications for practice and areas for further research will be discussed. |
|
|
27. The Livingston Center Preschool: Good Outcomes and Friends, Too! |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
JANE I. CARLSON (The Groden Center, Inc.) |
Abstract: The Livingston Center Preschool is an integrated program serving children with autism and their typical peers. The program provides early intensive behavioral intervention in the context of a typical preschool with a ration of 1 child with autism to 2 typically developing children. Assessment, program development and progress monitoring are integrated into both the intensive one-to-one and the integrated group settings to produce maximum skill acquisition and reduction of problem behaviors. 40 percent of children with autism served by the program are able to attend typical kindergarden programs upon discharge, 40 percent return to public school programs with partial integration, and 20 percent require ongoing intensive treatment in segregated programs. Environmental set-up, curriculum development, staff training, and progress monitoring are key components to the program's success. Outcome data for the initial cohort of students indicate a significant increase in average IQ score for all but one student. Individual characteristics associated with outcomes are examined. |
|
|
28. The Use of Self-management to Increase Peer Social Interaction in Preschoolers With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Rachel McIntosh (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center), Daniel Adam Openden (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center), ERIN KATZ (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Self-management is a data driven, behaviorally-based intervention implemented to either increase a target behavior or to decrease maladaptive behavior while improving independent responding. This intervention can be successfully used across a wide variety of natural environments and with individuals demonstrating a wide range of skill deficiencies. Self-management has shown particular success when used with individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs). Young children with ASDs often exhibit difficulties with initiating, responding to, and maintaining peer social interaction. In this study, self-management was used to increase the frequency of social interactions with peers. Self-management procedures were implemented within an inclusive preschool classroom and taught to parents so that intervention could also be implemented at home. Prompting and eventually the self-management system were systematically faded as social interactions with peers increased. Data showed that self-management procedures can successfully be used to increase peer social interaction within an inclusive, early childhood classroom setting, that self-management can be easily implemented by both professionals and caregivers, and that self-management interventions can result in collateral gains across multiple child environments. |
|
|
29. A Comparison of Teaching Strategies on Skill Acquisition: Joint Action Routines vs. Graduated Guidance |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NATALIE LONG (Firefly Autism House), Shawnie N. Girtler (Firefly Autism House), Carrie A. Scott (Firefly Autism House) |
Abstract: This poster compares the effects of using joint action routines or using graduated guidance teaching techniques on skill acquisition rates of a 13-year old male with autism. Tasks were categorized as (household chores, science, and outdoor chores). Each category contains two comparable chains that are similar in the amount of steps, function, and length of time to completion. One task from each category was then randomly assigned to be taught using either graduated guidance or as a joint action routine. A joint action routine is a play activity in which both partners have key roles and build on each others contributions through modeling and observation (Bruner, 1977). Joint action routines are the frames for teaching in the Early Start Denver Model and involve taking turns and the ability to carry out various roles within the routine. Rate of skill acquisition was determined by the number of newly mastered targets per week within each task and specific teaching strategy. Initial results suggest that the skill acquisition rate for the task taught using a joint action routine increased at a higher rate than the task taught using graduated guidance. |
|
|
30. Building Social Skills: Outcomes of an Inclusionary Summer Camp for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
ALICIA J. KOGER (Wesley Spectrum Services), Amy Destefano (Wesley Spectrum Services) |
Abstract: Building social skills in children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) is critical for their success in becoming independent members of the community. In this study, staff trained in Autism and Applied Behavior Analysis used naturalistic teaching methods to facilitate social skills in 4 children with ASD within a 5-week summer camp with neurotypical peers. Social skills such as participation in group activities, taking turns, and initiating and maintaining interactions were taught by using modeling, prompting, and positive reinforcement. Overall changes in social skills were measured by comparing pre- and post-scores on The Social Responsiveness Scale (SRS). All 4 children showed improved scores as compared to baseline. A social validity measure, in the form of a parent satisfaction survey, suggested that social skills generalized to other settings and were maintained after camp ended. These findings suggest that inclusionary summer camps may be an effective way to build social skills in learners with ASD. |
|
|
31. Biobehavioural Analysis of Stress in Caregivers of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
CIARA FOODY (National University of Ireland, Galway), Geraldine Leader (National University of Ireland, Galway), Jack E. James (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: Parenting a child with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is often associated with extremely high levels of stress. High levels of caregiver stress can, for example, decrease the success of early intervention and result in poorer health outcomes for caregivers. The present study examines stress and health in caregivers of children with ASDs in Ireland. The study includes caregivers of children with ASDs aged 2-18 years and a matched control group of caregivers of typically developing children. Participants completed questionnaires and wore an ambulatory blood pressure monitor for 24 hours. A structured daily diary was completed throughout the day to determine the impact of naturalistic stressors and supports on cardiovascular measures. The use of saliva sampling also enables objective measurement of physiological processes, so a number of saliva samples were collected across the day and cortisol, alpha-amylase, and C-reactive protein assays were conducted. A cardiovascular reactivity test was conducted to determine the impact of a mental arithmetic stressor on blood pressure and heart rate. Within- and between-subjects analyses will be conducted and results will be presented. The implications for supporting caregivers of children with ASD will be discussed. |
|
|
32. First Learn to Sit, Then Sit to Learn: Teaching Independent Transitions to Toddlers With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Erin M. Cote (Behavioral Dimensions, Inc.), Nancy G. Schussler (Behavioral Dimensions, Inc.), JOHN D. HOCH (Behavioral Dimensions, Inc.) |
Abstract: In order to begin instruction in Intensive Behavioral Intervention (IBI) therapists must first transition children to the work area. Although this is an essential first step to beginning IBI instruction, there is little published research examining methods to program for transitions without problem behavior. The intervention package implemented within the current study, like most IBI programming, includes high rates of reinforcement and errorless teaching procedures. The intervention uses slow increases in the response requirements (the distance to the chair) to reduce the likelihood of problem behavior during transitions. This study uses a distributed criterion design (McDougall, 2006) across therapists. Initial data show zero rates of independent transitions during baseline probes of the final transition step. Probes were delivered in sets of 4 and video recorded to allow for coding of treatment integrity and inter-observer agreement on dependent variables. Initial data from 1 participant shows rapid acquisition as criterion increases. Increases of criterion for behavior generalized across therapists, but generalization of the terminal criterion shown in probes has not occurred. Potential necessary and sufficient conditions for instruction are examined within the experimental design. Data collection is ongoing and replication has begun with a second participant. |
|
|
33. The Effectiveness of DTT Parent Training for Parents of Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
MINJOO LEE (Yonsei University), Ji Myoung Shin (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Seung Hee Hong (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Bon Kyung Koo (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Yeon Jin Cho (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University) |
Abstract: Discrete Trial Training (DTT) is an effective teaching procedure (Green, 1996) to teach various basic learning skills for children with autism. Yet, studies examining the effectiveness of training for parents are limited. The purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of individual parent training focusing on the Discrete Trial methodology for parents of children with autism. The participants were 15 mothers of children with autism aged from 1 to 6 (5G: 14B, Mean age=3y 9m). 3 behavioral categories were selected for the training upon childs learning functioning and multiple baseline design was used to test the efficiency of the program. Mothers performance rate was evaluated by a training checklist and childs compliance to mothers instruction was also recorded. The results showed that all of the mothers performance rates improved on each behavioral category after the training. In addition, after the mothers learned instruction of first category, 10 out of 15 mothers presented improved performance before the instruction method for the category was introduced. The result implicates that DTT parent training is effective for mothers to change their behaviors and help their children to learn new behaviors more efficiently. It also suggests that mothers can generalize what they have learned to their daily lives. |
|
|
34. CANCELED: Is Therea Correlation Between Listener Emersionand Listener Half of Naming |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANANYA GOSWAMI (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Previous studies have demonstrated that multiple exemplar instruction has been shown to be an effective procedure to induce both listener half of Naming as well as full Naming in students missing this repertoire. It is important to therefore continue to explore areas of research that test for more procedures such as the listener emersion protocol which focuses in the development of fluent listener skills and may also be successful in inducing listener half of Naming. We conducted a study to test if the effects of teaching the listener emersion procedure would lead to the emergence of listener half of naming for pre-school students with severe language delays. |
|
|
35. CANCELED: Baby Naming: The Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction with 3-Dimensional Stimuli on the Emergence of Naming With 3 and 2-Dimensional Stimuli in 2- and3-year-olds |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANANYA GOSWAMI (Teachers College, Columbia University), Nirvana Pistoljevic (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to examine the effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction (MEI) with common 3-D objects from environment on the acquisition of Naming with 2 and 3-year olds. Also, we wanted to test whether acquisition of Naming with 3-D stimuli would automatically mean generalization of Naming from 3-D to 2-D stimuli, that were never directly taught. |
|
|
36. Reliability and Validity of the Korean version of the Autism Spectrum-Diagnostic for Children (ASD-DC) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
SUNA PARK (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University) |
Abstract: Autism Spectrum-Diagnostic for Children (ASD-DC) was developed for the needs of simple and practical diagnostic scale of autism spectrum disorders by Matson and Gonzalez (2008). The purpose of this study was to show reliability and validity of the Korean version of the Autism Spectrum Disorder-Diagnostic for Children (K-ASD-DC). Participants were 270 mothers of children with Autism aged from 1 to 18 years. 95 mothers who have typically developing children aged from 1 to 18 years participated as control group. Participants completed ASD-DC and DSM-IV checklist. Reliability was calculated in terms of internal consistency (a = .927) and test-retest reliability (r = .655) in ASD group. The discriminant validity was assessed by the mean differences on the items between ASD and control group, and it was significantly higher on ASD group. Subscales of ASD-DC and Social Communication Questionnaire (CSQ) were calculated to test the convergent validity. High correlations between several subscales were found. Reliability and validity were established of the Korean Autism Spectrum-Diagnostic for Children (K-ASD-DC). Implications and limitation for future research are discussed. |
|
|
37. Using Interactive Robots to Scaffold Social Skills for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER ZONA (Barber National Institute), Dan Portenier (Barber National Institute) |
Abstract: The current study proposes the use of an interactive robot to provide social feedback during discrete trial instruction. Research has shown that children with autism: (1) typically excel in treatment programs that rely on visual stimuli, and (2) are more intrinsically interested when the treatment involves technical, electronic, or robotic components. Participants will be divided into 2 groups. The first group will receive intervention on a target social skill by the therapist, without the use of a robot. The second group will receive interventions on a target social skill with the use of an interactive robot as well as the therapist. After 4 weeks of treatment, the participants will change groups. The rate of acquisition will be assessed on the target skill with and without the use of the robot during intervention sessions. The purpose of the study is to examine whether the inclusion of an interactive robot in a social skills intervention program will improve responses by a child with autism during treatment, motivation for treatment, and social behavior outside of treatment. |
|
|
38. Accuracy and Social Validity of Urine Alarms in Behavioral Toilet Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MAEVE G. DONNELLY (New England Center for Children), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University) |
Abstract: Urine alarms have been used in effective toilet training packages and as the sole intervention for decreasing toileting accidents (e.g., Friman & Vollmer, 1995; LeBlanc, Carr, Crossett, Bennett, & Detweiler, 2005). The purpose of this study was to assess the accuracy and social validity ratings of3 different urine alarms. Participants were two children diagnosed with autism who had a history of failed toilet training. Participants wore 1 of 3 urine alarms on a rotating basis for a series of 1-hour sessions at school. Participants were allowed to access the bathroom upon request, and teacher-prompted visits were scheduled upon arrival to school and prior to departure. Data are summarized as percentage true positive accidents, percentage false negative accidents, and frequency of false positive accidents for each urine alarm. Following the brief alarm comparison, staff completed a social validity survey for each alarm model on ease of application, level of interference, and perceived efficacy. A direct assessment of social validity was conducted by tracking staff selections of each alarm during comprehensive behavioral toilet training. Results to date suggest that jaw-clip urine alarms were more accurate and more preferred by staff than the sensor-insert alarm based on direct and indirect assessment data. |
|
|
39. Adaptation of Multifamily Psychoeducational Psychotherapy (MF-PEP) for Children With High-Functioning Autism: Preliminary Findings |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TRACY D. GUIOU (Nationwide Children's Hospital), Mary Fristad (The Ohio State University), Anya Froelich (Nationwide Children's Hospital), Elizabeth A. Henry (Nationwide Children's Hospital), Winnie Chung (The Ohio State University), Catie Shaffer (Nationwide Childrens Hospital), Gina Maurizi (Nationwide Children's Hospital) |
Abstract: Children with High-Functioning Autism (HFA)/Aspergers Syndrome (AS) experience a diverse range of social and emotional deficits. While interventions have been designed to address such problematic functioning, evidence-based psychosocial treatments are in short supply. The present study examines the efficacy of a multi-family group treatment program for children with HFA/AS. Multi-Family Psychoeducational Psychotherapy (MF-PEP), originally developed as an adjunctive treatment for children with mood disorders (Fristad et al., 2002, 2003, 2009), has been adapted to children with HFA/AS given the similar domains of behavioral and affective dysregulation in these two populations. Consisting of 9 weekly sessions of 1.5 hours each, parents and children receive psychoeducation, social support, and cognitive behavioral therapy targeting emotion-regulation, problem-solving, communication, and symptoms-management skills in separate (child group and parent group) and joint sessions. A preliminary analysis of data from initial pilot MF-PEP groups completed with children aged 8-12 with HFA/AS suggests overall treatment satisfaction (Child group: t(5) = 10.70, p < 0.05, 95% CL [1.13, 1.85]; Parent group: t(5) = 6.22, p < 0.05, 95% CL [0.76, 1.83]). This study examining data on this novel treatment for children with HFA/AS is an important step towards establishing much needed empirically-supported treatments for children with HFA/AS. |
|
|
40. Evaluating the Effects of Using a Chaining Procedure on Teaching an Individual Diagnosed With Autism to Dance |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
DANA TARESE GOSS (The Chicago School, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current investigation was to evaluate the effects of a chaining procedure including intermittent vocal prompts and social praise on accurate performance of two separate four step dance sequences demonstrated by a young male diagnosed with autism. Positive outcomes were achieved and results are discussed with respect to efficient and effective teaching practices to improve physical activity for individuals with ASD. This study builds on the contributions and limitations marked by previous investigations and suggest opportunities for future research. |
|
|
41. Identifying Client Preference for and Other Stakeholder Acceptability of Treatments to Decrease Stereotypy |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JACQUELINE N. POTTER (The New England Center for Children), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Matotopa Augustine (New England Center for Children), Casey J. Clay (New England Center for Children), Meredith C. Phelps (ACES, Inc.) |
Abstract: The purpose of this analysis was to assess social validity with three adolescent males diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) in addition to their caregivers and other relevant stakeholders. Participants engaged in high levels of automatically-reinforced motor stereotypy and previously experienced a treatment component analysis designed to identify the necessary components to decrease stereotypy and increase appropriate play behavior. The treatment consisted of enriching the environment with leisure materials, prompting appropriate play, restricting access to motor stereotypy through blocking, and providing access to the stereotypy contingent on appropriate play behavior. The present analysis objectively assessed each clients preference, using a concurrent-chains arrangement, for this treatment package versus other relevant treatments commonly used to treat stereotypy (e.g., blocking only, activities only). An indirect assessment was then conducted with caretakers and other relevant stakeholders of each participant via viewing video clips and filling out a questionnaire, to assess the social acceptability of the purpose, goals, and effects of treatment (i.e., behavior changes observed after experiencing treatment) and the procedures that were implemented. Results of the treatment preference assessment indicated that all participants preferred conditions where activities were present as well as the treatment package. Social validity assessed by caregivers and relevant stakeholders indicated overall that the treatment package purpose, goals, treatment procedures, and amount of behavior change were appropriate and acceptable. |
|
|
42. Using Fluency Based Instruction to Increase the Level of Detail Provided in Conversation With a 7-Year-Old Boy With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JACKIE SPRING (Organization for Research and Learning), Elizabeth Grace Lefebre (Organization for Research and Learning), Michael Fabrizio (Organization for Research and Learning) |
Abstract: Children with Autism often do not provide enough detail and information when engaged in conversation. Narrating private events, or describing situations and topics in detail so that others understand them is often challenging. Teaching a child to provide more information to his listener improves conversation skills and decreases the strain on the conversation partner. We used Fluency Based Instruction to increase the level of detail the learner provided to his teacher when describing a picture for his teacher to draw, while systematically increasing the level of detail he needed to provide to his teacher. This poster illustrates both the process and the outcomes. |
|
|
43. Evaluation of a Novel Procedure to Increase Compliance in Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN BORGEN (Nova Southeastern University), Tara M. Sheehan (Mailman Segal Institute), Heather O'Brien (Mailman Segal Institute), Yulema Cruz (Nova Southeastern University), F. Charles Mace (Nova Southeastern University) |
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often have difficulty complying with simple instructions. Compliance with instructions is fundamental for maintaining children's safety as well as success in school environments. The present study taught three children with Autism Spectrum Disorder ages 18 months through 36 months how to comply with key instructions using a compliance training method developed by the principal investigator. The procedure proposed to develop compliance in young children with ASD is designed specifically to establish stimulus control and is based on basic behavioral research demonstrating how stimulus control is established. The procedure is novel in the sense that uncontrolled pilot applications of the procedure have shown that it can establish compliance in individuals with very low levels of compliance. After compliance is established with the experimenters, parents were taught to use similar procedures to establish the generality of compliance. The effectiveness of the procedure is evaluated using single subject research methodology. |
|
|
44. Comparing Social Validity and Procedural Integrity of Trial-based and Experimental Functional Analyses When Administered by Direct Care Therapists |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TAYLOR P. BARKER (Little Star Center), William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center), Lisa Steward (Little Star Center), Mary Rosswurm (Little Star Center) |
Abstract: The use of experimental functional assessments are a critical component of efficient service delivery. However, the feasibility of direct care therapists conducting functional analyses has been limited. Direct care therapists working at a center based program serving learners diagnosed with autism were exposed to both the Iwata et al., 1982/1994 functional analysis article, and the Bloom et at., 2011 trial-based functional analysis article. Comprehension and understanding of the material was assessed via a 10 question examination administered by a BCBA. Once therapists demonstrated competency on the examination they were directed to perform both a mock session-based functional analysis and a mock trial-based functional analysis using adult actors as clients. Further training was later conducted on both methodologies to address procedural integrity issues. A comparison was then performed by assessing procedural integrity and social validity measures across the different functional analysis methodologies. Results of the study hope to indicate the feasibility of direct care therapists using either session-based or trial-based functional analyses with strong procedural integrity. |
|
|
45. Generality of EIBI Research to Real World Application: Outcomes of a Public Applied Behavior Analysis Program for Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
DANIELA FAZZIO (St.Amant & University of Manitoba, Canada), Dickie C. T. Yu (U. of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre), Toby L. Martin (St. Amant Research Centre), Angela Cornick (St. Amant), Carly E. Thiessen (University of Manitoba/St. Amant Research Centre) |
Abstract: Considerable evidence from university-based, controlled studies is available to support the efficacy of early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) for children with autism. Outcome studies of real world applications are needed to extend the generality of previous research. We examined the outcomes of children with autism who have received 12 months of EIBI from the St.Amant Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA) Program. Method: Sample included 85 children who had both intake and year 1 results on at least one of the following dependent measures: (1) Total Language scores on the Preschool Language Scale-4 (PLS-4), a standardized language assessment; (2) Broad Independence and Support scores on the Scales of Independent Behaviors-Revised (SIB-R), a standardized adaptive behaviour assessment; and (3) skills acquired in communication, social, and adaptive domains on the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills (ABLLS), a criterion-referenced curriculum. Results: Compared to intake, children: (1) gained an average of 7.67 points in PLS-4 Total Language standard scores; (2) increased their mastery of ABLLS communication skills by an average of 166%; (3) increased their mastery of ABLLS social skills by an average of 130%; (4) gained an average of 11.64 points in SIB-R Broad Independence standard scores; (5) gained an average of 11.62 in SIB-R Support scores; and (6) increased their mastery of ABLLS adaptive skills by an average of 67%. All findings were statistically significant (p<.001). Conclusion: The findings are generally consistent with those reported in previous research. |
|
|
46. The Discrimination of Reinforced From Nonreinforced Responses: Facilitating Observational Learning in Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group), JAIME A. DEQUINZIO (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime Stine (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: Observational learning has been defined as learning that results from observing the responding of others and/or the consequences of such responding (Catania, 1998). To date, limited research has explored procedures for teaching children with autism to discriminate the consequences of others' responses as a means of facilitating observational learning. In the present study, we are assessing the extent to which children with autism can learn to match the responses modeled by others that were followed by reinforcing consequences and to refrain from engaging in responses modeled by others that were followed by extinction. During baseline, participants are exposed to another person receiving reinforcement for correct word labels and the withholding of reinforcement for incorrect responses. Acquisition of the correct word labels is measured following these exposure sessions and summarized as the percentage of responses that matched the model. If, during baseline, the participants simply match the responses of the model regardless of consequences, discrimination training will be conducted across participants to teach engagement in the responses of the model that were followed by reinforcement. However, if the participants match only the word labels modeled that were followed by reinforcement and not the labels that were followed by extinction, it may be argued that exposure alone is enough to increase observational learning repertoires and discrimination training might not be required. |
|
|
|
|
CBM Poster Session 1 |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. The Effectiveness of the Behavioral Parent training (BPT) in Korea and Factors Influencing the Effectiveness of BPT |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University), YU-JEONG MIN (Yonsei University) |
Abstract: Not many studies have been conducted to test the effectiveness of a parent training program for mothers of children with severe problem behaviors in Korea. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effectiveness of a behavioral parent training (BPT) in Korea. Participants were 77 mothers of children with severe problem behaviors whose mean age was 39.23. Their children aged from 2 to 18 (M=8.43; 58 boys and 19 girls). The BPT was conducted in a small group format (e.g., 5-7) for 12 weeks. Mothers were taught basic behavior principles along with specific knowledge dealing with their child’s problem behaviors. 6 self-report scales were administered to mothers before and after the training. The results showed that there were significant differences in the pre-post scores of 3 out of 6 scales; after training, mothers’ efficacy and knowledge for behavior principles were improved and parenting stress was reduced. Data was also divided into two groups to find out factors influencing the effectiveness. It was found that preschooler’s mothers showed significant changes in scores of pre and post Behavior Vignettes Test. Also, mothers with either high level of depression or parenting stress demonstrated increased mother’s efficacy. Implications and limitations were discussed. |
|
|
2. The Effects of a Behavioral-Based Social Skills Parent Training Program |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
REBECCA KATE DOGAN (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Vicki Vinton (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kara Antoniak (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Therese L. Mathews (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Blake M. Lancaster (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Research in the field of social skills training indicates the importance of teaching new skills through the use ofapplied behavior analysisand facilitating skill generalization by providing opportunities to practice skills outside of the treatment setting. However, researchers have not yet investigated the impact of an additional behavioral-focused education component. This study examined the effectiveness of a behavioral parent training program for 23 parents of 8-to 12-year-old children with developmental disabilities and disruptive behaviors. The curriculum developed for the Learning Effective Approaches to Developing Social Skills program consists of8 weekly 1.5 hour classes that focus on a specific behavioral principle (e.g., reinforcement, social skills generalization) and are followed by parent-child role-playing opportunities. Findings indicated that participation in the program was associated with a statistically significant increase of knowledge of behavioral principles and improvement on parent ratings of social skills. Differences were not identified on parent levels of stress or improvements in problem behaviors. Parents also reported very high satisfaction with the program. Further research investigating this additional education component may lead to improved social skills training and technique identification, which continue to be identified as gaps in the current research. |
|
|
3. Improving Outcomes for Families of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders through Data-Drive Decision-Making |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
KATHY L. GOULD (Illinois Autism Training and Technical Assistance Project), Kelly L. Hyde (Accountability Solutions, LLC) |
Abstract: This poster session will provide information and data to support the efficacy of the Focus Family Support for Autism Spectrum Disorders (FFSASD) model of the Illinois Autism Training and Technical Assistance Project (IATTAP). This process employs an applied evaluation method that emphasizes user-friendly, data-driven decision making to improve outcomes for families with children with ASD. IATTAP is a technical assistance project of the Illinois State Board of Education that focuses on educating and supporting children with ASD and their families. Over the past 7 years, IATTAP provided support and services to over 180 families throughout the state of Illinois through its FFSASD process, a combination of positive behavior supports and family-centered planning. The families are enrolled in the Systematic Information Management of Education Outcomes (SIMEO) online evaluation system for extensive tracking of demographic, educational, social, behavioral, and quality of life outcomes. The poster session will present the continued findings from the repeated measures applied evaluation process and how these data are used by the Focus Family Facilitators to drive decision making and change in team meetings with families of children with ASD. Fiscal Year 2011 IATTAP evaluation findings include: (a) decrease in loss of placement risk across home, school and community environments; (b) increase in daily living and other adaptive skills; (c) increase in school classroom functioning; (d) decrease in individual family stressors; and (e) increase in family quality of life. |
|
|
4. Parental Symptoms of Posttraumatic Stress Following a Child's Diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder: Prevalence and Practical Implications |
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research |
LAURA BAYLOT CASEY (University of Memphis), James Nicholson Meindl (University of Memphis), Clinton Smith (University of Memphis) |
Abstract: Posttraumatic Stress Symptoms (PTSS) are well documented in parents of children diagnosed with chronic disabilities and life-threatening illnesses. The occurrence of PTSS in parents of children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) has not been directly linked, only mentioned without data supporting the claim. This research examined PTSS in parents of children with ASD. The findings validate PTSS in a subpopulation (20%) of parents. These findings document a need for behavior analysts to recognize the degree of psychological impact/ distress in parents resulting from their childs diagnosis of ASD. Awareness of parental PTSS, will help ensure the behavior analysts take necessary steps to see that the parents/ childs caretakers are healthy and that the childs access to treatment is not compromised due to parental stress. |
|
|
5. Teaching Firearm Avoidance Skills to Preschool Children: Comparing Teacher and Researcher Implemented Training |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA ANN HANRATTY (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Samantha Rose Florentino (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: There are a number of different safety threats that children face in their lives. One infrequent, but highly dangerous situation a child can face is finding a loaded firearm. Hundreds of children are injured or killed each year when they find and play with firearms. Fortunately, behavioral skills training (BST) and in situ training (IST) have been shown to be effective approaches for teaching a number of different skills, including safety skills. The purpose of this study was to evaluate a teaching package for preschool teachers to learn to conduct BST to teach safety skills to prevent gun play. A multiple baseline across subjects design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of this teaching package implemented by the teacher with7 preschoolers. In situ training was implemented by the researchers when BST implemented by the teacher was ineffective. Five children demonstrated the skills following in situ training and additional reinforcement or time-out. Two children did not complete the study. |
|
|
6. Errorless Compliance Training With Children With Special Needs in New Zealand |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Jana Norrland (University of Waikato), Mary Foster (University of Waikato), ERIC M. MESSICK (University of Waikato) |
Abstract: Errorless Compliance Training (ECT) (Ducharme, 1996) was developed as a nonaversive alternative approach to traditional compliance training and is rarely seen in New Zealand (NZ). ECT was used with 5 children with special needs and implemented by the researcher and teacher aids in NZ homes and schools using a reversal design with generalisation probes. The procedure was effective with 3 of the 5 children and both inter-observer reliability and implementation integrity was good. There were struggles with teacher aides implementing the procedure correctly for the other 2 children. The results suggest that the procedure may be effective in a NZ context so long as those implementing it are trained appropriately and have adequate time and resources. |
|
|
7. Treating Self-Stimulatory Behavior Involving Genitals With Whole Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
NICOLE H. LUSTIG (University of Iowa), Joel Ringdahl (Southern Illinois University), Greg Breznican (University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (University of Iowa), Michael Scheib (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current investigation was to evaluate the use of differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) for decreasing stereotypy maintained by automatic reinforcement in a 9 year-old girl diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder and an intellectual disability. The target behavior was closing her legs to hypothetically stimulate the genital area, which severely limited her adaptive development because it occurred even while walking. During Phase 1, a functional analysis was conducted within a multielement design and the undifferentiated results suggested that behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement. In Phase 2, a whole interval DRO procedure was implemented within a reversal design. We provided access to a preferred item contingent on the absence of target behavior for a prespecified amount of time. Results demonstrated the DRO procedure to be effective in reducing problem behavior to zero. Interobserver agreement for the target behavior was collected on 14% of the functional analysis sessions and averaged 99%. During the DRO, interobserver agreement for the target behavior was collected on 51% of trails and averaged 99%. |
|
|
8. Using Unit Price to Evaluate Preferences for Difficulty of Academic Demands in a Clinic Based Setting |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHAEL SCHEIB (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (University of Iowa), Jennifer Kuhle (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: This study investigated the use of unit price (UP) to evaluate a participant's preference for completing easy or difficult academic demands. The participant was referred to a behavioral outpatient clinic to address noncompliance when given easy academic demands. Interobserver agreement was calculated across 86% of all sessions and averaged 100%. This study was carried out in 2 phases. In Phase 1, a functional analysis of problem behavior was conducted to assess the antecedents likely to evoke problem behavior and the consequences that maintain problem behavior. There was no problem behavior recorded during the functional analysis. During Phase 2, in a concurrent operants design, the participant was presented with easy and hard academic demands at varying UPs. After establishing a preference for easy demands, the UP to complete these demands was systematically increased to a UP of 2. When the UP to complete the easy academic demands was increased, the participant chose to complete the hard academic demand. Results suggested that the participant's preference for completing a lower quantity of work was more important than completing more difficult academic demands. These findings suggest that a similar evaluation could be effective in identifying student's preferences for academic demands in a classroom setting. |
|
|
9. Use of Video Eyewear to Manage Distress in Children During Restorative Dental Treatment |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Mikala Hoge (Munroe-Meyer Institute), MONICA HOWARD (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Dustin P. Wallace (Children's Mercy Hospital), Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Wrap-around video eyewear has shown promise as a distraction device for reducing distress during some medical procedures. This study evaluated video eyewear with children undergoing restorative dental treatment. Participants ranging in age from 5–16 were recruited from a continuous sample of patients seen in an urban dental clinic. Direct observations of distress, self-report measures of pain, and patient satisfaction were obtained in a randomized clinical trial comparing wrap-around video eyewear and sunglasses. ANCOVA, using treatment condition (control vs. experimental) as the primary independent variable and controlling for the effects of age, found that children wearing the video eyewear glasses demonstrated significantly less disruptive behavior than those in the control group (p < .01) and that they liked their eyewear significantly better than those wearing the regular sunglasses (p < .01). Results suggest that wrap-around video eyewear can be a relatively cost-effective approach to managing distress in children undergoing restorative dental treatment. |
|
|
10. Measures of Child Activity: Assessing Reliability and Validity |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
DIANE BERTH (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Carole M. Van Camp (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: Relatively few studies have evaluated behavioral interventions aimed at increasing activity levels of sedentary or obese children. Crucial to this line of research is the development of reliable and valid measures of activity. In this study, children ages 4-14 engaged in various structured and unstructured activities for up to 30 minutes and their activity levels were simultaneously recorded via several methods. Number of steps taken was assessed using two devices: Fitbit Trackers� and low cost pedometers. In addition, data on the types of activities and relative effort were collected via direct observation. The reliability of multiple Fitbits� and pedometers was assessed, as was correspondence between all measures of activity. The results indicated high levels of reliability across Fitbits�, and good correspondence between Fitbits� and direct observation. Reliability across pedometers was low, and correspondence between pedometers and the other measures of activity was low. These results suggest that Fitbits� or direct observation may be preferred to assess activity levels in children; however, both are costly with regard to time and money. While lower cost pedometers were found to be unreliable in this evaluation, additional research is needed to determine if pedometers may suffice to provide feedback and motivation. |
|
|
11. Using a Descriptive Prompt/Praise to Increase Chewing and Mastication |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KAYLA D. BROKSLE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Poor chewing skills are commonly displayed by children diagnosed with feeding disorders. Deficits in chewing may prevent a child from consuming table-textured foods, significantly increase meal-length, or result in packing and an increased risk of choking. Few studies have evaluated behavioral interventions to increase chewing in children with feeding disorders and these studies lacked convincing demonstrations of experimental control (Eckman et al., 2008; Butterfield & Parson, 1973; Shore, LeBlanc, & Simmons, 1999). In addition, no studies to our knowledge have included a measure to determine if chewing resulted in masticated food. We examined the effectiveness of a descriptive prompt and descriptive praise on increasing chewing in a 14-year-old male diagnosed with a feeding disorder and we included a measure of mastication. The chewing intervention was effective in increasing chews per bite and mastication for this participant. This is the first investigation to evaluate a childs chewing skills after treatment by determining whether increases in observable chewing resulted in masticated food or more functional chewing skills. |
|
|
12. Liquid to Solid Blending to Increase Consumption of Pureed Food |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER M. KOZISEK (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jason R. Zeleny (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Rebecca A. Groff (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Packing, pocketing or holding accepted food in the mouth, is one problematic behavior exhibited by children with feeding disorders. Investigators have used blending to decrease packing and increase consumption of solid food (Mueller, Piazza, Patel, Kelley & Pruett, 2004). For example, the blending procedure described by Mueller et al. (2004) consisted of mixing (blending) preferred and nonpreferred foods and then gradually increasing the ratio of nonpreferred to preferred food. Levels of packing were low throughout the blending procedure and postblending when the feeder presented the nonpreferred food in the absence of the preferred food. Mueller et al. (2004) identified at least one preferred food that each child would swallow consistently (e.g., applesauce) and blended that/those food(s) with nonpreferred foods that each child would pack consistently (e.g., peas). In the current investigation, we identified a child who swallowed liquids, but not solids. Therefore, we replicated and extended the procedure described by Mueller et al. (2004) by blending liquids and solids. Liquids-to-solid fading, in conjunction with a function-based treatment of escape extinction, attention extinction, and noncontingent reinforcement, and a chin prompt to reduce expulsions was effective in decreasing packing and increasing consumption. |
|
|
13. Evaluating the use of Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Staff Components of Behavior Intervention |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Ashley Hogan (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Knez (Kennedy Krieger Institute), MEGHAN DESHAIS (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Variations of behavior skills training (BST) packages have been used to teach behaviorally oriented skills such as DDT with parents (Lafaskis & Sturmey, 2007), guided compliance (Miles & Wilder, 2009), the implementation of the picture exchange system (Rosales et al. 2009) and assisting students to walk with physical disabilities (Nabeyama & Sturmey, 2010). One area that has not received much attention is evaluating staff’s correct implementation of a behavior intervention plan (BIP). In the current investigation,we evaluated the use of BST to teach instructional staff in a special education setting how to correctly implement components of 2 student’s BIPs. A multiple baseline across 4 staff-student dyads was used. Training consisted of 2 different phases; verbal instructions and modeling and rehearsal of the procedures. Data was collected on staff’s correct implementation of 3 main components of the student’s BIPs. Components for student A were non-contingent reinforcement (NCR), differential reinforcement for alternative behavior (DRA), and planned ignoring. Components for student B were signaled availability and unavailability, DRA and planned ignoring. Results indicated that BST was effective at teaching staff components of BIPs and that all staff’s correct implementation improved as a function of the training that was provided. |
|
|
14. Using Syringe-to-Spoon and Syringe-to-Cup Fading as a Treatment for Food Refusal |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
REBECCA A. GROFF (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Candice M. Jostad (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Fading is a common intervention used in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders (e.g., distance fading, Rivas, Piazza, Patel & Bachmeyer, 2010; liquid quality, Patel, Piazza, Ochsner, & Santana, 2001; and texture, Shore et al., 1998). To date, the only form of utensil fading implemented in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders is spoon-to-cup fading (Babbitt et al., 2001; Groff, Piazza, Zeleny, & Dempsey, In Press.) The current investigation expands the area of utensil fading by assessing the effectiveness of syringe-to-cup and syringe-to-spoon fading in increasing acceptance and mouth cleans in a 4-year-old boy diagnosed with food refusal and gastrostomy (G-) tube dependence. Following a functional analysis of inappropriate mealtime behavior, fading was implemented in conjunction with the function based treatment of escape extinction. The treatment package of fading and extinction was effective in increasing acceptance and mouth cleans of liquids and solids. The current investigation contributes to the fading literature by providing a novel example of utensil fading in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. |
|
|
|
|
CSE Poster Session 2 |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Evaluating the Effectiveness of a Human Rights Training on Direct Support Staff's Knowledge of Adult Client's Rights |
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
Shawnee D. Collins (Chrysalis), Jared A. Chase (Chrysalis), JASON HARRISON (Chrysalis), Tyson B. Terry (Chrysalis), Brandon Condie (Chrysalis), Jacqueline L. Hunter (Chrysalis) |
Abstract: As residential providers for adults with disabilities strive to attain the ideal of normalization and provide person-centered supports in community settings, they face many challenges. One such challenge is training direct support staffs to recognize and respect the rights of adults with disabilities. This research was designed to evaluate the effects of Part 1 of a 2-part Human Rights Training on staff's knowledge of adult client's rights. The training included discussion of (1) personal experiences of individuals with intellectual disabilities; (2) national, state, and agency regulations; and (3) research establishing the impact of social pressure(s) on a person's behavior. Moreover, the training included opportunities for direct support staffs to practice recognizing a person's rights and making least-restrictive, most inclusive decisions. In 1 group, the average learning gain from pre-test to post-test was 26% (ranging from 8% to 46%). Similar results were obtained across training sessions in multiple training sites across 2 states. |
|
|
2. The Effect of Two Interventions on Recycling Volume in a College of Education |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
SAMUEL THOMPSON (Texas Tech University), Wesley H. Dotson (Texas Tech University), David M. Richman (Texas Tech University), Layla Abby (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the impact of several interventions on recycling behavior (measures in pounds of material recycled each week) across four floors of a large building on a university campus. During baseline, unmarked recycling bins were scattered randomly around the building. The first intervention was to replace the unmarked bins with clearly marked bins for paper, plastic, and aluminum cans at several locations on each of three floors in the building in a multiple-baseline-across-floors design. A second intervention (a PR campaign) was introduced for all floors after the new bins had been in place and shown a positive, but variable, effect on recycling. The PR campaign did not produce a clear effect on recycling behavior. Implications for supporting building-wide recycling efforts will be discussed. |
|
|
3. Evaluation of Bicyclists Behavior Before and After a Share the Road Campaign |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Mariel Parman (University of Mississippi), LINDSEY CLARK (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Jake Moore (University of Mississippi), Lee Schaefer (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: The Office of Sustainability and Associated Student Body developed and implemented a Share the Road campaigned which aimed to promote safety awareness for all users of the road. For one week at the student union, people signed pledges to share the road with others and received information on how to increase their safety. Pledges have been found increase pedestrian safety (Boyce & Geller, 2000), but there is no published evidence to date about using such pledges in bike safety campaigns. The campaign also included various public service announcements and stories in local media. Observers recorded a number of key safety behaviors of bicyclists at a busy intersection on campus for 4 weeks prior to the intervention for the remainder of the semester (10 weeks). Safe behaviors included riding in the correct lane, stopping at the stop sign at the intersection and wearing a helmet. Unsafe behaviors included riding in the wrong lane, riding on the sidewalk, running the stop sign, and talking on the phone while riding. |
|
|
4. Weight Loss and Health Promotion for Adults with Disabilities |
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
MICHELLE LAROCQUE (Florida Atlantic University) |
Abstract: Obesity in the United States is one of the most significant public health problems confronting our society today. Many individuals with disabilities may find it more difficult to eat healthy foods, control their weight, and be physically active. Obesity often leads to associated health and social issues that impair an individual’s quality of life. This may include numerous medical complications such as higher rates of type 2 diabetes, cardiovascular disease, pressure sores, gall bladder and liver disease, certain forms of cancer, and depression. Individuals who are obese are more susceptible to social isolation and psychological problems because of stereotyping, prejudice, discrimination, and stigmatization. Although obesity affects individuals of all ages, genders, and racial/ethnic groups, people with disabilities appear to be most at risk. The consequences of obesity may cause greater harm to people with disabilities because of the difficulty in accessing health promotion programs in their home or community. This poster session will discuss how one community used client preference to create new programs and assist individuals in monitoring and maintaining their own health. |
|
|
5. A Review of Behavioral Interventions in Elderly Populations With Dementia: Research and Clinical Implications |
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory |
KRISTEN BRAUN (Macon County Mental Health Board), Alvin House (Illinois State University) |
Abstract: The average lifespan and proportion of aging individuals in the United States is growing, with a projected 25-30% of the population 60 years old or older in 2030 (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2005). Aging is a typical developmental process, which can produce a continuum of normative to pathological cognitive and physiological processes. Dementia, a disorder often associated with aging, is characterized by memory, cognitive, and functional impairments. Because dementia often affecting areas of language, thought, memory, executive functioning, judgment, attention, perception, and daily living skills, it has tremendous implications for peoples quality of life, eliciting great personal, familial, systemic, and societal costs. Maintaining cognitive health may be the tipping point between living independently or relying on a caretaker and/or receiving costly institutional care (CDC & Alzheimers Association, 2007). Pharmacological and behavioral interventions appear to be effective in promoting stabilization or slowing the disease process. Symptomatic behaviors of dementia (e.g., medication management and compliance, public masturbation, falling, wandering, vocalizations) are ideal targets for effecting socially significant change using behaviorally-based interventions. This poster will review the use of behavioral methods in the elderly population with dementia and provide recommendations for future research avenues and clinical applications. |
|
|
6. The Binghamton Classroom Project |
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
MICHELLE ACCARDI (Binghamton University), Colleen Cleere (Binghamton University), Amanda Deming (Binghamton University), Richard Kaufmann (Binghamton University), David Sloan Wilson (Binghamton University), Steven Lynn (Binghamton University), Peter Stewart (Binghamton City School District), Peggy Wozniak (Binghamton City School District) |
Abstract: The Binghamton Classroom Project began with a collaboration between the Evolutionary Studies Department and the Psychology Department at Binghamton University to develop a program that reduces undesirable classroom behaviors and simultaneously increases prosocial behaviors. Goals of the project include 1) ease of implementation by staff with adequate training; 2) transferability of treatment gains to multiple contexts and classrooms; 3) manageability for existing staff (e.g., teachers, graduate students, undergraduate research assistants). In the most recent iteration of the project, three elementary school classrooms were identified as treatment targets. Stages of intervention included baseline assessment, program planning, initiation and implementation, program modification, feedback, and evaluation of behavioral and academic outcomes. Preliminary data obtained from a first grade class documented the potential effectiveness of a behavior modification intervention (see Figure 1). The current proposal will report on the effectiveness of a revised innovative program that is the first to combine traditional behavior modification with attention and mindfulness training, tailored specifically to early elementary school students. Advantages and limitations of the approach will be discussed, along with future directions. |
|
|
7. Discounting of Environmental Concerns Using a Visual Analogue Scale |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
BRENT KAPLAN (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Given the increased focus on environmental concerns, there has been relatively little research focusing on temporal and social factors influencing decisions regarding them. 33 undergraduates in an introductory level psychology course were recruited to answer questions related to an environmental vignette. Participants rated, on a visual analogue scale, how concerned they were about a specific issue and how much time they would allot to solving the issue. A visual analogue scale is a subjective measurement tool that is a 100 mm line with descriptive anchors on each end. Participants marked their ratings on that line. The vignettes differed in the amount of time until the environmental issue would take place and differed in who the issue affected. Results show that participants’ ratings followed a discounting function for both delay and social conditions with R2 values ranging from .91 to .98. Results also indicate that there was a significant difference between ratings of concern and time allotment to solve the issue. These results serve as an important first step in isolating and quantifying factors influencing decisions regarding environmental issues. Data collection on this project is ongoing with an expected sample size of 180 participants. |
|
|
8. Behavioral Intervention: Severe Behavior Follow-up Program |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
BRIANA R. LOPEZ (The Marcus Autism Center), Natalie A. Parks (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Positive long-term outcomes for individuals who received interventions in intensive day treatment settings for severe problem behavior are correlated with high treatment integrity of caregivers upon discharge (Witt et al., 1997). To date, there are few longitudinal studies examining outcomes and the integrity of treatment implementation following discharge from an intensive day treatment program. Follow-up services were provided to former clients of an intensive day-treatment program and their caregivers within their homes and communities for 12 visits that spanned six months. During these visits a trained therapist observed and recorded data on client behavior and caregiver implementation of the treatment package recommended upon discharge. Additional training was provided in the form of didactics, modeling, rehearsal, and performance feedback. To date, six participants have successfully completed all six months of follow-up services and results indicate that high treatment integrity is correlated with maintenance of an 80% or greater reduction in problem behavior upon discharge. The data also indicate that the treatment generalized across community settings (e.g., the grocery store). The number of components or complexity of treatment was not correlated with integrity. |
|
|
|
|
DDA Poster Session 2 |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Reliability and Validity Analysis of the Indirect Functional Assessment |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MEI LING JOEY CHEN (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: The first step in identifying behavioral function related to problem behavior is the implementation of an anecdotal assessment. A number of structured assessments have been developed (e.g., MAS, QABF, FAST, etc.). One common problem has been their poor reliability and validity. In an effort to overcome these limitations, the Indirect Functional Assessment was developed utilizing psychometric methodologies and evaluated in an analog analysis (Christensen et al., 2002). However, up until now it had not been evaluated in practice. In the current study, graduate students enrolled in a fieldwork class participated. One of the requirements for the class is to complete a Functional Behavioral Assessment utilizing2 indirect assessments across2 informants, a descriptive assessment, and a functional analysis. Both reliability and validity analyses were conducted across these assessments. Results demonstrate high inter-rater reliability of the IFA, strong reliability with the FAST, good reliability with the descriptive assessment, and strong validity as measured by agreement of function with the functional analysis. Implications and future directions will be discussed. |
|
|
2. Evaluation of Motivating Operations for Escape Maintained Problem Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALYSSA N. SUESS (University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (University Of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to assess the effects that specific types of demands had on escape maintained problem behavior. The participant was a 7-year-old male diagnosed with Charge syndrome. His primary communication was sign language with emerging vocal communication. All procedures were conducted in an outpatient clinic. Interobserver agreement was assessed across 38% of sessions and averaged 94%. During Phase 1, a brief functional analysis, was conducted within a multielement design. Results (Figure 1, left panel) suggested that problem behavior was maintained by negative reinforcement. During Phase 2, an antecedent analysis was conducted within a multielement design to evaluate specific conditions that occasioned problem behavior during demands. Conditions included demand with dictation, demand with copying, and demand with copying and guided compliance. Results (right panel) showed that high levels of problem behavior occurred during both demand with copying conditions and problem behavior occurred at zero or near zero levels during the demand with dictation condition. These results suggested that specific antecedent variables altered the participant's motivation to engage in problem behavior during demands. Blending functional and antecedent analyses may prove useful in determining variables that occasion or reduce problem behavior maintained by specific types of demands. |
|
|
3. Isolation of the Variables Maintaining Aberrant Responding in the Demand Condition of a Functional Analysis |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
MEGAN B. BLACK (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Natalie Rolider (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mandy M. Triggs (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Functional analyses [FA; Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1982/1994)] are conducted to identify environmental variables that maintain aberrant behavior. Current literature supports the use of a fixed sequence of conditions in a multi-element FA (Iwata, Pace et al., 1994; Hammond, Iwata, Rooker, Fritz, & Bloom, 2011) in order to enhance establishing operations (EO) by taking advantage of preceding conditions. Specifically, experiencing the demand condition following the toy play condition may make escape from demands more reinforcing. However, it is possible that elevated rates of problem behavior may occur in a demand condition if an individual exhibits problem behavior maintained by positive reinforcement in the form of access to tangibles. Removal of tangibles following the toy play condition may occasion problem behavior in the demand condition. We conducted a multi-element FA to identify environmental variables that maintained one individuals problem behavior (SIB and aggression). Rates of problem behavior were elevated and undifferentiated across test conditions. A within-session analysis of problem behavior during the demand condition suggested that problem behavior was unrelated to the presentation or removal of demands. The purpose of the current investigation was to isolate the variables that produced elevated levels of problem behavior in the demand condition of an FA. Further manipulations following a multielement design determined that the individuals problem behavior was not maintained by negative reinforcement in the form of escape from demands. Rather, the individuals problem behavior in demand contexts was associated with loss of positive reinforcers (e.g., rich to lean schedule of reinforcement; Williams, 2011) |
|
|
4. Using Video Modeling to Teach Card Game Rule toChildren With Autism: "Concentration" and "Baba-Nuki (Japanese Old Fish)" |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
TAKUYA ENOMOTO (Meisei University), Koji Takeuchi (Meisei University) |
Abstract: This study examined the effect of video modeling from acquisition of the card game rule. The participant was a 7-year-old child with autism. He was a second grader in an elementary school, and studies in the special support class. The card games that to teach a rule were a "Concentration" and "Baba-Nuki (Japanese Old Fish)". Target behavior was defined as appropriate card game performance (ex. Two cards are turned over. It will get, if a mark is the same. An one-sheet card is got from a partner). This study consisted of 4 phases: a baseline, Intervention 1, Intervention 2, and a probe. In the baseline, the patient played two kinds of card games with the experimenter. Before playing a card game, the manual that consisted of a photograph and a text was used in the Intervention 1. In the Intervention 2, the video modeling procedure that is playing the card game was used. The probe was conducted to the same conditions asthe baseline. The result—target behavior increased by the manual and video modeling. Therefore, it was suggested that a manual and video modeling are effective for acquisition of a card game rule. Especially, video modeling saw the increase in target behavior. The present study discussed the difference of the behavior chain of the manual and video modeling. |
|
|
5. Latency Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JANNETTE PUISSEAUX (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mackenzie Wyatt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Megan B. Black (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: It can be difficult to determine the function of problem behavior when behavior persists at low and variable levels during functional analyses. One dimension of the response that may be useful in these cases is the latency from the onset of a stimulus, such as the beginning of a session, to the first response (Thomason-Sassi, Iwata, Neidert, & Roscoe, 2011). In the current study, a functional analysis was conducted for a child who engaged in severe problem behavior. After observing low levels of problem behavior in the initial functional analysis, a functional analysis based on latency measures was initiated. All sessions were terminated immediately after the delivery of the consequence for problem behavior during the test conditions or 1 minute after the occurrence of problem behavior in the toy play condition. Results from the latency functional analysis showed that problem behavior was multiply maintained by positive and negative reinforcement. |
|
|
6. Training of a Social Referencing Skill to a Child With Pervasive Developmental Disorder |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KAZUNARI HASHIMOTO (Hyogo University of Teacher Education), Hiroshi Ono (Hyogo University of Teacher Education) |
Abstract: Social referencing is defined as a process of using other person's conception for one's own understanding of a situation (Feinman, 1983). However, only a few studies have been conducted to teach social referencing to children with developmental disabilities (exclusively autism) and these studies did not address the effects of whether the situation was ambiguous or not. The current study was conducted as a preliminary investigation targeting children with autism who often lack social referencing. A boy with pervasive developmental disorder participated who was reported to look at his mother's face when he was not sure of correct responses during discrete trial training. He was trained (a) to open a can and get a token if the experimenter smiled, and (b) not to open the can but to put it in a box when the experimenter grimaced. After he learned to exhibit social referencing, the can was replaced with a transparent box (i.e. simulating a nonambiguous situation) that did not require referencing for correct responding. Accordingly, the rate of referencing slightly went down, indicating the possibly of stimulus control of referencing. Results are discussed in terms of the utility of behavioral conception of social referencing (Gewirtz & Peláez-Nogueras, 1992). |
|
|
7. Two Competing Functions Work Together to Create One Complementary Treatment |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY STROMBERG (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ainsley Thompson (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Bailey Scherbak (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lena Vaughn Willse (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: When children have multiple functions maintaining problem behavior, it can be extremely difficult to develop a treatment that addresses each one, particularly when those functions can result in competing forms of reinforcement. In this study, an adolescent female with autism and intellectual and developmental disabilities living on an inpatient unit participated. A functional analysis was completed and the results indicated that her problem behaviors were sensitive to escape from demands as a maintaining consequence. A mands assessment was also completed which indicated that interacting with adult caregivers in her preferred manner of play was also a maintaining variable for her problem behaviors. Treatment involved systematically increasing the number of demands placed on her while earning time that she could engage with the therapist in her preferred manner of play. A card was used to signal when it was the child's way or the therapist's Way. Escape extinction was in place for all problem behaviors. The amount of time spent in therapist's way was faded so that time completing demands was equal to time the participant had "her way." Treatment was generalized throughout the child's day on the unit and then to her home with her mother serving as therapist. |
|
|
8. The Peer Partner Project: Increasing Peer Interactions for Students With Disabilities Using Peer Support Strategies |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
TIFFANY BORN (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Lindsay Riesch (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Rebecca Shalev (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Jennifer M. Asmus (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Erik Carter (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Peer support strategies provide general education peers with training to support their classmates with disabilities to engage in class activities and socially interact with classmates. This study presents data from an ongoing randomized control trial examining the effectiveness of peer support strategies and peer networks for high school students with disabilities. The data presented shows the number of interactions with general education peers observed in the classroom prior to and near the end of implementation of the peer support strategies. Initiations and responses by general education peers to the focus student with disabilities and vice versa were recorded during three class-length observations before beginning intervention and three class-length observations following intervention. Peer comparison data was also collected during both waves. In addition to data on interactions, observation data was also collected on instructional format in the classroom, proximity to peers and direct support staff, and engagement in class activities. Preliminary results suggest that peer supports strategies led to significantly more peer interactions for students with disabilities. |
|
|
9. The Assessment of False-Positive Outcomes During Multiple Functional Analyses of a Child With an Intellectual Disability |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JOSHUA JESSEL (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lily Darnell (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Functional analyses (Iwata et al., 1982/1994) have become standard of care for the empirical assessment of common environmental events that may maintain the maladaptive behavior of those diagnosed with intellectual disabilities. However, if these contingencies do not naturally exist, exposure to immediately dense schedules of relative consequences in each condition may adventitiously establish a relation. The participant was an 11-year-old boy with an intellectual disability who was admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behaviors. Multiple functional analyses were conducted for each topography (i.e., self-injury, disruption, aggression, spitting). High and stable rates of problem behavior occurred immediately in the attention condition across response topographies suggesting a clear functional response class maintained by attention. However, rates of aggression and spitting had a slow increase in the demand conditions. Within-session and probability analyses suggest that low rates of idiosyncratic response variability of the target problem behavior during the initial demand conditions could have adventitiously contacted negative reinforcement, slowly strengthening the novel relation. |
|
|
10. The Peer Partner Project: Increasing Peer Interactions for Students With Disabilities Using Peer Networks |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
LORI BETH VINCENT (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Gregory Lyons (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Jennifer M. Asmus (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Erik Carter (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Peer network strategies include identifying a group of general education students who will meet weekly with a student with a disability and interact with the student throughout the week in the hallways, lunchroom, and outside of school. This study presents data from an ongoing randomized control trial examining the effectiveness of peer networks and peer support strategies for high school students with disabilities. The data presented shows the number of weekly interactions with peers reported by students during implementation of the peer network and the data from pre- and post-intervention teacher questionnaires on the number of peers with whom each student with a disability interacts and the frequency of these interactions. Additionally, teachers provided information about how long the students have known the peers with whom they interact and whether or not this peer also has a disability. Preliminary results suggest that peer networks led students with disabilities to have more interactions with general education peers at school. |
|
|
11. The Effect of Differential Consequences for Off-Task Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MATTHEW F. HIMMIGHOEFER (Evergreen Center), Jennifer M. Silber (Evergreen Center), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: When completing task work, students' off-task behavior is often maintained by attention from staff who are attempting to redirect students back to task. Fisher et al. (1996) showed that verbal statements from staff were highly reinforcing for students who engaged in destructive behavior. Therefore, it is important to eliminate attention for maladaptive behaviors and provide attention for replacement behaviors. The current study evaluated the effectiveness of verbal versus visual prompting on the off-task behavior of a 17-year-old student with Asperger syndrome. A functional behavior assessment was conducted and conditional probabilities were calculated. The results indicated that the student was much more likely to receive attention when he was off-task (82% of intervals) than when he was on-task (6% of intervals). Using an alternating treatments design, verbal prompting, in which the student received verbal attention contingent on off-task behavior, and visual prompting, in which the student was prompted using a point cue and earned high quality verbal attention upon completion of the task, were compared. Initial results indicate that the number of prompts needed for this student to stay on task was lower in the visual prompting condition. Implications of these results and limitations will be discussed. |
|
|
12. The Effects of Visual Supports on Transition Latencies With Kindergarten Students |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Rachel Brown (Whitworth University), BETTY FRY WILLIAMS (Whitworth University), Barbara Sanders (Whitworth University) |
Abstract: This study determined the effects of two kinds of visual supports, visual schedules and Social Stories TM, on students' latency time in making classroom transitions for three children in a general education kindergarten. During the first intervention, the participants were provided with visual picture schedules, showing pictures of each step they needed to complete to transition promptly from one activity to another. During the second intervention, a Social Story TM visual support was used. The Social Story TM had words and pictures about how transitions should be done, when they should be done, how a student could get help, how the teacher would feel, and how the student would feel when transitioning successfully. The average latency for a kindergarten with appropriate responding increased only slightly with the visual supports, while the average latencies for 2 students with problematic, long responses to transitions decreased substantially under both the visual schedule and the Social Story TM conditions. Overall both interventions were effective in reducing latencies with students who demonstrated long latencies, but may have increased slightly the latency for a student who was already performing well. |
|
|
13. Reduction of Teasing Through Earning Access to Teasing |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
RYAN GOVER (Evergreen Center), Jennifer M. Silber (Evergreen Center), Jason T. Zeigler (Evergreen Center), Orin Frost (Evergreen Center) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to decrease the frequency of teasing by a 16-year-old male diagnosed with Down syndrome. This participant attends a residential school for students with developmental disabilities and resides with 7 other males. At baseline, the student engaged in high rates of teasing per day and targeted both staff members and the other students. A functional behavior assessment (FBA) was conducted and results indicated that the student received attention from students or staff members following 72% of teasing occurrences, suggesting that teasing was maintained by verbal attention. The FBA also indicated that the student was ignored following the other 27% of teasing occurrences. Using a reversal design, the student will have an opportunity to earn access to teasing contingent on the absence of teasing throughout his day. The student will be able to choose from a variety of staff members and students whom he can tease for a set amount of time, during which his chosen target will provide verbal attention to his teasing. Results, implications, limitations, and future research will be discussed. |
|
|
14. A Comparison of Acquisition of Communicative Behavior in the Form of Three Modalities for a Toddler With Angelman Syndrome |
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research |
Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota), Jolene Hyppa Martin (University of Minnesota), ADELE DIMIAN (University of Minnesota), Moira Chen (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Angelman syndrome (AS) is a neurodevelopmental disorder associated with molecular genetic defects and is characterized by a virtual absence of speech, language disorder, abnormal gait, coordination difficulties, happy demeanor, tongue protrusion, and seizure disorder. Among 23 studies identified by a systematic review of 3 electronic databases, only 2 involved communication interventions for individuals with AS (Calculator, 2002; Strachan et al., 2009; Summers & Szatmari, 2009). Given the severity of communication impairments associated with AS, there is a paucity of studies on communication interventions. The purpose of the present study was to compare the acquisition and use of 3 modes of communication (gestural, graphic and vocal) in 1 21-month-old with AS. A single subject alternating treatment design was utilized with discrete trial training to teach communicative behavior in terms of a production task for each mode of communication. Results suggest that graphic and gestural modes were superior to vocal mode for this toddler. Graphic was the most accurate across a comparison of 3 specific symbols, but a general gesture was superior to a specific graphic symbol. The current findings support the research indicating that individuals with AS can use more than 1 communicative mode and highlights the limitations in using vocal mode for these individuals. Future research, at a minimum, should explore the role of specific versus general symbols with this population and seek predictors of success in a communication mode. |
|
|
15. Relationship Between Topography and Function of Severe Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SARA MAHAN (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Natalie A. Parks (Marcus Autism Center), Andrea R. Reavis (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Functional assessment is a common method of identifying variables maintaining challenging behavior. In a review of the literature on functional analysis, Hanley, Iwata,and McCord (2003) suggested that, although published functional analyses tended to show certain relationships between topography and function (e.g., stereotypy was most frequently maintained by automatic reinforcement), in general, "function cannot be predicted by topography." However, their conclusion is limited by the fact that it is based upon a review of published studies, which may introduce certain biases. The purpose of this study was to examine the relationship between function identified by Questions About Behavioral Function (QABF; an indirect functional assessment) and the topography of challenging behavior. To date, 24 children and adolescents with developmental disabilities have served as participants yielding 43 total challenging behaviors. Kruskal Wallis tests of significance were conducted and preliminary results indicated that there were no significant differences among topographies of challenging behavior (i.e., self-injury, aggression, disruption) on function (i.e., attention, escape, tangible, nonsocial, physical). Thus, preliminary results support the conclusion of Hanley et al. that topography of challenging behavior is not a good predictor of function. |
|
|
16. The Effect of Video Modeling on Social Skills of Children With Asperger Syndrome and High-functioning Autism |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
NATSUMI ISHIKAWA (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University) |
Abstract: One of the hallmark symptoms of Asperger syndrome (AS) and high-functioning autism (HFA) is the impairment in the development of social interaction skills. Social skills deficits include difficulties to maintain conversation with friends and impairments in the use of nonverbal behaviors, such as eye contacts, body postures. This study examined the effectiveness of a social skill intervention for individual targeting greeting, presentation skill, and initiating and responding to interactions with seven elementary-aged children with AS and HFA. They were assessed with pre-treatment and post treatment measures on Social Skills Improvement System(SSIS), The Matson Evaluation of Social Skill with Youngsters, and direct observation. In a baseline session, childrens target behaviors were observed. During the intervention, children were designed to take video monitoring and role-playing with adults. A multiple baseline design across behaviors was used for the present study. Results indicated that children have difficulties of facial expression while body posture in the greeting, and in the conversation, they have difficulties of maintaining the conversation. The video modeling intervention was effective in improving nonverbal behavior in greeting and conversation skills. Future research is required to test the durability of treatment. |
|
|
17. Teaching a Child With Developmental Disabilities to Tolerate a Two-Day Ambulatory Electroencephalogram |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KERRI C. SUITER (Marcus Autism Center), Natalie A. Parks (Marcus Autism Center), Seth B. Clark (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Medical procedures are often invasive and frightening for children and can lead to a variety of avoidant behaviors (Slifer, Avis, & Frutchey, 2008; DeMore, Cataldo, Tierney, & Slifer, 2009). Most studies have focused on teaching children with mild disruptive or avoidant behavior (Allen & Stokes, 1987; Shabani & Fisher, 2006), but not children who engage in severe problem behavior. The purpose of the current investigation was to teach a child with developmental disabilities who had a history of severe problem behavior to complete an ambulatory EEG by increasing tolerance of the equipment and decreasing problem behavior related to the procedure. Treatment to reduce problem behavior consisted of functional communication, a multiple schedule, and an overcorrection procedure. Training consisted of fading in the EEG equipment by first, placing a hat and a fanny pack with weights on Albert for one day and then wires and gauze were added. Through training, the number of times Albert attempted to touch the equipment decreased and the 48-hour EEG was successfully completed. While Albert did touch the equipment more frequently during the 48-hour EEG, he only removed two wires, which were reattached. With this treatment, valid results were obtained with Albert for the first time. |
|
|
18. An Evaluation of Resurgence of Appropriate Communicative Responses in Children With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHERINE HOFFMAN (University of Texas), Terry S. Falcomata (University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: The current study extended the literature on resurgence by demonstrating the phenomenon with a novel response in the form of appropriate communication in individuals with developmental disabilities. The purpose of the study was to evaluate the conditions under which resurgence of appropriate communicative responses (mands) would occur with children with developmental disabilities. The experimental preparation consisted of a sequence of conditions that included (a) the reinforcement of1 mand (i.e., microswitch activation or card exchange) on a fixed ratio 1 schedule, (b) an extinction condition in which the mand was no longer reinforced, (c) the reinforcement of a second mand (i.e., microswitch activation or card exchange) on a fixed ratio 1 schedule, and (d) a test for resurgence of the first mand, which consisted of placing the second mand on extinction. Interobserver agreement was collected during 33% of sessions and agreement averaged at least 95% across participants. The results demonstrated resurgence of mands during2 out of3 tests for resurgence for one participant. Resurgence of mands was demonstrated during all three tests for resurgence with the second participant. These results have clinical implications in that they represent a potential model for preventing behavioral lapses during challenges to treatment. |
|
|
19. Use of Latency to Problem Behavior in the Assessment and Treatment of Severe Self-Injurious Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Christopher J. Perrin (Melmark, Inc.), KATE LANGSTON (Melmark, Inc.), Sheila Klick (Melmark, Inc.), Amy Fredrick (Melmark, Inc.), Caryn Richardson (Melmark, Inc.), Amanda Kowalski (Melmark, Inc.), Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark, Inc.) |
Abstract: A common index of response strength used in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior is rate of responding (e.g., Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1994). However, repeated occurrences of a problem behavior during a session may be either impractical or unsafe such as in the case of vomiting, elopement, or severe forms of self-injurious behavior. One area that has received increasing attention in applied literature is the use of response latency during assessments (e.g., Call, Pabico, & Lomas, 2009; Zarcone, Crosland, Fisher, Worsdell, & Herman, 1999). In a recent study, Thomason-Sassi, Iwata, Neidhart, & Roscoe (2011) demonstrated the utility of response latency during functional analysis of severe problem behavior. The purpose of the current study was to extend research on the use of latency measures as an index of response strength during assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. During the functional analysis, latency to the occurrence of self-injurious behavior was used as the primary measure. Both latency and rate of responding were measured during the subsequent functional communication training analysis. |
|
|
|
|
EAB Poster Session 2 |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Eye Movement Patterns in Choice Behavior With Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP): An Exploratory Study |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MASAHIRO MORII (Keio University), Mikimasa Omori (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University), Takayuki Sakagami (Keio University) |
Abstract: In the present study, we analyzed the relationship between choice behaviors, preference, and eye movements by using Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) and eye tracking system. On the trial of the IRAP, participants were presented with one of two attribute stimuli (Like or Dislike), one of target stimulus pictures of tasty thing (e.g., Coffee and Tea), and two relational terms, Agree and Disagree as response options. Participants were required to respond as quickly and accurately as possible across two experimental conditions, consistent and inconsistent. In the consistent condition, if participants like coffee better than tea, participants required to choose Agree during the presence of Like and Coffee stimuli. In the inconsistent condition, participants were required to choose Disagree in the presence of Like and Coffee stimuli even though they like coffee better. Eye movements during choosing response were recorded by using eye tracking system. As a result, mean latencies and eye movement pattern were different between two conditions. In inconsistent condition, mean latencies were longer and participants looked at the picture more frequently than in consistent condition. And some typical visual search patterns were observed in both conditions. The relationship between choice behaviors, preference, and eye movements were discussed. |
|
|
2. One Shock Now or Three Later? Choice Between Aversive Events in College Students |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JAMES W. DILLER (Eastern Connecticut State University), Kristalyn Salters-Pedneault (Eastern Connecticut State University), Andrew Ernest Nuzzolilli (Eastern Connecticut State University) |
Abstract: The decrease in reinforcer value following an increased delay to its presentation has been frequently described as delay discounting. Despite the rich literature examining effects of environmental and biological manipulations on discounting of reinforcers, comparatively little work has been done to evaluate the discounting of aversive events. In the present study, college students (N = 42) made a series of choices between a single 0.5-s electric shock delivered after 1 s and3 0.5-s shocks delivered after an increasing delay (1 s to 120 s). In a single experimental session, the delays to the3 shocks systematically increased across blocks of trials that included a forced-choice trial (in which the participant was required to select the 3-shock alternative) and 6 free-choice trials (in which the participant could choose between receiving the single shock or3 shocks. Of the 42 participants, 13 never selected the three-shock alternative during the free-choice trials. Of those who did sample the 3-shock alternative, on average across delay values, participants selected the three shocks on approximately 33% of the trials, with no effect of delay observed. Although delay discounting was not observed in the present paradigm, possible extensions and procedural modifications are discussed. |
|
|
3. Do People Acquire Response by Experimentally Naive Others? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HIROTO OKOUCHI (Osaka Kyoiku University) |
Abstract: One member of each pair of 42 undergraduates, referred to as a learner, was escorted into a standard human operant laboratory. He/she was asked to earn points exchangeable for money and told that touching a squire shown on the screen of the display monitor may or may not produce points. Unlike standard operant experiments, increasing and decreasing points were not determined by any computer program but by key pressing of another experimentally naive undergraduate, referred to as an instructor. Response rates for 12 of 21 learners were higher than their yoked participants who were given and lost points independent from their responding. |
|
|
4. Sharing: Social Behavior in Situations of Uncertainty and Risk |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
STEPHANIE STILLING (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The present research investigated human choice in situations involving environmental variability, particularly risky choice within the social context of cooperation. The choice between working alone or working with others was presented in situations involving unpredictable economic gains. Participants were told they would be working with either another (fictitious) person or a computer and the economic context was varied. Sometimes cooperating was optimal (positive budget condition), in that it guaranteed participants would meet the minimum earnings budget requirement every time. While other times working alone was optimal (negative budget condition), since the amount shared was inadequate to meet the minimum earnings budget requirement. A neutral condition was also examined to see if participants would cooperate when there was no monetary requirement. Participants responded on a computer task for hypothetical earnings exchangeable for real money. Results showed that participants preferred working with a partner over working with the computer, suggesting that the social nature of the experiment influenced behavior. In addition, participant’s responding was congruent with the predictions of the earnings budget. These results contribute to the understanding of how environmental context influences cooperation. |
|
|
5. Self-Control and Impulsiveness in Adult Human Females: Comparison of Qualitatively Different Consumable Reinforcers |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LORI ANN B. FORZANO (The College at Brockport, State University of New York), Jennifer Michels (The College at Brockport, State University of New York) |
Abstract: Self-control can be defined as the choice of a larger, more delayed reinforcer over a smaller, less delayed reinforcer, and impulsiveness as the opposite. Previous experiments have shown that type or quality of reinforcer used affects self-control in humans. The purpose of the present experiment was to investigate the effects of qualitatively different reinforcers on the self-control of adult human females. Specifically, in a within-subjects design, participants made choices for two consumable-type reinforcers: food (preferred fruit juice) and video entertainment (preferred cartoon). A new methodology, designed to be similar to the self-control paradigm for delivering food, was used for the delivery of the cartoons. Aspects of the procedure were varied as well. The results have implications for previous research findings of differences in self-control as a function of reinforcer differences. The results are also discussed with respect to their implications for categories of reinforcement and suggest that video entertainment (cartoons) may be considered in the same class of reinforcers as food (i.e., primary, or consumable reinforcers). |
|
|
6. Comparing the Effects of Two Training Procedures on Establishing the Derived Stimulus Relations |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
TOMU OHTSUKI (Waseda University), Naoko Kishita (Doshisha University), Takashi Muto (Doshisha University) |
Abstract: In the researches of Relational Frame Theory, the derived stimulus relations are established by two types of training procedures; one is the relational training, and the other is relational evaluation procedure. Although both of procedures involve presenting the stimuli which represent the specific relations, they differ in the way how they use such stimuli. Relational training treats such stimuli as the relational contextual cues; on the other hand, the relational evaluation procedure treats them as the response options (i.e., comparison stimulus). The aim of present study was to compare the effects of two training procedure on establishing the derived stimulus relations. Thirteen undergraduate students completed the similar/opposite relational training. And another thirteen students were exposed to the similar/opposite relational evaluation procedure. Both of the procedures were designed to establish two 2-member stimulus classes which one class was opposite to the other. The result revealed that there were no differences in the effect of two training procedures. In the group of the relational training, 11 out of 13 participants showed the derived stimulus relation in their test phase. On the other hand, all participants who were exposed to the relational evaluation procedure achieved the criterion in the test phase. |
|
|
7. Sequence Function Transfer Through Equivalence Classes in College Students |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ALICE ALMEIDA CHAVES DE RESENDE (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Barbara Menin (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Jessica Dias (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Lia Bantorim (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Nathara Gonzaga (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Raissa Sanfelice (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Pedro Filho (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: The current study attempted to investigate syntax written construction in the Japanese language under the perspective of equivalence class formation and multiple exemplars training. First, three classes of four stimuli each were formed for two college students: subject, complement and verb with matching-to-sample tasks. Next, in modified constructed-response matching-to-sample task (CRMTS), the participants learned to put the sequence A1A2A3 together from a pool of three words each corresponding to a position in the sequence to match the written sequence as sample stimulus. Next, linear tests for the three remaining sequences were conducted. Finally, tests for the emergence of the sequence construction using words which did not participate in the equivalence class formation procedure were introduced. Considering the abstract nature of the stimuli for the participants, it is discussed why sequence behavior was shown for the non-trained stimuli: physical similarity for one specific group of words (verbs) can be considered, but also that categorization within classes and sequence per se are possibly two overarching operants which enabled the results in the final tests. |
|
|
8. Effects of Contextual Control Over Recombined Conditional Relations |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
TATIANE CARVALHO CASTRO (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Mateus Goncalves Nogueira dos Santos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: This study investigated the effects of contextual control over recombined conditional relations. Ten undergraduate students participated in the study. Relations A1B1, A2B2, A3B3 were taught with abstract stimuli presented against a blue blackground for half the participants, and relations A1B3, A2B1, A3B2 against a red blackground for the other half. Then, the relationships were reversed and taught for both groups. Next, AB trials were presented under extinction in the presence of the blue background, followed by red background for one group of participants, and in the opposite order for the other group. The results showed that the procedure yielded both contextual control and failure to show it. Further training consisted of presenting original and recombined AB relations against, respectively, red and blue background colors, randomly interspersed. The final phase consisted of AB and BA test trials under extinction with blue or red background colors for the first and second trial blocks, respectively, for each of the participant groups, and a neutral color (green) in the final trial block. The latter procedure yielded more accurate contextual control for most of the participants. The participants also learned to perform contextually under the green background color. |
|
|
9. Test Order and Randomized Stimulus-Set Effects in Simultaneous Protocols |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ABDULRAZAQ A. IMAM (John Carroll University) |
Abstract: Simultaneous protocols typically yield poorer stimulus equivalence outcomes than other protocols common used in equivalence research. Fourteen participants worked with 2independent groups of 3 3-member equivalence classes in 2 conditions, 1 using the standard simultaneous protocol and the other using a hybrid simultaneous training and simple-to-complex testing. Stimulus-sets used for these conditions in previous studies (Imam, 2011; Warner & Imam, 2008) were randomized. Although there was no consistent difference in time taken to complete blocks, participants achieved better accuracy and positive percent change in accuracy in the hybrid than the standard protocols. The results implicate test order rather than stimulus sets as significant factors in the differential effects on accuracy and equivalence yields. |
|
|
10. Derived Relational Responding as a Function of Emotional Salience and Context |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JULIE BLASKEWICZ BORON (Youngstown State University), Leanna Mattila (Youngstown State University), Michael C. Clayton (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: Environmental cues influence behavior, and emotionally-salient cues are particularly relevant for social functioning in daily life. Prior research by Tyndall and colleagues (Tyndall, Roche, & James, 2009) found transfer of function through equivalence classes was slower with emotionally aversive stimuli, compared to neutral stimuli. This suggests that the salience of stimuli affects class formation. Research has demonstrated that context is important for emotion perception, and performance tends to increase when contextual information is available (Feldman Barrett, Mewquita, & Gendron, 2011). An important contextual difference employed by Tyndall and colleagues was the comparison of pictures with faces (aversive) to those without faces (neutral). The present study was designed to improve upon prior research emphasizing the relevance of context and emotion. Stimuli included six neutral and six aversive pictures, as well as 12 nonsense syllables. Similar stimuli were used for a comparison group; however, these pictures displayed emotion only, and lacked context. Undergraduate students volunteered, and were tested individually, with random assignment to the neutral or aversive condition. The five phases consisted of respondent training, operant training, transfer of function test, equivalence training, and equivalence test. The current project resulted in 26% of participants viewing contextual pictures progressing beyond Phase 3, and no significant group differences in Phases 4 and 5. All stimuli included faces, which likely made discrimination as a function of valence (neutral/aversive) more challenging. Discussion will include implications of emotion with and without context for transfer of function through equivalence classes. |
|
|
11. Enhancing Stimulus Class Formation With Errorless Learning Procedures |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ALVARO TORRES CHAVEZ (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Guadalupe Luisa Jiménez Sánchez (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Isabel Santos Pérez (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Angel Tovar y Romo (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico) |
Abstract: We evaluated the role of errorless discrimination training and error correction procedures in the establishment of baseline conditional relations and equivalence class formation in elementary school children. Participants were 26 children, 11 female and 15 male, aged 6 to 7 years old; they were randomly assigned to one of six experimental conditions: A, C, and E without errorless learning procedures, B, D, and F with errorless learning procedures, the children were evaluated in a natural school setting. The data showed that the two errorless learning procedures promote a faster and homogeneous acquisition of the conditional relations during baseline training. Participants in errorless experimental conditions (B, D, and F) showed a higher percentage of stimulus class formation and a higher behavioral accuracy index. Stimulus class formation ability is correlated with learning of basic reading skills; therefore, the design of instruments and procedures for the evaluation and enhancement of this ability in the behavioral repertoires of children, would allow us to predict the success in learning of basic reading skills. |
|
|
12. CANCELED: Implementation of Matching-to-Sample Procedures for Reading by Lay Individuals |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
CAMILA P. PENARIOL (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: Under the behavior analysis perspective, the teaching of reading skills may be programmed through matching-to-sample (MTS), a procedure largely employed in stimulus equivalence research. This study is an attempt to investigate which repertoire is necessary so that lay individuals can implement MTS to teach children in applied settings. Three undergraduate students participated. A set of three stimuli was used to teach participants to: (1) program AC (dictated word-printed word) training; (2) implement AC training and (3) analyze data performance. Teaching sessions consisted of instruction and demonstration. Correct responses were followed by verbal praise and incorrect responses by the end of the task and reintroduction of the demonstration. Criterion to finish session was 100% of correct responses. Later, generalization tests were introduced with new sets of stimuli, in which there were no programmed consequences for correct and incorrect responses. All participants met criterion in the three training phases, and showed generalization to new sets of stimuli. The results suggest that the procedure may be efficient to teach teachers to implement MTS procedures and that further relations should be introduced in the training program. |
|
|
13. Technological Evaluation of Equivalence Based Instruction |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
JEFFERY HAMELIN (Queens College and The Graduate Center, The City University of New York), Daniel Mark Fienup (Queens College, The City University of New York), Lanny Fields (Queens College, The City University of New York), Nicole Ann Wright (Woodbury School Australia), Steven Floumanhaft (Queens College, The City University of New York), Kimberly Reyes-Giordano (The Graduate Center, The City University of New York), Rishi E. Chelminski (The City University of New York), Bryan Tyner (The City University of New York) |
Abstract: Instruction based on the stimulus equivalence paradigm has been applied to a number of college-level academic topics, such as algebra (Ninness et al., 2006), statistics (Fields et al., 2009; Fienup & Critchfield, 2010, 2011), neuroanatomy (Fienup, Covey, & Critchfield, 2010), and disability categorization (Walker, Rehfeldt, & Ninness, 2011). A recent review noted that there are several technological variations between protocols found in the research literature (Fienup, Hamelin, Reyes-Giordano, & Falcomata, 2011). The current research examined the influence of training protocol on the number of learners who successfully formed equivalence classes as well as the total time to complete a protocol. Neuroanatomy concepts were taught. In one protocol, participants were trained on all relations serially and then tested for equivalence. The second protocol, called simple-to-complex, included symmetry, transitivity, and equivalence probes prior to the test for equivalence. Participants in the serial training completed the protocol, on average, in less time. However, a larger percentage of participants in the simple-to-complex protocol passed the test of equivalence the first time. Implications for a technology of equivalence based instruction are discussed. |
|
|
14. Manual and CAPSI Packages for Teaching Individuals to Conduct MTS Training to Teach Reading |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MARILEIDE ANTUNES OLIVEIRA (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: Matching-to-sample (MTS) training consists of presenting a stimulus as a sample followed by stimuli called comparisons from which a student makes a choice. This study compared "manual" and "manual-plus-CAPSI" packages for training university students to conduct MTS training to teach reading. Participants were randomly assigned to control or experimental group with 2 participants in each group. During baseline and post-training participants were assessed for accuracy in conducting MTS training. During training the control group studied a manual, and the experimental group studied the manual and wrote online tests via CAPSI. Improvement from baseline to post-training for both groups was statistically significant; however, the difference between post-training performances for the 2 groups was not. Results were discussed in terms of the contents presented in the manual and also in terms of the CAPSI features. A limitation of the study was the small number of participants in each group, which made it difficult to demonstrate clear differences between the packages investigated in this study. Future studies are necessary to test new versions of the manual and the interaction of CAPSI with demonstration videos. Follow-up studies are also necessary using a larger sample size and carrying out a component analysis. |
|
|
15. Effects of Instructional Fidelity on Learning: A Translational Approach |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
JASON M. HIRST (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Treatment integrity is defined as a consistent and accurate implementation of a prescribed procedure. The literature has documented both correlational and causal evidence of differential outcomes resulting from varying levels of integrity. Few researchers have examined adherence to protocol within treatments designed to teach academic skills (i.e., instructional fidelity). Also, few have studied whether exposure to imperfect implementation has a longer-term effect that persists even after errors are corrected. The purpose of the present study was to investigate the effects of instructional fidelity on the acquisition of a computerized arbitrary match-to-sample task both in the presence of fidelity errors as well as after errors were removed. Thirty-one undergraduates from a large Midwestern university participated. Within 25 multiple-baseline across participants designs, the effects of 25%, 50%, and 75% fidelity were examined. During the error condition, the program deviated from the prescribed procedure by delivering inaccurate feedback following a proportion of responses. During the perfect fidelity condition, errors were no longer committed. Additionally,6 participants were assigned to a perfect fidelity comparison group. Within-group analyses demonstrated that a carry-over effect was obtained. Between-group analyses demonstrated that the best outcomes were obtained under perfect fidelity while lower levels of fidelity produced progressively lower performances. |
|
|
16. Effects of a Perceived Audience and Type of Feedback on Self-Editing in Writing |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
L. KIMBERLY EPTING (Elon University), Alyson Hignight (Elon University), Brittany Bowers (Elon University), Jennifer Cox (Elon University), Hayley D'Antuono (Elon Uniersity), John Hollander (Elon University) |
Abstract: Self-editing behavior is a complex response-class not extensively studied in behavior analysis. Self-editing monitors communication with others, ensuring that it is effective. Skinner proposed in Verbal Behavior (1957) that this judgment is based on the audience's reaction, with positive reactions (smiling, nodding) reinforcing verbal behavior and negative reactions (frowning, silence) punishing it. Skinner also argued that self-editing is influenced by the type of audience. This is applicable to writing. This study, in which undergraduates composed2 essays, investigated the effect of a perceived audience (professor, peer, nonspecified reviewer) on self-editing in writing. Additionally, it investigated whether prior feedback (positive vs. negative) influences self-editing of subsequent writing. A keystroke-logging program measured editing, including pauses and edit types. Preliminary results show an interaction effect between audience and feedback on post-response time (elapsed time between the last keystroke and when the essay is submitted). Participants tend to wait longer to submit an essay after receiving negative feedback from a professor; they reduce post-response time after receiving negative feedback from a peer or nonspecified reviewer. This experiment confirms the influence of variables predicted by Skinner in Verbal Behavior, extending understanding of self-editing as a complex response-class in writing. |
|
|
17. The Tower of London With Three of Its Variants: Post-session Analysis Verbal Report |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARIA LUISA CEPEDA ISLAS (FES Iztacala UNAM), Diana Moreno Rodriguez (FES Iztacala UNAM), Hortensia Hickman (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de México), Patricia Plancarte Cansino (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Rosalinda Arroyo (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico) |
Abstract: Since the implementation of the Tower of London Test by Shallice in 1982, numerous variants of the towers physical appearance have been developed. The Tower of London is a task that has proved being successful for the study of problem solving in adult and child populations. The present study shows the comparison of the verbal report post session and the number of movements at solution of three versions of the Tower of London. Participated 46 university students of psychology distributed in the three groups, each group solved to one version of the task. All participants were exposed a four blocks of four trial each one, at the end of the session the participants were interviewed. The results showed significant differences in the quantitative measures between Tower of London Traditional and the modificated versions. The analysis of verbal reports indicated similarities between the groups. p.e. strategies used, planning behavior etc. It requires more systematic research to determine whether TOL is a good strategy for the analysis of human complex behavior within of experimental analysis of behavior. |
|
|
18. Generalized Contextual Control Over the Transformation of Stimulus Function |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
NAOKO KISHITA (Doshisha University), Takashi Muto (Doshisha University), Tomu Ohtsuki (Waseda University), Mie Sakai (Doshisha University) |
Abstract: Kishita & Muto (2011) showed that using multiple exemplar training, the forms of stimuli acquired differential control over the specific discriminative functions obtained via the transformation. The present study extended the result of previous study by establishing three 4-member classes instead of three 3-member classes, to clearly define the control variables required in the process of abstracting the stimulus features that are differentially associated with reinforcement or punishment for behaving in line with the transformation. Three 4-member stimulus equivalence classes, each consisted of four physically distinct visual stimuli were established for 9 undergraduate students using match-to-sample (MTS) task. Following the MTS training and testing, participants were provided with many trials in which behaving in accordance with transformation of function were differentially reinforced or punished depending on the presence of a class of physical features of the stimuli. Finally, new equivalence classes were established and test for generalized contextual control were presented. The result revealed that 7 subjects included in analyses demonstrated contextual control over the derived transformation of stimulus functions, of which 4 showed the generalization of contextual control. Data presented will contribute to empirical verification of how generalized stimulus control over function transformation might arise in natural settings. |
|
|
19. A Call for Refined Procedures for the Experimental Analysis of Autoclitics in Animals |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
TOSHIKAZU KURODA (West Virginia University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: An exploratory study of autoclitics was conducted using pigeons exposed to a delayed matching-to-sample procedure that renders private events unnecessary in analyzing autoclitics. Trials began with a sample component where the center key was illuminated either red or green. Pecking the key led to a retention interval, followed by an autoclitic component where a single peck on one of white side keys led to a choice component. If the left key was pecked, correct and incorrect color discriminations resulted in 9-s and 0-s access to food, respectively. If the right key was pecked, correct and incorrect discriminations led to 3-s and 1.5-s reinforcers, respectively. In effect, the left and right responses respectively served as “definitely” and “maybe” responses. With this procedure, however, little evidence of autoclitics was found in pigeons. The result seems attributable to a failure by the pigeons to discriminate reinforcer magnitudes that were arranged differentially as a function of the pigeon’s own responding during the autoclitic component. To enhance this form of discrimination, we recently added a set of discriminative stimuli during the choice component: a constant or a flashing houselight, depending on which of the autoclitic keys the pigeon pecked. Results of this modification are pending. |
|
|
20. CANCELED: The Trader Game: An Analysis of Risky Behavior |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ANTONIO L. MIGLIATO (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: Economic games are useful tools for the study of decision making. Specifically, these tools can investigate how participants allocate their resources. In many everyday life situations outcomes are both unknown and uncertain and are affected by contextual variables. A behavioral game-like experimental model was used to investigate these variables. The model employed in this study used multiple trials and a forced choice paradigm between 2 alternatives in which the participant decided between risking or not his/her hypothetical money. An alternative offered the possibility to maintain the amount received, and another provided the opportunity to invest money, opting for a situation in which could have a profit or loss, both allocated at the same time in the same alternative. The questions were presented to 38 adults of both genders in a paper and pencil format, and the experimental setup in a room at the local university. The results revealed 2 profiles of investors. The conservatives invested when the chances of winning are high in relation to losses; and the aggressive ones, who invested even when the chances of winning were equal to losses. Thus, variables such as probability of gain and loss showed to be decisive in the process of selecting participants. |
|
|
21. Behavioral Economics: Money and Marginal Propensity to Consume in the Animal Laboratory |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ANA CAROLINA TROUSDELL FRANCESCHINI (Universidade de Sao Paulo), Maria Helena Hunziker (Universidade de Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: Marginal Propensity to Consume (MCP) is an economic concept that analyzes consumption as a function of income changes: if income increases, consumption increases as well, but in a lower proportion. MCP is empirically verified in human societies, but has not been studied in the animal laboratory, mainly due to difficulties in translating the concept of money. In an attempt to establish a measurement unit functionally similar to money with rats, this study used a panel of 14 small lights. If at least one light on the panel was on during the experimental session, the lever-pressing (LP) response would be reinforced, and for every number of reinforcements delivered, one light would switch off. When all the lights were off, LB would have no consequences. The amount of income available to the rats was the numbers of lights on in the beginning of each session (ex: 9 lights equaling $9). Two reinforcers were used in two separate experimental phases: water (phase 1) and a 10% sucrose solution (phase 2). The independent variable was the number of lights on (income), and three dependent variables were tested as proxies for consumption: rate of responding, delivered volume and number of lights switched off. Results: PMC was observed in terms of volume and number of lights, but not response rate. PMCs controlling variables identified so far are 1) deprivation; 2) number of subjects, and 3) cost of response. Further steps should include tests of whether lights became conditioned stimulus and if they may acquire generalized functions. |
|
|
22. The Sunk Cost Effect as the Results of Behavioral Histories in Pigeons |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
SHUN FUJIMAKI (Keio University), Takayuki Sakagami (Keio University) |
Abstract: The sunk cost effect is roughly defined as the tendency to continue a choice behavior on one alternative where an individual invested in the past, even when there is another better alternative available. Many studies related to this effect focused on the continuation of choice, while few studies operated organisms' behavioral histories. In the first phase, pigeons were exposed to the concurrent small-ratio (FR2) and large-ratio schedules. The value of large-ratio key was determined by the adjusting procedure for each subject, based on the point that pigeons exclusively chose small-ratio key. Then we tested if the pigeons would show preference to the large-ratio key in the concurrent schedule just after a component which color was same as the large-ratio key and that required 20 responses for transition to the concurrent choice. This combined chained schedule was also used as probe trials in the remaining experiment. In the following phases, pigeons were exposed to various conditions, such as extinction in a separate component which color was same as the small-ratio key, or variable reinforcements in a component which color was same as the large-ratio key. We examined whether these histories affected the sunk cost effect or not. |
|
|
|
|
EDC Poster Session 2 |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. CANCELED: Embedded Early Literacy and Oral Language Interventions for Kindergarten Students at Risk for Reading Failure |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ALLISON KRETLOW (James Madison University) |
Abstract: Students who are at risk for reading failure often have deficits in oral language and early literacy skills; however, most empirical research on literacy interventions only addresses reading skills. In addition, many early literacy skills can seem abstract to students who have low receptive and expressive vocabulary. This study used a multiple baseline across participants design to examine the impact of an embedded oral language and phonemic awareness intervention on the literacy and vocabulary skills of kindergarten students who were well below grade level benchmark. During baseline, students received only phonemic awareness instruction using discrete trial training. During intervention, students were first taught to use oral language skills plus picture cues to describe target words using discrete trial training. Then, students were taught the phonemic awareness skills associated with the target words. Instruction in both conditions was provided daily, one-on-one by a general education teacher. Participants were three students with low oral language and literacy skills, including an English Language Learner, a student with a significant language disorder, and a student with a developmental delay. Results demonstrated a functional relationship between embedded oral language and phonemic awareness instruction and improved early literacy and oral language skills as measured by the Dynamic Indicators of Basic Early Literacy Skills (DIBELS), although the change in level and trend was not as pronounced for the student with significant language disorder. |
|
|
2. In-Classroom Coaching Using a Bug-in-the-Ear Communication System to Improve Teacher Interactions in Managing the Behavior Challenges of Preschoolers |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
TREVOR STOKES (James Madison University), Chelsea Rainear (James Madison University), Kara Devers (James Madison University), Karen Budd (DePaul University) |
Abstract: Teacher Child Interaction Training (TCIT) is a school-based universal prevention program in which teachers are taught to use basic principles of applied behavior analysis in the classroom to prevent and reduce problem behaviors in young children. This research was conducted in an elementary school in Virginia. Five female teachers and instructional assistants from two preschool classrooms participated. Each class had 18–20 students, ranging in age from3 to 5 years old. English was the second language for over 90% of the students, with Spanish being the primary language spoken. Two observers in each classroom recorded samples of teacher and child behaviors in 10-second intervals on a randomized schedule, four mornings each week. The intervention was implemented in a multiple baseline across classrooms design. Teachers attended2 3-hour workshops highlighting child-directed interaction (CDI), which included the provision of positive consequences only, and then teacher-directed interaction (TDI) one month later, which included attention to discipline procedures for compliance and listening as well as a brief sit and watch procedure for serious disruptive behavior. Subsequently, each teacher received 20 minutes of individualized coaching one or two mornings a week, using a "bug-in-the-ear" system during regular classroom activities. The multiple baseline design with the sequential introduction of the CDI procedures to the teachers across treatment conditions showed that the frequencies of Labeled Praise, Unlabeled Praise, Behavior Descriptions and Reflections were consistently low during stable baselines. During intervention there was a substantial increase in overall positive behaviors. In addition, Noncompliance to commands and No Answers to questions were variable and high in frequency during baseline. During the intervention, these maladaptive responses to commands and questions decreased in a manner consistent with the multiple baseline design. Child disruptive behaviors of destruction, aggression, and yelling also decreased. |
|
|
3. Teach Me to Read: Matrix Training of Decoding Skills with Elementary Students With Autism Who Have Reading Delays |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MADOKA ITOI (Spectrum Behavioral Solutions), Rebecca Eslinger (Spectrum Behavioral Solutions) |
Abstract: Decoding is a critical skill that precedes acquisition of many other skills and concepts. However, many students with autism experience delays in this skill. Although there are instructional strategies available to teach decoding to individuals who exhibit delays in reading, further research is needed to identify instructional strategies that teach all the necessary skills in a efficient manner so that children with language delays can meet the standards of their same-age peers as quickly as possible (Axe & Sainato, 2010). The current study utilizes a matrix training technique to teach consonants and vowels (e.g., ee, s, l, cl) to 4 elementary students with autism who have limited decoding skills. Using a multi-probe design, we examine if untrained re-combinations of consonant-vowel structure (e.g., feel, sneer, etc.) will emerge without direct teaching. The current study extends existing research by using Headsprout(R) Early Reading Program, a computer-based reading program designed to build early reading skills. Implications for practice and areas for further research will be discussed. |
|
|
4. The Effects of Tutor Training on the Acquisition of the Observational Learning Capability for Two Elementary Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA LIU (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jinhyeok Choi (Teachers College, Columbia Universty), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We examined the effects of training two students diagnosed with autism to tutor their peers using the Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy observation procedure (TPRA) as base of assessment on the acquisition of the observational learning repertoire using a delayed multiple probe across participants design. The dependent variables were the correct responses to observational learning probes in which the target participants observed direct learn units to their peers and then were probed for the correct responses to the indirect learn units. The independent variable was the mastery of tutor training as assessed through the TPRA. Results showed that the numbers of correct responses to indirect learn units increased following tutor training for both students and one student achieved the observational learning repertoire. Additionally the number of echoic responses by the target participants of their peers responses also increased. |
|
|
5. The Effects of Conditioning 2D Print Stimuli as a Reinforcer in Elementary Aged Students Diagnosed With an Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Matthew Howarth (Teachers College, Columbia University), EMILIA CLANCY (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of the acquisition of conditioned reinforcement for 2-dimensional print stimuli on learn units to criteria using a delayed multiple probe design. We selected 3 elementary aged males diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder from a self-contained classroom that applies behavioral methods to all instruction. The dependent variable was mean learn units to criteria across programs that require print observation. The independent variable was the acquisition of conditioned reinforcement for 2-dimensional print stimuli through a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure. The results of this study demonstrated a functional relation between the acquisition of conditioned reinforcement for 2-dimensional print stimuli and a decrease in participants' learn units to criteria. |
|
|
6. Simultaneous Prompting Procedure: Efficient and Effective for Children With Disabilities Within an Inclusive, General Education, High School Classroom Setting |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KIM M. HINKSON LEE (University of Kentucky) |
Abstract: Simultaneous prompting procedure (SPP) has been shown to be efficient and effective when implemented to teach new skills to students with and without disabilities. SPP has produced high rates of acquisition of target information, increased levels of generalization, and extensive periods of maintenance in a variety of settings both within and outside the general education classroom and in various groupings, including one-on-one and small group. SPP has also shown a potential for increasing acquisition of incidental and observational learning. This study applies SPP within an inclusive, general education, high school classroom setting, of students with and without disabilities. This study will employ an alternating treatments design (A-B-C-B-C-B-C). The significance of this research application of this research-evidenced simultaneous prompting procedure is presented, as well as its potential effectiveness when extended to the inclusive, general education, high school setting. Implications on classroom practice and suggestions for future research are also discussed. |
|
|
7. Pre-Teaching of a Chained Task Using Simultaneous Prompting to Develop Writing Skills and Increase Task Engagement of Students With EBD and ADHD |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
TINA HUDSON (University of Kentucky), Kim M. Hinkson Lee (University of Kentucky), Belva C. Collins (University of Kentucky) |
Abstract: High-stakes testing and increased accountability measures have become common components of educational reform that now require the participation of students with disabilities, creating the need for teachers in both regular and special education classrooms to identify and implement evidenced based practices to increase student access to the core curriculum. Students with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD), and (Emotional Behavior Disorders) EBD often struggle in the area of written expression, and require special strategies that help them to facilitate and organize thoughts in order to present them in a manner that is coherent and legible. The purpose of this study was to measure the effects of a simultaneous prompting as a strategy to teach the steps needed to complete a paragraph prior to daily writing instruction, as well as to study its effects on the level of academic engagement of 4 students who have been identified with either ADHD or EBD. The authors used a multiple probe design across students to evaluate the effectiveness of the intervention. Results indicate that all 4 of the students acquired, maintained, and generalized the targeted skills presented during training sessions as well as increased levels of academic engagement during writing class. |
|
|
8. CANCELED: Evaluating 5s and 1s Response Intervals Using Computer-Based Flash Cards: Holding Learning Time Constant to Precisely Measure Learning Rates |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
RICHARD A. SAUDARGAS (University of Tennessee), Jared Yaw (University of Tennessee), Christopher Skinner (University of Tennessee), Kristin Maurer (University of Tennessee) |
Abstract: When students struggle with phonemic approaches to reading, educator may want to attempt to enhance their ability to read commonly used words. We used modified adapted alternating treatments designs were used to evaluate two (1-s and 5-s response intervals) computer-based flashcard sight-word reading interventions in two students with LD and one with ID. Instructional time was held constant (3 min per session) across both the 1-s and 5-s procedures; consequently, students complete six learning trials per word during each 1-s sessions but only two trials per word during each 5-s session. For each student, time series graphs showed similar gains in sight-word mastery rates across both the 1-s and 5-s interventions. Approximately 12 weeks later, maintenance phase data showed that these students maintained 44%-80% of the words, with more 1-s words maintained than 5-s words. However, increases in sight-word reading as the maintenance progressed and during a brief post-maintenance treatment phase (i.e., each word presented one time per session) showed rapid re-learning that caused the discrepancy between the two sets of words read correctly to wane. Discussion focuses on measuring learning rates, learning trial quality, re-learning, and the pitfalls of measuring maintenance in a dichotomous manner. |
|
|
9. A Comparison of Primary and Secondary Languages Within Functional Communication Training for Preschoolers With Disabilities Who Are English Language Learners |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JOAN SCHUMANN (University of Utah), Robert E. O'Neill (University of Utah), Susan Johnston (University of Utah) |
Abstract: Prior research supports the use of functional communication training (FCT) and augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) to reduce problem behavior and increase appropriate communication in young children with disabilities. Despite an increase of empirical support for these interventions, research on these strategies among English language learners (ELL) is significantly lacking within the literature. This study involved3 preschool children with developmental disabilities who were English language learners. Three questions were examined: (a) the effectiveness of FCT, (b) the comparative efficiency of acquiring AAC in English and Spanish, and (c) possible language preferences among preschool-aged ELL students with communication delays. The results indicated that FCT was effective in increasing communication and decreasing problem behavior for all3 participants, with1 participant demonstrating a preference for English,1 demonstrating a preference for Spanish, and the third demonstrating no clear preference. Practical implications are discussed in addition to potential directions for research related to ELL student populations with disabilities. |
|
|
10. Evaluating Programs for English Skills Development in Elementary School Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Betsabe Roman Gonzalez (University of Veracruz), MARCO WILFREDO SALAS-MARTINEZ (University of Veracruz), Sebastian Figueroa Rodriguez (University of Veracruz), Esperanza Ferrant-Jimenez (University of Veracruz), Martin Luis Ortiz Bueno (University of Veracruz) |
Abstract: The Secretariat of Public Education of Mexico (SEP), will implement a program for teaching English in elementary school students, however it is unknown which method would be effective in their learnig. The purpose of the study was to evaluate the effects of SEP English program and Foreing Language in Elementary School (FLES) (Lipton, 1998), on the development of basic concepts of English in children in second grade. All this through a Design with Pre-test and Post-test, with three random groups and Counterbalanced Design with one group with Pre and Post-tests. Participants were 15 children of both sexes, of the second grade of three different elementary schools, which were randomly assigned to two experimental and one control groups. The teaching materials used were: Material Programmed with the program of "Articulate" and not programmed on skills Basic and Course material prepared by teachers of English, Material for "Semaphore of Behavior". The results of the statistical test "C" Dunnett showed that students in the FLES program had a greater percentage of english skills development, than those in the SEP program and those who did not participate in any program. |
|
|
11. Extending Behavior Analysis to the General Education Classroom |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Kaycee Bennett (University of Nevada, Reno), Elizabeth Sexton (Washoe County School District), BENJAMIN N. WITTS (University of Nevada, Reno), Erin M. Carr (University of Nevada, Reno), Robert M. Schienle (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This classroom intervention was designed to provide added support to a large rural school district's Social Intervention Program (SIP). SIP is a "levels system" whereby students with learning and behavior problems move through a series of remedial stages culminating in their return full-time to the regular education classroom. The added support to SIP centered on a token economy whereby students earned extra points and privileges for a broader range of academic behaviors. The students identified as SIP students, at the secondary level, do not spend the same amount of time the SIP classroom as they do at the elementary level. It became apparent that the schools needed to extend the environment of the SIP classroom into some of the general education classrooms in order to set students up to succeed. In addition to effectively managing and promoting academic achievement in the SIP classroom, the intervention successfully trained SIP teachers and staff how to apply a host of behavior analytic principles and practices in their classrooms and with their students. |
|
|
12. Contingent Praise Can Maintain On-Task Behavior During Engagement in Academic Tasks Requiring More Response Effort |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
RYOJI NISHIYAMA (Kwansei Gakuin University), Junko Tanaka-Matsumi (Kwansei Gakuin University) |
Abstract: In a class or tutorial setting, children's on-task behavior decreases when engaging in a taskthat requires more response effort to complete problems, even if they can perform it accurately (Skinner, 1998). However, our previous study demonstrated that contingent praise counteracts this negative effect of response effort (Nishiyama & Tanaka-Matsumi, 2011). The present study examined whether on-task behavior can be maintained without praise after a sufficient number of intervention trials, using additional reversals from baseline during intervention phase. A 9 year-old boy with difficulty in math participated in the present study. The child engaged in previously determined less-effort and more-effort math computation tasks for1 minute. We defined response effort by the amount of time for solving a single problem. First, during an assessment phase (trials 1–18), we examined the functional relationship between response effort and on-task behavior during engagement in these tasks. Second, using a reversal design (trials 19–72), we examined the effect of contingent praise on on-task behavior during engagement in a more-effort task. Results showed on-task behavior decreased when the child engaged in more-effort task but contingent praise for working on problems improved it. Moreover, after a certain number of intervention trials, on-task behavior could be maintained without praise as the child produced correct responses and the speed of accurate responding increased gradually. |
|
|
13. Behavior and Homework Tracking Intervention to Increase Academics and Improve Challenging Behaviors |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
RICK SHAW (Behavior Issues), Heidi Maurer (KentWood High School) |
Abstract: An academic and behvior plan was implemented for high school students who were struggling academically and behaviorially at school. The plan include a check in with each teacher at the end of class time. The students were responsilbe for writing down thier assignments, homework, and upcoming projects. The teachers rated the students on a scale of 1-5 for target behaviors, such as, on-task and nondisruptive behaviors and gave the students verbal feedback. |
|
|
14. CANCELED: Constructional Student Mentoring: The Role of Contingency Analysis in Achieving Academic Success and Obtaining the Life You Desire |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY KELLY (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Lars Inge Halvorsen (University of North Texas), Michelle Lamancusa (University of North Texas), Timothy Allen Liden (University of North Texas), Joshua A. Levine (University of Waikato), Eleni Canisz (University of North Texas), Chinedu P. Eni (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Constructional Student Mentoring (CSM) is a program offered by the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas under the direction of Dr. J. Rosales-Ruiz in collaboration with College of Public Affairs and Community Service (PACS) Advising Office. CSM is based on the work of Dr. Israel Goldiamond, Robert Mager and Robert Epsiein. The program is tailored to meet the current needs of students falling short of their academic obligations. CSM is student-centered and designed to aid students in identifying and targeting the areas of their lives that are inhibiting them from meeting their personal and academic goals. In short, this program affords students the opportunity to turn around their academic position, and focus on their individual personal and academic goals while completing their coursework and following graduation. Aggregate data from the 2007-2008 and 2008-2009 academic years demonstrates an improved academic performance following exposure to the CSM program. Anecdotally, data collected during individual student meetings seemed to suggest that the repertoire of the entering freshman may not support the demands of higher education (i.e., time management, planning and prioritizing). Through the process of identifying personal goals and systematically working to achieve those goals, the students who participated in CSM were able to refine their ability to identify the contingencies operating on their behavior and begin engineering an environment that allowed them to gain and maintain control over their life, progress and ultimate success. |
|
|
15. Effective Reading Instruction for Young Children With Autism |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
GILLIAN BRUNDAGE (Northwest Autism Center), Shira A. Ackerman (Northwest Autism Center) |
Abstract: Previous studies have shown that individuals with autism may depend on rote memorization and recognize words based on shape or pattern rather than using phonological strategies to read words (Frith, 1985). The current study describes the design, implementation, and outcomes of a direct instruction reading program for 3-and 4-year-old children with autism spectrum disorders. The study was conducted with 2 participants with autism and 2 nondisabled participants. The program used for this study is a modification and extension of the DISTAR reading program that emphasizes phonological awareness, whole word recognition, and comprehension (Bruner, 1986). The 2 participants with autism spectrum disorder took longer to complete lessons due to increased need for repetition. However, after the study was completed the final probe demonstrated higher correct responses on reading full sentences than the nondisabled participants. This study demonstrates that a direct instruction reading program is useful for young children on the autism spectrum and their nondisabled peers. |
|
|
16. A Preliminary Analysis of Functional Behavior Assessments and Behavior Intervention Plans Conducted by School-based Teams |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JAMES J. FOX (East Tennessee State University), Leia D. Blevins (East Tennessee State Univ.), Ashley Hansen (East Tennesse State University), Heather Boreing (East Tennessee State University), Megan Barrow (East Tennessee State University) |
Abstract: This presentation reports the preliminary analysis of 26 functional assessments and behavior intervention plans developed by school-based teams. Data analyses included the age, grade, and type of disabilities, functional behavioral assessment (FBA) procedures used, time to complete an FBA, and behavior internvention plan (BIP) recommendations. These cases were also compared to those developed by a university-based team of professionals. Only 26 (45%) of 58 cases were complete (interviewand FBA report). Of those cases: (1) most were elementaryand PreK grade levels, (2) reported 1–5 challenging behaviors (Mean = 3.4) most were externalizing forms of behavior; (3) most reported 1 or more interviewsand 5 to 23 direct ABC observations (Mean = 9.75); (4) few (23%) reported using behavior situation ratings scales or scatterplots (11.5%); and, (5) averaged about 30 days from initial referral tofirst interview (Mean = 32.75 days, range -1 to 126 days) and about 3 ½months (Mean = 116 days, range 23 to 727 days) to complete the FBA. These data are similar to those of the university-based teams except that while the school teams appeared to initiate the FBA process sooner the university-based teams were slightly quicker in completing the FBA. Implications for research and FBA team training were discussed. |
|
|
17. Teaching by the Numbers: How to Use Data in the Classroom |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY NOEL FRAME (University of Memphis), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis), James Nicholson Meindl (The University of Memphis) |
Abstract: In 2004 the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) was reauthorized and includes6 core concepts; along with this law the Council for Exceptional Children (CEC) has 12 special educational ethical principles. Among these principles includes "using evidence, instructional data, research and professional knowledge to inform practice" (CEC, 2010). While there are numerous books and articles citing the need for data collection and analysis within the classroom (Hess, 2009; Johnson, 2002; Matthews, Trimble,& Gay, 2008; Morrison, 2008; What Works Clearing House, 2009) there are no step-by-step instructions to teach these skills to the educators in the classroom. The purpose of this study is to develop an instructional method to teach educators how to organize, display, and interpret student data within their classrooms. |
|
|
18. The Effect of Contrasting Analogies on Understanding of and Reasoning About Natural Selection |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MELINDA SOTA (Florida State University) |
Abstract: Analogies play significant roles in communication as well as in problem solving and model building in science domains. Analogies have also been incorporated into several different instructional strategies most notably in science domains where the concepts and principles to be learned are abstract or complex. Although several instructional models for teaching with analogies have been developed, the role of non-examples or contrasting analogies has not been incorporated into instructional models. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of contrasting analogies on learning and conceptual change. Specifically, this study investigated the effect of instruction including refutational contrasting analogies (situations which are analogous to common misconceptions) on understanding of and reasoning about natural selection. Instruction including refutational contrasting analogies was compared to instruction incorporating non-refutational contrasting analogies (analogies which are neither analogous to natural selection or a common misconception of natural selection) and no contrasting analogies. Although there were no differences between groups on either understanding of or reasoning about natural selection as measured by the posttests, there were significant differences between groups on the analogy portion of the instructional materials, with the refutational contrasting analogies group answering fewer questions correctly than the non-refutational contrasting analogies group. |
|
|
19. Comparison of Teaching Using Single Target Presentation Versus Progressive Target Presentation in an Adolescent With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MAURA STACK-ODEN (ABA Services of the Front Range) |
Abstract: This poster describes a comparison of two teaching procedures: single target presentation and progressive target presentation in an adolescent with autism spectrum disorder. In single target presentation, a single target was presented for 10 trials per day until mastery was achieved at 80% for three consecutive days. In progressive target presentation successive targets were presented following the first independent response. A target was considered mastered when performed independently three different days. Initial results indicate that targets taught using progressive target presentation were mastered in fewer days than targets taught using single target presentation. In addition, targets taught using progressive target presentation maintained for a greater length of time without daily probes than targets taught using single target presentation. Only targets that has prerequisite skills as previous targets were used in this phase of the study. Phase two includes an examination of whether this teaching procedure is effective when teaching nonsuccessive targets as well as the effects on generalization when teaching using the two procedures. |
|
|
20. Creating a District-wide Model to Support the Use of Effective Behavior Interventions |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
BAILEY WILCOX (Oregon State University), Angus Kittelman (Oregon State University), Teri Lewis (Oregon State University) |
Abstract: In 1978 Wolf provided the field with a metric for measuring the social importance of our efforts. We should consider the social significance of our goals, the social appropriateness of our procedures and the the social importance of our procedures. These tenets are echoed in the evidence-based practices (EBPs) approach that pairs EBPs with professional judgment and client values. This poster will present a district-wide model intended to assist school personnel in identifying and implementing EBP behavior interventions across all schools within a medium sized district in the Pacific NW. Information about the district demographics and discipline systems will be provided. Additionally, both process and outcome measures of the district-wide behavior cadre will be presented as a possible systems approach to supporting the behavioral needs of staff, students and their families. The model represents a collaborative effort between the district, the regional technical assistance agency and the local university. Successes, challenges and next steps for the second year of implementation that focus on both implementation fidelity and sustainability will be presented. |
|
|
21. A Function-based Assessment of Virtual Learning Environments for Training Pre-Service Teachers |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
LEE L. MASON (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Peter Blair (Utah State University), Nancy Glomb (Utah State University) |
Abstract: This study takes a new twist on functional assessment interviews by employing qualitative research methods to determine how virtual learning environments function for pre-service special education teachers enrolled in a distance teacher education program. The individualized education program is a critical component of providing special education services to children with disabilities, outlining the services and modifications that will be provided to help them make progress towards the general curriculum. While simulations have been shown to be an effective means of teaching special education policies and procedures, this can be challenging when working with distance students. The purpose of this study was to identify and examine how virtual simulations function to train pre-service teachers learning to conduct IEP team meetings. Seven pre-service special education teachers enrolled in a mild/moderate distance degree and licensure program participated in this research. Through multiple case study analysis, this study examined the specific behaviors emitted by each participant throughout these simulated meetings, as well as the antecedent stimuli and consequences controlling these behaviors. Results indicate that virtual simulations serve a variety of functions for training teachers to work on a collaborative team. |
|
|
|
|
OBM Poster Session 2 |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. The Effects of Goal Setting, Self-monitoring, and Reward on Eco-driving Behavior |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KYEHOON LEE (Chung-Ang University), Shin Jeong Choi (Chung-Ang University), Insub Choi (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung-Ang University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of self-management on two eco-driving behaviors: reducing speed and shifting to neutral. Self-management consisted of three intervention components: goal setting, self-monitoring, and reward. Three office workers who drive regularly participated in this study. We adopted an ABCD multiple baseline design. After the baseline (A), participants set their own goals on driving behaviors (B). In the next phase (C), self-monitoring was added. At the final phase (D), participants were provided with rewards when the individual goal was met. Results showed that goal setting decreased speeding. Moreover, adding self-monitoring and reward further decreased speeding. Similarly, goal setting substantially improved the gear shifting behavior. Specifically, the gear shifting behavior of two participants reached to 100% when goal setting was introduced so that the effects of self-monitoring and reward could not be examined. The gear shifting behavior of the remaining one participant also substantially improved when goal setting was introduced and further increased when self-monitoring and reward were added. |
|
|
2. The Effect of Behavioral Based Safety (BBS) Program on Safety Performance and Safety Climate: A Field Study |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KWANGSU MOON (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung-Ang University) |
Abstract: The present study examined the effectiveness of a behavioral-based safety (BBS) program in improving safety performance and safety climate. The BBS program was applied to a steel manufacturing company and a construction site. The BBS program consisted of goal-setting, feedback, and low cost reward. Feedback was delivered biweekly to the workers. A monthly goal was set and adjusted based on the safety performance in the previous month. Also, rewards were provided if the monthly goal was met. The effects of the program on safety performance were evaluated using an AB design. Safety climate were measured using a questionnaire (Neal, Griffin, & Hart, 2000), adopting one group pretest-posttest design. The results indicated that the mean percentage of observed safety behaviors increased after introducing BBS program. Also, the mean scores of safety climate significantly increased. |
|
|
3. The Effects of Specific and Global Feedback on Safety Performance |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Sookhyun Jung (Chung-Ang University), Kyehoon Lee (Chung-Ang University), SHEZEEN OAH (Chung-Ang University) |
Abstract: This study compared the effects of specific and global of feedback on safety performance. Participants were 20 undergraduate students. They were asked to work on a computer-simulated work task and engage in seven target behaviors. Ten participants (skilled group) had a previous experience in working on the task and the other 10 participants (unskilled group) did not. Participants in each group were randomly assigned to one of two feedback conditions: global and specific feedback. In the specific feedback condition, participants were provided with information on safety performance of each target behavior. In the global feedback condition, participants were provided with information on overall safety performance across all seven target behaviors. Results showed that the specific feedback produced higher level of safety performance than the global feedback for both skilled and unskilled group. |
|
|
4. An Examination of the Effects of Positive and Negative Reinforcement on Safety Rule Following Behavior under Two Different Schedules of Reinforcement |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JAEHEE LEE (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung-Ang University) |
Abstract: This study examined whether positive and negative reinforcement has differential impacts on safety rule following behavior under two different schedules of reinforcement (FR1 and VR5). Participants were asked to work on a computerized task and follow safety rules. A 2 x 2 factorial design was adopted and 80 participants were randomly assigned to one of the four experimental groups: FR1 positive, VR5 positive, FR1 negative, and VR5 negative reinforcement groups. The participants in the FR1 and VR5 positive reinforcement groups earned a base pay of 5,000 won at the beginning of the experiment, and could earn additional 50 and 250 won, respectively, if they followed all safety rules. The participants in the FR1 and VR5 negative reinforcement groups earned 10,000 won at the beginning, but they could lose 50 and 250 won, respectively, if they did not follow any of the safety rules. The results showed that there were no differential impacts on rule following behavior under the FR1 condition. However, under the VR5 condition, the negative reinforcement condition produced a significantly lower level of rule following behavior. This result suggests that effects of positive and negative reinforcement may differ depending on the type of reinforcement schedule. |
|
|
5. Shaping Complex Inspection Behaviours Through Effective Leadership in a Petro-Chemical Plant |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
LAURA L. METHOT (CLG, Inc.), Geoff Smith (CLG, Inc.), Francisco Manuel Gomez (CLG, Inc.), Danielle Geissler (CLG, Inc.) |
Abstract: In todays competitive business environment, petrochemical refineries, oil platforms and manufacturing plants are expected to run at or close to nameplate capacity. Unplanned shutdowns result in lost production and profitability as well as increased maintenance costs. Furthermore, personnel and process safety risk exposures are higher during plant shutdowns and restarts than in running plant environments. Reliability Inspectors determine the probability and capacity of plant components to perform required functions for specific periods of time under certain conditions and they conduct inspections to ensure component integrity. Traditionally, inspections for critical equipment are specified on a time-based schedule. Reliability Inspectors employing risk-based inspections (RBI) consider multiple process variables, component materials, and other factors to identify probability and consequences of failure and adjust the frequency of inspection accordingly. Using RBI results in better reliability and lower cost but requires more complex behaviours from inspectors and a higher level of decision making and advanced stakeholder management. Results of a behaviour-based coaching programme show that as front-line supervisors engage in more effective field leadership, such as taking ownership of the findings instead of just sending a report, new inspector behaviours are shaped and new results delivered. This change has effectively avoided costs in excess of $100M which motivates ongoing analysis of which behaviours have the greatest impact. |
|
|
6. Improving Trainer Data Accuracy Utilizing Strategies of Self-Monitoring and Feedback |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN DIANE BROWN PEARSON (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada,Reno) |
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis is a data-driven field. As researchers, we base most all of our decisions off of the data obtained through scientific studies in both laboratory and natural environments. In applied settings, the conclusions derived from these data often guide treatment decisions, such as whether to implement one type of treatment, no treatment, or a separate treatment. Thus, the importance of reliable and accurate data is of great importance, especially in applied settings. The aim of the current research was to examine potentially effective strategies for increasing the data accuracy of trainers working at a day center for adults with intellectual disabilities. Freeman and Dexter-Mazza (2004) used self-monitoring and adult feedback to increase the on-task behaviors of a young boy diagnosed with conduct disorder. Results showed that the implementation of a self-monitoring procedure led to small increases in on-task behaviors, while self-monitoring plus adult feedback proved more effective in increasing on-task behaviors. The current research utilized self-monitoring procedures as well as blanket and specific feedback to increase trainer data accuracy. Results suggest that giving specific feedback to trainers is the most important component in increasing the accuracy of their data. |
|
|
7. Improving Low Frequency and Episodic Behavior Across Multiple Sites |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
TRAVIS G. MCNEAL (CLG, Inc.), Danielle Geissler (CLG, Inc.) |
Abstract: Over the years organizational behavior management has proven to be an effective tool to help improve target behaviors in organizations. Oftentimes OBM interventions focus on high frequency behaviors and frequently recurring behaviors. Occasionally key behaviors are needed for discrete periods and also with a time lapse between those discrete periods. This poster describes one approach to help an organization address episodic behavior. |
|
|
8. The Effects of Positive Performance Feedback and Positive Reinforcement on the Implementation of a Reinforcement System |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CARON COSSER (Northwest Behavioral Associates), Stacey L. Shook (Northwest Behavioral Associates) |
Abstract: Research has focused on increasing staff performance by setting performance goals, monitoring staff performance, and providing performance-based verbal and/or graphic feedback. However, this can be time consuming for supervisors and there is the potential for negative staff reactions to the addition of further expectations, monitoring, and corrective feedback. The purpose of the current study is to examine the extent to which positive performance feedback and positive reinforcement alone can increase the participation of case managers of children with autism in a reinforcement system for the children’s home tutors. A reversal design will be used to evaluate the effects of the intervention on case manager performance. The intervention will consist of providing public positive performance feedback and positive reinforcement for behavior increases once a month to case managers. Data will be visually summarized and discussed in terms of potential advantages in using positive performance feedback and positive reinforcement procedures to increase staff behavior. |
|
|
9. Behavior Modification Program for Employees to Cope With Extra Organizational Stressors |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Maria Andrea Bravo (Instituto Tecnologico y de Estudios Superiores de Monterrey), FERNANDA GARCIA GALIANO (Instituto Tecnologico y de Estudios Superiores de Monterrey), Jose Antonio Garay (Instituto Tecnologico y de Estudios Superiores de Monterrey) |
Abstract: The main objective of the investigation was to design and apply a modification behavioral program in order to help the employees of an organization cope with extraorganizational stressors. The main problem was the direct influence that extraorganizational stressors have on some employees performance, feelings, thoughts and health. There were three hypothesis: the treatment program will produce a significant variation in the subjects stress levels, the treatment will not produce a significant variation in the subjects stress levels; there will be a significant variation in the subjects stress levels but will not be caused by the program but by extraorganizational stressors. The treatment consisted in the administration of five main programs: first, the subject learning to relax efficiently by using deep muscle relaxation and diaphragmatic breathing; the second one consisted in listing and ranking stressful events by hierarchy and based on the hierarchy apply relaxation techniques; the fourth and fifth consisted in stress coping thoughts and applying coping skills into real situations. The sample consisted of two male subjects, with 23 and 25 years old, performing administrative roles, both of them suffering from acute stress disorder by the manifestation of disturbing thoughts and physical symptoms. Despite the fact that the disturbances were reduced after the treatment, there were some extra organizational stressors that interfered with our results, which lead us to accept the fact that there were significant variations in the subject stress levels that were not produced by the treatment program. |
|
|
10. Extreme Makeover: House of Joe Edition |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
BETHANY P. CONTRERAS (Florida Institute of Technology), Scott A. Miller (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The purpose of this investigation was to evaluate the layout of a coffee shop kitchen area in relation to how many tasks (defined by the experimenters) were required to complete an espresso-based order and/or a coffee order. The investigators used this information to redistribute the equipment in such a way as to reduce the number of tasks. Results indicated a mean decrease of 7 tasks from intervention to baseline for espresso-based drinks, with no significant change in the number of tasks for coffee drinks. Duration also did not change significantly, although less variability was observed. |
|
|
|
|
PRA Poster Session 1 |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Outcome Data on the Financial Clearance Process for a
Pediatric Feeding Disorders Day Treatment Program |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CHRISTY WILLIAMS (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meye), Cathleen C. Piazza (University of Nebraska Medical Center's, Munroe-Me), Melissa K. Nieman (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: The purpose of this poster is to present data on the financial clearance process and outcomes for a pediatric feeding disorders day treatment program over a 3-year period (2009-2011). During this period, the interdisciplinary feeding team conducted a total of 93 evaluations for the purpose of triaging patients for services. Possible outcomes of the evaluation were referral: (a) to the intensive day treatment program, (b) to the weekly outpatient program, or (c) elsewhere. The evaluations resulted in 71 referrals (73% of the patients evaluated) to the day treatment program. Of the 71 children referred to the day treatment program, the clinical authorization representative attempted to preauthorize 53 children for services (i.e., 53 families elected to participate in the day treatment program). Sixty two percent (33 children) of the children were preauthorized for services on the first attempt. Twenty children were denied admission during the first attempt to preauthorize services, and 10 families elected to appeal the denial. Of these 10 appeals, 100% were overturned. The other 10 families chose not to appeal. Blue Cross/Blue Shield insurance company had the highest number of preauthorizations, and United Health Care insurance company had the lowest level of preauthorizations. These data are discussed in terms of the process needed to successfully preauthorize patients for a day treatment feeding program. |
|
|
2. Staff Selection, Program Adherence, and Session Engagement: A Preliminary Examination of Possible Indicators |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
KRISTEN BRAUN (Macon County Mental Health Board), Patricia S. McGuire (Macon County Mental Health Board), Debra A. Floyd (Child and Family Connections), Dennis Crowley (Macon County Mental Health Board) |
Abstract: Difficulties recruiting, retaining, and identifying appropriate and effective therapists or paraprofessionals to provide Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services for children with Autism or other related disorders has been indicated as barriers to quality service provision (Grindle et al., 2009). To address these challenges, eight paraprofessional staff, applying to work in an "in-home" ABA program, underwent an initial, semi-structured telephone interview and completed several self-report measures: (1) a theoretical orientation preference measure, developed to identify the paraprofessional’s beliefs regarding the efficacy of behavioral interventions, as compared to other approaches; (2) the Work and Well-Being Survey (Schaufeli & Bakker, 2003), a measure of work engagement administered to gauge the predictive utility of the measure as an indicator of therapist burnout, stress, and turnover; and (3) the Positive and Negative Affect Schedule (PANAS; Watson & Clark, 1994), a measure of state-trait affect administered as an indicator of therapist self-reported emotive stress. Behavioral indicators of the efficacy of the working relationships between the paraprofessional and families (e.g., verbal/written complaints, cancellations, termination) were also collected to identify the efficacy of the self-report measures in measuring the variables of interest and serving as potential staff selection and supervisory tools. Data will be presented in aggregate. |
|
|
3. An Analysis of Taiwanese and American Parent-child Interaction and Its Implication for Culturally Competent Video Modeling |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
HUI-TING WANG (National Taiwan Normal University) |
Abstract: Although there has been a publication momentum on video modeling and autism, the field rarely discusses the application of video modeling on parent-child interaction from a cultural diverse aspect. The purpose of this presentation is to analyze Taiwanese and American typically developing dyads of parent-child interaction and its literature. Further, the presenter will propose implications for video modeling and autism.
Four typically developing Taiwanese children (two girls and two boys) and their parents (two mothers and two fathers) were recruited for developing future video modeling video for children with autism. Five 5-minute book reading sessions across different days were recorded and coded. Nine commonalities were found across four dyads: (1) having eye contact, (2) pointing at pictures, (3) extending children’s language, (4) prompting with word initials or past experience, (5) providing children choices, (6) giving praises, (7) continuously testing children’s labeling skills and children answered, (8) providing future reinforcers when children got distracted, and (9) requesting children to sit still or answer louder. The first 6 commonalities are consistent with Western literature and American parent-child interaction.
The presenter will conclude with her two video modeling videos for children with autism, one from the Eastern and one from the Western, on parent-child interaction. Implications will be discussed. |
|
|
4. FORE! The Use of Video Modeling to Improve Your Golf Swing |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
RAUL MENDOZA (Walden University) |
Abstract: The use of video modeling has demonstrated great success when used to increase the skills of atypically developing children, but little research has been done on applying video modeling to the mainstream population. Varying video models were incorporated within five individualized training programs in efforts to optimize golf performance on the driving range and during rounds of golf, or actual game play of five participants. All participants only had previous amateur golf experience, and all had trouble with the mechanics of one or more aspects of their golf game, specifically related to procedures. As golf is a sport which essentially replicates similar behaviors over and over again, this seemed liked a perfect place to use some tools of behavior analysis to help address their problems. Baseline data was collected for each participant and after a few short sessions, data was collected again for comparison. Initial data for one participant demonstrated dramatic results, and it is postulated that comparable results will be obtained from the others. This presentation examines the efficacy and application of video modeling to the general population in effort to bring applied behavior analysis to mainstream sports. |
|
|
5. The Use of a Text-to-Voice Communication Program to Enhance Parent Training for Hearing-Impaired Caregivers |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Jannette Puisseaux (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ashley Stromberg (Kennedy Krieger Institute), MACKENZIE WYATT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Training caregivers to implement behavioral protocols is an important part of treatment generalization. This process can be complicated when working with caregivers who are hearing impaired, particularly when their child is hearing. In the current study, the use of an electronic text-to-voice communication program with hearing impaired parents and their hearing child with autism was evaluated. Data were collected on accuracy of parent implementation of a least-to-most prompting procedure. Training consisted of both role-play and in-vivo training sessions. Following the delivery of an academic demand in American Sign Language (ASL) during initial training, the child would imitate the sign but would not comply with the prompt. Further, caregivers would repeatedly prompt using ASL. Next, an electronic-text-to voice program was introduced, which the parents used to type in the demand. Results suggested that when the electronic device was used, the accuracy of treatment implementation increased. |
|
|
6. Is the Behavioral Progress Made at JRC Generalizable? A Follow-up Study of Former JRC Students |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
NICK LOWTHER (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Joseph Assalone (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Rosemary Silva (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: We will survey post-treatment outcomes of former students of the Judge Rotenberg Educational Center (JRC), a residential care facility that employs a highly consistent application of behavioral treatment and educational programming. All former JRC students who are reachable and willing to participate will be surveyed. We will use both a subjective General Life Adjustment rating scale (performed by guardians and/or the former students themselves) and objective counts of certain Quality of Life (QOL) Indicators. QOL/current status indicators will include need for ongoing treatment services, family/relationship status, place of residence status, educational status, employment status, and leisure pursuit information. Data will be reported in terms of descriptive statistics. |
|
|
7. A Meta Analysis of Group Contingency Interventions |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
STEVEN G. LITTLE (Massey University), Karen Angeleque Akin-Little (Self Employed) |
Abstract: This poster will present preliminary data from a meta analytic study on the efficacy of the behavioural intervention of group contingencies. A systematic review was undertaken for the purposes of identifying studies which met a priori criteria (i.e., studies conducted in schools or residential settings with the child and/or adolescent population). 182 articles (1980-2010) were identified and reviewed for the following criteria: empirical; utilized with school-age children and adolescents; use of single-subject design; enough data to calculate effect size (i.e., baseline mean and standard deviation, treatment mean). Thus, 50 studies met criteria and were coded and effect size(s) calculated. Overall (N = 50): ES = 3.39; Interdependent (N = 35): ES = 2.85; Independent (N = 8): ES = 3.27; and Dependent (N = 11): ES = 3.75. From this preliminary analysis of the data, it is apparent that group contingencies are highly effective. Regardless of the type of group contingency employed, a large effect size was observed. Thus, group contingencies appear to be an effective intervention with children, particularly in the classroom, for a wide variety of academic behaviour, problem behaviour, and prosocial behaviour. Studies of this type are important for practitioners in order to use evidence-based procedures. |
|
|
8. Using Discrete Trial Training to Enhance the Performance of Beginning Rock Climbers |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
KEN KILLINGSWORTH (University of Nevada, Reno), William F. Potter (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Abstract: A behavioral training package was used within a multiple baseline across matched participants design to enhance the performance of beginning rock climbers. Errorless learning techniques were implemented in a discrete-trial training format to train attending to the feet while climbing, and to facilitate the effective use of weight distribution. The primary dependent variables measured across experimental phases were attending to the feet while climbing, pressure exerted by the hands to climbing holds, post climb grip strength, elapsed time from beginning to completion of each climb, and subjective experience survey items. All participants showed increased attending to the feet, while 3 of the 7 participants showed decreases in the amount of pressure applied to the hand holds. Post climb grip strength measures remained relatively stable for most participants, while increases in time were observed for all participants in the sessions immediately following the termination of the training condition. In a comparison of baseline and post training conditions, climb enjoyment decreased for 6 of the 7 participants after training was delivered. Issues relevant to the present study and future behavioral climbing research are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Poster Session 1 |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Teaching Language to Children With Developmental Disabilities Using a Combined Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing and Direct Reinforcement Procedure |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
BRIGHID H. FRONAPFEL (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Several researchers have used stimulus-stimulus pairing (SSP) to increase the frequency of specific vocalizations in children with disabilities. However, only a few addressed the utility of SSP to increase functional language (e.g., mands and tacts), and none combined SSP and direct reinforcement (DR). The present study combined SSP and DR to successfully teach2 to10 functional mands in 49 7-minute sessions or less with 4 children with developmental disabilities (two diagnosed with autism, one with a developmental delay, and one with Down syndrome). Initially, none of the4 children emitted mands or tacts. The children also demonstrated little to no vocal imitation and spontaneously vocalized only 1 to 14 phonemes. Following mand training,2 children continued into Study II and were successfully taught 10 tacts for pictures in a maximum of 38, 10-trial sessions. |
|
|
2. Using Brief Functional Analysis to Determine the Functions of Emerging Speech in Children With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
VICTORIA BURNEY (University Of Auckland), Angela M. Arnold Saritepe (University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Developing strategies that lead to more effective language teaching programs is of key importance for teachers of children with autism. Skinners theory of verbal behaviour has allowed for the investigation of functions of verbal responses. Research by Lerman, Parten, Addison, Vorndran, Volkert and Kodak (2005) used functional analysis to assess the elementary functions of emerging language in children with developmental disabilities. The current study applied a brief functional analysis methodology to the assessment of emerging language in children with autism. The aims were to investigate if a shortened language assessment could identify functions of verbal behaviour and if results could be used to develop a language teaching program. Participants were five children, between the ages of five and ten, who had been diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. Participants had limited verbal language, but could emit at least one vocal response. Results show that brief functional analyses were able to identify at least one function of target verbal responses for each participant. Teaching data suggest that a brief functional analysis of language provides sufficient information from which to develop an individualised language teaching strategy. Furthermore, this brief assessment could be easily taught to staff, maximising their ability to individualise programming. |
|
|
3. Contrived Establishing Operations and Backward Chaining to Teach Children with Autism to Mand for Information |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
EVELYN BOATENG (Saint Xavier University), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Kassity Johnson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan K. Malmquist (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Asking a question is a mand, but teaching children with autism to mand for information may be difficult because the requested information may not function as a reinforcer. Previous research evaluting methods to teach children with autism to mand for information have often involved providing access to some additional source of reinforcement in addition to the information requested (i.e., a reinforcer not specified in the mand is provided) (e.g., Taylor & Harris, 1995). Although this may increase mands, the responses may not be controlled by the establishing operation (EO) and reinforcer specified by the mand (i.e., the answer), and thus responses may not persist when the alternative source of reinforcement is no longer provided. In the current study, an EO was contrived by teaching a response chain to access preferred items using backward chaining combined with a time delay procedure. Participants were first taught to mand for a preferred item. Following acquisition, the item was hidden in a box and participants were taught to mand for information about the item in the box. All three participants acquired the response chain (emitting a mand for information about the item in the box and emitting a mand to acces the item ). All participants continued to emit the target mand for information during generalization when a low preferred item was hidden into the box on 50% of trials. Participants did not emit the second response in the chain (i.e., mand for the item) when the information about the low-preferred stimulus in the box followed the mand for information. These data support conclusions that both mands were controlled by the EO and reinforcement contingencies appropriate to each response. |
|
|
4. Mandand Tact Training: A Comparison of Teaching Procedures |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
KAREN PEEL (University of Auckland), Angela M. Arnold Saritepe (University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Research investigating how best to support the development of functional language is of significance to populations that historically present with language delays. Kodak and Clements (2009) found that when single procedures failed to succeed, the combination of echoic training with mand or tact training was successful in facilitating the acquisition of mands and tacts. Two boys and one girl with autism received mand and tact training for three verbal operants (mands and tacts) each. The boys acquired all operants without requiring echoic training. The girl participant required echoic training on one mand only. Data showed echoic training as having some effect, but when the percentage of unprompted responses indicated a declining trend, it was hypothesised that the mand was losing its value as a reinforcer. Findings indicate that mand-only and tact-only training can be effective in helping children acquire spoken language. When this is not effective the introduction of echoic training can be beneficial. |
|
|
5. Teaching Tacting Behavior in Preschool Children Diagnosed With ASD, Using High Probability (high-p) Request Sequences |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
DEBRA A. FLOYD (Macon County Mental Health Board) |
Abstract: High probability (high-p) request sequences have been used to teach many important behaviors when noncompliance is a major factor. Much research has been done using high-p sequences with severe behavior problems in children with developmental delays, including children with ASD. In all existing studies of children diagnosed with ASD, high-p request sequences have proven effective in teaching compliance with requests (Banda et.al, 2003). In this study, this method was used with preschool children diagnosed with ASD who had a repertoire of several easy-to-follow requests (tacts) in combination with an adult maintaining close proximity to the child. This has proven to keep the child's attention, convey a rapid conveyance of the sequence and been successful in adding and learning a new tact (low-p) following the high-p sequence. Data was collected using a single subject reversal design with baseline data consisting of the introduction of the dependant variable (new tact) under the typical means of what is this? The independent variable (high-p) sequence request was then introduced in a 12 second rapid burst of 4 tacts that were in the childs repertoire followed by a low-p request, repeated as many times as the child would respond in a 3 minute time allotment. |
|
|
6. A Comparison of Most-to-Least Prompting and Graduated Guidance to Teach Sign Tacts |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
LENY D. VELASQUEZ VELASQUEZ (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Scott A. Miller (Florida Institute of Technology), Celeste Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: A single-case, parallel treatment design was used to systematically compare the effectiveness and efficiency of two prompt fading procedures in teaching two participants to label pictures using two component signs. In the most to least prompting (MTL) condition, a predetermined prompt hierarchy composed mostly of physical prompts was used to fade assistance across trials. In the graduated guidance (GG) condition, prompts were faded within trials at the trainers discretion. Both prompting procedures resulted in the increased performance of target signs; participant 1 achieved mastery of two out of three signs when taught using graduated guidance. Participant 2 acquired the same target signs under the most to least condition. The results also indicate that MTL resulted in more errors per session than GG. While the number of teaching sessions remained fairly consistent with Participant 1, the rate of acquisition increased dramatically with Participant 2 when the number of teaching sessions per day was increased. This study extends literature on prompt fading procedures and may provide support for prompt fading procedures that combine aspects of both MTL and GG. |
|
|
7. Language Skill Acquisition as a Function of Multiple Variables via ABA in Children With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
AMBER RHODES (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Few studies have evaluated the importance of various factors, such as the effect of treatment intensity on treatment outcomes. The objective of this study is to evaluate the relationship of treatment hours and the number of months in treatment with the rate of skill acquisition. The study will evaluate treatment progress for 55 children receiving Applied Behavior Analysis techniques of Verbal Behavior Therapy. The data, which will be used in this study, are archival and obtained from the clinical records of patients referred to an ABA based language and learning clinic day treatment program. We hypothesize that children who have received verbal behavior therapy in a learning language clinic will acquire language skills at a faster rate the more months (duration) they are in treatment. Also, children who have received verbal behavior therapy in a learning language clinic will acquire language skills at a faster rate the more hours (intensity) they are in treatment per month. This research is important to gain a better understanding of the most effective treatment methods for language delays. There are few studies with an adequate sample size to make evidence based decisions related to language delay treatments. |
|
|
8. Testing the Effects of an Auditory Matching Procedure on the Emission of Intraverbal Tacts |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
SUDHA RAMASWAMY (Mercy College) |
Abstract: This study tested the effects of an auditory matching-to-sample procedure on the emission of intraverbal tacts emitted by three children with autism. The children in the study lacked an intraverbal tact repertoire to varied intraverbal antecedents in response to a single picture stimulus. Specifically, the children did not discriminate varied “wh” questions in response to a single picture (e.g., “who is it?” versus “what is she doing?”). The auditory matching procedure was a systematic replication of Chavez-Brown (2005), with an additional phase that involved teaching the participants to auditory match multiple exemplars of “wh” questions that were presented on audio recording devices. A multiple probe design was implemented. Teaching sessions utilizing the auditory matching procedure were conducted separately from probe sessions that tested the emission of intraverbal tacts. Results showed that the percentage accuracy of intraverbal tacts increased for all 3 of the participants following the auditory matching sequence.
Phase 1: Auditory matching of word (i.e., cup) using nonsense phonemes as non-exemplar (i.e., baba)
Phase 2: Auditory matching of word (i.e., cup) using another word as a non-exemplar (i.e., bed)
Phase 3(target 1): Auditory matching of target phrase (“who is it”) using another ‘wh’ phrase as a non-exemplar (i.e., “what is it”)
Phase 4(target 2): Auditory matching of target phrase (“what is it”) using another ‘wh’ phrase as a non-exemplar (i.e., “what is he doing”)
Phase 5(target 3): Auditory matching of target phrase (“what color is it”) using another ‘wh’ phrase as a non-exemplar (i.e., “what is it”)
Phase 6(target 4): Auditory matching of target phrase (“what is he/she doing”) using another ‘wh’ phrase as a non-exemplar (i.e., “who is it”)
Phase 7 (target 5): Auditory matching of all 4 taught phrases (who is it, what is it, what color is it, what is he/she doing interspersed) using all ‘wh’ phrases as a non-exemplar.
The following phases are yet to be implemented:
Probe 6 after phase 6 (target 4) and Probe 7 after phase 7 (target 5) are yet to be tested for all three participants. |
|
|
9. The Effects of Types of Stimuli on Naming Probes and the Induction of Naming From Multiple Exemplar Instruction for Two Students Diagnosed With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Jinhyeok Choi (Teachers College, Columbia University), MELISSA LIU (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We examined the effects of using different types of stimuli during Naming probe sessions on the levels of correct responding following multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) to induce the Naming capability. The dependent variables were the correct responses to the Naming probes for two types of stimuli prior to and following the completion of MEI. The independent variable was the mastery of MEI. Results show that for both students the Naming capability was shown to be present when complex stimuli were used, and required additional instruction for the Naming capability to be shown with simple stimuli. This study will discuss possible reasons for these findings as well as possible procedural changes to strengthen the findings. |
|
|
10. Coherence as a Generalized Conditioned Reinforcer |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
LARRY TUBBS (University of Mississippi), Elizabeth Sargent (University of Mississippi), Michael Bordieri (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: The purpose of this investigation is to extend our understanding of the role coherence plays in complex human verbal behavior. Put simply, coherence can be defined as relating arbitrary concepts in ways that go together, and it is the means by which humans make sense of the world. Previous research has demonstrated that this act of coherent relational responding has many of the same properties of non-verbal behavior in that it can be shaped and reinforced by the environment. It has long been theoretically assumed that coherence itself serves as a reinforcer in verbally competent humans; yet to our knowledge this claim has yet to be subject to direct empirical testing. Preliminary data collected demonstrated that undergraduate participants asked to match novel stimuli in a computerized match to sample preparation allocated responding in ways consistent with previous non-reinforced testing trials in the absence of any programmed consequences. These obtained results lend support to the view that coherence is a generalized conditioned reinforcer and additional participants will be assessed to further examine this phenomenon. Results and implications for future inquiry into coherence and higher order verbal behavior will be discussed. |
|
|
11. The Role of Reinforcing Function of Stimuli in Speaker Behavior |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
LUIZA GUIMARAES (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: Many studies have shown that the speaker performance on naming tests of equivalent stimuli is more accurate when a topographically identical response is emitted in the presence of a picture compared to when it is emitted in the presence of a printed word. Although individuals may pass tests of symmetry and transitivity, the stimuli involved in the equivalence classes do not seem to be truly equivalent. The purpose of this study was to investigate if the reinforcing value of verbal relations involving picture and printed word equivalent stimuli, and which of these two verbal relations are preferred by participants. Six university students and eight typically developing children without reading repertoire participated in experiment. The general procedure consisted of two phases; the first one was a matching -to-sample teaching procedure (MTS) to establish equivalence relations and the second was a concurrent chains choice procedure used to evaluate preference for tasks. The results indicated indifference between verbal relations controlled by picture and printed word tasks, which is consistent with the establishment of equivalence relations and the fact that participants showed similar performance in naming pictures and printed words. |
|
|
12. Matching-to-Sample With Video as Sample and Comparison and the Emergence of Symmetry in Children |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
Larissa Pires Ruiz (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), NASSIM CHAMEL ELIAS (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: This study was designed to observe conditional discrimination performance in an automated matching-to-sample procedure when comparison stimuli were digital videos presented simultaneously. Participants were four normally developing five-year-old children with no formal manual signing. The experimental stimuli consisted of nine manual signs and the corresponding actions all presented as digital videos. Teaching was introduced first and consisted of imitating signs (mimetic) and choosing one among three action videos (i. e., jumping, sitting, kicking) presented simultaneously in the presence of the sign in a matching-to-sample context. After criterion was met on all teaching relations, testing was introduced and consisted of (1) choosing one among three videos of signs presented simultaneously in the presence of the action video (symmetry), and (2) presenting an action video and the instruction for the child to sign (tact) for the corresponding action. Results indicated the emergence of symmetric relations and emergence and maintenance of tact responses. Establishing conditional discrimination with videos as samples and comparisons may represent an important feature to teach autoclitic repertoire, such as grammar and word sequence. |
|
|
13. A Comparison of Simple and Complex Auditory-Visual Conditional Discriminations |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
CECELIA R. MADERITZ (Youngstown State University), Rocio Rosales (Youngstown State University), Ashley Way (Youngstown State University), Mary Vallinger (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: A variety of training procedures have been demonstrated to produce emergent relations in typically developing children, and children with developmental disabilities. For example, simple and complex conditional discrimination training have both received empirical support in basic and applied research (e.g., Maguire et al., 1994; Groskreutz et al., 2010, Lane & Critchfield, 1998). However, the effectiveness of the two procedures has not been directly compared. Therefore, in the present study, an alternating treatments design was employed to teach sight word reading and reading comprehension to participants with and without developmental disabilities. Stimulus sets were assigned to either a simple- or complex-sample training condition. During the simple-sample condition, participants were first taught to conditionally relate dictated names to their corresponding pictures (A-B), and then taught to relate dictated names to their corresponding printed words (A-C). During the complex-sample condition, participants were presented with a dictated name and picture, and taught to conditionally relate this complex sample to its corresponding printed word (AB-C). Investigating procedures that establish emergent relations in the most efficient manner is important to increase the efficiency of academic instruction. Results will be discussed with respect to the training time required for each condition and areas for future research. |
|
|
|
|
Evidence-based communication approaches for children with autism |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
303/304 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Andy Bondy, Ph.D. |
Chair: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Presenting Authors: : ANDY BONDY (Pyramid Educational Consultants) |
Abstract: The selection of an approach to help children with autism acquire communication is remarkably challenging. This talk will review many of the issues that relate to evidence-based practices which aim to improve broad language skills, including the acquisition of an array of verbal operants as well as skills associated with the listener (traditionally viewed as receptive skills). While the hallmark of applied behavior analysis involve many hundreds of single-subject designs looking at particular skills, many practitioners attempt to use packages- that is, an organization of target skills and teaching strategies, including those involving generalization. What is the evidence that particular packages work- either in terms of outcome measures or in comparison to other packages? Many other questions arise, including: Which skills should be targeted first? Is modality a critical issue? Is there evidence of successful transitioning from one modality to another and what guidelines should be used? Are there any non-behaviorally based strategies that are evidence-based? Rather than trying to provide a definitive answer to the Which strategy is universally the best? guidelines for the most appropriate questions to ask will be offered. |
|
ANDY BONDY (Pyramid Educational Consultants) |
Andy Bondy, Ph.D., has over 40 years experience working with children and adults with autism and related developmental disabilities. For more than a dozen years he served as the Director of a statewide public school program for students with autism. He and his wife, Lori Frost, pioneered the development of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS). . He designed the Pyramid Approach to Education as a comprehensive combination of broad-spectrum behavior analysis and functional communication strategies. He is a co-founder of Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc., an internationally based team of specialists from many fields working together to promote integration of the principles of applied behavior analysis within functional activities and an emphasis on developing functional communication skills. |
Keyword(s): communication training, verbal operants |
|
|
|
|
Why Civil Resistance Works: The Future of Nonviolent Conflict |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
6A (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Mark A. Mattaini, Ph.D. |
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work) |
ERICA CHENOWETH (Wesleyan University) |
Erica Chenoweth is an Assistant Professor of Government at Wesleyan University. From June 2011 through August 2012, Chenoweth will be a Visiting Scholar in residence at the Institute of International Studies at the University of California at Berkeley. She teaches courses on international relations, terrorism, civil war, and contemporary warfare. She serves as a Member of the Board for the International Security and Arms Control Section of the American Political Science Association (2011-2013), and as an Academic Advisor to the International Center on Nonviolent Conflict. Previously, she has been a Fellow (2006-2008) and an Associate (2008-2010) at the International Security Program at the Belfer Center for Science and International Affairs at Harvard University's Kennedy School of Government and a Visiting Fellow at the Institute of International Studies at the University of California at Berkeley. Chenoweth was the 2010 recipient of the Carol A. Baker Memorial Prize, which recognizes excellence in junior faculty teaching and research at Wesleyan. Chenoweth has authored several books, including Why Democracy Encourages Terrorism (under contract with Columbia University Press); and Why Civil Resistance Works: The Strategic Logic of Nonviolent Conflict (Columbia University Press, August 2011) with Maria J. Stephan of the U.S. State Department. She also co-edited Rethinking Violence: States and Non-State Actors in Conflict (MIT Press, 2010) with Adria Lawrence of Yale University. Chenoweth's research program involves three main questions: why do non-state groups use political violence, what are the alternatives to political violence, and how can states best combat non-state political violence? Her book, tentatively entitled Why Democracy Encourages Terrorism (under contract with Columbia University Press), investigates the reasons why non-state actors resort to violence in democracies despite the availability of legal methods of protest. Her findings suggest that political competition within democracies compels conventional interest groups to compete, causing a "cascade effect" in which groups escalate their tactics to outbid one another for power. The research for this project was partially funded through a Postdoctoral Research Fellowship from the National Consortium for the Study of Terrorism and Responses to Terrorism (START), a Department of Homeland Security Center of Excellence at the University of Maryland. In another project, Why Civil Resistance Works (with Maria Stephan), Chenoweth researches the conditions under which nonviolent resistance methods are more effective than violent methods in achieving strategic goals such as regime change, expelling foreign occupiers, or achieving self determination. In fall 2009, Chenoweth commenced a follow-up project that investigates how the tactical evolutions of nonviolent and violent insurgencies have affected their strategic outcomes. Chenoweth is also co-lead investigator on a project entitled Dealing with the Devil: When Bargaining with Terrorists Works (with Laura Dugan). This project assesses the efficacy of different counterterrorism policies in the Middle East since 1980 as part of a broader set of projects affiliated with START. |
Abstract: Professor Erica Chenoweth discusses her book with Maria Stephan, Why Civil Resistance Works: The Strategic Logic of Nonviolent Conflict. In this groundbreaking book, the authors find that between 1900 and 2006, campaigns of nonviolent resistance were more than twice as effective as their violent counterparts. Attracting impressive support from citizens that helps separate regimes from their main sources of power, these campaigns have produced remarkable results. In this talk, Chenoweth details the factors enabling such campaigns to succeed; and, at times, causing them to fail. She discusses how higher levels of participation contribute to enhanced resilience, a greater probability of tactical innovation, increased opportunity for civic disruption (and therefore less incentive for the regime to maintain the status quo), and shifts in loyalty among opponents' erstwhile supporters, including members of the military establishment. Successful nonviolent resistance movements tend to usher in more durable and internally peaceful democracies, which are less likely to regress into civil war. Chenoweth originally and systematically compares violent and nonviolent outcomes in different historical periods and geographical contexts, debunking the myth that violence occurs because of structural and environmental factors and is necessary to achieve certain political goals. Instead, she argues that violent insurgency is rarely justifiable on strategic grounds. Chenoweth will conclude her presentation by discussing the implications of this research for ongoing conflicts around the world. |
Keyword(s): civil resistance, nonviolent struggle, social justice |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Advice from the Recently Hired |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
202 (TCC) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (University of Kansas) |
JOLENE R. SY (Saint Louis University) |
JOSHUA K. PRITCHARD (Florida Institute of Technology) |
KENDRA L. BROOKS RICKARD (Center for Advanced Learning) |
Abstract: Panelists will be recently hired professionals in the field of behavior analysis. They will discuss their personal accounts of researching and applying for different positions in the field, both in academia and clinical posts, as well as the transition from graduate school into the professional community. They will give recommendations and advice to those preparing to apply for a job in behavior analysis. Following their accounts and discussion there will be a question and answer period at which time more specific questions may be asked by audience members. |
Keyword(s): job search |
|
|
|
|
The Behavioral Enrichment Animal Research (Bear) Group: Zoo Research From Jaguars to Grizzlies |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
620 (Convention Center) |
Area: AAB/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Travis Blevins (Behavior Services of the Rockies) |
Discussant: Travis Blevins (Behavior Services of the Rockies) |
CE Instructor: Eduardo J. Fernandez, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Now almost three years in the making, the Behavioral Enrichment Animal Research (BEAR) Group has focused on examining the behavioral welfare of captive exotic animals, primarily located at Woodland Park Zoo. Since that time, our group has worked on thirteen different projects working with animals including elephants, hippos, Humboldt penguins, grizzly bears, sun bears, sloth bears, Sumatran tigers, jaguars, African wild dogs, golden lion tamarins, ostriches, tree kangaroos. All of these projects have attempted to assess some aspect of animal welfare, and then looked for ways to enhance/enrich the animals studied. In the following symposium, we will discuss three separate projects: (1) the effects of jaguar activity on the behaviors and verbal responses of visitors, (2) the seasonal and daily activity of captive grizzly bears, and (3) the effects of animal visibility and activity on visitor crowd size. For all three projects, we will discuss the ramifications of the presented results, as well as the future directions for the projects. Particular emphasis will be placed on how our BEAR Group, via working with Woodland Park Zoo, can continue to both assess and enhance the animals involved in the various projects we are working with. |
|
The Effects of Jaguar Activity on the Behaviors and Verbal Responses of Visitors |
ANDREA GODINEZ (University of Washington), Eduardo J. Fernandez (University of Washington), Kris Morrissey (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Zoo animals serve an important function in helping educate the public about their conservation needs. Despite this important function, little is understood about how visitors respond to different zoo exhibits and the animals that reside within them. We examined how different behaviors displayed by two jaguars located at the Woodland Park Zoo were correlated with visitor behaviors and their responses about the exhibit. Jaguar behaviors were categorized as five possible classes of behavior (Active, Inactive, Grooming, Repetitive, and Other), visitor behaviors were measured in terms of crowd size and individual time spent in front of an exhibit, and visitor responses were measured using a brief survey. Overall, visitors spent significantly less time and formed smaller groups when a jaguar was out of sight (i.e., Other). Visitors showed some lowered responses in their verbal responses. However, these did not correlate with what they did. By understanding how visitors respond to exhibited animals, zoos and other captive institutions can address these behaviors and perceptions in order to create more positive experiences for their visitors. |
|
GRIZZLY BEAR DAILY AND SEASONAL ACTIVITY |
NATHAN ANDREWS (University of Washington), Eduardo J. Fernandez (University of Washington), James C. Ha (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Captive grizzly bears, similar to their wild counterparts, spend a considerable amount of their time inactive seasonally. We documented the year-long activity of two grizzly bears located at the Woodland Park Zoo. Of particular interest is when activity begins to emerge in relation to when and how the grizzly bears are fed on exhibit. Both seasonal and daily activity was examined with respect to (a) seasonal changes, and (b) several times a day feeding schedules. Of particular interested was how much the events within their daily routine (i.e. when theyre fed) affected these overall behaviors both daily and seasonally. Results will be discussed with respect to how we can modify their feeding schedules and the like to change their overall activity levels, as well as how we can use future feeding schedules to optimize overall grizzly bear activity. |
|
The Effects of Visibility and Activity on Crowd Size Throughout a Zoo |
EDUARDO J. FERNANDEZ (University of Washington), James C. Ha (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Zoos have multiple functions, one of which is educating/entertaining visitors that come to the zoo. This plays an important role for other zoo functions; by educating and entertaining zoo visitors, they are more likely to gain support for their conservation efforts. In addition, visitors contribute money directly to the zoo, which helps the zoo care for their animals, as well as paying for the various conservation efforts they are involved with around the world. One particular concern is both how visible and active the animals at a zoo are. When animals are less active, and possibly more importantly, less visible, this can change what the visitors themselves do at the zoo. The following study attempted to quantify this by examining how visible/active the animals were at the Woodland Park Zoo. 64 different points/exhibits at the zoo were examined, and one simple measure of visitor behavior, crowd size, was used. We then examined for both specific exhibits and the zoo as a whole how crowd sized changed as a result of (a) how active certain animals/exhibits were, and (b) how visible they were. The results will be discussed in terms of how we can use such results to better exhibit animals, and thus improve the visitor zoo experience as a whole. |
|
|
|
|
Analysis of Transfer-of-Stimulus Control Procedures: Effective Teaching Practices for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
301 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: April N. Kisamore (Western New England University) |
Discussant: Vincent Joseph Carbone (Carbone Clinic) |
Abstract: A primary goal when working with children on the autism spectrum is that they achieve independent functional skills. Therefore, it is crucial that time spent teaching new skills is used effectively and efficiently. This symposium will share research on the use of transfer-of-stimulus control procedures. Specifically, the first paper will report data on a comparison between the quick transfer of stimulus control procedure and a more common prompt fading method. The second paper will address the quick transfer procedure as an error-correction procedure. The third paper will compare tact- and echoic-to-intraverbal transfer of stimulus control procedures as well as evaluate assessment procedures that might be used to predict efficient prompting strategies. Areas for future research also will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): Prompting, Stimulus Control, Teaching Procedures, Verbal Behavior |
|
Comparative Analysis of the Quick Transfer of Stimulus Control Procedure With Students With Severe Disabilities |
REBECCA A. MARKOVITS (Simmons College), Shannon Koenig (Simmons College), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Maximizing teaching efficiency is of utmost importance when increasing communication and academic skills with students with severe developmental disabilities. One prompt fading technique with limited data support is the quick transfer of stimulus control procedure. In this procedure, each trial is an instruction with a helpful prompt, light praise, a rapid representation of the instruction with a less helpful prompt or no prompt, and reinforcement contingent on a correct response. Three boys with autism and significant developmental delays (ages 6, 8, and 20) participated in this study comparing this quick transfer of stimulus control procedure with a "traditional"prompt fading technique in which prompts were faded across sessions. We taught listener responding to sight words or pictures with 4 targets randomly assigned to each condition. Interobserver agreement data averaged 98% across participants and conditions. In the context of a parallel treatments design, results showed that more receptive skills met the mastery criterion in the quick transfer condition than in the "traditional" condition. A limitation was not all the teaching targets were acquired in the study. Future research should further verify the quick transfer of the stimulus control procedure as being more efficient than more common, across-session prompt fading strategies. |
|
Effects of the Quick Transfer Procedure With Children With Developmental Disabilities |
KERRY A. CONDE (Western New England University), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University), Allyssa Burby (Western New England University) |
Abstract: Treatment manuals, such as Sundberg and Partington's (1998) Teaching Language to Children With Autism or Other Developmental Disabilities, and other texts (Barbera & Rasmussen, 2007; Dipuglia & Miklos, 2002) suggest the use of the quick transfer procedure when teaching new skills to young children with autism or other developmental delays. The quick transfer procedure is defined as delivering a trial with at least a 2-s prompt delay no more than 5 s following a trial with an immediate 0-s prompt delay (Dipuglia & Miklos, 2002). The purpose of the investigation was to examine the effects of the quick transfer trial as an error-correction procedure on rate of acquisition (i.e., trials to mastery, total duration to mastery) with 3 young children on the autism spectrum. An adapted alternating treatments design with a baseline phase was used to examine the quick transfer procedure. Interobserver agreement was assessed for a minimum of 33% of sessions and averaged 100%. Results for 2 of the participants suggest that the quick transfer procedure is effective in producing a higher level of accurate responding and shorter session duration. Based on these findings, the quick transfer procedure may represent an effective strategy to teach new skills to children with autism. |
|
A Comparison of Transfer-of-Stimulus-Control Procedures to Teach Intraverbal Behavior to Children With Autism |
Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), VINCENT E. CAMPBELL (University of Oregon), Elizabeth Bullington (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Karen A. Toussaint Rader (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Joslyn Cynkus Mintz (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Rashea Fuchtman (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Andrea Clements Stearns (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Although several transfer-of-stimulus-control procedures may be used during intraverbal training, only a few studies have compared prompting procedures to identify the most efficient intraverbal training procedures for children diagnosed with autism (e.g., Ingvarrson & Hollobaugh, 2011). In addition, research is needed to evaluate assessment procedures that can be used to predict efficient prompting strategies. The current study compared tact- and echoic-to-intraverbal transfer of stimulus control procedures with five children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. We also completed portions of the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) (i.e., the milestones associated with echoic and tact repertoires) with each participant. The results of the treatment comparison showed that the most efficient transfer-of-stimulus-control procedure was idiosyncratic across participants. Two participants acquired intraverbals in the echoic condition only, and 2 participants acquired intraverbals in the tact condition only. The final participant acquired intraverbal in both conditions; however, the echoic condition was more efficient. The results of the VB-MAPP did not accurately predict the most effective prompting strategy, although the assessment outcomes for echoic and tact repertoires were relatively similar. We will describe future areas of research related to assessing participants' prerequisite tact and echoic repertoires prior to training intraverbal behavior. Inter-observer Agreement (IOA) for all dependent measures exceeded 75%. |
|
|
|
|
The Role of Assessment in Early Intensive Behvioral Intervention Programs |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
LL02 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Adel C. Najdowski, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Assessment of childrens skill repertoires in early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) programs is typically conducted for the purpose of developing a unique, individualized curriculum program for each child with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Assessment facilitates the identification of each childs strengths and needs, in an effort to maximize learning gains in areas of importance and relevance to a childs daily life. This symposium explores the traditional role of assessment in treatment planning (papers 1 3) as well as presenting a nontraditional and more novel use of skill assessment for the purpose of behavioral phenotyping (paper 4). Specifically, the first paper discusses the key factors related to linking assessment to curriculum design, the second paper provides a literature review of assessments and curricula used in EIBI programs, the third paper investigates the agreement between two commonly used assessments in EIBI programs (VB-MAPP and the ABLLS-R), and the final paper explores the use of skill assessment for behavioral phenotyping in children with ASD. |
Keyword(s): assessment, behavioral phenotyping, curriculum design |
|
Linking Assessment to Curriculum Design in EIBI Programs for Children With ASD |
ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Evelyn R. Gould (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Taira Lanagan (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Michele R. Bishop (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: One of the key features of an EIBI program for children with ASD is an individualized and comprehensive curriculum (American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 1999; Hancock, Cautilli, Rosenwasser, & Clark, 2000; Lovaas, 2003). Designing such a curriculum is a multi-step process, beginning with assessment and interpreting the results of assessment and ending with matching lessons to the child�s individual needs identified by assessment. This process also involves consideration of many other factors including: the child�s age and level of functioning, goals of the child�s caregivers, the number of hours of intervention planned, and goals that there is funding to support, to name a few. This paper will outline the process of linking assessment to curriculum design while also considering all of these important factors. |
|
A Review of Assessment Instruments and Curricula used in the Education and Treatment of Children With ASD |
EVELYN R. GOULD (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: Systematic assessment plays a critical role in treatment-planning and outcome evaluation of children with autism and a unique, comprehensive treatment curriculum is a key component of effective EIBI programs (REF). A large proportion of national education and treatment centers for persons with ASD, including those providing applied behavior analysis (ABA)-based services, show a relatively high percentage of agreement on the assessment instruments they routinely use. However, there appears to be great variability in the curricula used by different providers (Love et al., 2009). Variability in curricula may be one possible factor in outcome differences. In this paper, a variety of commonly used assessments and published curricula are reviewed and evaluated in terms of their utility for designing comprehensive early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) programs for children with ASD. The assessments and curricula found to be most useful for this purpose are reported. A general critique regarding the available pool of assessment tools and curricula is provided. |
|
Agreement on Targets Between the VB-MAPP and the ABLLS-R |
Roy Tonnesen (Pedagogisk Psykologisk Tjeneste), Hege Aarlie (Centre for Early Intervention), Kim Henrik Liland (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis), Elisabeth Ulvestad (Center for Early Intervention), SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: Suggested targets for intervention from two of the most widely used instruments for assessing skills in children with autism - the VB-MAPP and the ABLLS-R - were compared. Nine children with autism, at various levels of functioning were assessed at the same time with both instruments. On the basis of the scores obtained, the three next recommended targets in each skill domain were compared between the instruments. Agreement between assessments was judged on four levels and was relatively low, except on the most general levels. |
|
Behavioral Phenotyping of ASD Through Detailed Behavior Assessment |
DENNIS DIXON (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: Through the use of highly detailed skill assessment, behavioral phenotyping of Autism Spectrum Disorder is possible. This talk explored the potential that fine-grain data analysis offers for understanding complex relationships among treatment variables, client population needs analysis, and predicting treatment outcomes. Exploratory analyses from a dataset of over 1500 participants with ASD are presented. |
|
|
|
|
Comorbidityand Autism: Identifying the Interrelatedand Discrete Factorsand Characteristics for Determining Treatment |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
302 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Ramen Saggu, M.S. |
Chair: James McLaughlin (The Children's Foundation) |
TERRE J. GLAHN (The Children's Foundation) |
RAMEN SAGGU (Pacific ABA Academy) |
ROBERTA JACKSON (University of Eastern Washington) |
ILENE SCHWARTZ (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Autism and comorbidity with other competing diagnoses is a prevalent clinical situation most Behaviour Analysts encounter within intervention and educational settings. The comorbidity may be clearly recognized diagnostically from a DSM-IV criteria perspective or presented merely as influencing and/or disrupting secondary characteristics to Autism. As Behaviour Analysts, it is our clinical and ethical obligation to be aware of all behavioural diagnoses and impacting characteristics that influence the selection of treatment alternatives and ultimately the treatment outcomes. It is paramount that we seek experience in recognizing, separating, and intertwining treatment options to optimally treat both the inter-relatedness and the distinctiveness of all presenting diagnoses. Four panelists will address distinct diagnoses frequently co-presenting with Autism: Giftedness, Stuttering, Anxiety and Attention Deficit Disorder. A case analysis will be presented by each panelist utilizing a uniform format across panelists. A systematic evaluative structure will be presented to illustrate methods utilized to determine the function and impact of each presenting disorder. How each disorder influences behavioural expression will be explored while emphasizing the need to ultimately implement integrated and comprehensive behavioural treatment services. Relevance and irrelevance for co-morbid considerations must both be ultimately explored. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: An Introduction to Behavioral Pharmacology and Toxicology |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
615 (Convention Center) |
Area: BPH/EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Andrew Shen (Auburn University) |
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University) |
EDWARD LEVIN (Duke University) |
KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University) |
W. KENT ANGER (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: Experimental research in pharmacology and toxicology has led to the discovery and development of drugs used to treat physical and mental illnesses. Additionally, toxicological research has led to the identification of environmental toxins, their biological and behavior consequences, and prevention programs aimed at reducing human and non-human exposure. Investigating pharmacology and toxicology without the associated behavioral components would be impractical. Therefore, the experimental analysis of behavior in the context of drugs and toxicants is of the utmost importance. This panel discussion seeks to explore some of the opportunities available in the fields of behavioral pharmacology and toxicology, as well as outlining some of the basic research within these fields and how these fields can inform biological and behavioral science. Topics of interest include answering behavioral questions with toxicology, developing meaningful and sensitive tests for behavioral toxicology in Zebrafish, and delay discounting in relation to drugs. |
Keyword(s): behavioral pharmacology, behavioral toxicology, delay discounting, zebra fish |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Approaches to Depression Treatment Across Settings and Populations |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
4C-4 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tanya N. Douleh (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Depression is a significant public health concern. The collection of papers making up this symposium describe studies examining the process and outcome of contemporary behavior therapies. Riley and Gaynor will present data from a behavioral skills training intervention (provided to parents and youth) targeting depressive symptoms among elementary school children. Hinton et al. present the results of a randomized clinical trial comparing 2 components of acceptance and commitment therapy to supportive therapy for young adults with depressive symptoms. Maitland and Gaynor will present data from an alternating treatments design study comparing sessions of functional analytic psychotherapy to nondirective therapeutic support. Finally, Broten et al. describe a randomized clinical trial comparing a brief acceptance and commitment protocol added to treatment as usual to treatment as usual for individuals hospitalized for depression. |
|
Utilizing Single-Participant Methodology to Better Understand Mechanisms of Change in Behavior Therapy for Youth Depression |
ANDREW R. RILEY (Oregon Health & Science University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) for youth depression has proven moderately efficacious, but little is understood about the mechanisms through with CBT exerts change. An emphasis on multi-element treatment packages and large-scale randomized controlled trials has prevented fine grained analysis of mechanisms of action. Mechanisms of change may be studied at the single-case level by controlling for non-specific early responses, identifying potential mechanisms of action a priori, taking frequent measures of mechanisms and dependent variables, rigorously evaluating internal validity, and using a variety of analytic methods. Eleven depressed youths were recruited to receive first a non-directive therapy (NDT), followed by a behavioral therapy (BT) for those still displaying high levels of symptoms. Four participants responded to NDT. Of the remaining seven, all showed some improvement during BT. For five participants, symptom change appeared related to the targeted mechanisms; however, in only three cases was evidence sufficient to suggest the targeted mechanisms mediated the relationship between BT and symptom change. Future implications of these findings relevant to youth depression research will be discussed. |
|
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy vs. Supportive Therapy for Depression: A Randomized Technique Evaluation Trial |
MARCHION HINTON (Boys Town), Andrew R. Riley (Oregon Health & Science University), Tanya N. Douleh (Western Michigan University), Julissa Duenas (Western Michigan University), Christopher Andy Briggs (Western Michigan University), Daniel William Maitland (Western Michigan University), Colleen Cullinan (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The necessary and sufficient treatment strategies involved in Acceptance and Commitment Therapys (ACT) multi-component treatment package have only begun to be dismantled via component analog studies. There is empirical evidence supporting cognitive defusion and valued action, specific components of ACTs total treatment package. Together, these processes directly attempt to increase awareness of thoughts as ideas (rather than concrete facts), thereby allowing for increased psychological and behavioral flexibility to move toward valued goals. Fifty-two university students reporting significant distress, low self-esteem, and depressive symptoms were randomized to six weekly therapy sessions of cognitive defusion (3 sessions) plus values-based activity scheduling (3 sessions) versus six weeks of supportive therapy. During the cognitive defusion sessions, two main strategies were utilized: vocalizing techniques (e.g., Titcheners repetition) and Contents on Cards. Values-based activity scheduling focused on values clarification and activity scheduling. Intent-to-treat analyses exploring reductions in depressive symptoms and distress taken at pre-, mid-, and post-treatment found significant time*treatment interactions for participants meting criteria for depression (n = 34) suggesting that ACT techniques produced greater change over supportive therapy. These findings contribute to the literature in determining the specific, active agents of ACT and the theoretically specified technique-to-process-to-outcome relations. |
|
Adding Acceptance and Commitment Therapy to Treatment as Usual: A Randomized Clinical Trial for Depression in an Inpatient Setting |
LUCAS A. BROTEN (Western Michigan University), Christopher Andy Briggs (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: There is currently little research to inform the inpatient care of depressed adults. Additionally, it has been found that up to 57% of those that are hospitalized with a diagnosis of depression are re-hospitalized within one year of discharge (Lin et al., 2010). This suggests that current programs are not successfully preventing relapse and re-hospitalization. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) has shown promise as an adjunctive treatment in inpatient settings with co-morbid depression and substance abuse (Petersen & Zettle, 2009) and psychosis (Bach & Hayes, 2002; Gaudiano & Herbert, 2006). The purpose of the current study is to implement a randomized-controlled trial in an inpatient settings of treatment as usual (TAU) vs. TAU plus individual sessions of ACT. A primary outcome is re-hospitalization rates at 3 months after discharge. Secondary measures include psychological functioning at discharge and follow-up. Roughly 60 participants admitted to the mood disorder unit for depressive symptoms will completed the study. Currently 20 have been enrolled and given the participant flow it is fully expected that 60 will have been enrolled by December allowing for 3 month re-hospitalization data to be available for presentation at the conference. |
|
Comparing Sessions of Functional Analytic Psychotherapy to Nondirective Support in the Treatment of Interpersonal Distress |
DANIEL WILLIAM MAITLAND (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: FAP is a behavior analytic approach to interpersonal psychotherapy. It shares with client-centered approaches an emphasis on establishing a therapeutic relationship marked by positive regard and empathic attunement. It shares with other interpersonal approaches a focus on the clients interactions in important social relations and how she/he engages the social milieu. It also shares with both of these approaches the notion that much psychological distress and dysfunction is linked to difficulties forming and maintaining meaningful social relationships, such that therapy may address distress/dysfunction by targeting social relating. FAP is conceptually unique from these other approaches in the explicit importance it places on using the in-session interactions between the therapist and the client as the basis for shaping a more adaptive social repertoire. In the present study 10 individuals, of either sex, who report difficulty with social relating and who consent to participate, will each be provided 10 therapy sessions. Using an alternating treatments design, each participant will receive 5 sessions of non-directive support focused on establishing empathic attunement and understanding (and reflecting an understanding of) the clients social behavior. The other 5 sessions will consist of FAP. In the FAP sessions the therapist will add an emphasis on the in-vivo behavior of the client, attempting to preempt (or extinguish) CRB1s and to prompt and reinforce CRB2s. |
|
|
|
|
Inside Our Skin: Contextual Behavioral Approaches to Understanding, Preventing and Treating Body Image Problems |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
4C-3 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Shelley Greene (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Discussant: Catherine H. Adams (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Body image can be defined as the feelings, perceptions, thoughts and beliefs that a person experiences about his/her own body. For some, this experience is fairly innocuous. The body is perceived like anything else in the world, with little impact on their feelings or on their behavior. For many, however, their experience of the body is rather important, particularly painful, and causes significant disruption in their lives. Functional approaches to understanding body image disturbance suggest that an individuals awareness of, openness to, and flexibility with the dynamic bodily experience might predict the impact body image has on their lives. The papers in this symposium will consider body image disturbance in terms of body image inflexibility. The first will investigate the relationship between body image flexibility and different aspects of body image disturbance. The second will explore the role of body image flexibility in managing physical and psychological health in obesity. The third will consider the outcomes and processes of a training targeting body image flexibility for prevention of body image disturbance. |
Keyword(s): body image, psychological flexibility |
|
DO NOT DISTURB: Body Image Flexibility and Body Image Disturbance |
GINA QUEBEDEAUX (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Shelley Greene (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Samantha Cordova (University Of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Body image disturbance is associated with a range of psychological, social, and medical problems. Body image disturbance seems to include: 1) inaccurate perceptions of the body, 2) inaccurate and distressing thoughts and feelings about those perceptions, 3) high importance or meaning attributed to those perceptions, thoughts, and feelings, and 4) attempts to avoid those perceptions, thoughts, and feelings. In other words, body image disturbance is defined both by the content of the body image (i.e., the nature of the perceptions, thoughts, beliefs and feelings about the body), and by its function (i.e., how those perceptions, thoughts, beliefs and feelings impact ones life). Functional approaches to understanding body image disturbance suggest that an individuals awareness of, openness to, and flexibility with the dynamic bodily experience might predict the impact body image has on their lives. This study examined the relationship between body image flexibility and important aspects of body image disturbance. University students completed a packet of eight questionnaires on different aspects of body image. Body image flexibility was significantly correlated with body image distress, avoidance, low quality of life, dysfunctional coping styles, and disordered eating. This has specific implications for the conceptualization, treatment, and prevention of body image disturbance. |
|
Living Beyond What We See in the Mirror: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for Body Image |
SHELLEY GREENE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Sarah Leblanc (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Gina Quebedeaux (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Body image disturbance has been recognized as being an almost universal source of dissatisfaction and dysfunction in females. Traditionally, attempts to prevent or treat body image disturbance have focused on trying to improve an individuals thoughts and feelings about her body with limited success. Training psychological flexibility with body image, instead of aiming to change body image directly, may provide a more effective way to address body image disturbance. A number of emerging interventions for body image disturbance are using mindfulness-based interventions to improve body image flexibility. This study will examine the impact of Acceptance and Commitment Training for Body Image Flexibility on prevention of body image disturbance and disordered eating in university females. Forty members of a student organization volunteered for participation in a one-time workshop and repeated assessment of body- and eating-related functioning. Pilot data suggest that participants in the workshop experienced an increase in body image flexibility, quality of life, improvements in appropriate coping, and a decrease in disordered eating. Potential dissemination of prevention work in this area will be discussed. |
|
Is Body Image Acceptance Predictive of Responsiveness to Dieting: An Observational Study |
GIOVAMBATTISTA PRESTI (Libera Universita di Lingue e Comunicazion), Paolo Moderato (Libera Universitadi Lingue e Comunicazione) |
Abstract: Body image is a way to speak about the feelings, perceptions, thoughts and beliefs that a person might experience to his/her own body. It is often assumed that obese people eating habits are linked with poor body image, but not all obese persons suffer from this problem or are equally vulnerable (Schwartz & Brownell, 2004). There have been quite a number of risk factors identified thus far like overweight, being female, and binge eating. Recently, emerging cognitive and behavioural therapies have begun emphasizing acceptance of difficult perceptions, thoughts, beliefs, and feelings as having a potential role in treating obesity and disordered eating, though investigations on the correlation between body image and success or failure to dieting are lacking. In this theoretical talk, we will discuss the implications of high avoidance of body related thoughts and feelings as a predictor of failure to maintain dieting practices. A behavioural intervention based on acceptance, mindfulness and values will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Behaviorists Behaving Badly: Why Behavior Analysts Sometimes Use Fad or Pseudo-scientific Treatments, and How We Can Maintain Fealty to Our Science |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
602 (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: James T. Chok (Melmark New England) |
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts historically been committed to science and the scientific procedure for studying human behavior. The major behavioral organizations, ABAI and BACB, have set forth standards of conduct that require behavior analysts to use effective treatment procedures. The BACB's Guidelines for Responsible Conduct specifically state that behavior analysts must use scientifically supported most effective treatments. However, there are a number of BCBAs who have been found using practices that are pseudoscientific or fads. This symposium will address this growing concern by reviewing criteria for evidence to which behavior analysts should adhere, providing examples of behaviorists behaving badly this way, and offering strategies to convince these behavior analysts to once again behave according to our scientific principles, or how to deal with such transgressions. |
|
What the Code of Conduct Tells Us About Using Evidenced-Based Practices |
MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Like most professions, behavior analysts have codes of ethical conduct to guide their professional behavior. Board Certified Behavior Analysts adhere to the BACB Guidelines for Responsible Conduct. In this code, there are several references to the necessity of behavior analysts using scientifically supported and most effective treatments. These codes emphasize our devotion to science, to a science-based analysis of behavior, and to evidence-based practices. This presentation will review the overall Guidelines of Responsible Conduct, with particular emphasis on the sections of the guidelines that reference adherence to evidenced-based practice and the use of scientifically supported and effective treatments. |
|
What "Evidenced-Based" Means to Me: High Standards for Proof, Effect Size, and Social Validation |
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University) |
Abstract: In a rush to encourage the growth of ABA it appears
that training in the basics of behavior analysis
principles has become watered down to the point that
we now have a new functional category of professional: BCBA-INO. These "In Name Only" behavior analysts have somehow met the minimum requirements for certification but missed the fundamental message of ABA about critical thinking and skepticism of the avalanche of approaches now available for sale on the autism treatment market.
These INO professionals represent a threat to the
image most of us have of our field. I will present
examples where these individuals propose to
implement ABA along side DIR/Floortime, Reiki, CFGF
diets, and more and suggest some remedies for consideration. |
|
The Ethical Challenges of Insuring Quality Behavioral Work in Complex Applied Settings |
PAUL A. DORES (Psychologist in Private Practice), Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England), Rita M. Gardner (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: The value of applied behavior analysis as the most demonstrable evidence-based intervention for a variety of behavioral challenges remains its’ unwavering adherence to long-standing scientific principles and the seven dimensions outlined by Baer, Wolf and Risley (1968). As we grow as a field , take on larger and larger groups of providers, and strive to become the standard of intervention for disorders, such as autism, our credibility as a field relies upon the day-to-day work that individual behavior analysts conduct in complex and multi-faceted applied settings. Two of the most significant ethical challenges that behavior analysts face in complex applied settings are those behavior analysts who, despite their behavioral certification, continue to endorse and implement interventions that are not evidence-based, and those behavior analysts who provide behavioral services which, while continuing to have their basis in the literature are, for a variety of reasons, developed and implemented inadequately or incorrectly. Both of these scenarios create ethical challenges for the field and lead potentially to an unclear message as to what applied behavior analysis should be and to poor outcomes which both serve to weaken the credibility of the field at a time when that credibility is most essential. This presentation focuses of the types of non-behavioral, “fad” interventions which continue to be supported by certified behavior analysts, in violation of the ethical guidelines of their certification, including facilitated communication, rapid prompting, sensory integration, auditory integration and biomedical and nutrition interventions. The presentation also focuses upon the complex influences in applied settings today that make it more and more difficult for behavior analysts to implement even those interventions which are evidence-based in an adequate and appropriate manner. These influences include the impact of financial/business factors on behavioral decision making; the difficulty in managing parental expectations and demands regarding desired outcomes; the integration of non-data based voices in a functional assessment process which should lead to the behavioral goals, services and treatment durations; and the misunderstanding or misrepresentation of the behavioral literature in justifying the quality or quantity of ABA services. It is not just the issue of behavioral people acting badly by acting non-behaviorally; it is the issue of maintaining |
|
What Should Be Done When Behaviorists Behave Badly By Using Treatments That Are Not Scientifically Supported? |
THOMAS L. ZANE (Institute for Behavioral Studies) |
Abstract: The BACB Guidelines for Responsible Conduct require that Board Certified Behavior Analysts use only scientifically supported effective treatment procedures that have been validated as having short- and long-term benefits to clients and society. However, over the past several years, some BCBAs have been found to be using treatment procedures that do not meet this ethical code. The question then becomes, what is done to have them adhere to our commitment to science and evidenced-based practice, as well as to minimize the likelihood of behaviorists in the future failing to adhere to this important requirement? This presentation will discuss various antecedent and consequent procedures towards this end. Our field to specify the exact criteria for what constitutes quality evidence. The BACB could incorporate such criteria into its ethical standards. Continuing education credits on this exact topic could be provided as opportunities for behavior analysts to gain further training. A final possibility would be to file ethical complaints to the BACB regarding behavior analysts who violate this codified requirement. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluations of Interventions for Problem Behavior Using Contingent and Noncontingent Reinforcement |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
LL05 (TCC) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sarah E. Bloom (Utah State University) |
Discussant: Anibal Gutierrez (University of Miami) |
CE Instructor: Sarah E. Bloom, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of an alternative response and noncontingent reinforcement are commonly used interventions for problem behavior, but how they interact when used together, and how they may best be used is still being evaluated. This symposium features current research on the effects of contingent and noncontingent reinforcement on problem behavior. The first presentation examines an approach to minimize extinction bursts during alternative response identification by reinforcing all topographies of appropriate behavior and by including noncontingent reinforcement during extinction of problem behavior. The second presentation evaluates the effect of noncontingent reinforcement on persistence of human behavior (arbitrary and problem) when extinction and extinction plus differential reinforcement of an alternative response are used. The third presentation compares the fading a token production schedule to a token exchange schedule when tokens are included in a differential reinforcement procedure for problem behavior. A discussant will highlight the important features of these three presentations, which have implications for how noncontingent reinforcement and/or differential reinforcement of an alternative response may be used in problem behavior reduction interventions. |
Keyword(s): differential reinforcement, extinction, non-contingent reinforcement, problem behavior |
|
Further Evaluation of Extinction-Induced Variability in the Treatment of Problem Behavior |
ALYSSA MARTIN (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Y. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) is a common intervention for problem behavior in which reinforcement is delivered for an appropriate behavior. Most research has focused on teaching a new response rather than selecting a behavior that already exists in the individuals repertoire. However, Grow, Kelley, Roane, and Shillingsburg (2008) used extinction to occasion alternative responses and reinforced the first appropriate behavior that emerged under a DRA arrangement, but extinction bursts were observed in nearly all cases. The purpose of this study was to evaluate strategies for minimizing extinction bursts by (a) providing reinforcement for all appropriate behavior that emerged during extinction and (b) thinning a schedule of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) plus DRA. Extinction bursts were eliminated with NCR thinning plus DRA during extinction of problem behavior, and appropriate behavior emerged and maintained. |
|
The Effects of Non-Contingent Reinforcement on the Persistence/Resurgence of Behavior: Applications of Behavioral Momentum Theory |
JOSEPH MICHAEL LAMBERT (Utah State University), Sarah E. Bloom (Utah State University), Elizabeth Dayton (Utah State University), Soraya Shanun Kunnavatana (Utah State University), Andrew Samaha (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Non-contingent reinforcement (NCR) can reduce rates of problem behavior but may also increase the persistence, and the magnitude of the resurgence, of said behavior. We designed a multiple schedule to evaluate the effect of NCR on the persistence of human behavior when extinction, and extinction plus the differential reinforcement of an alternative response (DRA), were used as disruptors. Study 1 targeted arbitrary responses (i.e., “spot-touching” and “block-in-bowl”) emitted by two adult subjects diagnosed with a developmental disability. Study 2 targeted the aggression (i.e., “grabbing”) of a third adult subject referred to a university-based consulting agency that specialized in the reduction of problem behavior. Results from both studies demonstrated that NCR increased the persistence of targeted responses for all three subjects when extinction was used as a disruptor and increased the persistence of only one subject when DRA was paired with extinction. When the alternative response was placed on extinction two of the three subject’s targeted responses resurged. The magnitude of the resurgence was differentially higher in the NCR component for one subject. These results suggest that NCR may have unintended effects on the persistence and resurgence of socially relevant problem behavior. Implications and future directions will be discussed. |
|
Comparison of Two Methods for Fading Token Schedules |
Megan A. Boyle (Utah State University), ANDREW SAMAHA (Utah State University), Elizabeth Dayton (Utah State University), Sarah E. Bloom (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Token reinforcement systems are widely used in instructional and behavior management systems. However, few studies have examined methods for thinning token reinforcement systems. This study compares two methods: fading the token production schedule by gradually increasing the number of responses required to earn a token, and fading the token exchange schedule by gradually increasing the number of token required to earn a backup reinforcer, in the context of an intervention to decrease problem behavior consisting of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior. Data from two subjects suggests both methods result in similar amounts of backup reinforcers being earned and problem behavior as the schedules were thinned. Future research and implications for treatment are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Application of Behavior Economic Procedures for Assessing and Treatment Problem Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
LL04 (TCC) |
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
CE Instructor: John C. Borrero, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior economics is a term that describes the applications of economic principles to behavior, typically in the context of problems of social significance. Applying economic principles to behavior has resulted in the development of several assessment techniques and treatments that are useful to researchers and practitioners. In the current series of studies, we show the utility of applying economic principles to problems of social significance. In the first study, Doyle et al. show that the identification and modification of a complementary relationship can reduce levels of problem behavior. Next, DeRosa et al. demonstrate the relationship between motivation operations and response rate/break points during progressive-ratio schedule manipulations. Finally, Nadler and Kelley report on the efficacy of a progressive differential reinforcement of other behavior (PDRO) schedule for identifying a terminal reinforcement schedule for individual stimuli. In combination, the studies extend the literature on the application of economic principles to problems of social significance and provide guidance to researchers and practitioners for further assessment and treatment development. |
Keyword(s): Behavior economics, Progressive schedules |
|
Identification and Modification of Complementary Response Relations |
NIAMH DOYLE (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University), Heather Kadey (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: Destructive behavior, such as self-injury and aggression, are common among children with developmental disabilities. In many cases, destructive behavior has been shown to be maintained by contingent access to socially mediated stimuli such as preferred toys. In some cases, however, the presence of or engagement with preferred stimuli might occasion destructive behavior. Such a relationship might be best examined through the application of behavior economic principles. According to economic theory an individual's consumption may be influenced by the interaction between different commodities. The interaction may be complementary, substitutable or independent. Complementary reinforcers are those that are consumed in tandem, with higher rates of consumption of 1 commodity correlating with higher rates of consumption of the other. In this study we present 2 examples of a complementary relationship between levels of activity engagement and destructive behavior. For 1 subject the positive correlation was identified between video engagement and self-injurious hand mouthing. For the second individual a positive correlation was identified between engagement in reading or computer games and self-injury or disruption. By modifying the complementary response relationship, we achieved decreases in destructive behavior while maintaining levels of activity engagement. |
|
Motivation Operations Affect Break Points During Progressive Ratio Schedules |
NICOLE DEROSA (University of Southern Maine), Caitlin Fulton (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Michael E. Kelley (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Motivation is becoming increasingly invoked as a critical consideration for assessing and treatment problems of social significance. Thus, more attention has been devoted to motivation and its effect on behavior in the literature. In the current study, we exposed participants to either deprivation or satiation operations during a pre-assessment condition for multiple stimuli. Next, we exposed participants' academic responding to progressive-ratio (PR) schedules to assess the extent to which response rate and break points compared both within stimulus (deprivation vs. satiation) and across stimuli. Results suggested that pre-session exposure to reinforcement (satiation) disrupted responding and subsequent break points for all stimuli, and that the disruption was more marked as the progressive schedule increased. Results also suggested that different stimuli produced different response rates and different break points even though the deprivation and satiation operations were identical. |
|
Effects of a Progressive Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior Schedule Across Stimuli |
CY NADLER (Munroe Meyer Institute), Michael E. Kelley (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) schedules are often used to treat behavior that is maintained by automatic reinforcement. In such an arrangement, individuals must omit engagement in a particular response for a pre-specified period of time to gain access to reinforcement. This is little guidance from the literature for established a starting point, fading schedule, and terminal goal for the DRO schedule. In the current study, we used progressive increases in a DRO schedule to rapidly assess the break point of the DRO schedule (i.e., the interval at which the DRO schedule no longer functioned as an effective treatment). The nature of the progressive schedule increases were conceptually similar to those used in the progressive-ratio schedule literature, in which the response requirement for access to reinforcement is progressive increased over time. Results suggested that all stimuli were effective at reducing problem behavior relative to baseline at low DRO intervals, but stimuli were differentially effective as a treatment as the DRO intervals increased. |
|
|
|
|
Finding the Baby in the Bathwater: A Behavioral Systems Approach to Child Development |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
4C-2 (Convention Center) |
Area: DEV/TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Gary D. Novak (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Discussant: Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Gary D. Novak, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral development can be seen to be a large open chaotic system with nearly infinite sources of influence. The behavioral systems approach presented by Novak & Pelaez (2004) provides a perspective on how behavior analysis principles apply to the maelstrom of development. This symposium will describe basic principles of behavioral development and apply them to emergent behavioral patterns seen in typical and atypical development. Pelaez will provide the basic concepts underpinning the behavioral systems approach. Important behavioral development principles such as multiple determinism, equifinality, cusps, phase shifts, and levels of systems will be among the principles described. Novak's paper will show how the behavioral systems approach can be used to explain the process of language acquisition and other communication. The role of ever-changing child-caregiver reciprocity will be given a central role. Suchowierska will apply the behavioral systems approach to the development of autism. Autism will be characterized as a diverse constellation of organized behavior patterns overlapping, but deviating from developmentally typical ones. Early behavioral interactional deficits in the development of autism will be identified. |
Keyword(s): Autism Development, Behavioral Development, Behavioral Systems, Language Development |
|
Behavior Systems in Development: From Simple to Complex Levels of Analysis |
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University) |
Abstract: Behavior systems theory suggests the impossibility of complete prediction and control of human behavior. Nevertheless, one can apply the principles of behavior systems to examine behavior development and its complexity (Novak & Pelaez, 2004). Multiple determinism suggests that human behavior is determined by: 1) the genetic constitutional make-up of the individual; 2) the interactional history of the person with his/her environment; (3) current physiological and environmental conditions; and 4) the influence of earlier behavioral trajectories on current learning (behavioral dynamics), including behavioral momentum. As viewed from a behavioral systems approach, different levels exist contemporaneously, with increasing complexity in the system as we move up the level of analysis. These include System Level I: Basic processes of development; System Level II: Emergent characteristics; System Level III: Social interactions; and System Level IV: Societal and cultural contexts. Biological structures such as organ systems can be seen as another level of systems. While the organized patterns of behavior that we call, for example "autism" are often observed during our functional analysis at Systems Level II, it is important to recognize the role of multiple determinants and the contribution that analysis of the other systems levels can provide. |
Martha Pelaez is Frost Professor in the College of Education at Florida International University (FIU). She received her Ph.D. in 1992, in developmental psychology, winning the International Dissertation Award from the International Society for Infant Studies. After completing a postdoctoral fellowship at the University of Miami, Miller School of Medicine, in 1994, she joined the faculty at FIU, and was appointed full professor in 2005. She has studied mother-infant interactions and early social learning processes, as well as designed applied interventions with children at risk of language delays and developmental and learning problems. Her recent publications include two research articles published in JABA (2011, 2012) and one in EJBA (2011). She co-authored a textbook with Novak (2004) entitled “Child and Adolescent Development: A Behavioral Systems Approach.” Dr. Pelaez has more than 70 publications in books and mainstream refereed journals (including the American Psychologist and Child Development). She founded the Behavior Development Bulletin in 1990, and currently serves as Associate Editor with M. Commons. She has served on nine editorial boards, as well as serving as past Program Chair for the American Psychological Association, Division 25, and past Program Co-Chair for the Association for Behavior Analysis. |
|
First Language, Taught and Learned: A Behavioral Systems Account of the Development of Language and Communication |
GARY D. NOVAK (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Abstract: In a broad sense, the study of behavioral development is concerned with just two basic questions. The first is "What develops?" The second is "How does this development occur?" Traditional developmental psychology focuses primarily on the first question, which is fundamentally descriptive in nature. The behavioral systems approach follows the tradition of behavior analysis and is primarily concerned with the second question, and is essentially explanatory. However, both the "What?" and the "How?" of development are necessary to provide a satisfactory account. This paper will describe a behavioral systems approach to typical and atypical communication and language development. The roles of genetic-constitutional, historical, and environmental factors will be described. Special emphasis will be placed on the role of the social environment as provided by caregivers and interventionists. Behavioral cusps that are pivotal in typical and atypical language development will be identified. The important role of hidden skills and deficits will be explained and detailed. The role of the caregiver as language acquisition device will be emphasized. |
Gary Novak is Professor Emeritus of Psychology and Child Development at California University, Stanislaus. He has a B.A. in Psychology from Rutgers University, a M.A. in Psychology from Temple University, and earned his Ph.D. in Developmental Psychology from the State University of New York at Stony Brook. Gary Novak was Founding Dean of the College of Human and Health Sciences at CSU, Stanislaus, where he taught for more than 35 years. He was twice Psychology Department Chairperson, founded the campus Child Development Center, and received the University's Outstanding Professor Award. His publications include two books on a behavioral approach to child and adolescent development: Developmental Psychology: Dynamical Systems and Behavior Analysis (also published in Italian as Psicologia Dello Sviluppo: Sistemi Dinamici e Analisi Comportamentale) and Child and Adolescent Development: A Behavioral Systems Approach. He has many publications and professional presentations on language, cognitive, and behavioral development and on behavioral systems approaches to development. His most recent publication is: Novak, G & Pelaez, M. (2010). Autism: A Behavioral Systems Approach in Mayville, E.A. and Mulick, J. A. (Eds.) Behavioral Foundations of Effective Autism Treatment. He is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. |
|
Perceiving Autism as Organized Patterns of Characteristic Behaviors |
MONIKA M. SUCHOWIERSKA (Warsaw School of Social Psychology) |
Abstract: For behavior analysts, it is obvious that autism should not be treated as an internal disorder that causes a child to behave in a certain way. Rather, we look at it as a label describing the child's many behaviors. Taking into consideration a behavioral systems approach—autism is perceived as organized patterns of characteristic behaviors that are shaped by multiple environmental factors in reciprocal interaction. The concept of equifinality, coalescent organization of biological and learned characteristics as well as behavioral cusps will be discussed with regards to autism. Due to a very important place of early intervention for children with autism, the presentation will focus on early mother-infant non-vocal and vocal communication that forms the basis for such core skills as joint attention, social referencing and relational responding. |
Dr Monika Suchowierska received her Ph.D. in Developmental and Child Psychology from the University of Kansas—Human Development and Family Life Department—in 2003. During her studies in the U.S., Monika became interested and trained in applied behavior analysis (ABA), and particularly in the application of behavioral principles to working with people with developmental disabilities. Upon her return to Poland in 2003, she embarked on the goal of disseminating the knowledge about ABA in Poland. In 2004, she joined the faculty of Psychology Department at the Warsaw School of Social Sciences and Humanities (SWPS). In 2005, she founded Center for Early Intervention "Step by Step" - the first behaviorally oriented private institution in Warsaw that provides early intensive intervention to children with autism. As a faculty member, Dr. Suchowierska teaches courses on applied behavior analysis, cognitive-behavioral therapy, autism and developmental psychology. She works with master thesis students on projects relating to educating children with and without disabilities. In 2006, Dr. Suchowierska established the first in the country post graduate studies in applied behavior analysis and is a member of the only Faculty of Behavior Analysis in Poland. In the years 2006-2009, Dr. Suchowierska served as the President of Polish Association for Behavior Analysis and currently is the Vice-president of the Polish Society for Behavioral Psychology. Monika is the first Board Certified Behavior Analyst in Poland. Dr. Suchowierska is the Director of Psychology in English studies at SWPS, and a coordinator for two US-EU exchange programs—the Atlantis program and the Excellence in Mobility program. In 2010, she became the Vice-Dean of the Psychology Department at SWPS. In 2010, she was a Fulbright Scholar at California State University Stanislaus. |
|
|
|
|
Impulsive Choice: Genetic, Historical, and Contextual Factors |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
609 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Elias Robles (Arizona State University) |
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The magnitude of delay discounting rate depends on a number of genetic, historical, and contextual factors. Two studies will be presented where the type and amount of experience on a novel intertemporal choice procedure lead to differential changes in the impulsive behavior of Lewis and Fischer 344 rats. While Lewis rats rapidly settled into a consistent discounting rate, more extensive training was necessary for Fischer rats to achieve a similar level. In addition, when a reversal in the order of presentation of the5 tested delay values was implemented, Lewis rats adapted more quickly than Fischer 344 rats. Implications of these results to previous findings regarding strain-dependent and procedure-dependent differences in delay discounting will be discussed. A third study will be presented that illustrates the effects that the type and amount of experience with visual stimuli (images of body wash bottles and human faces) have on human subjects' patterns of choice and relative preference. Subjective value was assessed with a sequential ranking task, and standard binary choice trials. The results support previous findings regarding response times during binary choice tasks and suggest a common stimulus valuation process between sequential ranking and binary choice trials. |
Keyword(s): delay, Impulsive-choice, Lewis Fischer, Subjective Value |
|
Acquisition of Impulsive Choice in Lewis and Fischer 344 Rats: Experience Reverses Differences Between Strains |
MIRARI ELCORO (Armstrong Atlantic State University), Carlos F. Aparicio (Savannah State University), Elias Robles (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Differences in impulsive choice between Lewis and Fischer 344 rats have been taken for granted. Experience, however, may reverse differences between these strains. We assessed this possibility with8 Lewis and 8 Fischer 344 rats responding for food in a novel procedure. Rats chose between a small-sooner (SS) and a large-later (LL) food delivery (one versus four pellets). In2 retractable levers,6 pairs of delays (0-0, 0-5, 0-10, 0-20, 0-40, 0-80 s) were arranged to occur within sessions, each providing10 food deliveries and followed by a 1-min time-out. Sessions ended after 70 food deliveries or after1 hour elapsed. Pressing a lever in the back wall inserted the retractable levers, and food delivery retracted them. Pairs of delays were presented in ascending order. Preference for the LL lever decreased with increasing delay to LL food delivery. For both strains indifference occurred at 10-s delay to LL. After extended training, differences in impulsive choice between Lewis and Fischer 344 were not evident. Early in training total response output in delays of 40 and 80 s decreased in Fischer 344 but not in Lewis rats. The implications of these results to previous findings will be discussed. |
|
Transition From Ascending to Descending Delay Impairs Preference in Fischer 344 but Not in Lewis Rats |
CARLOS F. APARICIO (Savannah State University), Mirari Elcoro (Armstrong Atlantic State University), Elias Robles (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Extended experience in an impulsive-choice procedure where delay to large-later (LL) food delivery increases several times within sessions, should affect preference for the LL alternative in a procedure where delay to LL food delivery decreases as the session progresses. This possibility was assessed with Lewis and Fischer 344 rats responding in a novel procedure where6 pairs of delays were arranged to occur within sessions in descending order (0-80, 0-40, 0-20, 0-10, 0-5, 0-0 s). Each pair provided 10 choices according to a concurrent-chain schedule. In the initial link, pressing a back lever inserted2 front levers, each associated with a random-time schedule. In the terminal link, pressing either the SS or LL lever produced1 or4 pellets, respectively. After each food delivery, pressing once the back lever was required to restart the cycle. Sessions ended after 70 food deliveries or after1 hour elapsed. In the Lewis rats, preference adapted more rapidly to within-session changes in delay to LL food delivery than in the Fischer 344 rats. The Fischer 344 rats showed less overall responses at delays 0, 5, and 10 s to LL food delivery and their choice were more impulsive than the Lewis rats. |
|
Estimating Subjective Value With Sequential Ranking and Binary Choice Trials |
ELIAS ROBLES (Arizona State University), Carlos F. Aparicio (Savannah State University), Mirari Elcoro (Armstrong Atlantic State University) |
Abstract: The subjective value of stimuli (e.g., delayed vs. immediate rewards) is often estimated with concurrent choice procedures. Previous reports suggest that preference for a given stimulus is dynamically "established" through choice in binary trials. This study compares estimation of the subjective value of images on a computer screen as a function of (a) image type and (b) method used to estimate value. College students (N = 120) were randomly assigned to1 of4 groups that differed on the type of images presented (plastic bottles/human faces) and the order of exposure to2 value-assessment procedures (sequential Lickert ranking/binary choice trials). Response time (RT) and relative preference were measured. During the binary choice trials RT decreased monotonically with previous exposure to individual images and with relative value of the images in each trial. Experience with sequential ranking trials did not affect the magnitude or the distribution of RTs for either image type. During the sequential ranking procedure RT showed an inverted U distribution as a function of preference only for subjects that did not previously experience the binary choice procedure. This differential effect of exposure was less evident when the images were human faces. |
|
|
|
|
Stimulus Equivalence: Empirical and Developments Issues |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
608 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: The first paper by Vaidya will review the nonhuman literature on concept formation, functional class organization, and other instances of complex learning and ask whether Sidmans theory provides a framework within which these data can be interpreted. The second paper by Fields et al. describe an experiment in which 3 3-node 5-member classes were trained in 30 adult participants. All participants were given a sorting task with 15 cards, each of which was one of the stimuli in 1 of the 3 classes. These results suggest the sorting test may be more sensitive to partial class formation than the emergent relations test. In the third paper by Tomanari et al., 3 adults were taught conditional relations and tested for equivalence-class formation in a 2-choice matching-to-sample task. Equivalence tests suggest that select control was established for all participants; reject control was established for two of them. In the fourth paper by Arntzen et al., they asked how equivalence class formation was influenced when training 3 7-member classes in different training structures. The results show small differences in number of responses to criterion and responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence. |
Keyword(s): complex behavior, concept formation, stimulus equivalence, training structures |
|
Exploring the Contributions of Sidman (2000) in Interpreting Complex Learning in Nonhuman Populations |
MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Sidmans (1994, 2000) conceptualization of the origins of equivalence relations makes a number of counterintuitive predictions about outcomes involving equivalence relations with human subjects. The paper has been responsible for much experimentation and many, though not all, of its predictions have been tested. Some have been verified, others have been disconfirmed, and yet others await further research. Though not often formally appreciated, Sidmans theory also has the potential to organize some findings from the nonhuman literature including the fact the differential observing responses facilitate the development of conditional relations and the differential outcomes effect. This paper will review the nonhuman literature on concept formation, functional class organization, and other instances of complex learning and ask whether Sidmans theory provides a framework within which these data can be interpreted. It will be suggested that Sidmans theory is able to handle some findings from the nonhuman literature. It is hoped that an extended discussion along these lines might lead to a reconsideration of the human and nonhuman data by researchers working with one or the other population |
|
Sorting task in Stimulus Equivalence Research |
LANNY FIELDS (Queens College, The City University of New York), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Richard Nartey (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Christoffer K. Eilifsen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: Thirty participants attempted to form three 3-node 5-member classes under the simultaneous protocol. Class formation was assessed with the performances occasioned by the emergent relations test performances. Regardless of class formation, all participants were given 15 cards, each of which was one of the stimuli in one of the three classes, and was asked to sort them into clusters of related stimuli. Two noteworthy findings were obtained by comparing the outcomes of both tests. 1) The 13 participants who formed the three equivalence classes sorted the cards into clusters that corresponded to the three experimenter defined classes. The performances evoked by the two tests were consistent with each other. The sorting test, however, took less than 2 minutes while the emergent relation test took about 30 minutes. Thus, the sorting test measured the emergence of all of the trained equivalence classes an order of magnitude faster than the traditional test of class formation. 2) Three of the participants who did not form classes sorted the cards into three clusters, one of which contained the five stimuli from experimenter defined class-1 while the other two contained unsystematic mixtures of stimuli from classes 2 and 3. A reanalysis of the emergent relations tests for these participants did not show the presence of equivalence class 1; rather, the performances showed not class indicative pattern. These results suggest that the participants do not form all of the equivalence classes, the sorting test may be more sensitive to partial class formation than the emergent relations test. Factors that might influence both of these finding will be considered in the presentation. |
|
Eye Movements and the Effects of Select and Reject Stimulus Control on the Emergence of Equivalence Relations |
GERSON YUKIO TOMANARI (Universidade de Sao Paulo), Atli F. Magnusson (The Diagnostic and Counselling Center), William V. Dube (University of Massachusetts E.K. Shriver Center), William Ferreira Perez (Universidade de Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: During the training of conditional relations in a matching-to-sample task, select (sample/S+ relations) and reject control (sample/S-) may yield different outcomes in equivalence tests. Would eye movements predict these controls? Three adults were taught conditional relations and tested for equivalence-class formation in a two-choice matching-to-sample task. In two different conditions, either select or reject control was biased during training. Different proportions of S+/S- and a delayed cue procedure were combined as biasing procedures. During the whole procedure, eye movements were recorded. Equivalence tests suggest that select control was established for all participants; reject control was established for two of them. Different patterns of observing characterized select and reject control. Under select control, whenever S+ was the first gazed stimulus, participants tended to respond without gazing S-; whenever S- was the first gazed stimulus, participants tended to gaze S+ before responding. Under reject control, whenever the S- was the first gazed stimulus, participants tended to gaze both comparisons before responding; one participant tended to observe comparisons more than once, and two of them made their choices having gazed only S-. By identifying select and reject control during training, factors that affect equivalence classes may be manipulated in future studies. |
|
Training Structures and Formation of Large Equivalence Classes |
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Gerson Yukio Tomanari (Universidade de Sao Paulo), Paulo Dillon (Universidade de Sao Paulo), Heloisa Cursi Campos (Universidade de Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: Saunders and Green (1999) put forward a discrimination analysis in which they stated that number of discriminations established in conditional discrimination training differed across different training structures, i.e, many-to-one, one-to-many, and linear series. The difference in number of discriminations among training structures will increase with number members in a class and should, therefore, affect the outcome more. Relatively, few studies have investigated this notion. Hence, the question we asked was how equivalence class formation was influenced when training three 7-member classes in different training structures. The design in the present study was to expose participants to different sequences of training structures: (1) MTO OTM, (2) OTM MTO, and (3) LS MTO. In addition to record number of trials to criterion, responding during tests for stimulus equivalence and reaction time, we also recorded eye fixations. The results show small differences in number of responses to criterion and responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence. However, responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence in LS is lower than for MTO and OTM. |
|
|
|
|
Rock, Paper, Scissors: Stability, Perseveration and Variability in Human Operant Choice |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
607 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Brian D. Kangas (Harvard Medical School) |
Abstract: Early and contemporary experimental research exploring the generalized matching law has involved nonhuman subjects allocating time or responses between two alternatives. Although higher tolerance for attrition and uncontrolled variables is necessary in research with humans, expanding the body of human-operant choice research is desirable for many pragmatic and intellectual reasons. Similarly, although choice procedures involving three or more alternatives pose difficulties not present in binary choice research, results may elucidate phenomena not observable in two-alternative procedures. Each presentation in this symposium features human operant choice experiments in which subjects selected from among three or more alternatives. To distinguish discriminative and reinforcing aspects of “near wins” in a simulated gambling task, Hely and colleagues combined stimulus control and generalized matching analyses. Tan, Holtyn and Kyonka examined dynamics of response variability and sensitivity to probability using a rock, paper, scissors game. Kyonka and Tan compared different formalizations of generalized matching extended to more than two alternatives using residual analysis of previously published rock, paper, scissors data. This symposium will explore the challenges and opportunities inherent in translating nonhuman research to the human operant laboratory and in expanding the quantitative and empirical binary of generalized matching. |
Keyword(s): gambling, generalized matching, human-operant choice, rock/paper/scissors |
|
Close but Some Cigar: Near Wins as Novel Reinforcers in a Simulated Gambling Task |
LINCOLN S. HELY (Victoria University of Wellington), Tadhg Daly (Victoria University of Wellington), Gordon Tan (Victoria University of Wellington), Stephan Dalrymple-Alford (Victoria University of Wellington), Maree J. Hunt (Victoria University of Wellington), David N. Harper (Victoria University of Wellington) |
Abstract: Investigating slot machine gambling from a behavioural perspective offers a unique insight into problems involving pathological gambling. We add to a growing body of research with a set of experiments that examined the possible reinforcing qualities of a near win (i.e. four out of five winning symbols on a machine) and its effects on subsequent responding. Previous research (e.g. Dixon & Schreiber, 2004) suggests that near wins may act similar to reinforcers despite remaining functionally a loss trial. The simulated gambling procedure consisted of two concurrent slot machine reels consisting of five symbols each. Winning trials (all five symbols) across reels were arranged according to the following ratios: 2:10, 4:10, 10:4 and 10:2. The effects of near win trials were examined as a function of presence vs. absence (study 1) or the relative percentage of near win trials (study 2). Analysis using the generalised matching law and examination of post-reinforcement pauses confirmed the near win as possessing reinforcing qualities distinct from those of wins. |
|
Choice Behaviour in Dynamic Environments: Response Variability and Sensitivity in a Rock Paper Scissors Game |
LAVINIA C. M. TAN (Reed College), August F. Holtyn (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Dynamic choice behaviour of 15 human participants was examined in a Rock Paper Scissors (RPS) game. The RPS game provides a valid procedure for investigating choice amongst multiple alternatives, and potential for applications of game and foraging theory in behavioural research. In the current study, participants played against a computer opponent; on a single trial, either the participant or the computer could earn points by beating the other in a round of RPS. Sessions lasted for 360 trials. Reinforcement probabilities varied across sessions; there were three conditions in which the ratios of the probabilities of the computer playing Rock, Paper or Scissors varied across blocks of 6, 12 or 36 trials within a session. A total of nine different reinforcement ratios were used: 5-10-85, 20-50-30, 10-20-70, 33-33-33, with locations counterbalanced. Response variability and sensitivity were examined; models of choice behavior to three discrete options were fitted to the data, and changes in responding over time were analysed as a function of reinforcement variability. |
|
The Power of 3-Alternative Choice Procedures as Severe Tests for Extensions of Generalized Matching |
ELIZABETH KYONKA (West Virginia University), Lavinia C. M. Tan (Reed College) |
Abstract: Over the past decade, behavior-analytic research has yielded several extensions to the generalized matching law. These extensions typically increase variance accounted for relative to the already-high variance accounted for by generalized matching. When goodness of fit is similar across candidates, residual analyses for systematic trends provide an alternate means of distinguishing between models. Natapoff relations (Schneider & Davison, 2005) were computed in a reanalysis of Kangas and colleagues (2009) Concurrent performance in a three-alternative choice situation: Response allocation in a Rock/Paper/Scissors game. Kangas reported results of generalized matching analyses for ratios of responding and reinforcement for a target option versus both other options, for example, rock/(paper+scissors). Goodness of fit was adequate for both ratios and Natapoff relations. However, residual analyses revealed polynomial trends were sometimes present for ratios but not for Natapoff relations, identifying Natapoff relations as a quantitatively superior account of choice between the three alternatives rock, paper and scissors. Residual analyses of 3-alternative choice may continue to be a fruitful means of comparing extensions of generalized matching. |
|
|
|
|
Academic Interventions for Learners With Disabilities at the Postsecondary Level |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
618/619 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Youjia Hua (University of Iowa) |
Discussant: David L. Lee (Penn State University) |
CE Instructor: Youjia Hua, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Functional reading and mathematical skills may improve the quality of life and general well-being for individuals with disabilities. However, research in the area of reading and mathematics for learners with disabilities at the postsecondary level is sparse and unable to guide practice. This symposium includes 3 experimental studies that investigate the effects of academic interventions on oral reading fluency, vocabulary knowledge, and functional mathematical skills of young adults with intellectual and learning disabilities. The results of the 3 studies indicate that young adults with disabilities may benefit from interventions that incorporate components of evidence-based effective instruction (e.g., teacher modeling, frequent opportunities to practice, immediate feedback). The presentations will address the implication and future direction of academic interventions for young adults with disabilities. |
|
The Effects of Teaching Vocabulary Using Direct Instruction on Word Knowledge and Reading Comprehension of Young Adults With Intellectual and Learning Disabilities |
JEREMY FORD (University of Iowa), Youjia Hua (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to investigate the effectiveness of teaching vocabulary using direct instruction on word knowledge and expository reading comprehension of young adults with intellectual and severe learning disabilities. Four learners from a postsecondary education program for individuals with disabilities participated in the study. During the intervention, the instructors taught the unknown terminologies embedded in expository texts using a direct instruction teaching sequence. In the context of an alternating treatment design, we found that the direct instruction of vocabulary knowledge resulted in higher acquisition and retention of the words than the no intervention condition. However, the effects of the vocabulary instruction on comprehension of the expository texts were less clear. |
|
Cognitive Strategy Instruction for Functional Mathematical Skill: Effects for Young Adults With Intellectual Disabilities |
SUZANNE WOODS-GROVES (University of Iowa), Kristin Lucas (University of Iowa), Bethany Scheidecker (University of Iowa), Youjia Hua (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: This study assessed the effectiveness of a 3-step cognitive strategy (TIP) for calculating tip and total bill for young adults with intellectual disabilities. In the context of pre- and post-test nonequivalent-groups design, 10 students from a postsecondary education program for individuals with disabilities participated in the study. A teacher delivered 6 lessons to students in the experimental group using the working instructional model for teaching learning strategies. The results indicate that the experimental group outperformed the comparison group on items that assessed the ability to calculate tip and total bill. Students from the experimental group also generalized the procedural knowledge to tasks that required using percent values in different contexts. Four of the students from the experimental group maintained the use of the strategy 8 weeks after the intervention. |
|
Effects of Combined Repeated Reading and Question Generation Intervention on Young Adults With Cognitive Disabilities |
YOUJIA HUA (University of Iowa), William Therrien (University of Iowa), Sally Huddle (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The combined repeated reading and question generation procedure is a reading intervention designed to target both fluency and comprehension for students with disabilities. Previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of the intervention for school age children with learning disabilities. This study extended the research by utilizing the program with 3 postsecondary learners with severe learning disability and mild mental retardation. In the context of a multiple baseline across participants design, the results indicate that the program may be an effective intervention to improve fluency and comprehension for young adults with cognitive disabilities. |
|
|
|
|
Extending the Utility of Preference Assessments in the Classroom |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
616/617 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer L. Austin (University of Glamorgan) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer L. Austin, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Preference assessments have frequently been used to assess the relative value of particular stimuli to individuals. These assessments are often the basis for identify potential reinforcers. The current group of studies extends the utility of preference assessments to identify preferred teaching, prompting, and reinforcement strategies with children in a range of classrooms. Data also are presented on the potential for preference assessments to identify functions of behaviour. Implications of these data on the use of preference assessments will be discussed, along with delineating directions for future research. |
|
An Evaluation of the Efficacy of and Group Preference for Three Rates of Opportunities to Respond During Circle Time |
KRISTINA VARGO (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale), Nicole Heal (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale), Jodi Elizabeth Nuernberger (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale) |
Abstract: Preschool teachers often use circle time for large group instruction. In order to decrease problem behaviors during instruction, research has suggested the use of highly preferred teaching procedures. Layer et al. (2008) demonstrated the utility of a group preference assessment using a concurrent chains arrangement for discrete food items and found that it accurately and efficiently identified preferences of all the participants. The current study sought to replicate and extend their findings by assessing the utility of the group preference assessment for three different teaching contexts, each varying by the rate of opportunities to respond (OTR). The results showed that the group preference assessment efficiently identified the most highly preferred OTR condition for all students. These data suggest that group preference assessments could be incorporated into large group instruction in typical preschool classrooms. |
|
An Evaluation of the Relative Efficacy of and Preference for Prompt Delay Procedures |
STEPHANIE HOOD (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale), Nicole Heal (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale), Kristina Vargo (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale) |
Abstract: Constant prompt delay and progressive prompt delay procedures are evidence-based teaching strategies; however, no objective data have been reported on the stakeholders preference for such procedures. Thus, the purpose of the present study was to evaluate the relative efficacy of and the relative preference for prompt delay procedures. Four preschool children experienced three teaching conditions: constant prompt delay, progressive prompt delay, and a control condition. A multi-element design was used to evaluate the relative efficacy of the prompt delay procedures at teaching pre-academic tasks while a modified concurrent-chains arrangement was used to evaluate each childs relative preference for the teaching strategies. The efficacy and preference results were idiosyncratic for all children. These results as well implication of the results are discussed. |
|
An Evaluation of Student Preference for Behavior Interventions |
TONYA M. MARSTELLER (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: We examined preference for and efficacy of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO), and fixed-time (FT) reinforcement schedules for escape-maintained problem behavior. Experiment 1 consisted of baseline, during which problem behavior was reinforced, and treatment, during which DRA, DRO, and FT were implemented in a mulitelement design. Both participants engaged in high rates of problem behavior during baseline, and reduced rates of problem behavior during all treatments. For 1 participant, FT resulted in faster suppression of behavior, and DRA was not as effective as FT or DRO. For 1 participant, all interventions resulted in relatively equivalent suppression of behavior. During Experiment 2, we evaluated treatment preference by allowing participants to choose the intervention prior to each session. Both participants displayed an early preference for FT. For 1 participant, this preference shifted to DRA after he was allowed to choose the order of tasks. For both participants, problem behavior was suppressed during all treatments, and remained low as schedule values were independently thinned, with few exceptions. |
|
An Assessment of the Match Between Functional Analysis and Preference Assessment Outcomes |
JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of Glamorgan), Amanda Louellen Lewis (University of Glamorgan), Anna Price (University of Glamorgan), Jade Shakeshaft (University of Glamorgan) |
Abstract: Although the gold standard for treatment planning, functional analyses are often cumbersome to implement in mainstream classrooms, particularly when teachers must arrange the contingencies for each session. It is possible that typically developing children might reveal the functions of their behaviours through their preferences for particular reinforcers. This study compared the results of a naturalistic functional analysis with the outcomes of a modified preference assessment for socially-mediated stimuli. For two of the three children, functional analysis results matched the results of the preference assessment. The implications of this research on identifying functions of behaviour, as well as areas for future research, will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Beyond the School-wide Curriculum: Using Behavior Analytic Protocols and Tactics to Enhance Academic and Social Skills |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
611 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University) |
CE Instructor: Grant Gautreaux, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Teachers who also function as behavior analysts are responsible for implementing local, state, or federally mandated curricula and curricular sequences. However, as behavior analysts they are also responsible for scientifically analyzing learning and teaching problems and subsequently implementing interventionsthat may not necessarily be part of the adopted curriculum. Teachers who teach from a behavior analytic perspective should have the skill set to select strategiesthat are individualized and specifically address academic and social deficit areas, thus providing the student with a more effective and efficient way to access the school-wide curriculum. The studies reported herein represent a corpus of evidence supporting the role of a teacher as a strategic scientist of pedagogy. |
Keyword(s): school settings, scientific teaching |
|
The Role of the Intraveral Within Multiple Exemplar Instruction Across Response Topographies on the Transformation of Stimulus Function for Geometry Concepts |
GRANT GAUTREAUX (Nicholls State University), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University), David Irwin (Nicholls State University) |
Abstract: We analyzed the effects of multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) across response topographies on the acquisition of geometric concepts that were taught only within a single response topography. One of the topographies, intraverbal instruction, was manipulated in order to determine whether or not this component was necessary for transformation of stimulus function to occur. The effects of multiple exemplar instruction were tested on early middle school students who were part of a remedial program for students more than 2 grade levels behind their same age peers in math. Participants were taught 5 geometric concepts (Set 1) as under 1 response topography (RT). Subsequently, 3 untaught responses were probed. Upon reaching mastery criterion for Set 1 the participants were taught 5 different geometric concepts (Set 2) utilizing MEI. In this phase they were taught using a combination of 2 or 3 response topographies (selection, production, and tact or intraverbal) counterbalanced across participants. Following mastery of Set 2 concepts, untaught responses from Set 1 were re-probed. In order to ensure that the results were not simply a function of an extraneous variable five new geometric concepts (Set 3) were taught within the same response topography as Set 1 and the untaught responses topographies to Set 3 were probed. Results are reported in terms of the role the intraverbal response topography played in the emergence of the untaught topographies. |
|
The Generalization in Variation and Accuracy of Sentence Structure and Vocabulary From Written to Vocal Mands |
KATIE FOXALL LYON (Nicholls State University), Kate Tierney (Nicholls State University), Amy Jones (Nicholls State University) |
Abstract: This study aimed to increase the accuracy of sentence structure and variation of vocabulary used by 2 pupils when manding vocally for preferred items. Pupils were taught using a checklist to vary the sentence structure of mands each time a written mand was emitted: generalization of the skill was probed post-treatment. The pupils both had diagnoses of autism spectrum disorders and attended a CABAS model school on a full-time basis. They were both speaker and listener with emergent reader/writer behaviour. Throughout the baseline phase of study both pupils emitted repetitive mands with consistent incorrect sentence structure in both written and vocal format. Post study it was observed |
|
The Effects of Teacher-Directed Peer Reinforcement on Socially Appropriate Interactions Between Pupils With an Autistic Disorder |
GEMMA HARDING (Nicholls State University), Jo Highley (Nicholls State University), Sinead Raftery (Nicholls State University) |
Abstract: This study investigates the effects of teacher directed peer reinforcement on the number of appropriate peer interactions emitted during free play. Participants were 6 males with a diagnosis of an autistic disorder who attended a CABAS school in the United Kingdom. Results of this study demonstrated that the treatment was effective in increasing appropriate behaviours and decreasing maladaptive or inappropriate behaviours. Implications of this study are discussed. |
|
The Use of Establishing Operations Within a Classroom Reinforcement System to Increase Self-Management and Productivity in Pupils |
SARAH STATHAM (Nicholls State University), Edilane Middleton (Nicholls State University) |
Abstract: The study used establishing operations within a motivational classroom system called "Activity Time" to increase pupils' self-management of time by decreasing the time pupils spent carrying out a number of steps to access a chosen reinforcer. The required steps were related to academic skills such as written communication and graphing. The study used a multiple baseline design across participants with 2 treatment phases. During baseline the participants had a fixed amount of time to access a reinforcer and the time taken to complete the necessary steps was recorded. During Treatment 1 the participants had 15 minutes to complete the necessary steps and all remaining time could be spent accessing a reinforcer. In both of these phases the participants' level of achievement during an instructional session was linked to the desirability of reinforcers available. During Treatment 2 participants' time available for activity time was related to the level of achievement during an instructional session. Results showed that the mean time taken to complete the required steps and the mean variability in these times decreased for all of the participants from baseline to treatment. The mean time taken also reduced for all participants who were exposed to Treatment 2. The procedures put in place were effective at providing a motivation to self-manage the time available and can be used to further build on various academic and self-management skills. |
|
|
|
|
Improving the Quality of Behavior Support and Instructional Practices: A Systems Approach |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
604 (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Robert F. Putnam (May Institute) |
Discussant: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University) |
CE Instructor: Melanie DuBard, Ph.D. |
Abstract: During the 2010-211 school year, the administrative staff at a large private school serving students with autism spectrum disorder and/or developmental disabilities conducted a system wide needs assessment to address the needs of a growing program. Results of the needs assessment identified areas within the educational and behavioral domains where systems level improvements as well as increased consistency and continuity of practices were needed across the school. Three of the areas identified were: 1) the reduction of crisis intervention procedures i.e.; protective holds; 2) improvement in the treatment integrity of behavior support plans, and; 3) the amount and quality of direct instruction. The development of electronic and paper based tools were developed and data was collected on crisis intervention procedures, inter-observer agreement data for educational program, and treatment integrity measures for behavioral support plans. This symposium examines the process of creating and then implementing data collection procedures and the use of these data to improve the systems across this school. |
Keyword(s): Behavior Supports, Instructional Practices, Systems Approach |
|
Assessing and Developing System-wide Interventions to Reduce Crisis Intervention Procedures |
MELANIE DUBARD (May Institute), Blake Grider (May Institute), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute), Bonnie Souza (May Institute) |
Abstract: Using data based decision making concerning the effectiveness of behavior support interventions and the use of crisis intervention procedures in a large school serving students with autism spectrum disorder and/or developmental disabilities is often made on a student by student basis. This presentation will review the development of a system to collect school-wide data that could be used to determine the effectiveness of school-wide behavior support as well as individual behavior support. The use of functional assessment information to ascertain system interventions particularly in these schools is often lacking. Often schools do not review data at the systems level to make programmatic decisions and if so only examine the frequency and duration of procedures. Staff at this center assisted in designing the system to examine the frequency, duration and type of crisis intervention procedure. In addition the system allowed the review of location, time, activity and staff involved in these procedures to help the program as a whole improve its behavior support practices. Presentation of data as well as the effective use of this to make system level changes in interventions will be presented. |
|
Evaluation of Behavior Support Plan Written Formats to Improve Treatment Integrity |
KATE GILLIGAN (May Institute), Valerie Hoffberger (May Institute) |
Abstract: Treatment integrity is the degree to which treatments are implemented as they were planned or designed. Following completion of a behavior support plan (BSP), staff must monitor the effectiveness of the plan in relation to problem behavior and make conclusions about treatment effectiveness. A number of variables have been evaluated in the treatment integrity literature to determine what components contribute to high levels of treatment integrity with behavior plans in both the home and school settings. Some of those components have included type of training, length of training, and performance feedback. There are other variables that could potentially affect treatment integrity such as staffs knowledge of behavior principles, stress, and how information is presented to staff (using brief forms, flow charts, etc.). One recommendation resulting from the needs assessments was for staff to evaluate treatment integrity with the current behavior support written format as compared to treatment integrity obtained with the behavior support plan written in a competing pathways framework. The process of developing a treatment integrity measure, developing a method of collecting treatment integrity school wide, and how a change in the format of behavior support plans occurred will be discussed. |
|
Improving Students' on Task Behavior and Direct Instructional Strategies on a System-wide Basis |
SHANON M. TOMASSONE (May Institute), Jennifer Iverson (The May Institute), Rebecca Parenteau (May Institute) |
Abstract: Students with autism spectrum disorder and/or developmental disabilities often have poor rates of on-task behavior. An analysis found deficits in this area in a large school for students with autism spectrum disorder and/or developmental disabilities. A systems approach was used to improve overall student on-task behavior. This presentation will review the research in this area and the development of tools to measure this behavior as well as the staff variables found to impact on task behavior. An examination of the data collected across the school will be reviewed as well as the use of performance feedback to improve staff behaviors found to be related to increased on task behavior and improved direct instruction practices. |
|
|
|
|
Public Policy Strategies, Tips, and Systematic Opportunities for Growth |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
204 (TCC) |
Area: PRA/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Nicholas L. Weatherly, Ph.D. |
Chair: Nicholas L. Weatherly (Spalding University) |
GINA GREEN (Association of Professional Behavior Analysts) |
NICHOLAS L. WEATHERLY (Spalding University) |
DANIEL B. SHABANI (California State University, Los Angeles) |
DENNIS B. MOZINGO (University of Rochester Medical Center) |
Abstract: The growing dissemination of behavioral strategies across an array of applied areas gives rise to the immediate need for a systematic examination of public policy processes at the state and federal levels. As the field continues to grow and more individuals and agencies recognize our services, there will be an increased push for state and federal regulation. With proper planning and organization we can be prepared to address emerging legislative barriers that may hinder quality behavioral services. There are a number of states becoming involved in legislation and insurance regulations, and with the increase in behavior-analytic licensure there is a unique opportunity for other regions to take advantage of the successes and pitfalls within these legislative processes. This panel discussion will aim to draw attention to current public policy priorities, offer legislation suggestions and discussion points, and provide an overview of current regulatory issues facing states including California, Kentucky, and New York. |
|
|
|
|
You May Not Agree With Everything I've Done, But You Won't Forget That I Was Here: A Tribute to Joseph V. Brady |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
6BC (Convention Center) |
Area: SCI/BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Michael F. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Michael F. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
CE Instructor: Michael F. Cataldo, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In an extraordinary career spanning over 6 decades, Joe Brady established a remarkable legacy. He was a man of vision. His empirical contributions ranged from investigations of the behavioral conditions that produce stress and associated physiological consequences, to pioneering work in behavioral pharmacology, to conditions affecting performance of astronauts in space. He was a man of exceptional generosity. For example, he established the Behavioral Biology unit at Johns Hopkins University and helped found the Institutes for Behavior Resources. He was a man of abiding inspiration. He trained, educated, and supported numerous students, post-docs, and colleagues; most have gone on to distinguished careers of their own. Recognizing that it would be impossible to capture adequately the breath and richness of Joe's contributions in a single session, in this symposium, close colleagues and friends will celebrate his career. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Those with interests in the history of behavior analysis, in behavioral pharmacology, and in understanding and treating drug abuse. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this session, participants should be able to:
- Identify the immense contributions of Joe Brady to behavior analysis, behavioral pharmacology, and science in general
- Articulate some of the important contributions of Joe Brady to the field.
|
|
Pluripotent Progenitor of Behavior Analytic Neuroscience |
TRAVIS THOMPSON (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Joseph V. Brady established one of the first truly interdisciplinary �physiological psychology� research and research training programs (now called neuroscience), in the country after WWII. Brady divided his time between Walter Reed Army Research Institute and the Psychopharmacology Laboratory at the University of Maryland, College Park. He displayed in precept and deed, critical scientific leadership principles: (1) surround yourself with the brightest, most talented people in the field, (2) promote innovative interdisciplinary problem solving based on a solid foundation of principles of functionalism, similar to L. J. Henderson & B. F. Skinner, and (3) value scientific principles but ignore disciplines. Like embryonic stem cells, Joe Brady was a progenitor, conducting his own scientific research while encouraging independent lines of fundamental and applied research. His approach was pluripotent, promoting scientific advances that evolved into many important, sometimes unexpected independent fields, such behavioral neuroendocrinology, brain mechanisms in reinforcement, drug addition, basic and clinical behavioral pharmacology, physical rehabilitation, and analysis of complex human behavior in individual and social behavior settings. He was a highly strategic thinker, seeding new theoretically significant endeavors, working with federal agencies and scientific societies to create ongoing support for scientific training and infrastructure, and modeling outstanding interdisciplinary science. |
Dr. Thompson earned a Ph.D. from the University of Minnesota and completed post-doctoral training at the University of Maryland and Cambridge University, UK. He has authored 230 journal articles and chapters in the areas of behavior analysis, behavioral pharmacology, and genetics. He has written or edited 30 books, including Straight Talk on Autism, which was a finalist for a National Book Award in 2008. With C. R. Schuster, he co-authored Behavioral Pharmacology. Dr. Thompson has mentored 47 doctorates in psychology, pharmacology, and special education. He was Director of the John F. Kennedy Center, Vanderbilt University. Dr. Thompson is presently a faculty member in the Department of Educational Psychology, University of Minnesota, where he has directed early intervention services for children with autism. He has received numerous awards, including the APA Division 25 Don Hake Award, the Research Award, AAID, Distinguished Research Award, The ARC US, the APA Div. 33 Edgar A. Doll Award, and SABA Impact of Science on Application Award. Dr. Thompson is past president of the Behavioral Pharmacology Society, APA Divisions 28 (Psychopharmacology) and 33 (Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities). He is a fellow in ABAI, a member of its Practice Board, and Co-Chair of the 2010, 2011 ABAI Autism Conferences. |
|
Consequences of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior |
THOMAS H. KELLY (University of Kentucky College of Medicine) |
Abstract: Joseph V. Brady, an interdisciplinary research pioneer, forged a productive, creative and illustrious career by applying the principles of the experimental analysis of behavior to investigations of the functional relationships operating at the nexus of biology and behavior. In the process, Brady and colleagues demonstrated the remarkable precision, flexibility and generality of these principles as applied to such diverse topics as stress and emotion, neurobiology, psychophysics and biofeedback, drug abuse and drug treatment, language, clinical research ethics, and human learning, motivation and social behavior, culminating in the experimental analysis of behavior in space. Brady also applied these principles effectively in the training of graduate students and junior colleagues. Selected clinical studies and reports will be presented to document the manner in which Brady applied the principles of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior throughout his career. The corpus of Bradys life work serves as a rich case study of the consequences of steadfast engagement in the experimental analysis of behavior. |
Thomas H. Kelly, Ph.D., is the Robert Straus Professor and Vice-Chair of the Department of Behavioral Science in the College of Medicine at the University of Kentucky, Professor of Psychiatry and Psychology, and Scientific Director of the Center for Drug Abuse Research Translation. He also serves as the Director of Research Education, Training and Career Development for the Center for Clinical and Translational Science. He is a clinical behavioral pharmacologist examining drug-behavior interactions and assessing bio-behavioral factors associated with individual differences in drug abuse vulnerability. |
|
The Brady Legacy: Team Performance in Simulated Space Exploration Missions |
STEVEN R. HURSH (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.) |
Abstract: Joe Brady was a pioneer in the study of human habitability in space. He pioneered work to study performance of primates in space, starting with rhesus monkeys and chimpanzees and later humans in confined programmed environments. In the last decade of his life, he capitalized on advances in computer simulation to explore team performance in simulated space missions and created a test bed for examining a range of factors that can alter the performance of individuals and teams, including topics such as communication modes, autonomy, incentive conditions, and workload. As a direct outgrowth, very recent research has lead to the development of a brief test of cooperative behavior within a behavioral economics framework. This work has been demonstrated to NASA and is now deployed for operational testing in Antarctica. |
Dr. Steven R. Hursh (B.A., Wake Forest University, 1968; Ph.D., University of California, San Diego, 1972) is the President of the Institutes for Behavior Resources and Adjunct Professor of Behavioral Biology, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. Dr. Hursh has forty years experience as a researcher and is author of over 75 articles, book chapters and books. He is a former associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. His seminal article on economic concepts for the analysis of behavior is considered one of the most significant articles in the history of the journal. Dr. Hursh has been a key figure in the establishment of behavioral economics as a major conceptual area. His research papers have introduced into the behavioral vocabulary a number of "household terms" in behavioral psychology: open and closed economies, demand curves and demand elasticity, unit price, substitution and complementarity, Pmax, Omax, and recently an exponential equation for demand and responding that has broad generality across species and reinforcers. His extensions to drug abuse and the framing of drug abuse policy have had a major impact on the research direction of the National Institute of Drug Abuse, which now funds a variety of studies on the behavioral economics of drug abuse. The concept of essential value derived from exponential demand has promise as a framework for assessing abuse liability and defining drug addiction. Dr. Hursh continues to make contributions as a consultant on research at three major university medical schools looking at behavioral economic processes with humans and non-human primates. Dr. Hursh is currently the President of the Institutes for Behavior Resources, Baltimore, MD, where he directs original research on fatigue, behavioral economics, drug abuse, and cooperative team performance. He has had twenty-three years of experience as a research manager in the Army: consultant to the Army Surgeon General for Research Psychology, Director of the Division of Neuropsychiatry at the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research, and as a medical staff officer in the Pentagon, Office of the Assistant Secretary of the Army (Research, Development, and Acquisition). Dr. Hursh spent 12 years with Science Applications International Corporation as a program manager prior to being selected to head the Institutes for Behavior Resources. |
|
|
|
|
Improving Training, Student Participation, and Teaching Visuals |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
612 (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Katlyn Maxwell (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: Michael C. Clayton (Youngstown State University) |
CE Instructor: Michael C. Clayton, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts teach others to engage in behavior analytic ways, but we do not always do so using our own methods and evaluation tools while doing so. This symposium presents 3 studies that examine a variety of methods of using behavior analytic methods and evaluation tools in our training. The first study examines code names variables (e.g., use of jargon, everyday language) that might impact the effectiveness of training observers to code behavioral data. This study uses an errorless expert training system and fluency techniques. The second study in the symposium examines the effects of prompts on the teacher's use of active listening techniques and subsequent effects on the rates of student participation in the class. This study uses prompts, behavioral observation, and a multiple baseline design. The final study in the symposium examines the effects of a short simple discrimination training task on the production of visually-interesting slides for use in lectures. This study uses discrimination training and a multiple-baseline design. |
Keyword(s): Behavior Coding, College Populations |
|
Everyday Language vs. Nonsense Syllables as Codes in Direct Observation Training: How Jargon Impacts Your Training of New Employees or Students |
RACHEL RUAH (Rollins College), Roger D. Ray ((AI)2, Inc.) |
Abstract: Train-To-Code (TTC) is an errorless expert training system designed for training observers to symbolically code ongoing behavior with high degrees of inter-observer accuracy. TTC itself is simply a generalized training software engine for wedding any video-presented behavior exemplars with any symbolic coding taxonomy via the use of expert-generated continuous-coding of the video. Typically, a sequence of such videos is presented to generate what TTC's User Guide manuals (c.f., Ray 2011a, 2011b) refer to as training programs (TPs). Some observers trained via TTC have not only demonstrated rapid development of nearly errorless coding skills, but also have readily demonstrated generative transfer of that training by producing the very behaviors they were trained to discriminate and code (Ray, Ruah, Bourdon, & Sanford, 2011). Yet, trainers who design TPs with such generative transfer as an outcome goal have many complex issues to consider. Unfortunately variables that might impact the effectiveness of training-especially those that might negatively impact generative outcomes such as generalized response production-are often overlooked. This presentation details a study of pre-training fluency with different symbolic codes used for behavioral categorization as a critical variable in such TP designs. |
|
The Effects of Active Listening on Student Participation in an Introductory Graduate Class |
AISHA SHEALEY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Scott A. Herbst (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: One understanding of verbal behavior is behavior for which reinforcement is mediated by a listener who has been specifically conditioned by a verbal community to mediate reinforcement. Active listening involves paraphrasing and summarizing anothers verbal behavior for the purposes of verification. This paper examines the definition of active listening in terms of the definition of verbal behavior, and investigates the effects of active listening on student participation in a graduate level behavior analysis class. Using a multiple baseline across class sections, this study will examines the use of prompts to increase active listening behavior of the instructor, then any changes in that behavior against changes in rates of student participation. |
|
Effects of a Simple Discrimination Training Procedure on the Development of Visually Appealing Slides |
DESIREE CARNATHAN (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Recently sales and other professional speakers have relied less upon default bullet-point styles in presentation software and more upon visually interesting slides that augment rather than duplicate what the speaker is saying (e.g., Presentation Zen). There is some evidence to suggest that college students prefer such visually-interesting slides over bullet-point slides in classroom settings. New presenters and teachers seem to use the bullet-point slides. Such use of bullet-points may be due to a number of factors, including these are the default in various presentation software, history of seeing others use bullet-points, and learning to develop visually-interesting slides can be time-consuming. Using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design, the present study examines the effectiveness of a short simple discrimination training task on the development of visuals. Participants were given several sets of information to present in visual form to accompany a fictitious future lecture. Following baseline slide development, participants underwent a short simple training during which participants received points for selecting the slide with fewer words and better images. The number of slides as well as the number of words and bullets per slide was examined pre- and post-training. |
|
|
|
|
An Introduction to Interbehaviorism and Interbehavioral Psychology |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
610 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC/PRA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Discussant: Hayne W. Reese (West Virginia University) |
CE Instructor: Sarah M. Richling, M.S. |
Abstract: J. R Kantor’s Interbehavioral Psychology and his philosophy of Interbehaviorism are little known by many behavior analysts. When known, Kantor’s Interbehavioral Psychology and his philosophy of Interbehaviorism tend to be misunderstood as incompatible with Skinner’s Behavior Analysis and his philosophy of Radical Behaviorism. This is an unfortunate circumstance given how much Kantor’s perspective has to contribute to the science of behavior and its philosophical foundations. The aim of this symposium, therefore, is to provide an introduction to Kantor’s formulation and elaborate upon some of the most distinctive aspects of Interbehaviorism. The first presentation will offer an overview of the philosophy of Interbehavioral Psychology and discuss several key areas of differentiation from Skinner’s philosophy of Radical Behaviorism. The second presentation will provide an outline of the investigative and interpretive sub-systems of Interbehavioral Psychology. The final presentation will discuss the applied sub-system of Interbehavioral Psychology and particularly emphasize the value of application in interbehavioral psychology. |
Keyword(s): Interbehaviorism, Kantor, Philosophy, System Building |
|
Interbehaviorism |
MOLLI LUKE (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Historically, philosophical systems, especially within psychology, have not been based upon objective systematizing. Instead they have been ontologically oriented, searching for absolutes and focused on systematizing an omnipotent power. According to Kantor (1953), science requires systems that organize and articulate data and operations based upon natural events as opposed to autistic constructions. Philosophy and the logic of science, when systematized based upon natural events, can guide scientists in development of hypotheses and systematic investigation of findings. One philosophy that does just this is Kantor’s Interbehaviorism (Kantor, 1958). Kantor’s Interbehaviorism shares many basic assumptions with that of Radical Behaviorism (Hayes, Adams & Dixon, 1998), yet few Radical Behaviorists know of or understand the philosophy of Interbehavioral Psychology. This presentation will give an overview of the philosophy of Interbehavioral Psychology, a few areas of similarity and differences from other behavioral philosophies, along with implications for this philosophy in the science of psychology. |
|
Interbehavioral Psychology: The Investigative and Interpretative Subsystem |
SARAH M. RICHLING (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Many behavior scientists appear to have little knowledge of or find little value in the philosophical aspects of their science. This disregard for a philosophical basis and consistency leads to issues across the entire scientific system. These issues begin with the specific goals of behavioral science and the nature of scientific activity. This dilemma spans even further to what is considered to be the subject matter of psychology and the ways in which we study that subject matter. Further, one must also closely consider the ways in which results from research are interpreted and the terminology that is used to describe psychological phenomena. Finally, philosophical coherence determines the degree to which behavioral science can be considered to be a legitimate, independent, comprehensive, and coherent science. This presentation discusses relevant and important concepts within the scientific system of Interbehavioral Psychology, specifically as they relate to the investigation and interpretation of psychological events. |
|
Interbehavioral Psychology: The Applied Subsystem |
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: J. R. Kantor’s (1958) system of interbehavioral psychology has been found to be particularly useful in several philosophical and theoretical areas of behavior analysis. However, relatively little attention has been paid to the applied subsystem of interbehavioral psychology. In this presentation I provide an overview of the applied subsystem, and particularly emphasize the value of application in interbehavioral psychology. The applied subsystem is viewed as having both verification and exploitation roles in Kantor’s (1958) system, and both of these roles will be reviewed. Emphasis will be placed on how the applied interbehaviorist can contribute to the overall system of behavior science more generally. In accomplishing these goals I will review the interbehavioral field construct and explain why workers might find it to be a particularly useful construct in naturalistic settings, such as those confronted by workers in applied behavior analysis (ABA). Efforts will be made to distinguish between unique features of applied research and practice, while at the same time recognizing that these two areas overlap substantially in ABA. Examples from the assessment of problem behavior and acquisition of verbal behavior will be provided. |
|
|
|
|
Overt and Covert Events |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
605 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Bryan D. Midgley (McPherson College) |
|
Methodological Behaviorism as a Radical Behaviorist Views It |
Domain: Theory |
JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
|
Abstract: This review examines the historical and conceptual background to methodological behaviorism. It argues that methodological behaviorism is the name for a strongly prescriptive orientation to psychological science. The first and original feature of methodological behaviorism is that psychologists should only deploy those “psychological” terms and concepts in their theories and explanations that are based on observable stimuli and behavior. A second feature is that psychologists should adhere to particular research and explanatory practices. We analyze methodological behaviorism from the standpoint of Skinner’s radical behaviorism, and conclude that methodological behaviorism is ironically closely tied to mentalism. |
|
A Skinnerian Approach to Neuroscience |
Domain: Theory |
DANIELE ORTU (University of Stirling) |
|
Abstract: Recent advances in the neurosciences point to the fact that the same sensory-perceptual areas in the brain are active both when a participant is seeing an object and when the object has been imagined. Similarly, the same areas of the motor cortex are active, although with varying strength, during covert and overt speech. These results are consistent with Skinner's interpretations of covert behavior. Moreover, here we consider the interpretation that covert responses may vary in topography, similarly to overt responses. Covert behavior may be perceptual or motor, but a motor component is suggested not to be a necessary prerequisite in defining behavior. Instead, a systematic functional relationship with environmental stimulation is proposed to be a defining feature of a covert response, independently of covert response topography. Finally, an interpretation of the roles of brain structures in the medial temporal lobes is suggested based on previous work by Donahoe & Palmer. Specifically, the hippocampus is proposed to be necessary in the selection of polysensory and polymodal responses, and the perirhinal cortex is suggested to be involved in the discrimination of changes in response strength. |
|
Stephenson's Subjectivity Does Not (Necessarily) Refer to Covert Events |
Domain: Theory |
BRYAN D. MIDGLEY (McPherson College), Dennis J. Delprato (Eastern Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: William Stephenson created Q methodology to explore subjectivity. Despite occasional statements in literature to the contrary, subjectivity does not necessarily refer to so-called covert events (e.g., private events, inapparent responses) and it certainly does not refer to hypothetical minds. The assumption of equality among these concepts reflects a limited appreciation of subjectivity. Covert events, such as Skinnerian private events and Kantorian inapparent responses, refer to events that cannot be seen by an outside observer. Subjectivity, in contrast, refers to a relation between describer and described. As Brown (2006) clarifies, "That it is I (rather than you) doing the Q sort [about me] is what makes it subjective and self-referential" (p. 261). To aid in this focus on self, researchers often compose Q samples of somewhat ambiguous opinion statements, stimuli that invite varied responses across people. Our analysis suggests that Stephenson was fundamentally concerned with using Q methodology to probe behavior, that is, to actualize and discover response potentialities. He was perhaps only secondarily concerned with tapping into covert events. Ironically, Stephenson himself might have contributed to misunderstandings regarding subjectivity. The purpose of this presentation is to clarify Stephenson's conceptualization of subjectivity for a naturalistic behaviorism. |
|
|
|
|
|
Topics and Research in Problem Solving |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
101 (TCC) |
Area: VBC/EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: John W. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.) |
Discussant: Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates) |
CE Instructor: John W. Esch, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium presents two experimental studies and one conceptual paper discussing a behavioral account of problem solving where the emission of a precurrent response increases the probability of a response that is scheduled for reinforcement. In both studies, mediating verbal behavior may have allowed access to already-established repertoires. The investigation by Esch and Esch used a verbal rehearsal procedure during a delay-to-respond to increase correct stimulus selection when shown an array of numerals in a problem-solving joint control task. Preliminary results show that participants correctly selected numerals when instructed to rehearse them during a delay. Sundberg et al. present the results of a study comparing performances of individuals defined as either high-verbal or low-verbal on a matching-to-sample task. Results indicated that performance deteriorated when rehearsal (i.e., covert verbal behavior) was disrupted, thus preventing the establishment of joint control over the selection response. Hall presents an analysis of abstract control in terms of its role in verbal problem solving and discusses how such control might be established via strategic teaching. The discussant, Dr. Mark Sundberg, will offer remarks regarding these papers. |
Keyword(s): problem solving, verbal behavior |
|
Assessing and Training Pre-current Responses to Increase Performance on a Verbal Problem-Solving Task |
JOHN W. ESCH (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.), Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.) |
Abstract: Much complex behavior requires probing established verbal and nonverbal repertoires to present (access?) stimuli that will evoke a response that currently is unable to be emitted in the absence of those stimuli (Skinner, 1957). This study follows previous research findings (Esch et al., 2010) showing that, for some individuals, a self-echoic response after a correct echoic response is weakened when a delay-to-respond is imposed. Such discrepancies between echoic and self-echoic behavior may be predictive of deficits in verbal problem solving. Following echoic and self-echoic assessments, participants were asked to find the correct numeric sequence when shown 4 quadrants of various numeric sequences on a problem-solving joint control task (Lowenkron, 1998). In an ABCBC experimental design, participants were asked to find the correct sequence under 3 conditions: (a) instruction and sequence presented simultaneously, (b) sequence presentation delayed by 5 s, and (c) instructed echoic and self-echoic rehearsal provided during a 5-s delay to presentation. We discuss the results of this study as it relates to teaching selection-based problem-solving skills and a descriptive autoclitic as a form of automatic reinforcement. |
|
The Role of Multiple Control and Covert Verbal Behavior in Matching-to-Sample Research |
CARL T. SUNDBERG (Behavior Analysis Center for Autism), Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates), John L. Michael (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: There is a sizeable body of basic behavioral research that employs matchingto-sample (MTS) preparations with verbal adults as participants. The goal of much of this research involves the study of complex behavioral relations (e.g., problem solving, emerging behavior, equivalence, relational frames). The current empirical investigation examines the role of multiple control and covert verbal behavior in high-verbal participants (college students) and low-verbal participants (adults with severe to moderate developmental disabilities). The data demonstrate that additional independent variables are responsible for the comparison stimulus selection behavior for the high-verbal participants. These variables primarily involve covert verbal behavior that occurs for verbal participants between the presentation of sample stimuli and the selection of a comparison stimulus. The covert verbal behavior then provides multiple sources of stimulus control in the form of joint control over selection behavior (Lowenkron, 1992). When the covert verbal behavior is disrupted, joint multiple control becomes hard to establish and performance clearly deteriorates. The implications of these results on current experimental practice and claims regarding emerging behavior are discussed. |
|
Abstract Control in Complex Verbal Relations and Problem Solving |
GENAE HALL (Behavior Analysis and Intervention Services) |
Abstract: The study of complex human behavior including transfer versus functional independence between verbal relations, and emergent problem solving continues to intrigue behavior analysts. Such work serves to counter the arguments of linguists and others who may claim that behavior analysis cannot account for behavior, which occurs for the first time without direct training, and is very important in the area of education. Children with and without language delays can greatly benefit from strategic teaching procedures designed to establish "general patterns of responding that can in turn be used to produce effective responses in an infinite variety of situations" (Alessi, 1987). To successfully generate complex emergent relations, it appears critical to conduct a detailed analysis of the relations to be trained and tested, then strategically program for transformation of stimulus function and recombination of repertoires. Engelmann and Carnine (1982) have described such an approach. Abstract verbal responding may range in complexity from simple abstract tacting to verbal problem solving. Regardless of the complexity of the performance, when abstract control is present, an "observed sameness" in a set of examples controls a consistent pattern of responding. The present paper will analyze the abstract control that appears to be present in transfer between certain verbal operants and speaker and listener relations, and verbal problem solving, and discuss how such control might be established via strategic teaching. |
|
|
|
|
An Evaluation of Procedures to Address Mands for Information and Mands Maintained by Negative Reinforcement |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
LL03 (TCC) |
Area: VBC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center) |
CE Instructor: M. Alice Shillingsburg, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Mand training is often a primary focus in early language training. Manding programs typically include those that are positively reinforced such as mands for specific items. However, mands maintained by negative reinforcement are also important skills to target for children with language delays. Additionally, as more simple mands are acquired, clinicians aim to develop programs that target more complex mands, such as mands for information, which include using the mands who? which? and how? This symposia will present data from four studies which investigate various procedures to develop mands for information and mands maintained by negative reinforcement. Shillingsburg, Bowen, and Valentino examined a procedure to develop mands for how? while focusing on establishing operation (EO) manipulation and generalization. Gaymen, Shillingsburg, Bowen, and Valentino examined strategies for evoking mands for who? and which? while focusing on EO manipulation and maintaining discrimination between the two mands. Powell, Shillingsburg, and Bowen will present data on mands for termination ensuring that mands are emitting under the proper EO conditions. Finally Coffman, Nauman, Stratz, and Ghezzi evaluated a procedure to teach mands under conditions of both positive and negative reinforcement and how it is beneficial to the development of socially appropriate behavior. Results are discussed in terms of the application of these procedures to the treatment of communication deficits in children with autism. |
Keyword(s): advanced manding, negative reinforcement, verbal behavior |
|
Utilizing Antecedent Manipulation to Facilitate Manding for Information via "How?" Mands in a Child Diagnosed With ASD |
M. ALICE SHILLINGSBURG (Marcus Autism Center), Crystal N. Bowen (Marcus Autism Center), Amber L. Valentino (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: To date, one study has evaluated procedures to teach children with autism to mand for information using how. However, procedures such as manipulation of establishing operations (EO), prompt fading, and differential reinforcement have been shown to be effective in teaching children with autism to ask wh questions such as what, who, and where. Procedures for teaching mands for how are unique in that additional challenges that are absent in teaching other forms of mands for information (e.g., what, who,) are present. Specifically, once the information regarding how to do something is provided once, the EO may no longer present. Thus, identifying alternative teaching procedures is warranted. One male diagnosed with autism completed the current study. The study evaluated a procedure to teach mands for information using how to obtain information to complete spelling tasks and other activities. The results showed that the participant began to correctly use the mand for information under EO present conditions and did not mand when the information was not needed (EO absent conditions). The results have implications for methods of teaching the mand for information how while paying close attention to EO manipulation and subsequent generalization of the skill. |
|
The Use of Antecedent Manipulations to Evoke Mands for Information Using Who and Which |
CASSONDRA M. GAYMAN (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center), Crystal N. Bowen (Marcus Autism Center), Amber L. Valentino (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Many procedures have shown to be effective at teaching question asking behavior (manding for information) to children with autism. Studies have demonstrated that antecedent manipulations such as manipulation of the establishing operation (EO), prompts, and prompt fading are effective in teaching children with autism to ask a variety of wh questions such as what, who, and where. However, this is a skill area in which the research is limited, especially in relation to the types of questions taught. Additionally, little attention has been given to appropriately manipulate the presence and absence of relevant motivating operations and little is known about subsequent use of the information once given. In this study antecedent manipulations were used to teach three participants to mand for information by asking Which and Who in EO present and EO absent conditions. Procedures resulted in the acquisition of the mands for information using Who and Which in the EO present condition for all three participants and subsequent use of the provided information was recorded. Additionally, none of the participants emitted the mand for information during the EO absent condition following teaching sessions. A discussion of the importance of contriving relevant motivating operations and methods to examine the use of the provided information will be presented. |
|
The Effects of an Antecedent Manipulation Procedure to Establish Mands for Termination in Children Diagnosed With Autsim |
NICOLE M. POWELL (Nationwide Children's Hospital), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center), Crystal N. Bowen (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Mand training is often a primary focus in early language training and programs typically include those that are positively reinforced such as mands for specific items. However, mands maintained by negative reinforcement are also important skills to target for children with language delays. Mands to remove aversive demands or to refuse an unwanted item appear to be the primary types of mands maintained by negative reinforcement reported in the literature. Another type of negatively reinforced mand important to target in language instruction involves the removal of a stimulus that blocks access to a preferred activity. The current study taught five participants diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder to mand for removal of a stimulus in order to access the blocked preferred item. An evaluation was also conducted to determine if participants were engaging in appropriate use of mands by testing the mands in the presence and absence of an establishing operation (EO). All participants learned to mand for the removal of the stimulus under appropriate conditions. |
|
Manding by Young Children With Autism: The Effects of Positive and Negative Contingencies of Reinforcement |
CHRISTY M. COFFMAN (University of Nevada, Reno), Lauren Nauman (University of Nevada, Reno), Sara L. Stratz (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The focus of behavior analytic research on teaching manding to young children with autism is positive reinforcement. Mands maintained by negative reinforcement are understudied. The present study centers on both types in terms of their respective rates to acquisition, effects on inappropriate behaviors and impact on socially desirable behaviors. Following a baseline period, three young children with autism were taught to mand for preferred items (positive reinforcement) and for the removal of non-preferred items (negative reinforcement). Stimulus generalization probes were conducted at various points throughout the teaching phase. Once mastery was achieved, a one week follow-up was conducted to assess for maintenance of the mastered mands. The data show that teaching young children with autism to mand under conditions of both positive and negative reinforcement is beneficial to the development of socially appropriate behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Establishing the Conditional Use of Socially Acceptable Alternatives for Problem Behavior: Practical Applications With Individuals With Moderate And Severe Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
303/304 (TCC) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Joe Reichle, Ph.D. |
Chair: Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University) |
JOE REICHLE (University of Minnesota) |
Joe Reichle, Ph.D. is Professor of Speech-Language-Hearing Sciences and Educational Psychology at the University of Minnesota and a Fellow of the American Speech Language and Hearing Association. He is an internationally recognized expert in the areas of augmentative communication and communication intervention for persons with significant developmental disabilities with over 60 refereed journal articles. He has co-edited numerous books focused on his areas of expertise. He has served as an associate editor of the Journal of Speech-Language-Hearing Research and Language Speech and Hearing in Schools. Dr. Reichle served on the executive committee of the Dean of the University of Minnesota's Graduate School and has administrative experience as a former associate chair of the Dept. of Speech-Language-Hearing Sciences. Currently he serves as the Director of Research for the Minnesota Leadership and Education Program in Neurodevelopmental Disabilities. Dr. Reichle has served as a PI, co-PI and investigator on numerous federally funded research and training grants. His current research interests focus on the conditional use of communicative behavior implemented to replace escape functioned problem behavior. Additionally, he is interested in collateral behavior resulting from focused communication intervention (and the influence of treatment dosage on these phenomena). |
Abstract: This presentation will describe a partially validated set of instructional strategies designed to establish the conditional use of "requesting assistance" and "requesting a break" as alternatives to escape functioned problem behavior in young children with significant developmental disabilities. The presentation will discuss the necessity gaining an exact match between communicative alternative and the basis of a learner's escape. The use of competing schedules of reinforcement and several antecedent focused intervention strategies including "signaled delay of reinforcement delivery" will be described as strategies to assist in gaining the moderated use of newly established communicative alternatives. The presentation will also include a brief review of conditional use used with other areas of communicative instruction with individuals who experience severe developmental disabilities. These areas will include the conditional use of communicative modes, requesting items/objects, and requesting attention. Results of the work presented and work reviewed suggest that there is a small but growing base of experimental support of an effective instructional technology to promote the conditional use of socially acceptable social/communicative behavior. At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to: 1. Describe what is meant by conditional use of communicative behavior 2. Describe a package of intervention procedures to implement in teaching socially acceptable communicative alternatives to escape behavior used to gain assistance or to gain a brief break from an activity that has become aversive as a result of its length (or magnitude of work). |
|
|
|
|
Strategies for Establishing and Teaching the Implementation of Functional Communication Skills to Children With Autism |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
305 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Cecelia R. Maderitz (Youngstown State University) |
Discussant: Andy Bondy (Pyramid Educational Consultants) |
CE Instructor: Margaret M. Flores, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The importance of establishing functional communication skills has been empirically validated with numerous studies demonstrating decreases in problem behavior when functional communication is established (Carr & Durand, 1985; Charlop-Christy et al., 2002.) Fewer studies, however, have explored strategies to teach instructional staff how to implement these skills; and even fewer have investigated the effectiveness of different emerging modes of functional communication (i.e., with use of the iPad, iPod, and iPhone). Given the ready availability of this technology, it is critical that these forms of alternative augmentative communication be explored and evaluated. In this symposium, results from 2 studies investigating the effectiveness of a behavioral skills training package (BST) to implement the Picture Exchange Communication System ( PECS) will first be presented. The most important potential components of the BST will be highlighted, and applications for larger group settings will be discussed. In addition, results from two studies evaluating the relative effectiveness of a picture-based and technology-based system (i.e., Apple iPad) will be reviewed. The symposium will culminate with recommendations for those interested in future related research. |
Keyword(s): Autism, Functional Communication, PECS, Staff Training |
|
A Further Evaluation of Behavioral Skills Training on the Implementation and Generalization of The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) |
CHRISTA HOMLITAS (Youngstown State University), Rocio Rosales (Youngstown State University), Lindsay Morgart (The Rich Center for Autism), Cecelia R. Maderitz (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: We investigated the effectiveness of a behavioral skills training (BST) package with one less component (i.e., a training video) than that used in a previous study by Rosales et al. (2009) to teach Phases 1-3A of the picture exchange communication system (PECS.) The BST package, which consisted of written and verbal instructions, modeling, role play with a confederate, and feedback, was implemented using a multiple baseline across 3 instructional staff members employed at a center serving children with autism spectrum disorders. Results indicated the effectiveness of the training package across all 3 participants. In addition, generalization and maintenance of the skills acquired was evident when probes were conducted in the classroom environment with students to whom the instructional staff were assigned to work with on a daily basis. In a second experiment, the BST package was implemented in a group setting with newly hired instructional staff to evaluate the effectiveness and potential efficiency of this training. Results will be discussed with respect to the implications for future trainings in clinical settings for individuals who work with children with limited functional communication skills. |
|
A Comparison of Communication Using the Apple iPad and a Picture-based System |
MARGARET M. FLORES (Auburn University), Doris L. Hill (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) interventions have been shown to improve both communication and social skills in children and youth with autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities (Simpson et al., 2005). AAC applications have become available for personal devices such as cell phones, MP3 Players, and personal computer tablets. It is critical that these new forms of AAC are explored and evaluated. Therefore, the purpose of this case study was to investigate the utility of the Apple iPad as a communication device. The researchers compared the effects of the Apple iPad and a picture card communication system. Five elementary students with autism spectrum disorder and developmental disabilities who currently used a picture card system participated in the study. The students made requests using either picture cards or a communication application on the Apple iPad. The researchers compared the number of communication behaviors within these conditions. The results were mixed; communication behaviors either increased or remained the same. |
|
Comparing Picture Exchange and the iPad for Communication of Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
DORIS L. HILL (Auburn University), Margaret M. Flores (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Both the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) and technology-based treatments are emerging treatments for students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), according to the National Autism Center (2011). Recently, investigations regarding the use of the Apple iPad to communicate have been conducted with mixed results. The purpose of this study was to compare students with autism spectrum disorders and developmental delays communication using picture cards and a communication application on the Apple iPad. Using the PECS protocol, the researchers compared independent responses using the Proloquo2go iPad application and PECS using Proloquo2 go symbols. An alternating treatment design was employed to compare the treatments the results were mixed with no consistent difference across participants. Preference assessments were also mixed. |
|
|
|
|
Without Violence: Constructing the Science of Peace, Justice, and Healing |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
6A (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/CBM; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Anthony Biglan (Oregon Research Institute) |
Discussant: Erica Chenoweth (Wesleyan University) |
CE Instructor: Mark A. Mattaini, Doctor of Social Welfare (DSW) |
Abstract: There have been some notable gains in recent years, but violence at the interpersonal, economic, structural, and political levels remains a central socio-cultural challenge of the modern era. Human rights violations and conflicts at the individual, local, national, or international level cause deep damage to persons, communities and cultures. Applications of the natural science of behavior and behavioral systems analysis to attempts to challenge injustice, construct peace, and heal people and communities are in their infancy. Still, there are compelling reasons to believe that contributions from that science are possible. In this symposium, the presenters will explore the issues from selectionist and contextualist perspectives, and sketch out what is presently known about strategies for constructing peace, resisting oppression nonviolently, and healing trauma. |
Keyword(s): achieving peace, nonviolent resistance, trauma, violence |
|
Achieving Peace at the Individual, Interpersonal, Group, and International Level: An Evolutionary Perspective |
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute) |
Abstract: This talk will present an evolutionary analysis of the generic features of conflict at several levels: the conflict we, as individuals experience within ourselves, the conflicts that occur between people, and the conflicts between groups—from small groups to international conflicts. Like other organisms, humans have an evolved bias toward detecting and avoiding danger. However our symbolic abilities—while useful for solving problems—mean that humans can perceive and seek to avoid threat that is only symbolically present. Reducing conflict both within and between individuals and groups depends on our reducing the power of symbolic relations to influence behavior that contributes to conflict. I will describe interventions that contribute to this change at all levels and will discuss the implications of current knowledge for reducing what appears to be the biggest threat to human wellbeing, namely our evolved tendencies to symbolically experience threat. |
Anthony Biglan is a senior scientist at Oregon Research Institute and the co-director of the Promise Neighborhood Research Consortium. He has been conducting research on the development and prevention of child and adolescent problem behavior for the past 30 years. His work has included studies of the risk and protective factors associated with tobacco, alcohol, and other drug use; high-risk sexual behavior, and antisocial behavior. He has conducted numerous experimental evaluations of interventions to prevent tobacco use both through school-based programs and community-wide interventions. He has also performed evaluations of interventions to prevent high-risk sexual behavior, antisocial behavior, and reading failure. He and colleagues at the Center for Advanced Study in the Behavior Sciences published a book summarizing the epidemiology, cost, etiology, prevention, and treatment of youth with multiple problems (Biglan et al., 2004). He is a former president of the Society for Prevention Research, and a member of the Institute of Medicine Committee on Prevention, which recently released its report documenting numerous evidence-based preventive interventions. |
|
Behavioral Systems Science for Nonviolent Resistance |
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work) |
Abstract: Mohandas Gandhi often indicated that nonviolent resistance was "a science," but very little scientific work (almost none from a natural science perspective) has been pursued in this area. In this paper, the author will outline applications of behavioral systems science to the practice of effective nonviolent struggle. Given the enormous human costs of violent strategies of resistance, insurgency and rebellion, their poor record of sustainable success, and the emerging evidence for the potential power of nonviolent alternatives, the rigorous exploration of alternatives is a critically important direction for applied cultural analysis. Effective strategic analysis can only emerge from an understanding of the underlying dynamics of strategic options. This presentation elaborates four major clusters of strategic options, identified using a functional, natural science perspective; the basic behavioral and behavioral systems dynamics involved with each will be explored here through historical and contemporary cases. The four clusters explored in this paper are: Constructive noncooperation; Protest and persuasion; Disruptive noncooperation; and Active disruption. These clusters overlap with, but also depart in significant ways from, the widely accepted classification developed by Gene Sharp. The conceptual analyses presented here suggest directions for practical experimentation, clearly an essential although challenging next step. |
Mark Mattaini is Associate Professor, Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois at Chicago, where he has led the development of the new Community Health and Urban Development concentration. Editor of the scientific journal Behavior and Social Issues, Dr. Mattaini is also the author/editor of 10 books, including PEACE POWER for Adolescents: Strategies for a Culture of Nonviolence (NASW Press), and Finding Solutions to Social Problems: Behavioral Strategies for Change (American Psychological Association), and over 80 other publications. Since the mid-90s, Dr. Mattaini has focused his research and practice on behavioral systems science for violence prevention with youth, constructing cultures of respect in organizations and communities, and effective nonviolent social action. He is the principal developer of the behavior analytic PEACE POWER strategy, which has been presented and implemented in at least 12 states, 2 Canadian provinces, and was recently introduced in a UNESCO-funded project in Brazil. He also recently provided consultation to the National Police and community organizations working to develop more effective ways to work with criminal youth gangs in Medellin, Colombia. He is currently completing a book, tentatively entitled Strategic Nonviolent Power: The Science of Satyagraha, analyzing the potential contributions of the science of behavior to nonviolent social action supporting justice and human rights. |
|
Beyond PTSD: Treatment for Survivors of Trauma Using Acceptance and Commitment Therapy |
VICTORIA M. FOLLETTE (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This paper will present an overview of the need for a behavioral therapy that goes beyond the treatment of PTSD symptomatology. Our treatment model uses Acceptance and Commitment Therapy to address a diverse group of problems that can often be considered under the umbrella of experiential avoidance. Experiential avoidance is the unwillingness or inability of an individual to remain in contact with distressing private events. Often, individuals take deliberate steps to avoid these unpleasant emotions and these increased attempts to avoid them serve to increase the frequency and intensity of the distressing feelings. Experiential avoidance is a process that some survivors of sexual abuse or assault engage in to reduce their distress, but it is thought that this increases their risk of subsequent additional victimization (Rosenthal, Rasmussen-Hall, Palm, Batten, S. & Follette, 2006). Treatment that focuses on reducing avoidance and increasing behaviors consistent with valued life goals is an essential alternative to traditional exposure therapy for trauma. While exposure therapy has clearly documented positive outcomes, additional treatment for unresolved trauma related issues is often not available. Treatment goals focused on prevention of re-victimization and behavioral activation in accordance with client-identified values will be discussed. |
Victoria Follette is recognized as a clinical scientist with a strong foundation in empirically based therapy and has published edited volumes related to mindfulness in psychotherapy and cognitive behavioral approaches to trauma therapy. In 2008 she was named as a Foundation Professor at the University of Nevada, Reno and was also given the state psychological association�s award for Outstanding Psychologist. Currently she is the Chair of the Department of Psychology and is a licensed psychologist in the state of Nevada. Dr. Victoria Follette�s clinical and research work has emphasized an examination of the long term consequences associated with a history of child sexual abuse (Polusny & Follette, 1996). In particular, she has investigated the impact of experiential avoidance in the diverse outcomes associated with various forms of maltreatment in the family of origin (Polusny, Rosenthal, Aban & Follette, 2004). In addition to investigating intrapersonal impacts of trauma, she has also examined interpersonal problems in intimate partner relationships. She has also co-authored a self-help book on ACT for individuals with a history of abuse that can be adapted for group or individual therapy. Dr. Follette supervises a research lab at the University of Nevada, Reno that continues to examine trauma related outcomes, with a special interest in re-victimization. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Culturally and Linguistically Diverse Variables: Why and How Should Behavior Analysts Study Them? |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:20 PM |
602 (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (University of Iowa) |
A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
JENNIFER J. MCCOMAS (University of Minnesota) |
MARK O'REILLY (University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: Panelists will discuss reasons (e.g., conceptual, ethical, methodological) for incorporating culturally and linguistically diverse variables within our science. They will discuss how these variables have been evaluated as independent and dependent variables in behavior analytic research for a variety of purposes (e.g., assessment and treatment of problem behavior, teaching native language). Panelists will also discuss possible programmatic areas of research in this area and future directions. |
Keyword(s): Culture, Diversity, Ethics, Linguistic Diversity |
|
|
|
|
Joint Attention in Children with Autism: Sources of novel behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:20 PM |
4C-2 (Convention Center) |
Area: DEV/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Martha Pelaez, Ph.D. |
Chair: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
Presenting Authors: : PER HOLTH (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: Joint attention was first described in the cognitive-developmental literature in the seventies, and descriptions of autism-specific deficiencies in joint attention skills started to appear in the late eighties. More than 20 years passed before publication of first behavioral intervention studies in that area. Although these studies apparently demonstrated that joint attention skills could be directly trained, follow-up measures indicated that the effects were quite transient. Contrived reinforcers used during training are not likely to follow behavior in the natural environment. An operant analysis of joint attention phenomena suggests that joint attention as displayed in typically developing children is established and maintained by generalized conditioned reinforcers such as others’ changing of gaze direction, nodding, smiling, commenting, etc. The presentation will discuss natural sources of joint attention phenomena and argue for the change of focus from the direct teaching of joint attention behavior to the sources of generalized conditioned reinforcers and the importance of arranging contingencies through which such reinforcers may acquire their function. Moreover, the presentation will discuss how joint attention phenomena seem to be directly interwoven with verbal behavior. |
|
PER HOLTH (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Professor Per Holth received his license to practice psychology in 1983, and his Ph.D. in 2000, with a dissertation on the generality of stimulus equivalence. His clinical work has been in services for people with autism and developmental disabilities, in psychiatric units, and in the military services. His research activities span basic research, on stimulus equivalence and joint attention, as well as applied work and management of large research projects on Contingency Management in collaboration with the Medical University of South Carolina. His current research interests include sources of novel behavior and behavioral variability, continuous repertoires, joint attention, and conditioned reinforcement, as well as the development of inoculation against making category mistakes. He has written for peer-reviewed publications on basic research, applied work, and philosophy of science, served on several editorial boards, is a member of the editorial troika of the European Journal of Behavior Analysis, and a program co-coordinator of the TPC area of ABAI. Per Holth has taught classes in behavior analysis and learning principles at the University of Oslo and Oslo and Akershus University College (OAUC) since 1982, and joined the faculty of OAUC, program for learning in complex systems, as an associate professor in 2004 and as full professor in 2006. He teaches classes in all behavior-analytic education programs (doctoral, master, and bachelor) at HiAk, and he participates in a faculty exchange agreement with the University of North Texas (UNT). |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Presenting Like a Pro |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:20 PM |
612 (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Michael Bordieri, M.S. |
Chair: Michael Bordieri (University of Mississippi) |
PATRICK C. FRIMAN (Father Flanagan's Girls and Boys Town) |
ROGER D. RAY ((AI)2, Inc.) |
KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Standing up in front of a professional audience and presenting behavior analytic research can be a daunting task. This panel is designed to provide young professionals with an opportunity to learn from highly seasoned and effective presenters. Panelists will demonstrate and discuss their presenting repertoire with an emphasis placed on specific behaviors that attendees can target to enhance their own presentations. Topics discussed will include but are not limited to the design of visual aids, the importance of attending to the audience, and methods of organizing content. In addition, attendees will have an opportunity to ask questions and interact with the panel. |
Keyword(s): PDS, presenting, public speaking |
|
|
|
|
Temporary Enrichment for Permanent Change: Using Research to Guide Zoo Exhibits |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
620 (Convention Center) |
Area: AAB/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: James C. Ha (University of Washington) |
Discussant: James C. Ha (University of Washington) |
CE Instructor: Eduardo J. Fernandez, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Ursids (bears) and felids (cats) are popular animals found at zoos. Both also face a number of challenges. Restrictions in the ability to search for food are correlated with inactivity and/or stereotypies. As a result, zoos spend a considerable amount of time providing enrichment and designing exhibits. The following symposium covers three projects that examined the activity of 3 species of animals located at the Woodland Park Zoo. Initially all three projects examined the activity and type of enclosure substrates used by two sun and sloth bears, and two Sumatran tigers located in three separate exhibits. The next phase involved using reversal designs to test temporary enrichment devices that could be incorporated into their future permanent structures. Both projects will be discussed in terms of how we can use these results to assess and improve their exhibits. In addition, we will discuss how the bear/tiger results are being used to guide the creation of their new exhibits. Given that exhibits are typically designed based on knowledge of natural histories of a species and personal anecdote, all three studies will be discussed with this new concept of using data to help guide the design process. |
|
A Behavorial and Spatial Comparison of Four Gray Wolves (Canis Lupus) |
ELLEN RAE YOAKUM (University of Washington), Eduardo J. Fernandez (University of Washington), James C. Ha (University of Washington), Renee Ha (University of Washington) |
Abstract: One of way of measuring welfare in a captive environment is to compare the activity budget of the captive individuals to activity budgets of their wild counterparts. In this study, we sought to collect data on the behaviors and exhibit use of the four gray wolves at Woodland Park Zoofor two periods, April-May 2011, and April-May 2012. We looked to see how the activity budget of the captive pack changed after a year’s break in data collection, and whether it moved toward, or farther from, a reported wild budget. Percent of time in an area was to be used as another indicator of exhibit welfare. Instantaneous scan sampling was done every 30 seconds for one-hour periods. At each interval, the wolves’ behavior and location was recorded. The differences between the activity budgets for the wild, 2011 and 2012 were all significant. Changes in area usage between 2011 and 2012 were also significant. Inactivity had the biggest difference, with it increasing from 2011 and 2012. In light of this finding, more research should be done with enrichment to see if the pack’s activity budget can be moved closer to the wild counterpart.
|
|
Northern Treeshrew (Tupaia Belanger I) Activity and Exhibit and Use at the Woodland Park Zoo
|
NATHAN ASHWIN MA (University of Washington), Eduardo J. Fernandez (University of Washington), James C. Ha (University of Washington), Renee Ha (University of Washington) |
Abstract: The Northern Treeshrew (Tuapaia belangeri) is found abundantly in many forest ranges in South-east Asia. Consequently, as the assessment of Northern Treeshrew and 13 of the other 17 Tupaia species in captivity isn’t dire, the information regarding potential behavioral problems arising from captivity hasn’t been studied (Han, Duckwort, & Molur, 2008). Until the 1980s, treeshrews were recognized as primates (Sargis 2004, pg. 56). Evidence suggests that primates can be traced back to ancestors resembling treeshrews (Gebo 2004). The issue of primate-like animals being kept in captivity is the potential development of stereotypic activities behaviors (Blaney & Wells, 2004; Bourgeois & Brent, 2005). A stereotypy is defined by Mason et al. (2007) as a repetitive action without an obvious function. In many primate species, stereotypies induced by captivity are well documented, especially those affected by the visibility of the viewer (Blaney & Wells, 2004; Bourgeois & Brent, 2005; Choo et al., 2011). Fuchs and Schumacher found that exposing Northern Treeshrews to increased stress led to decreased melatonin secretion (1989), but the behavioral responses to altered enzyme activity were not examined. As potentially destructive stereotypies have been observed in the closely related order of primates, but no diagnostic studies have been conducted to identify stereotypies in treeshrews, I collected data on the Northern Treeshrews of the Woodland Park Zoo in order to address this informational void. By examining the activity patterns and exhibit usage of the treeshrews, I hoped to identify any problematic behaviors and activity patterns |
|
Golden Lion Tamarins (Leotopithecus Rosalia) and Foraging Enrichment
|
ASHLEY REDSHAW (University of Washington), Eduardo J. Fernandez (University of Washington), James C. Ha (University of Washington) |
Abstract: This study tested the effects of a novel foraging tray enrichment device on a group of two zoo-housed Golden Lion Tamarins. The group received the foraging tray device in three conditions: as an empty object, as a raisin feeder and as a mealworm feeder. We examined how filling the device with food rewards changed the Golden Lion Tamarins activity levels, particularly foraging activities, as well as compared the different behavioral changes associated with the different types of food rewards. We also examined if habituation occurred when the animals grew accustomed to the novel device and if changing the food reward would reverse habituation effects. Several important results came from the data. Filling the device with food created significant behavioral changes from baseline data for the first half-hour, decreasing time spent inactive. The two food items, however, showed different trends for enriching behavioral changes. This study supports the idea found in previous studies that zoo-housed animals should be given enrichment to evoke naturalistic behaviors, but we suggest that more thought should be given to which specific food reward is placed in an enrichment device.
. |
|
|
|
|
Direct and Collateral Effects of Interventions for Stereotyped and Repetitive Patterns of Behavior and Interests |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
302 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Marc J. Lanovaz (Universite de Montreal) |
CE Instructor: Marc J Lanovaz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The symposium includes a series of presentations on the effects of treating repetitive behaviors and perseverative interests on engagement in collateral behavior in individuals with autism spectrum disorders. For the first presentation, Camargo et al. will present a study in which abolishing operations for stereotypy produced by using behavioral indicators of satiation reduced engagement in stereotypy and increased engagement in group activities. Next, Watkins and Rapp will show how adding a response cost component to an environmental enrichment intervention may reduce engagement in stereotypy and also increase item engagement. Then, Lanovaz et al. will discuss the results of a study that examined the effects of noncontingent music on the effectiveness of prompts to increase functional play, which showed that in most cases, music facilitated or at least did not interfere with the intervention to increase play. Finally, Davenport et al. will present data on a study that paired perseverative interests with age appropriate toys to increase manding and decrease engagement in challenging behavior. Each presenter will discuss the results in terms of identifying and implementing interventions that reduces engagement in repetitive behavior while simultaneously producing desirable changes in collateral behavior in individuals with autism spectrum disorders. |
Keyword(s): automatic reinforcement, motivating operation, perseverative interests, stereotypy |
|
Manipulation of Abolishing Operation to Treat Stereotypy |
SIGLIA P. H. CAMARGO (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism often engage in automatically reinforced behaviors that may interfere with learning opportunities. Manipulation of motivating operations (MO) has been shown to reduce automatically maintained behavior in some individuals with developmental disabilities. Considering behavioral indicators of satiation, rather than time based indicators, may assist in invoking the abolishing operation. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of presession satiation on stereotypy on subsequent levels of stereotypy and activity engagement during group activities for three males ages 5 to 13 years with autism or autistic-like behaviors. Following an analogue functional analysis an alternating treatment design compared a presession access to stereotypy condition to a no presession access condition prior to group activities sessions. Results indicate that presession satiation on stereotypy was effective in decreasing stereotypy and increasing engagement during subsequent group activities for all participants. These findings add to the preliminary literature supporting effectiveness of abolishing operations to decrease automatically maintained stereotypy. |
|
Environmental Enrichment and Response Cost: Immediate and Subsequent Effects on Stereotypy |
NICHOLAS WATKINS (Douglas College), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Environmental enrichment (EE) has been shown effective at ameliorating stereotypy in some persons diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) but ineffective with others. The purpose of this study was to extend Keeney, Fisher, Adelinis, and Wilder (2000) and Falcomata, Roane, Hovanetz, Kettering, and Keeney (2004) by assessing the immediate and subsequent effects of EE as a stand-alone tactic and when combined with response cost (RC) for 6 participants diagnosed with ASD using a 2-component multiple-schedule design. Environmental enrichment failed to decrease any participant's targeted stereotypy to any clinical extent; however, when combined with RC, the two tactics in tandem decreased the immediate engagement in targeted stereotypy for 5 of 6 participants. Additionally, item engagement (a participant's interaction with an enriching stimulus) increased for 4 of 6 participants during RC. After the withdrawal of RC, increases in stereotypy were not observed for 4 of 5 participants. Some possible conceptualizations of the behavior changes produced are discussed. |
|
Direct and Collateral Effects of Noncontingent Music on Vocal Stereotypy and Functional Play |
MARC J. LANOVAZ (Universite de Montreal), Stéphanie Ferguson (Université de Montréal), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: In a previous study, we showed that noncontingent music may reduce vocal stereotypy and alter engagement in functional play in children with autism spectrum disorders. However, these changes in functional play were not necessarily socially significant or in the desired direction. In these cases, adding a prompting procedure for functional play may be necessary. Thus, we examined the immediate and subsequent effects of noncontingent music on vocal stereotypy and functional play during the implementation of prompting for appropriate play. Data collection is ongoing, but our preliminary results with the first3 participants suggest that noncontingent music reduced immediate engagement in vocal stereotypy and did not hinder the effects of prompting. Furthermore, noncontingent music may increase the immediate and subsequent effectiveness of prompting on functional play and reduce the number of prompts that need to be provided. The results will be discussed in terms of using noncontingent music to facilitate the implementation of interventions with children who display vocal stereotypy. |
|
Pairing Perseverative Interests With Age-Appropriate Toys to Increase Manding in a Young Child With Autism |
KATY DAVENPORT (Texas State University-San Marcos), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos), Jennifer Michelle Ninci (Texas State University-San Marcos), Courtney Britt (Texas State University-San Marcos), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: Children with autism frequently exhibit restrictive and repetitive patterns of behavior and interests. These perseverative interests may be stigmatizing and often complicate behavioral interventions. A 4-year-old boy with autism who perseverated on pictures of long narrow objects (e.g., telephone poles and tree trunks) participated in this study. During mand training, the participant would only request long and narrow objects or pictures of those objects. When age appropriate toys were used as mand targets the child engaged in challenging behavior and did not mand. This study investigated a pairing intervention designed to increase the child's preference for age appropriate toys. Anapplied behavior analysisdesign embedded within a multiple baseline design was used. Results showed an increase in manding for age appropriate toys and a decrease in challenging behavior during manding sessions involving those toys. Additionally, preference assessments conducted pre and post suggest an increase in the child's preference for age appropriate toys and parent ratings suggest the child was happier following intervention. Directions for future research involving ameliorating complications to behavioral interventions caused by perseverative interests are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Bon Appetite...From One Bite to a Meal! |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
LL02 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Natalie P. Croteau (Surrey Place Centre) |
Discussant: Nancy Freeman (Surrey Place Centre) |
CE Instructor: Natalie P. Croteau, M.A. |
Abstract: A pediatric feeding disorder is defined as a child not consuming enough food to gain weight and grow. As a result, children diagnosed with feeding disorders can fail to thrive and meet physical developmental milestones and are at greater risk for cognitive developmental impairments. For all children developing, food consumption can impact learning. For children diagnosed with autism, many of whom have cognitive impairments; food consumption is paramount to maximize learning potential. The purpose of these studies is to investigate the effectiveness of a multicomponent behavioural feeding treatment plan consisting of increasing food consumption, decreasing escape behaviours and systematically shaping the types and textures of foods from puree to solids. The investigators will measure food consumption and calorie intake, escape behavior frequency (e.g. head turning, hand pushing spoon away, gagging, and vomiting) and food types and textures. Essentially, we wish to investigate how to effectively increase food consumption and whether the feeding behavior can be maintained and generalized to the participant's natural environment. |
Keyword(s): autism, food consumption, food refusal, parent training |
|
There's More to Food Than Just Mush: A Behavioural Intervention to Decrease Food Refusal |
NATALIE P. CROTEAU (Surrey Place Centre), Rachel Koffman (The Etobicoke Children's Centre), Erin Lemcke (Geneva Centre for Autism) |
Abstract: A feeding disorder can occur when a child does not consume a sufficient volume of food to gain weight and grow normally. As a result, children diagnosed with feeding disorders can fail to thrive and meet physical developmental milestones and are at greater risk for cognitive developmental impairments. For all children developing, food consumption can impact learning. For children diagnosed with autism, many of whom have cognitive impairments; food consumption is paramount to maximize learning potential. Feeding disorders are serious with many implications, and as such, it is imperative that the behavioural treatment plan is individualized. The purpose of this study was to decrease escape behaviours exhibited during food refusal of a child diagnosed with autism and a feeding disorder. The treatment plan included data collection on head turning, hand pushing spoon, gagging, and vomiting behaviours. A level spoon was placed at the top of the child's lip and remained there until the bite was accepted. The child was required to swallow a bite before the next bite was presented and was required to swallow the last bite presented before the session was terminated, as was determined by the amount established through data collected at baseline. |
|
Just One Bit...You Might Like It: Increasing Food and Calorie Consumption of a Child Diagnosed With Autism |
RACHEL KOFFMAN (The Etobicoke Children's Centre), Natalie P. Croteau (Surrey Place Centre) |
Abstract: A pediatric feeding disorder is defined as a child not consuming enough food to gain weight and grow. The purpose of the current study is to effectively increase food and calorie consumption of a 6-year-old boy diagnosed with autism. Furthermore, the individualized treatment plan involves data collection on percentage of food acceptance, calorie intake, child's weight, and duration of meal. Four foods were presented during each feeding session and the order the foods presented varied randomly within and across the sessions. Foods were initially presented in a puree texture and enriched with a high-calorie supplement such as cream and butter. Two feeding sessions were conducted daily. Initially, all feeding sessions occurred in the treatment centre and were approximately 3-hours apart. The feeder presented a bite of food and the s(d) "take a bite." Bites were presented approximately every 30 seconds. |
|
You Do It There, Now lLt's Teach You Here: A Parent Training Treatment Plan to Implement and Maintain Feeding Behaviour |
ERIN LEMCKE (Geneva Centre for Autism), Natalie P. Croteau (Surrey Place Centre) |
Abstract: The aim of this study was to evaluate whether the feeding behaviour could be maintained and generalized to the participants natural environment. The treatment involved nutrition education, food preparation training, and simple data recording for parents, all of which are important components to maintaining feeding behaviours in order to meet child developmental milestones. Consumption data was measured after each session and behaviours were coded via videotape at a later date. Food was prepared using a blender or food processor and systematically increased in gradient from puree to solid. The puree phase was conducted in the clinical setting to fade the contrived components of the treatment plan such as: high chair, second prompter, reinforcement schedule, etc. Further phases are to be implemented such as: increased textures and volume to be introduced in the clinical setting and generalized to other environments the child will be expected to eat (i.e., home). Training consisted of providing nutritional information, modeling, verbal instructions and in the moment feedback; all of which were provided in the treatment centre and the childs home. Further generalization of this elaborate treatment plan is ongoing. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Self-Advocacy Skills to Teens With Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
301 (TCC) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Michelle Lamancusa (Families for Effective Autism Treatment of Washington) |
Discussant: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: While behavior analysts working with individuals with autism and related disabilities often discuss developing skills in their clients repertoires across a wide range of areas such as self-help skills, communication skills, and adaptive living skills, the area of self-advocacy appears to receive less attention. Common sense, published works, and ethical guideposts all suggest the importance of ensuring that the clients behavior analysts work with develop the skills necessary to effectively advocate for themselves within and across the various contexts of their lives. This symposium will discuss what self-advocacy is and provide a framework for analyzing skills within that repertoire area. It will also discuss the current state of the literature as it relates to self-advocacy and present data-based case study examples of ways of successfully developing self-advocacy skills. In addition the audience will see a suggested hierarchy of self-advocacy skills that clinicians may use as a way of planning intervention in this very important repertoire area. |
Keyword(s): adolescents, mand training, self-advocacy |
|
Teaching Self-Advocacy Skills to Teens With Developmental Disabilities |
MICHELLE LAMUNCUSA (Families for Effective Autism Treatment of Washington), Michael Fabrizio (Families for Effective Autism Treatment of Washington), Taylor Wingett (Families for Effective Autism Treatment of Washington) |
Abstract: Across disciplines published evidence suggests that behavior considered to be self-advocacy is highly valued by individuals within the developmentally disabled community and their advocates. Despite its apparent importance, little empirical research exists that provides a framework for defining and teaching self-advocacy skills. Behavior within the self-advocacy response class is usually described as it occurs (or should occur) within the repertoires of highly skilled individuals with developmental and/or physical disabilities in post-secondary education contexts and professional contexts. A behavior analytic perspective can provide a framework that aids in defining, measuring, and teaching self-advocacy skills. This paper will highlight and discuss what self-advocacy is, why it is so important, and how skills within such a repertoire may be developed. In addition, this paper will provide a component/composite analysis as well as potential scope and sequence charts to show the possible relations to various self-advocacy skills, moving from less developed to more fully developed skills necessary for a full and robust self-advocacy repertoire. |
|
An Analysis of the Extant Literature Related to Self-Advocacy |
MICHAEL FABRIZIO (Families for Effective Autism Treatment of Washington), Megan Thompson (Families for Effective Autism Treatment of Washington), Jesse Inman (Families for Effective Autism Treatment of Washington) |
Abstract: To help gain perspective on the state of self-advocacy development for individuals with autis, and other developmental disabilities, a literature review was conducted. This literature review compiled, compared, and organized information regarding the teaching of self-advocacy skills to children, adolescents, and adults with autism using methods derived from applied behavior analysis. Both inclusion and exclusion criteria were selected and the literature was ten reviewed. Data culled from studies meeting the inclusion criteria included: details of the independent variables, details related to the dependent variables, results obtained, as well as important demographic information about the participants in the studies. Data revealed that, in general, relatively little empirical research within behavior analysis has been conducted related to self-advocacy, with the exception of mand training with relatively young children on the autism spectrum. This paper will also present potential future directions that applied researchers may find fruitful in continuing to explore the development of fully formed self-advocacy repertoires. |
|
Data-Based Case Studies in Developing Self-Advocacy Skills in Adolescents With Autism |
ALISON J. MCMANUS (Families for Effective Autism Treatment of Washington), Michael Fabrizio (Families for Effective Autism Treatment of Washington), Erica Foss (Families for Effective Autism Treatment of Washington) |
Abstract: Beyond having a general (or even more specific) idea of what self-advocacy skills are and why they should be taught as well as the state of the current literature as it relates to those skills, practitioners also may find it helpful to see multiple examples of data collected from multiple real individuals learning self-advocacy skills in real life contexts. Using clinical intervention data collected across multiple participants participating in FEAT of Washingtons Transitions for Teens program and data collected across a wide range of self-advocacy skills, this presentation will provide audience members with a range of data-based examples showing how various self-advocacy skills were developed. Detailed information will be presented including controlled and variable features of the various independent variables used, what dimensions of human behavior were measured across examples and why, and changes made to the independent variables when analysis of client performance data showed that no or inadequate progress was being made. |
|
|
|
|
Commemoration of Charles R. Schuster's Impact on Behavioral Pharmacology and Drug Abuse |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
6BC (Convention Center) |
Area: BPH/SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Chris-Ellyn Johanson (Wayne State University) |
CE Instructor: Kenneth Silverman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The talks presented in this symposium will celebrate the contributions of Charles R Schuster, known by everyone as Bob, to behavioral pharmacology by colleagues who directly trained with him. One of Bob's major contributions was the development of the drug self-administration paradigm demonstrating that drugs abused by humans could serve as positive reinforcers in non-human primates. Later, he extended this model of drug-taking behavior to humans. The findings that drugs were similar to other reinforcers in their ability to control behavior completely changed the conceptualization of drug abuse and the paradigm became a major component of the field of behavioral pharmacology. It also allowed the application of the tools and findings of behavioral analysis to further the understanding of the determinants of drug-taking behavior. A major variable controlling self-administration was the availability and nature of alternative reinforcers. In this symposium, each of the four talks will focus on the impact of alternative reinforcers on self-administration behavior. The final talk will demonstrate how the experimental findings in both in non-humans and humans have stimulated the development of innovative behavioral treatments for drug abuse |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Schuster, Tribute |
Target Audience: Those interested in behavioral pharamcology, in methods of the experimental analysis of behavior, and in the history of behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this session, the participant should be able to:
- Idenitfy Charles R. Schuster's immense contributions to behavior analysis, behavioral pharmacology, and science in general.
- Articulate his contributions to the study of drug abuse and to the development of methods to treat drug abuse.
|
|
Behavioral Conditions that Decrease Drug Taking |
WILLIAM L. WOOLVERTON (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Abstract: Much of behavior, including self-administration of abused drugs, may be conceptualized as involving a choice among available alternatives. Laboratory research involving non-humans has substantially contributed to our understanding of the behavioral determinants of drug choice. It has been demonstrated that the relative magnitude drug and non-drug alternatives, as well relative cost, frequency and probability of reinforcement can all influence the choice to take a drug. In recent experiments, we have found that introducing a delay between the self-administration response and drug delivery can diminish the effectiveness of a drug as a reinforcer. Similarly, delaying the delivery of punisher can decrease the effectiveness of punishment of drug self-administration. For both reinforcement and punishment, the relationship between delay and effectiveness was well predicted by a hyperbolic discounting function. Thus, research with non-humans has much to contribute to our understanding of behavioral factors that can influence drug self-administration. By extension, basic research with non-humans can help suggest behavioral treatment strategies that may be useful alone or in conjunction with pharmacological treatment. |
Dr. Woolverton is a Professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Human Behavior at the University of Mississippi Medical Center. Trained as a behavioral pharmacologist, he has maintained a multi-disciplinary research effort that has included both pharmacological and behavioral analysis of factors that influence drug self-administration and drug discrimination by non-human subjects. He has published over 170 scientific papers and approximately 30 book chapters. He is well known for his work on the relationship between monoamine neurotransmitters and stimulant abuse, and for his study of the behavioral determinants of the choice to self-administer a drug. He received several awards acknowledging his research contributions. His service and teaching activities include membership on the Board of Directors of the College on Problems of Drug Dependence, several NIH Study Sections, and mentorship of numerous pre- and post-doctoral fellows in behavioral pharmacology and drug abuse research. |
|
Schedule-induced Polydipsia as a Gateway Behavior to Alcohol Dependence |
KATHLEEN A. GRANT (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: Schedule-induced polydipsia (SIP) is a form of adjunctive behavior that is generated when small proportions of food are delivered under intermittent schedules of reinforcement. The term was coined by John Falk and emphasizes both excessiveness (polydipsia) and the adjunctive relationship to the generating schedule (induced). Although most adjunctive behaviors rapidly dissipate when the induction schedule is terminated, SIP using an alcohol solution may establish a lifetime of robust, heavy alcohol self-administration. In other words, SIP can be used to establish alcohol intoxication (indicated by a blood ethanol concentration of >80 mg/dl) as a primary reinforcer. In monkeys subjected to SIP as an initial introduction to ethanol self-intoxication there are individual differences in the probability of future heavy drinking. Using a principal component analysis, the most robust predictor of future heavy drinking is the emergence of rapidly drinking (gulping) a six-drink equivalent (1.5 g/kg) under the SIP conditions. The monkeys that gulp alcohol during SIP subsequently self-administer enough alcohol to produce physical dependence. In contrast, monkey that sip their six-drink equivalent rarely drink an intoxicating dose. It is proposed that the gulping phenotype reflects the reinforcing efficacy of alcohol intoxication and probability of lifetime dependence upon alcohol. |
Kathleen A. Grant is a Professor in the Department of Behavioral Neurosciences at Oregon Health & Sciences University and a senior scientist in the Division of Neuroscience at the Oregon National Primate Research Center. She earned her Ph.D. in physiological psychology from the University of Washington in 1984. This was followed by a 3-year postdoctoral fellowship at the University of Chicago training with Charles R. Schuster and Chris-Ellyn Johanson. In 1987 she took an appointment as Staff Fellow at the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, becoming a Senior Staff Fellow in 1990. In 1991 she joined the faculty at Wake Forest University School of Medicine, where she remained until her appointments to OHSU in 2005. |
|
Opportunity Cost in Addiction: Implications for Scheduling Non-drug Alternatives to Reduce Drug Reinforcement |
MARK GREENWALD (Wayne State University) |
Abstract: Opportunity cost (OC) is a key concept in behavioral economics. OC refers to the total value (including explicit and implicit time and money) of alternative options that are foregone (not chosen). The study of OC involves understanding relations between choice and scarcity of options available to the individual. This is central to addictive behavior because substance abusers (particularly those who are physically dependent) habitually make choices that sacrifice access to non-drug alternatives. This talk will discuss (1) experimental data with heroin and cocaine abusers that illustrate this concept; and (2) implications for therapeutic approaches to schedule alternatives that may increase the probability of addictive behavior change. |
Mark Greenwald, Ph.D. (Professor) directs the Substance Abuse Research Division, its Human Pharmacology Laboratory and the outpatient treatment research clinic in the Dept. of Psychiatry and Behavioral Neurosciences at Wayne State University School of Medicine in Detroit, Michigan. He previously directed the Ph.D. training program in Translational Neuroscience at the WSU School of Medicine. He is a Fellow and currently the President of Division 28 (Psychopharmacology and Substance Abuse) of the American Psychological Association. His clinical research studies focus on (1) pharmacological, environmental and individual difference (behavioral history and genetic) determinants of drug seeking and use, interpreted within a behavioral economic approach; (2) using brain-imaging techniques to understand the clinical neurobiology of substance use disorders; and (3) developing medication and behavioral treatments for substance use disorders. The National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA) has continuously funded his research since 1996. He has been the principal investigator and a co-investigator on many federally funded grants, and regularly reviews manuscripts for many substance abuse related journals and federal grant applications. Dr. Greenwald credits much of his professional outlook and success to the excellent postdoctoral training that he received with Drs. Charles Schuster and Chris-Ellyn Johanson. |
|
In Tribute to Charles R. Schuster: An Operant Treatment for Addiction as a Chronic Problem |
KENNETH SILVERMAN (Johns Hopkins University) |
Abstract: This presentation will describe a program of research to develop an operant treatment for drug addiction that was heavily influenced by Charles R. Schuster (Bob). Bob, Kenzie Preston, and I began this research at NIDA's Addiction Research Center in Baltimore in the early 1990s. Our studies showed that voucher reinforcement in which patients received monetary vouchers contingent on providing drug-free urine samples could promote cocaine and heroin abstinence in low-income, injection drug users in methadone treatment. Although promising, half of the patients did not respond and many who did relapsed when the voucher intervention was discontinued. Influenced and encouraged by early discussions with Bob, my colleagues and I have been developing an intervention designed to promote abstinence in a large proportion of patients and maintain that abstinence over extended periods of time. The intervention harnesses the reinforcing value of paid employment to finance and maintain abstinence reinforcement. Under this intervention, individuals are hired and paid to work. To reinforce abstinence, participants are required to provide objective evidence of drug abstinence to maintain access to the workplace and maintain maximum pay. This presentation will describe this research program and discuss Bobs invaluable role in the development and future of this intervention. |
Kenneth Silverman received his doctorate in Developmental and Child Psychology from the University of Kansas in 1984. His doctoral training focused in the areas of operant conditioning and behavior analysis. He completed a postdoctoral research fellowship in Behavioral Pharmacology at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine in 1991, and served as a staff fellow in the Clinical Trials Section in the National Institute on Drug Abuse's Addiction Research Center from 1991-1993. He has maintained a faculty appointment in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine since 1991, and is currently Professor of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences. Dr. Silverman's research has focused on developing operant treatments to address the interrelated problems of poverty and drug addiction. His primary research has focused on the development and evaluation of abstinence reinforcement interventions for heroin and cocaine addiction in low-income, inner city adults; the integration of abstinence reinforcement contingencies into model employment settings; the use of employment-based reinforcement in the long-term maintenance of drug abstinence and adherence to addiction treatment medications; and the development of computer-based training to establish critical academic and job skills that chronically unemployed adults need to gain and maintain employment and escape poverty. |
|
|
|
|
Toward a Theoretically and Empirically Derived Assessment and Treatment Approach for Body Image Disturbance |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
4C-3 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Glenn M. Callaghan (San Jose State University) |
Discussant: William C. Follette (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Body image disturbance and body dysmorphic disorder (BDD) have been understood using a conventional nosological framework. However, taxonomic considerations do not provide a way to conceptualize these behaviors in a way that allows a treatment to emerge based on more than symptom reduction. This symposium presents 3 aspects of developing a theoretically based and empirically derived intervention for body image disturbance and body dysmorphic disorder from work at multiple sites across the country. First, we present a contemporary behavior analysis of body image problems using relational frame theory to create a context in which body image disturbance can be understood as an expression of psychological inflexibility. Next, data from 2 studies will be presented on the relationship between psychological inflexibility, interpersonal repertoires, and body image disturbance as well as convergent validity data for a new measure of psychological inflexibility about body image. The final paper brings both the theory and data from these studies together, providing an empirical foundation to the development of an intervention for these behavior problems. Our discussant will highlight conceptual strengths and weaknesses to this approach and how the empirical studies and intervention correspond with contemporary behavioral interventions. |
Keyword(s): assessment, behavior therapy, body image, psychological flexibility |
|
Learning to Hate the Body: Implications of Relational Frame Theory for Understanding Body Image Inflexibility |
JACQUELINE HEBERT (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Body image disturbance has been associated with significant problems in mental health, physical health, and social functioning. Psychologists have long approached body image disturbance in terms of the rationality or accuracy of the individuals experience. Consistent with a wide trend in mental health, several emerging behavioral body image interventions focus instead on improving an individuals awareness of, openness to, and flexibility with the dynamic bodily experience. Early findings support body image inflexibility as the mechanism by which body image causes dysfunction in peoples lives and, conversely, body image flexibility as the mechanism by which interventions on body image might be successful. This theoretical paper will explore body image inflexibility from a behavior analytic perspective, emphasizing the conditions under which body image inflexibility is learned. In particular, the authors propose relational learning processes involved in body image inflexibility and subsequent dysfunction. Implications for training body image flexibility will be discussed. |
|
Empirical Support for a Behavioral Conceptualization of Body Image and the Body Image Psychological Inflexibility Scale |
SABRINA DARROW (University of California, San Francisco), Glenn M. Callaghan (San Jose State University), William C. Follette (University of Nevada, Reno), Albertina Lopez (San Jose State University), Julissa Duenas (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Data from two studies are presented in this paper. First, data from a study of over 500 participants are provided to demonstrate the empirical relationship between experiential avoidance repertoires, interpersonal problems with expressing emotions, and body image disturbance. Interestingly, these data show that, while intrapersonal difficulties can predict the diagnosis of Body Dysmorphic Disorder, only interpersonal problems predict the severity of those problems. This dynamic model suggests both factors are essential in understanding body image disturbance. Results from a second study will be presented in which 300 participants were administered a newly developed assessment of body image problems. This data demonstrate a relationship between psychological inflexibility and a variety of measures of body image satisfaction, disturbance, and general psychological distress. Overall, these data provide empirical support for a behavior analytic conceptualization of body image problems that directly corresponds to an intervention that targets both inter- and intrapersonal behavioral repertoires. |
|
A Comprehensive Behavioral Intervention for Body Image Disturbance |
TIMMOTHY FEENEY (San Jose State University), Glenn M. Callaghan (San Jose State University) |
Abstract: This paper seeks to tie the empirical findings of the research described in the second paper with the theoretical conceptualization of body image disturbance described in the first presentation. Data support that body image disturbance has both experiential avoidance (psychological inflexibility) as well as interpersonal aspects to it. While this research is still underway, it is reasonable that developing an intervention for these difficulties would combine a focus on those factors related to one’s experience of the discomfort of self-evaluation as well as how those feelings, and even one’s need for support, would be expressed to another person. This developing intervention for body image disturbance utilizes aspects of prominent behavioral interventions, Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP). However, the combination of its root in a contemporary analysis of verbal behavior, a strong unpinning in empirical support for its application, and an emphasis on both intra- and interpersonal repertoires makes it a unique behavioral intervention for body image problems. Future directions of this type of intervention will be discussed with respect to practical application and limitations in its delivery. |
|
|
|
|
Big Contingency, Small Contingency: Some Reasons for Behavior Analysts to Consider Lessons From Ecological Psychology |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
4C-4 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Theory |
Chair: James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University) |
Discussant: Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest) |
CE Instructor: James T. Todd, Ph.D. |
Abstract: While behavior analysis emphasizes the functions of behavioral and environmental events, it does not always have the ability to control these functions directly. In addition, the sheer quantity or scale of behavior can impede effective analysis and control. The purpose of this symposium is to explore some implications of these issues, and to suggest strategies that meld behavioral solutions with discoveries in conceptually related areas of psychology, Ecological Psychology in particular. The accusation that behavioral treatments cause long-term problems because they exceed ordinary behavior interactions in temporal intensity is given perspective by comparing what happens in an intervention for autism with the amount of behavior of children engaged in ordinary activities. The use of pre-existing behavioral structures to enhance the effectiveness of behavioral weight management programs is explored within the context of a family systems analysis. The manipulation of the physical structure of the environment to achieve small and large scale behavior changes, as expressed in classic works of design and books such as Big School, Small School, is shown to be a useful adjunct to direct contingency management. By looking to Ecological Psychology we discover important facts about the power of pre-existing environmental structures, and get a better perspective on not just the amount of behavior we must deal with, but the vast number of behavioral opportunities we have to effect socially important behavior change. |
|
Early Intensive Behavior Intervention for Autism: Is It Actually More "Intensive" Than a Typical Child's Day? |
CAITLYN SORENSEN (Eastern Michigan University), Lauren P. Byrnes (Eastern Michigan University), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Critics have claimed that Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention causes Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder in children with autism. The intensity of the inventionnumerous learning trials in relatively short periods of timesupposedly cause stress that becomes evident later in life. The current study aims to show that Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention is unlikely to cause Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder or other anxiety disorders by examining the number of behaviors performed by a child with autism during Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention and compare it to the number of behaviors a typically developing child emits throughout a day. Children with autism have difficulty learning the way children are typically taught; behavioral therapists have to break down skills and teach them step-by-step. Using behavioral techniques to teach skills creates a learning environment filled with effective and functional reinforcement. Coding for the measure of a typical childs everyday behaviors was obtained from Barker and Wrigthts (1966) One Boys Day, which captures in narrative form every behavior a child emits in a day. The Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention data was obtained from educational and research video recordings produced by a well-respected Midwestern center for behavioral interventions. Interrater reliability was obtained on both measures of at least 90%. We predict that a typically developing child's rate of behavior will exceed or equal the rate of behaviors completed in intensive behavioral therapy. The results show that children in early intensive intervention exhibited on average lower rates of behaviors per minute compared to that of the typical childs rate of behavior. Therefore, intensive behavior therapy is not normatively intensive, and is not likely to cause problems such as stress. |
|
Lead Us Not Into Temptation: Stimulus and Ecological Variables in Weight Management Programs |
LISA M. TODD (Wayne State University), Kathryn Brogan (Wayne State University), Sylvie Naar-King (Wayne State University) |
Abstract: Prevalence of obesity in the United States is rising at astonishing rates. Researchers and practitioners have realized little treatment success; however, interventions targeting behavior change show promise. Behavioral interventions for weight management target knowledge, skills, and performance. Self-monitoring is a key element of traditional treatment aimed at increasing awareness of caloric intake and expenditure such that a motivated client can make effective changes in diet and activity. Stimulus control has received far less attention as an element of treatment despite the rich exposure to robust controls for unhealthy eating choices and sedentary behavior that fill a typical day. Creating an environment that is supportive of weight management/loss can present multiple challenges. Individuals may not have sufficient social support or financial resources to make significant ecological changes within the home environment. Furthermore, limiting the impact of controls outside of the home largely involves changing the way that one interacts with his or her environment. In this presentation, use of stimulus control in the treatment of adolescent obesity will be discussed as a core treatment element and as a primary treatment element when self-monitoring is not feasible. |
|
The Coercivity of Settings Meets the Power of Positive Reinforcement: Using Physical Structures to Create Behavioral Functions |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis is unparalleled in its ability to identify and manipulate environmental contingencies to produce useful outcomes in individuals. But as good as it is at the individual level, it might fall short in recognizing the enormous amount of behavior that any individual emits and the level of behavior control exerted on individuals by the large-scale behavioral ecology. That is, we behavior analysts tend to favor micromanaging behavior--largely because we are asked to do exactly that, at least implicitly, in most of the behavior challenges we are given to solve. Yet, when our interventions move beyond the individual, or involve individuals who can easily move beyond the reach of our contingencies, we often find ourselves wanting. Another non-mediational psychology, Ecological Psychology, deals with environmental contingencies on a macro level, and manages degrees of behavior control at the macro level comparable to what behavior analysts achieve with the behavior of individuals. Although far less specific in its mechanisms, Ecological Psychologys uncompromising objectivity and non-mentalistic approach should make it conceptually interesting to behavior analysts. Its fundamental pragmatism should be attractive to those working on applied issues. This presentation will highlight some aspects of Ecological Psychology that could be usefully incorporated into behavioral solutions--particularly the use of the physical structure of behavior settings and the topography of behavior objects to control large amounts of behavior that could not be easily managed by the direct manipulation of contingencies. |
|
|
|
|
Application of Behavioral Economics to Task Completion, Response to Directives, and Skill Acquisition |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
LL05 (TCC) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey) |
CE Instructor: Kate E. Fiske Massey, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The use of behavioral economics in applied behavior analysis has long been applied to understand areas of study such as addiction, gambling, and consumption. More recently, the application of behavioral economics has been extended to the treatment of individuals with developmental disabilities. Researchers have begun to manipulate such common economic concepts as unit price and pay rate to alter the behavior of individuals with disabilities, leading to more efficient skill acquisition and reductions in maladaptive. In the current symposium,4 groups of researchers have applied the principles of behavior economics to alter motivation for appropriate behavior and/or responding in skill acquisition programs. The first study examines the manipulation of the "cost" of reinforcement and "pay" for task completion to increase student completion of nonpreferred tasks. The second study considers student preference for how instructions are provided, and how directive modality is related to work output. The third investigation applies the relation between work output and size of reinforcement to the use of differential reinforcement in the classroom. The final study evaluates the use of differential reinforcement to decrease prompt dependency in a least-to-most prompting hierarchy. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Economics, Differential Reinforcement |
|
Treatment of Maladaptive Behavior by Manipulating Pay Rate and Unit Price |
CHRISTOPHER MANENTE (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Lauren Alison Pepa (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Anton Shcherbakov (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), James Maraventano (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Erica Thomas (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Suzanne Corinne Wichtel (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), David Michael Fincke (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey) |
Abstract: The prevalence of problem behavior among individuals with autism is heightened relative to other populations (Holden & Gitlesen, 2004; Lowe, Allen, Jones, Brophy, Moore, & James, 2007). This can be especially problematic among adults with autism as challenging behavior among this population is often more intense (Hastings & Brown, 2000), more complex (Fox, Holtz, & Moist 2009), and more established in comparison to that of school-age children (Matson, 1988). Consequently, many people often avoid working with adults with developmental disabilities who exhibit challenging behavior for fear of injury (Hastings & Brown, 2000). These fears may understandably make staff less likely to use assessment and treatment procedures that would increase the likelihood of challenging behavior, even though such environmental manipulations have the most empirical support for their use. The purpose of the current investigation is to explore the utility of manipulating economic variables within the environment to address ritualistic and escape-maintained maladaptive behavior among a group of adults with autism as an alternative to traditional, potentially more dangerous forms of treatment. Preliminary results suggest that the manipulation of a cost-pay structure can be successful in treating various topographies of maladaptive behavior. These results have broad implications for the treatment of a variety of escape-maintained, complex stereotyped, ritualistic behavior and restricted interests among learners with autism across the lifespan. |
|
Does Neuropsychological Profile Influence Unit Price? A Comparison of Preference for Visual and Verbal Directives and Effort in Children With Language Learning Disabilities |
THOMASIN E. MCCOY (University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (University of Iowa), Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Kelly M. Vinquist (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The current study, which was based in behavioral economic literature, was designed to assess whether preference for mode of directive could be predicted by patterns of neuropsychological performance. In addition to a detailed case presentation analysis, we will present aggregate data for this participant and four other children diagnosed with an expressive language learning disability. Based upon neuropsychological research, it was hypothesized that the children would prefer a visual relative to verbal mode of directive. Interobserver agreement was calculated across at least 30% of all sessions and averaged 100%. Within a concurrent operant design, participants completed a series of tasks varying in both nature and degree of difficulty; for each task, participants chose either a visual or a verbal directive. Results indicate that all five participants preferred the visual directive (visual chosen = 60% of trials) relative to the verbal. Moreover, all five children completed more work (our case study participant completed eight times the work) in order to access the visual directive. Results are discussed in light of potential educational and clinical implications for children with learning disabilities. |
|
Evaluation of the Effectiveness of Differential Reinforcement in Skill Acquisition |
KATE E. FISKE MASSEY (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Amy Paige Hansford (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Meredith Bamond (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey) |
Abstract: A common recommendation in teaching skill acquisition to children with autism is to apply differential reinforcement by reserving high-quality reinforcement for unprompted responses (Sundberg & Partington, 1998). However, student response to this use of differential reinforcement may be dependent upon their ability to discriminate between high and low levels of reinforcement and their willingness to put forth more effort to gain access to high-quality reinforcement. Two students with autism were included in the current study, which assessed whether the students demonstrated preference for a large or small amount of reinforcement in a paired choice preference assessment and whether they demonstrated greater persistence in working for the larger amount of reinforcement during a progressive ratio schedule. A skill acquisition program was then taught with and without the use of differential reinforcement for unprompted responding. Both learners evidenced preference for larger amounts of reinforcement and demonstrated greater persistence during a task when reinforced with the larger amount of reinforcement than with the smaller. However, the use of differential reinforcement for responding in skill acquisition program did not have an appreciable effect on the rate of acquisition. |
|
Differential Reinforcement to Decrease Prompt Dependency |
LINH B. LY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Cindy T. Graham (Spectrum Behavioral Health) |
Abstract: Prompt dependency is a problem that may arise with individuals with developmental disabilities (Clark & Green, 2004; Oppenheimer, Saunders, & Spradlin, 1993). Differential reinforcement has been successful in increasing independent responding (Hausman, Kahng, & Ingvarsson, unpublished manuscript; Karsten & Carr, 2009). However, some tasks require an initial instruction to indicate the desired response (e.g., letter identification). The purpose of the current study is to evaluate the effects of manipulating the reinforcement schedule contingent upon compliance with verbal and/or gestural prompts. That is, an edible and praise were provided following compliance after the verbal prompt in one condition or after the verbal and gestural prompts in the second condition. To date, a 12-year-old boy diagnosed with autism and mental retardation has participated in the current study. Results indicated that when reinforcement was contingent on compliance after the verbal prompt, the percentage of compliance after the verbal prompt was high. Further, when reinforcement was provided after compliance after both the verbal and gestural prompts, the percentage of compliance after both the verbal and gestural prompts was low or zero. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Social Skills to Children With Developmental and Learning Disabilities |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
LL04 (TCC) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tina Sidener (Caldwell College) |
Discussant: William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Tina Sidener, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will be comprised of data-based presentations that describe different types of behavioral interventions to teach 3 different types of social skills to children with developmental and learning disabilities. In the first study, the authors implemented a multiple schedule arrangement in public education classrooms to participants who approached their teachers at high rates during independent work time. A multiple schedule arrangement with spoken and written rules resulted in immediate decreases in social approaches for all participants. Effects maintained with a substitute teacher and when written rules were removed. In the second study, the authors used a multiple probe design across3 board games to evaluate the effects of video modeling on social commenting of three children with autism. Results showed the number of target comments increased when video modeling was introduced and maintained at criterion level at 2-, 4-, and 6-week follow-up probes. The third study was an evaluation of a treatment package including multiple exemplar training, video modeling, prompting, and reinforcement to teach 3 adolescents with autism to help others (Reeve, Reeve, Townsend, & Poulson, 2007). Results demonstrated that all the participants acquired a repertoire of helping behavior with the application of the treatment package. |
Keyword(s): helping, multiple schedules, video modeling |
|
Effects of Multiple Schedules on the Social Approaches of
Special Education Students in Public Education Classrooms |
ELIZABETH A. KRALJIC (Caldwell College), Tina Sidener (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College) |
Abstract: Multiple schedules have been used effectively to teach discriminative responding and to maintain mands at appropriate levels for individuals with developmental disabilities (e.g., Hanley, Iwata, & Thompson, 2001) and for typically developing preschoolers (e.g., Tiger & Hanley, 2004). The purpose of the current study was to replicate and expand this research by implementing a multiple schedule arrangement in public education classrooms with participants who had a variety of special education classifications. This study also replicated the use of visual signaling during extinction components only as in Grow, LeBlanc, and Carr (2010). During baseline, all typical classroom procedures were in place (i.e., social approaches to the teacher were reinforced with attention). Next, a multiple schedule arrangement with spoken and written rules was implemented, which resulted in immediate decreases in social approaches for all classes. Finally, a multiple schedule arrangement with spoken rules only was implemented and resulted in low social approaches during independent work periods. Social approaches remained similar during follow-up probes and during classes with a substitute teacher. |
|
The Effects of Video Modeling on Social Commenting During Board Games |
ASHLEY JOHNSTON (Caldwell College), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Tina Sidener (Caldwell College) |
Abstract: Children with autism have marked deficits in social interaction and communication including difficulty initiating play, initiating conversation, and display a lack of social reciprocity skills. These skills are necessary to be included in activities with typically developing peers. Video modeling has been shown to be effective at increasing social commenting during play in children with autism. However, no research has increased social commenting while playing a board game. This study used a multiple probe design across 3 board games to evaluate the effects of video modeling on social commenting of 3 children with autism when playing a board game. Results show the number of scripted comments increased when video modeling was introduced and maintained at criterion level at 2, 4, and 6 week follow-up, while the rate of unscripted comments decreased when video modeling was introduced. The percentage of scripted commenting for generalization across settings was generally high while generalization to other peers and games was low. Limitations and future research ideas are discussed. |
|
Establishing a Generalized Repertoire of Helping Behavior in Adolescents With Autism: A Replication |
JESSICA DAY (Temple University), James E. Connell (The University of Pennsylvania) |
Abstract: In this study, a multiple baseline design across participants was used to assess whether a treatment package including multiple exemplar training, video modeling, prompting and reinforcement could teach 3 adolescents with autism to help others (Reeve, Reeve, Townsend, & Poulson, 2007). Based upon observations of typically developing adolescents, the experimenter identified 5 categories of helping behavior (i.e., distributing materials, putting items away, operating a door for others, obtaining items out of reach and locating missing items). Each category of helping behavior was represented by multiple exemplars. The participants received training on 3 of 5 helping categories. The remaining 2 categories were assessed for generalization. The results demonstrated that all the participants acquired a repertoire of helping behavior with the application of the treatment package. These results replicated those of the original (Reeve et al., 2007) study with an older population and age-appropriate helping behaviors. Generalization data were not as consistent as the original study. Pre- and post-intervention generalization probes showed some generalization across instructors, settings, and categories of helping behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: How to Obtain Grant Funding |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
608 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Ashley Stromberg (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
WAYNE W. FISHER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
JESSE DALLERY (University of Florida) |
WILLIAM V. DUBE (University of Massachusetts E.K. Shriver Center) |
MICHAEL F. CATALDO (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: There are a variety of funding options available for projects in the field of applied behavior analysis. "How to Obtain Grant Funding" is a matter that affects every type of researcher, from students just starting out to experts well-established in the field. Panelists will discuss their personal experiences in obtaining grant funding. They will offer recommendations and advice on searching for funding resources, writing successful grant proposals, and managing grants. |
|
|
|
|
Temporal Discrimination and Local Choice |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
606 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Ludmila Miranda Dukoski (University of Auckland) |
Discussant: Michael C. Davison (University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Temporal discrimination performance is typically assessed in discrete-trial procedures where the subject is asked to track how much time has elapsed since the presentation of some exteroceptive stimulus such as a brief key-colour flash. The typical finding is that following a period of training where reinforcement is consistently delivered at a fixed time (t) since stimulus presentation, response maxima (peak choice) in trials where no reinforcement is presented occurs approximately at t. Thus, it has been shown that pigeons and a variety of other species can track both the passage of time and changes over time in the probability of reinforcement. The current symposium extends these findings to free-operant procedures and furthermore explores the effects of changes in relative probabilities of food within inter-reinforcer intervals. The questions addressed by these papers include: 1) Can time since food delivery act as a discriminative stimulus for the future likelihood and key-location of food? 2) Is control by time since food delivery enhanced when changes in the contingencies of food occur rapidly or gradually? Does trial length and relative reinforcer rate affect time discrimination? The data that will be discussed relate to theories and models of choice, timing and reinforcement. |
Keyword(s): Local Choice, signaling, temporal discrimination, Visit analyses |
|
The Effects of Brief Unsignaled Changes in Food Ratios |
LUDMILA MIRANDA DUKOSKI (Student), Michael C. Davison (University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Pigeons pecked two concurrently available keys for food that was arranged according to an overall arithmetic VI 30-s schedule. At some time since food delivery, the probability of obtaining food on a key changed for a short period of time. For example, in Condition 3, 15 s after the last food delivery, the probability of food being arranged on the left key, should it be arranged by the VI schedule, became .0001 (and .9999 on the right key) for 5 s. These changes were unsignaled. Food probabilities at other times were constant and selected so that there was an overall equal food frequency on the two keys. We investigated the effects on local choice of the extremity and direction of the food peak, and the effects of periods of unsignaled extinction prior to the commencement of the food-peak. Choice was affected more when the food peak occurred sooner after prior food, and was generally unaffected by unsignaled extinction. |
|
Pigeon Post-it Notes: Reminder Stimuli Enhance Control by Local Food Ratios |
SARAH J. COWIE (University of Auckland), Michael C. Davison (University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland) |
Abstract: In a modified concurrent VI VI schedule, contingencies were arranged such that the not-just-productive key was most likely to produce a food delivery sooner than the just-productive key. The last-food location, and the time since the last food delivery, were both necessary to track changes in the local food ratio across time since food. When the last-food location was unsignaled, control by changes in the local food ratio was weak and transient, and preference stabilized at indifference after approximately 10 s into the inter-food interval. When the last-food location was signaled by a red keylight for the duration of the inter-food interval, choice closely followed changes in the local food ratio for the duration of the inter-food interval. When the last-food location was signaled for only part of the inter-food interval, changes in choice occurred shortly prior to the onset of the signal, and were also present for a short time after the signal offset. Thus, control by the local food ratio was enhanced by "reminder" stimuli, but the effect of these stimuli extended beyond the time at which they were present. |
|
Temporal Control of Behavior: Effects of Trial Duration and Rate of Reinforcement on Discrimination |
LEWIS A. BIZO (University of Waikato), Geoff White (University of Otago) |
Abstract: A 2-alternative free-operant psychophysical choice procedure was used to examine the effect of trial duration and relative rate of reinforcement on discimination. There were two trial types 100-s trials and 30-s trials. At the start of a trial both left or right keys were illuminated red (on long trials) or green (on short trials), respectively. Pigeons were required to discriminate between the 1st and 2nd halves of a trial. Left- and right-key responses were reinforced according to independent Variable Interval schedules. Left-key responses were only during the 1st half of a trial, and right-key responses were only reinforced in the 2nd half of a trial. The VI schedule pairs were (VI30s/VI30s, VI18s/VI90s, VI90s/VI18s, VI180s/VI180s, VI270s/VI54s & VI270s/VI54s). Psychometric functions relating proportion of right-key responses to time since trial onset were sigmoidal, and when plotted as a function of relative time did not reliably superpose. When overall rate of reinforcement was greater, and when trials were longer rather than shorter, the distribution of responses shifted from the left to the right key earlier in a trial. The data will be discussed in relation to models of timing and choice. |
|
|
|
|
To Choose or Not to Choose: Timing, Perfection, and Offending Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
609 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Discussant: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The theme of this symposium is the use of discounting measures (which are well-established in the experimental analysis of behavior) in applied research and in clinical populations. These procedures involve having participants choose between smaller, immediate rewards versus larger, delayed rewards. The extent to which they choose a more immediate reward over the delayed reward is used to determine the degree of “impulsivity” on the part of the participant. The first presentation will present data on the role of time constraints on choice behavior. The second presentation will discuss multiple measures of “perfectionism”, and how they correlate with various measures of discounting. The third presentation will present data related to criminal self-report data and discounting. Discussion of all three will focus on the findings, limitations, and future directions. |
Keyword(s): choice behavior, concurrent schedules, discounting, impulsivity |
|
An Investigation of Time Constraints on Delay Discounting Tasks |
RICHARD HENNIGAN (Salem State University), Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Abstract: Delay discounting has been used to study the degree of impulsivity (or, conversely, self-control) that participants demonstrate when faced with a choice between a small, immediate reward and a larger, delayed reward. Previous delayed discounting research reveals a systematic relationship between the magnitude and temporal proximity of monetary rewards, which is typically explained by hyperbolic discounting models. Using hypothetical rewards (e.g., $100 and $5000) on a delayed discounting task, the current research investigates the effects of adding varying time constraints (e.g., none, 24 min, and 16 min) to the task in order to introduce a controlled influence on choice behavior. An analysis of the data indicated that there is a direct relationship between the degree of time constraint and choice behavior: no constraint produces less impulsive responses, followed by a generous time limit (24 minutes), and a more constrained limit (16 minutes). The findings have important experimental and applied implications that will be discussed in this presentation. |
|
The Relationship Between Measures of Discounting and Perfectionism |
PAUL ROMANOVICH (California State University, Chico) |
Abstract: “Perfectionism” is positively correlated with several psychological and physical disorders. Increased delay discounting, as a measure of impulsivity, is correlated with drug abuse, and several self-report measures of personality disorders. However, there have been no studies to measure the association between perfectionism and measures of delay, group, and social discounting. In this study we correlated participants’ measured perfectionism on the Frost Multidimensional Perfectionism Scale (FMPS) with measures discounting. The results suggest that delay and group discounting are positively correlated, but social discounting does not significantly correlate with the other discounting measures. Also, the total FMPS score does not correlate with any of the measures of discounting. However, participants’ scores on individual dimensions of the FMPS were significantly correlated with measures of both delay and group discounting: the Concern over Mistakes, Personal Standards, and Parental Expectations were all negatively correlated with measures of delay and group discounting. This suggests that participants who rated themselves as having higher concern over making mistakes and personal standards had, on average, lower levels of discounting. The results are in the opposite direction than in previous research: The more severe the self-rated perfectionism, the less participants discount hypothetical money, either alone or in groups. |
|
Temporal Discounting and Criminal Thinking: Evidence from Incarcerated Male Offenders |
SHAWN R. CHARLTON (University of Central Arkansas), Femina Varghese (University of Central Arkansas) |
Abstract: Criminal behavior is often conceptualized as an action that produces short-term gains at the expense of long-term benefits. Accordingly, it is possible that temporal discount rates, a general index of the weight given to temporally delayed reinforcers/outcomes, may be related to the tendency to engage in criminal thinking. The current study asked male offenders in the Arkansas Department of Corrections to complete a series of questions including: the Monetary Choice Questionnaire (a 27-item measure of temporal discounting; Kirby et al., 1997), the Career Aspirations Scale (Gray & O’Brien, 2006), and the Psychological Inventory of Criminal Thinking (PICTS; Walters, 2001). Results from the study suggest a correlation between discount rates and several subscales of the criminal thinking measure as well as time spent working at a previous job (this correlation was negative, suggesting that lower discount rates correlated with greater time spent in the previous job). However, no correlation was observed between discounting and career aspirations. The results of this study suggest that temporal discount rates, which have previously been shown to correlate with substance abuse, problem gambling, and other clinical behavior patterns, also correlate with accepted measures of criminal behavior in an incarcerated population. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis of Gambling Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
607 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Frank D. Buono (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Jeffrey N. Weatherly (University of North Dakota) |
Abstract: Though gambling already consistently ranks among the countrys most profiting leisure activities, casinos and gambling in general are rapidly becoming more prevalent across the United States. Along with this increase in availability, an increase in the rates of problem and pathological gambling may soon be observed as well. The behavior analytic approach and techniques derived from a science of behavior could provide high utility in the control of pathological gambling. Investigations of the influence of the environment, the various complex schedules of reinforcement typically contacted in a gambling context, the evocative effects of gambling-related stimuli frequently present in casinos, and motivating operations involved in gambling behavior are all warranted. With the development of an understanding of how the principles of behavior operate and affect responses of gamblers in a casino setting, more effective, efficient, durable, and feasible treatments can be developed to combat the problem of pathological gambling or prevent its development. |
Keyword(s): gambling, slot machine |
|
Humans’ Preference for Gambling on a Concurrent Chains Task |
ANDREW E. BRANDT (Ohio Wesleyan University) |
Abstract: Researchers have long been able to design laboratory simulated games of chance that closely mimic their real-world counterparts, however, a gulf remains between the mechanisms by which monetary wagers become possible in these two settings. Participants in the current study completed a concurrent chain task, played with credits exchangeable for money, where one terminal link led to probabilistic credit gains and losses on a simulated slot machine and the other made credits available on a VR schedule. One feature of this task is that it does not require the experimenter to stake participants with money prior to a gambling session because credits may be earned within a session. The aim of the project was to test pre- and within-session procedural variables designed to influence the reinforcing value of the credits (pre-session factor, low or high detail instructions about the monetary exchange that followed each session; within-session factor, feedback about the amount of money accumulated after 10 trail blocks). The results indicated that regular feedback and experience produced greater risk aversion, and in general, support the use of the concurrent chain procedure as a means for reducing the need to stake participants with credits prior to a gambling session. |
|
Effects of Mental Imagery on Gambling Behavior |
SETH W. WHITING (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The influence of a brief mental imagery task was examined to determine if the imagined engagement in gambling behaviors could satiate the participant on gambling-related reinforcers and subsequently reduce gambling behavior. Thirty graduate and undergraduate students underwent a mental imagery task consisting of either imagining gambling on a slot machine 30 times and placing quarters in to a laundry machine 3 times, or imagining gambling on a slot machine 3 times and placing quarters in a laundry machine 30 times. Following all trials of the imagery task, participants were allowed to play a live Double Diamond Haywire™ slot machine and stop whenever they wanted to be finished. The results showed that those who imagined playing the slot machine 30 times before actually gambling played significantly fewer trials than those who imagined playing only 3 times. Clinical implications in the treatment of problem gambling and prevention, and future research directions are discussed. |
|
Evaluating Preference and Rate of Play on a Video Slot Machine |
Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), JEFFREY R. MILLER (Southern Illinois University), Seth W. Whiting (Southern Illinois University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale), Allie M. Hensel (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale) |
Abstract: Casinos almost exclusively use five-reel slot video machines and rarely use the traditional three-reel slot machines. Despite the increase in popularity of new five-reel machines, limited research has been conducted on the characteristics of play associated with video slot machines. The present study examined participants play on a five-reel video slot machine, comparing rate of play while betting one credit on fives lines versus five credits on one line. After participants were exposed to both conditions they were required to choose the condition they preferred to play on, and were allowed to replay the selected condition. The results showed that participants played at a significantly higher rate while playing during the one line with five credits setting. The results also found that 12 out of 16 participants selected to play on the one credit with five credits condition when participants were given the option to choose the settings of the slot machine. |
|
|
|
|
Addressing Problem Behavior and Engagement in School Settings Using Classroom-based Interventions |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
618/619 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project) |
Abstract: Four data-based presentations will include presenters from three different universities (Vanderbilt, Kansas, Missouri State). These presentations will cover a range of classroom-based interventions for problem behavior and engagement. Wehby will present an intervention targeting first graders utilizing a withdrawal design. Kamps and Wills will present studies on a the Class-wide Function-related Intervention Team program (CW-FIT). The overall design for these presentations was a randomized control group design yet single-case designs were also included and results of each will be presented. Finally, Garrison-Kane will examine the effectiveness and fidelity of teacher-led functional behavioral assessments and will share results of a range of single-case studies. Each presentation will be rooted in the application of behavioral principles in school-settings and will emphasize how the science of behavior is being applied to improve student outcomes. |
Keyword(s): Function, group-contingency, Intervention, School |
|
The Effects of a Leadership Role on the Class Engagement |
JOSEPH H. WEHBY (Vanderbilt University), Elizabeth Fidler (Vanderbilt University), Ellen Hodell (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: The study examined the effectiveness of a student leadership role on the academic engagement of first-grade students at-risk for emotional and behavioral disorders who exhibited low engagement. Two at-risk students identified as displaying low engagement during Center Time were granted a Center Leader position. In this role, the participant observed all the students in his class during Centers and filled out a checklist on whether each student was engaged in the assigned task. Engagement data were collected during the 10-min intervention and 10 min following intervention in teacher-directed, small reading groups. Results indicated a clear functional relation between engagement and the implementation of the Center Leader position. Further, all parties rated the intervention favorably. Limitations and future directions are discussed. |
|
Class-wide Function-related Intervention Teams "CW-FIT": Class Level Effects From a Four-Year Efficacy Trial |
DEBRA M. KAMPS (Juniper Gardens Children's Project) |
Abstract: Seventeen schools, the majority in urban and culturally diverse communities, and 159 teachers participated in CW-FIT. A randomized experimental control group design was the primary design for the study (randomized by classes within schools each year). A reversal single subject design was used to demonstrate experimental control in 39 of the experimental classrooms. CW-FIT intervention consisted of a behavioral intervention designed to teach appropriate skills (e.g., how to gain the teachers attention, following directions, ignoring inappropriate behaviors), and reinforce students use of the skills by using a game format (group contingency with class teams). Results indicated that on task data was higher during CW FIT conditions across all 4 years. CW-FIT classes averaged 52.1% on task during baseline, with an increase to an average of 82.7% during intervention sessions. The comparison classes averaged 50.0% on task during baseline, with a slight increase to 55.7% during the second baseline probes. Teacher praise and points increased during CW-FIT sessions. Praise remained low across both baseline phases for the comparison classes. Reprimands decreased in the CW-FIT classes, and remained constant for the comparison classes. ANOVA statistics indicated significant differences favoring the CW-FIT classes for all three variables (p < .001). |
|
Class-wide Function-Related Intervention Team Program (CW-FIT) Direct Observation of Student Outcomes |
HOWARD P. WILLS (Juniper Gardens Children's Project) |
Abstract: The current study examined the effects of the class-wide function-based intervention team (CW-FIT) program. The program was established to broadly target common functions maintaining problem behaviors in elementary classrooms (teacher attention, peer attention, escape). Within CW-FIT, students not responding to the primary intervention receive targeted strategies including help cards or self-management. Functional assessment and analysis is then utilized for students not responding to targeted strategies. A randomized experimental-control group design was used to examine the effects of the intervention in 76 classrooms across 16 urban elementary schools and including 162 students with challenging behavior (compared to 69 classrooms and 122 students with challenging behavior). The effects of functional assessments and analyses were documented with single-subject methodology such as multi-element designs. Measures included multiple probes of student engagement and problem behavior, as well as teacher praise and reprimands. Results indicate an increase in student engagement and teacher praise with subsequent decreases in problem behaviors for students in intervention classrooms as compared to those in control classrooms and as compared to baseline rates. Results will be presented for the students with the most challenging behavior. |
|
The Efficacy and Fidelity of Functional Based Methodology in Public School Settings |
LINDA GARRISON-KANE (Missouri State University), Candace Lane (Arizona State University), Amy Bauer (Missouri State University), Michael Goeringer (Republic School District), Alexandra Beckman (Missouri State University), Erin Wilson (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: This study assesses the effectiveness and fidelity of teacher directed functional behavioral assessments within our public schools. Six public school special education teachers employed a series of 30 single-subject design methodologies to assess the hypothesis development and function-based treatment interventions for students educationally diagnosed with emotional disturbance, learning disabilities, intellectual disabilities, and autism. Fidelity of treatment measures was developed for each function-based intervention to strengthen treatment effects for each participant. Comprehensive functional behavioral assessments included repeated measurements (10-second momentary time-sampling) of direct observations of the target behaviors (on and off-task behaviors) in the classrooms, indirect functional assessments (e.g., Problem Behavior Questionnaire, Motivation Assessment Scale) and functional analysis within the classroom consisting of five (10-minute) conditions of High Demand Activities, Low Demand Activities, High Attention Activities, Low Attention Activities and Alone/Toy play condition. All direct and indirect measurements collected on the students, as well as the functional analysis data were conducted by the special education classroom teachers. Function-based interventions, Self-Monitoring and Functional Communication Training were employed to teach to the functions of escape and attention-motivated behaviors. Preliminary results indicated successful implementation of functional behavioral methodology by classroom teachers with increased on-task behaviors (85%-95%) for participants within each school site. |
|
|
|
|
New Findings in the CABAS(R) Accelerated Independent Learner Model of Instruction |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
611 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: JoAnn Pereira Delgado, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The accelerated independent learner (AIL) model of instruction is based on a scientific approach to teaching. The main components of this model include individualized instruction, in which student responding ultimately drives teacher instruction, measurement of student learning, and maintaining a positive classroom environment. We report data across several classrooms, which are comprised of students with and without disabilities, as well as students that are English language learners (ELL). Within these classrooms students academically perform on grade level or significantly above or below grade level. All of the curricula objectives have been derived and behaviorally defined from the state and school districts general education curriculum, which are aligned with the national common core state standards. Behavioral tactics such as peer tutoring, choral responding, fluency, and token economies are continuously applied and tested in these classrooms. In the AIL model data are summarized on learning pictures that show the cumulative number of objectives met across each content area, as well as the number of learn units it takes each student to meet an objective. We will also report data from curriculum based measures and state standard assessments. Lastly, we will report data on the induction of critical key verbal behavior developmental cusps or capabilities, such as observational learning and naming. We find that once students acquire these developmental milestones they can successfully access the general education curriculum. |
Keyword(s): AIL, Naming, observational Learning |
|
Learning How to Learn: CABAS AIL in Kindergarten, First Grade, and Self-Contained Classrooms |
LAURA E. LYONS (Teachers College, Columbia University), Alison Corwin (Teachers College, Columbia University), Janet C. Solorzano-Correia (Teachers College, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University), Melissa Liu (Teachers College, Columbia University), Vanessa Laurent (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: In three public school classrooms, head teachers and teachers in training employ the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS), Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) Model. These classrooms are inclusion classrooms that use learn units to teach within the domains of academic literacy, self-management, and expanded community of reinforcers. In addition to these domains, teachers implement procedures in order to induce new verbal developmental cusps and capabilities that allow students to learn faster and learn in ways they could not before. Two of these capabilities include naming and observational learning. Both classrooms have implemented procedures to induce observational learning and improve the acquisition of operants through choral responding using a peer-yoked contingency game board in a group of more than 4 students. In addition, all students participate in probe procedures to identify the presence of the naming capability with both 2-dimensional and 3-dimensional stimuli. These probe procedures are paramount in identifying the presence or absence of the naming capability, and allow teachers to know how students should be taught. If this capability is not present, procedures are implemented to induce it. In addition to these procedures, many research-based tactics are implemented to change performance behavior and effect student learning on both an individual and class-wide level. Some of these tactics include peer tutoring, multiple exemplar instruction, and fluency instruction. |
|
The Application of an Accelerated Independent Learner Model Classroom to aSecond andThird Grade Inclusion Classroom |
DEREK JACOB SHANMAN (Teachers College, Columbia University), Joanne Marie Hill (Teachers College, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University), Emily Katz (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jomari Bati, Carrie Parker (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: The second and third grade Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) classrooms operates using the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) model. This model incorporates the principles and tactics of applied behavior analysis in an inclusion classroom setting. These classes operate on approximately a 17:1:2 student-teacher-teaching assistant ratio, with approximately one third of the classroomeither diagnosed with a learning disability, basic skills (below grade level), or English language learners. Communication between these classes from year to year allow for continuity of individualized programming for each student. Several research-based behavioral tactics for both learning and performance behaviors during math, spelling, reading, and writing instruction including learn units (direct, model demonstration), response boards, choral responding, peer tutoring, precision teaching, token economies, group contingencies, and hero contingencies will be discussed. Decisions for all behaviors are data based, and follow either the AIL decision protocol or the CABAS decision protocol. We also test for and design instruction based off the presence or absence of certain verbal cusps and capabilities such as naming and observational learning. |
|
The Effects of Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis on the Learning of Fifth Grade Students in a General Education Classroom |
Jessica Neu (Teachers College, Columbia University), Petra Wiehe (Teachers College, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University), EMILIA CLANCY (Teachers College, Columbia University), Elizabeth Snell (Teachers College, Columbia University), Christopher Miller (Teachers College, Columbia University), Colleen Cumiskey (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of the implementation of teaching as applied behavior analysis on fourth and fifth grade general and special education students selected from an accelerated independent learner classroom. The participants attended a Title I school in a suburb of New York City. The dependent measures were the number of correct responses to learn unit presentations and the number of learn units to criterion across curricular subject areas. We also report data on the student performance on standardized state tests. Specific studies that relate to various areas of the curriculum will be presented, such as writing, reading, math, and self-management. We will also present data on behavioral tactics that have been successfully implemented to teach students who are performing below grade level. |
|
Expanding an Accelerated Independent Learner Initiative in a Public School System |
Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University), MARA KATRA OBLAK (Nicholls State University), Lori Hutchinson (Nicholls State University) |
Abstract: We report the findings from the second year of implementation of an Accelerated Independent Learner Initiative in a public school. The second year of the initiative incorporated moving the inaugural cadre of students and teacher in our first grade AIL classroom to second grade as a cohesive unit. In addition, a new first grade classroom was created, which was lead by a new teacher who was also a first year member of an ABA cohort at the local university. The implementation of AIL procedures was done in phases to ensure the model was implemented with fidelity in a way that was effective for both the classroom, school and community. Key components of the model include creating a positive classroom environment with several systems of reinforcement in place, training the assistant in the classroom to implement those systems of reinforcement and make sure that all students are engaged in learning activities, individualized instruction for all students in the classroom, measurement of student learning and mastery of grade level expectations, and the induction of verbal developmental capabilities for students including observational learning, naming and functional writing. The results are reported in terms of achievement of cumulative Grade Level Expectations, Learn Units to Criterion, and other District-Wide measures such as DIBELS. As more components of the AIL model were implemented, the academic achievement of these students improved. |
|
|
|
|
School-wide Positive Behavior Support: Systems Applications of Applied Behavior Analysis in Public School Settings |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
616/617 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Adam Feinberg (May Institute) |
Discussant: Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon) |
CE Instructor: Adam Feinberg, Ph.D. |
Abstract: School-wide positive behavior support (SWPBS) is a decision making framework that guides selection, integration, and implementation of the best evidence-based academic and behavioral practices for improving important academic and behavior outcomes for all students. SWPBS uses the principles of applied behavior analysis in the design and implementation of interventions across a multitiered system of support. The first paper will review the implementation of school-wide positive behavior supports with treatment integrity in schools and its impact on academic success and behavior climate. Data on outcomes and the factors leading to successful implementation will be presented both in the domain of implementation integrity, but also regarding behavioral reduction outcomes school-wide. Specific behavioral reduction outcomes will include reduction in office discipline referrals, and are analyzed year over year to compare before pre and post implementation. The second paper examines the impact of school-wide positive supports in a number of alternative schools serving student with emotional/behavior disorders particularly in reducing more restrictive procedures. The third paper briefly reviews the literature on classroom behavior support practices and provides a case study on its impact in a general education classroom. |
|
School-wide Positive Behavior Support: Effective Implementation and Its Impact in School Settings |
ROBERT F. PUTNAM (May Institute) |
Abstract: School-wide positive behavior support (SWPBS) is a decision making framework that guides selection, integration, and implementation of the best evidence-based academic and behavioral practices for improving important academic and behavior outcomes for all students. SWPBS uses the principles of applied behavior analysis in the design and implementation of interventions across a multitiered system of support. In this first paper, the author will review the implementation of school-wide positive behavior supports with treatment integrity in schools and its impact on academic success and behavior climate. Data on outcomes and the factors leading to successful implementation will be presented both in the domain of implementation integrity, but also regarding behavioral reduction outcomes school-wide. Specific behavioral reduction outcomes will include reduction in office discipline referrals, and are analyzed year over year to compare before pre and post implementation. Using PBIS, a behavior analyst at a macro level can examine school-wide data to provide a functional examination to system level interventions that help prevent and reduce behavioral problems for a large number of students. |
|
Designing Effective Class-wide Behavior Support Interventions |
ADAM FEINBERG (May Institute) |
Abstract: Student problem behavior including disruptive, defiant and off task behavior within classrooms greatly impact on the ability of students to achieve academic success. This paper will briefly review classroom behavior support practices within the context of a SWPBS plan. It includes the use of surveying common features of effective classroom management to determine which features need to be taught, modeled, and reinforced to support the implementation as part of Universal Practices. In addition, when these features are not successful, support can often include a brief functional assessment as a method to systematically evaluate the classroom environment in order to design, implement and evaluate effective classroom-wide behavioral support practices. An example of the implementation of a classwide behavior support plan designed and implemented by regular education teacher will be presented. This example will indicate the problem solving process involving data relative to outcomes in addition to implementation of effective classroom management features. Data will be presented improvements in teacher instructional skills as well as student on task behavior and office disciplinary referrals. |
|
Implementing School-wide Positive Behavior Support in Urban Alternative School Settings: Reducing Restrictive Procedures |
DEBBORAH EDA SMYTH (University of Southern Mississippi/May Institute) |
Abstract: School-wide PBS (SWPBS) is a comprehensive, three tier continuum of support designed to achieve social and academic success for all students, including those with or at-risk for emotional and behavioral issues. Alternative programs represent a unique educational setting that benefit from the implementation of school-wide PBIS especially given that they have much greater discipline problems in both type and quantity (Tobin, 2005). Considering the amount of intensive behavioral supports needed by the many of the students, as well as the great deal of general overlap in these supports, alternative settings could benefit from effective, efficient universal practices.
This paper will focus on the development and implementation of school-wide PBIS in two alternative programs within public school settings. Data will be shown in decision making relative to the development buy- in among staff, treatment integrity of the programs, as well as overall outcomes relative to Behavioral incidents, Points earned, Use of restrictive procedures in a single subject visual analysis method whereby data will be reviewed year over year. As anticipated, the results indicated that the development of a school-wide plan resulted in reductions in frequency of behavioral incidents, as well as use of restrictive consequences. |
|
|
|
|
Current Research on Staff Performance: From Initial Training to Maintenance |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
603 (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Discussant: Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
CE Instructor: Michele D. Wallace, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Training staff to be effective and lasting behavior change agents is a cogent, but often-overlooked endeavor. Research has demonstrated the use of multiple component training programs can be effective in developing staff performance; however, most of the training programs depend upon the use of instructions, modeling, role- play, and feedback. The first paper, entitled "Staff Training on Naturalistic Teaching Strategies: A Component Analysis," specifically addressed the necessity of various training components (i.e., feedback and modeling). Recently an alternative approach to staff training has been through the use of a video scoring procedure. The second paper, entitled "Using Video Scoring to Train Staff to Implement 3-Step Guided Compliance, Differential Reinforcement and Extinction," evaluated the effects of including video scoring as a component in staff training. Most research related to staff performance addresses initial training, however, the third paper, entitled "The Impact of Collecting Performance Feedback Data on the Treatment Integrity of the Data Collector," looks at how the use of performance feedback can increase maintenance of skills with respect to implementing a specific procedure. Finally, Keith Allen will provide an insightful discussion of the three papers as well as the general area of staff training. |
Keyword(s): Component Analysis, Staff Training, Treatment Integrity |
|
Staff Training on Naturalistic Teaching Strategies: A Component Analysis |
ROBYN LEE (Autism Behavior Intervention, Inc.), Christine Soliva (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Marla Saltzman (Autism Behavior Intervention, Inc.) |
Abstract: Generally a number of procedures are utilized to train staff on how to implement behavioral procedures, naturalistic teaching strategies (NTS) is no exception. Given the importance of presenting a high number of learning trials when working with children with autism, we conducted a component analysis to examine the effects of modeling and feedback on staffs' abilities to utilize NTS when working with these children. Specifically, we measured the presentation rate of teaching opportunities a skills trainer presented to the child within the context of play after various staff training components. Four skills trainers who needed additional training in NTS were divided into 2 groups. One group received instructions and modeling first and if they did not meet criteria, feedback was added. The other group received instructions and feedback first, and if they did not meet criteria, modeling was added. Initial results indicate that although the skills trainers improved with either instructions plus feedback or instructions plus modeling, they did not meet competency until they received all3 components (instructions plus modeling plus feedback or instructions plus feedback plus modeling). Implications and future research regarding staff training will be discussed |
|
Using Video Scoring to Train Staff to Implement 3-Step Guided Compliance, Differential Reinforcement and Extinction |
WING YAN LAM (California State University, Los Angeles), Daniel B. Shabani (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Staff training methodologies such as workshops, modeling, and feedback have been investigated extensively in the research literature. In recent years, video scoring as an alternative training methodology was proposed in the occupational safety arena (e.g., Alvero & Austin, 2004; Nielsen, Sigurdsson, & Austin, 2009). The preliminary data suggested that video scoring was an effective alternative training methodology. In video scoring, participants are required to observe and then score a video. Scoring is completed across number dimensions and usually includes scoring whether or not the model implemented the procedures correctly. Video scoring staff training procedures is quite different from training procedures in which modeling and feedback are used since in the ladder procedures, trainees are only required to observe the model. The added active scoring component is thought to promote better attention to the model and thereby better learning. In the current study, the effectiveness of workshops, video modeling, and video scoring plus scoring feedback were evaluated in a multiple-baseline design. Staff in a classroom serving students with special needs and behavior problems were trained to implement3 commonly used behavior management strategies, (1) 3-step guided compliance, (2) differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, and (3) extinction. Results indicated that workshops led to a moderate improvement in performance, while video modeling resulted in further improvements. These improvements were not signification enough to reach mastery criterion. The value of using video scoring plus scoring feedback to teach multicomponent behavior management strategies to paraprofessional staff will be discussed. In addition, suggestions regarding the effective use of video scoring as a staff training methodology will be provided. |
|
The Impact of Collecting Performance Feedback Data on the Treatment Integrity of the Data Collector |
MONICA HOWARD (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Raymond V. Burke (The Prevention Group), Janie Peterson (Behaven Kids), Roger Peterson (Behaven Kids), Jessica Wachtler (Behaven Kids), Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Integrity is a common concern in treatment settings. Surprisingly, research has shown experienced supervisors to be as vulnerable to treatment drift as novice staff. Research on performance feedback has been repeatedly demonstrated as an effective way to respond to treatment drift and increase levels of treatment integrity; however, studies have primarily focused on a target subject without examining ancillary effects on the data collector. This study used a multiple-baseline design to evaluate the extent to which supervisor treatment integrity improved as a function of collecting performance feedback data on a staff member. Participants were supervisors in a day treatment center for young children with behavior problems and were responsible for delivering services to children in addition to managing staff. Data confirm that supervisor treatment integrity is susceptible to drift and suggests that integrity increases significantly when the supervisor is instructed to collect data on a staff member. Implications are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Systems Analysis in Novel Settings |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
604 (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM |
Chair: Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota Duluth) |
|
Organizational Behavior Management as a Force Multiplier: A Unique OBM Application at Guantanamo Bay Military Detention Center |
Domain: Service Delivery |
KENT CORSO (U.S. Department of Defense) |
|
Abstract: Organizational behavior management (OBM) involves consultation that improves the safety, satisfaction, productivity, and effectiveness of an organization, its operations, and employees. OBM utilizes principles and practices from applied behavior analysis, industrial/organizational psychology, experimental psychology, and psychological assessment (Borman, Klimoski, & Ilgen, 2003). This paper describes a unique OBM program operating across all military detention centers, whereby the behavioral consultant functions as a force multiplier a resource which exponentially increases the systems capacity to accomplish its goals (Department of Defense, 2011). One primary goal of the program is to prevent the negative behavioral patterns witnessed in the Stanford Prison Study (1971) and at Abu Ghraib in 2004. The paper reviews the pertinent literature and describes this OBM program as it has been implemented at the detention center in Guantanamo Bay. The author includes origins of the program, its structure, function, goals, and methods. The paper concludes by explaining the programs multi-level system impact on human rights, international relations, wartime military operations, and military training. |
|
The Behavioral Applications Regarding Canines (BARC) Program: An Animal Behavior Analysis Program Spawns a Novel OBM Initiative. |
Domain: Service Delivery |
JULIE M. SLOWIAK (University of Minnesota Duluth) |
|
Abstract: The Behavioral Applications Regarding Canines (BARC) program is a University of Minnesota Duluth (UMD) collaborative faculty/student, community-based program at Animal Allies Humane Society (AAHS) in Duluth, MN. The program is designed to provide an opportunity for psychology students with an interest in animal behavior to learn about behavior analysis and apply the behavioral principles learned in the classroom while, at the same time, provide service to the Duluth community. Through their participation in BARC, undergraduate students receive advanced training in principles of behavior analysis and have the opportunity to practice developing and implementing training plans, to collect and analyze data to guide training plans, and to gain valuable experience presenting behavioral data and discussing training plans in weekly meetings. While BARC was initiated with the primary intention of focusing on non-human (canine) clients, the program has paved the way for additional applications of behavior analysis in the area of organizational behavior management (OBM). This paper will highlight animal training projects, as well as a process level analysis project initiated to improve the efficiency of the animal intake process. Program structures, challenges, and multi-level system benefits will be discussed. |
|
Measuring the Process of Organizational Change: A Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis of Curricular Change in a Medical School |
Domain: Applied Research |
DANIEL REIMER (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Amber Marie Candido (University of Nevada, Reno), Gwen Shonkwiler (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Robbyn Tolles (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Melissa Piasecki (University of Nevada School of Medicine) |
|
Abstract: Since an update to the pivotal Flexner Report was published (Cooke, Irby, Sullivan & Ludmerer, 2006), standards of medical education in the US, Canada and the Caribbean has undergone a massive revision. The Liaison Committee on Medical Education (LCME) now requires medical school curriculum to be systems-based instead of subject-based. This new requirement dictates that all medical schools accredited by the LCME alter their curriculum in order to maintain accreditation. In order to meet these new standards, medical schools must undergo a substantial reorganization in a relatively short amount of time. The effects of exposure to curricular change and revised curriculum on medical students as well as facultys academic and professional advancement have only been sparsely documented. This study demonstrates a line of research that measures, both quantitatively and qualitatively, the effect curricular change has on the performance and organization of a Central Western medical school. Outcomes of performance for this medical school include scores on standardized exams, standardized patient scores, and pre-post test results for within group comparisons as well as between group comparisons of students who completed their medical degree before the curricular change. In addition, semi-structured interviews were conducted with emerging leaders among the faculty, the results of which demonstrate the process of change, inform current decision making, and provide guidance regarding curricular changes for medical schools in the future. |
|
|
|
|
|
Implementing, Managing, and Extending Behavior-Analytic Supports in the Classroom |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
204 (TCC) |
Area: PRA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Benjamin N. Witts (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Elizabeth Sexton (Washoe County School District) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have a very promising future in school districts. This symposium explores three areas that concern the behavior analyst currently involved, or planning to be involved with the school setting. Three primary areas of concern will impact how successful the behavior analyst will be within his or her unique school setting. First, implementation of interventions can provide surprising challenges to the behavior analyst with little experience navigating this environment. Secondly, the ability to manage the intervention with individuals not trained in behavior-analytic techniques can be troublesome, and data-based techniques of monitoring in the absence of the behavior analyst will be explored. Finally, behavior analysts must consider how to extend the effects of an intervention across persons, places, and time. Efforts to capture generalization of behavior change are discussed to provide a demonstration of this process. In addition to these topics, current trends in assessment will be explored, as they will contribute to what future behavior analysts must consider when interacting and collaborating with school-based personnel. |
Keyword(s): Collaboration, Education, School |
|
Managing Teacher Adherence to Behavioral Applications in the Classroom |
ERIN M. CARR (University of Nevada, Reno), Benjamin N. Witts (University of Nevada, Reno), Alisha Holder (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Elizabeth Sexton (Washoe County School District) |
Abstract: A behavioral framework was implemented for emotionally and behaviorally disordered middle-school students in a classroom that met twice daily. The framework consisted of a level system with embedded token economy. Teacher adherence to the program was measured through 10-minute partial interval recordings of the teachers confirmation of target behaviors. Data were collected by graduate-level behavior analytic interns. The observation data were presented graphically to teachers in regularly-scheduled feedback and goal-setting meetings. During the meetings, current goals were reviewed. If the current goal was met, a new observable and measurable goal was set. If the goal was not yet met, feedback was provided regarding how to attain that goal. A positive relationship was observed between teacher adherence to the behavioral framework and feedback and goal-setting sessions. Specifically, the feedback and goal-setting sessions served to incrementally increase adherence to intervention protocols. Further, a relationship was observed between teacher adherence and an increase in appropriate student behavior, as well as a reduction in inappropriate behavior. |
|
Achieving Generalized Behavior Change in the Classroom |
ALISHA HOLDER (University of Nevada, Reno), Benjamin N. Witts (University of Nevada, Reno), Robert M. Schienle (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Elizabeth Sexton (Washoe County School District) |
Abstract: Behavior-analytic interns from the University of Nevada, Reno behavior analysis program collaborated with middle-school personnel to develop a supportive environment for students identified as emotionally and behaviorally disordered. The supportive environment was housed in a separate classroom for one to two periods a day. The intervention consisted of a level system with an embedded token economy, as well as teacher coaching and feedback from the interns. Staff were trained to deliver the intervention in the supportive environment, allowing for comparisons to general education classrooms where less support was provided. Results indicate that when the intervention is implemented with fidelity, generalization was observed in the less-supported general education classroom. The supported students were also behaviorally indistinguishable from their typical age peers. Further, a control classroom for emotionally and behaviorally disordered students did not have the same outcomes, indicating more problem behavior in both environments. Future directions, limitations, and additional supporting data will be explored. |
|
The Use of FBA and What's Beyond Within the Public School Setting |
EMILY THOMAS JOHNSON (Behavior Attention and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC), Sheila M. Williamson (School District of DeSoto) |
Abstract: IDEA 1997 required that a FBA and BIP be created or reviewed when the child is first removed for more than 10 school days in a school year and whenever the child enrolled in special education is subjected to a disciplinary change of placement (ξ300.520(b)(1)). While the introduction of this technology as part of federal standards seemed to be a push for Behavior Analysts within the school setting, specifics regarding expertise of staff performing the FBA's and those reviewing BIP implementation were not provided. In 2004, these Amendments were again made law. A consequence of this legislation has been a development of "knowledge gaps" and misinterpretation of method and purpose of the FBA and BIP within the educational system (Ravensberg, 2005). The current presentation is focused on presenting methods for communicating FBA recommendations with educational staff and overcoming misconceptions and myths regarding the use of this technology based on experience in multiple school districts in North Mississippi. Additionally, "school-friendly" but "technologically-sound"methods for collecting data, getting "buy-in" at the student and staff levels, and the need for progress monitoring and integrity checks on implementation using case-studies will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
The Role of Indirect Assessments in the Treatment of Problem Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
202 (TCC) |
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Deborah A. Napolitano (University of Rochester) |
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey) |
CE Instructor: Deborah A. Napolitano, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The use of indirect assessments in the identification of function for challenging behavior can be beneficial in informing assessment and treatment. In this symposium, the utility of various indirect assessments will be discussed. First, a comparison of the Questions About Behavioral Function (QABF) to Experimental Functional Analysis (EFA) in school settings will be presented, with particular emphasis on the utility of the QABF in clarifying inconclusive functional analyses. Next, a comparison between the QABF, the Questions About Behavioral Function—Mental Illness (QABF-MI), EFA, and concurrent operant assessments in persons with dual diagnosis will be presented. The clinical usefulness, particularly of the QABF or the QABF-MI for this specialized population will be discussed. The third presentation will be an evaluation of a novel assessment developed to measure severity of problem behavior, The Problem Behavior Severity Scale (PBSS). The clinical significance of this tool will be discussed. Finally, Robert LaRue will provide a synthesis and discussion of the utility of indirect assessments in the treatment of problem behavior and the need for continued development of tools to measure variables critical to identification of behavioral function. |
Keyword(s): dual diagnosis, functional assessment, indirect assessment, Severe Behavior |
|
A Comparison of Indirect versus Experimental Functional Analysis for the Assessment of Aberrant Behaviors |
J. HELEN YOO (Institute for Basic Research), Jenny E. Tuzikow (Institute for Basic Research), Niall James Toner (Institute for Basic Research), Deanna M. Giannini (Institute for Basic Research) |
Abstract: Experimental functional analysis (EFA) is designed to simulate the conditions in the natural environment (Iwata et al., 1982). However, it can often pose a challenge to clinicians faced with limited resources in public school settings. Because of these challenges, descriptive methods alone and in combination with indirect assessments are routinely used in many classrooms. Indirect assessments in particular, provide an efficient way to determine the nature of the variables that maintain aberrant behaviors while circumventing the need for additional staff training or resources. One such indirect measure is the Questions About Behavior Function (QABF) (Matson & Vollmer, 2000). The purpose of this study was to examine the concordance between the QABF and EFA in 7 students with autism spectrum disorders presenting with aberrant behaviors (e.g., physical aggression, self-injury). The results of the QABF indicated escape as a primary function for all but 1 student. However, EFA showed an escape function for only half of the 7 students; the remaining students' results were either different from those obtained from the QABF, undifferentiated, or the frequency of the aberrant behaviors was too low to ascertain a clear function. The QABF appears to be an ecologically valid measure that may elucidate inconclusive EFA. |
|
Comparisons of the QABF and QABF-MI for Persons Dually Diagnosed With Intellectual Disabilities and Mental Illness |
DAVID MCADAM (University of Rochester), Jamie Deng (Hillside Children's Center), Elizabeth Speares (Hillside Children's Center), Ken Peers (Hillside Children's Center), Holly Brown (University of Rochester School of Nursing), Dan Lesinski (Hillside Children's Center), Deborah A. Napolitano (University of Rochester) |
Abstract: There is very little research regarding the comparison of indirect versus direct assessments with individuals with dual diagnosis. Indirect assessments such as the Questions about Behavioral Function Scale (QABF) and the Questions about Behavioral Function in Mental Illness (QABF-MI) have been used as an alternative to functional analysis (FA) as a way to determine the function of behaviors for individuals with intellectual disabilities and mental illness, respectively. Although FAs are the gold standard, individuals with a dual diagnosis are a unique population that can often display challenging behaviors (e.g., high intensity aggression), which can result in a variety of barriers to conducting an FA such as safety or difficulty with identification of variables to assess. Six individuals with dual diagnosis participated in this study. A comparison of FA's and concurrent operant assessments to QABF, QABF-MI, was completed. Results indicated a high, but not perfect correspondence between all measures used for 4 of 6 participants. Additionally, results indicated little to no measurable difference between the QABF and the QABF-MI for these individuals. Results will be discussed in terms of implications for use of indirect assessment in this unique population and additional variables to consider for future research. |
|
A Structured Indirect Assessment of Problem Behavior Severity |
NATALIE A. PARKS (Marcus Autism Center), Daniel Conine (Marcus Autism Center), Briana R. Lopez (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: The severity of problem behavior is a key factor in triage and placement decisions. Although a few standardized rating scales provide information about the severity of problem behavior, they are not ideally suited to this purpose for individuals with developmental disabilities who exhibit severe behavior. The Problem Behavior Severity Scale (PBSS) was developed to provide an objective measure of the severity of problem behavior as it relates to injury to self or others, property destruction, and the level of intervention or staff required to safely intervene. The PBSS was administered to 285 individuals by a trained clinician who completes intake evaluations for intensive and community-based behavior programs. A severity score produced by the PBSS score was used to determine the appropriate level of intervention. Results were compared to recommendations from clinicians knowledgeable about the case. The clinicians and PBSS produced the same recommendation for 87% of the individuals. Disagreements were analyzed to determine which recommendation (PBSS or clinician) was more appropriate, as determined by successful completion of one program or a referral to a different program. Recommendations from the clinicians were more appropriate for 6%, where as the severity score from the PBSS was more appropriate for 1%. |
|
|
|
|
Personality Is Composed of Behaviors That Have Been Learned |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
610 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC/CBM; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Donald K. Pumroy (University of Maryland) |
Discussant: W. Joseph Wyatt (Marshall University) |
Abstract: It seems reasonable to assume that children learn behaviors which determine their future personality. These behaviors are most likely to be learned from the child's parents. Parents frequently are not aware they are teaching or what is being taught. But research along this line is not being conducted; parents in our culture are reluctant to participate in such research. Dr. Roger McIntire was involved in a situationthat illustrates this observation. He suggested that parents obtain a license in order to have children. The response to his suggestion was rapid and emotional. He will discuss the event. Dr. Blumenthal has analyzed many college students and will speak on how students learned to attend college. Dr. Pumroy will discuss Eric Harris, one of the high school students involved in the shooting at Columbine High School in Colorado and how he learned to do what he did. |
Keyword(s): Family, Learned Behavior, Personality, School |
|
Analysis of Students' Perception of How They Learn |
JUDY G. BLUMENTHAL (Association for Behavior Change) |
Abstract: How student learn to attend college, attend class, study and exhibit other appropriate and successful academic behaviors varies according to students' perceptions of themselves. Discussions on learned family values appears clear to many students, but how they learn to pursue an education and display behaviors that reap tangible academic and career benefits is unknown or confusing to many of the same students. This awareness identifies the needs for students to understand how they learned to behave the way they currently do regarding academic objectives. Once students learn how they established and developed their repertoire of behaviors, the students can learn how to change the antecedents to increase, maintain, or decrease the current behaviors to display more effective behaviors that will increase the chance of more successful academic and career reinforces. |
|
What is Not an Acceptable Science of Child Rearing? |
ROGER W. MCINTIRE (University of Maryland) |
Abstract: The requirement of a license to drive does not seem objectionable, there are rules that work and they are for other's safety as well as our own. The suggestion for a license to parent seems objectionable, because no rules seem always useful and correct, another's safety isn't involved, and a personal right may be violated. As with driving, a training course and test would not guarantee performance. And our safety is threatened in both cases. In 1970, my article in Psychology Today illustrated how a community course and testing might work. It also described how a long-term contraceptive, reversible by a second prescription, might, one day, be used in child rearing. Although it was somewhat a science fictions, the responses were more numerous (and 80 percent negative) than any other article in the magazine, ever. A description of the article, a review of the responses, and interpretation will be included. |
|
Parents Teach Their Children How to Think and Behave |
DONALD K. PUMROY (University of Maryland) |
Abstract: A key question for psychology is "why do people behave as they do?" As behaviorists we know that much behavior is learned. For children much of that learning takes place when the child interacts with and/or observes his or her parents' behavior. The parent may model the behavior that the child learns, or the parent may reinforce, punish or ignore the child's behavior. With repetition of the parents' behaviors the child personality is developed; not that the child may not know how that he has learned those behaviors from his parents. How do we study this line of thinking? There is some information that is available from the mass media that gives hinds about how some children were raised. Such analysis will be done with Eric Harris, the shooter from Columbine High School. The difficulty of such research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Systems, Complexity, and Voting Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
605 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
|
Ontogenic Evolution of Behavioral Systems |
Domain: Theory |
SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas) |
|
Abstract: This paper applies a systems analysis to the concept of operant units. Going in the opposite direction from Sidman's (1986) building up of operant relations from 2-term to 3-term, 4-term, 5-term relations and beyond, this analysis deconstructs the 2-term R-S relationship as a hierarchy of systems in relation to their external environments. It is suggested that this hierarchy begins with a biological system comprising effector activity and proprioceptive feedback. From this foundation, reinforcement builds an operant system in which the reinforcing consequence is automatic and thus not independently manipulable. This relation is essentially a closed system. The next step in the evolution of behavioral system is reinforcement via independent and contingent external environments. These contingencies open operant systems to an almost infinite range of possible relations, giving rise to the hierarchy of operant systems characteristic of human repertoires. |
|
The Relevance of a Generic Conceptual Framework Adressing Different Levels of Complexity |
Domain: Theory |
INGUNN SANDAKER (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
|
Abstract: Whithout an organism, no behavior. Whithout behavior no culture. This paper will approach the relevance of a generic conceptual framework adressing different levels of complexity. The generic approaches represented by the selectionist perspective and the systems perspective may contribute to understanding as different levels of complexity as biological, behavioral, and cultural events. |
|
Voting Behavior: What Drives the Public and Legislators to Vote the Way That They Do? |
Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN SCIBAK (Massachusetts House of Representatives) |
|
Abstract: Whether dealing with individual citizens or elected officials, the most interesting questions about voting behavior are not concerned with who won the election or which side prevailed in a legislative debate, but with why people voted the way that they did or what the implications of their respective votes mean. On what basis do individuals decide how they will vote on a particular issue? Do voters rely more on the characteristics of a particular candidate or the general mood of the electorate and are they more likely to vote if their decision has direct financial implications for them? Similarly, are legislators more likely to vote according to party lines, or are their votes tied to whether they are back benchers or supporters of leadership? This presentation will review how social and attitudinal factors relate to individual voting behavior and provide concrete examples from recent elections and legislative roll calls to illustrate how behavioral factors affect individual election outcomes and electoral dynamics. The presentation will also address how behavior analysts can become more effective advocates by understanding some of the underlying strategies influencing electoral behavior and applying them with their own elected officials. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group Honors Jack Michael |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
101 (TCC) |
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston - Clear Lake) |
Discussant: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Jack Michael is one of the most important and influential figures in the field of behavior analysis. His contributions to the study of verbal behavior, in particular, have been profound and have changed the way we conceptualize, teach, and research verbal behavior. The Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group would like to honor Jack for these contributions. During this symposium, three influential professionals in the field of verbal behavior will share their perspectives on Jack's most outstanding contributions to the field and on their own personal experiences with him as students and colleagues. After these presentations, Jack will be honored with the VB SIG's first "Jack Michael Lifetime Achievement Award for Contributions to Verbal Behavior." |
|
How Would I Teach Verbal Behavior If I Didn't Know Jack? |
VINCENT JOSEPH CARBONE (Carbone Clinic) |
Abstract: Jack Michael's body of work has had an enormous impact on almost every aspect of the field of behavior analysis. He has contributed to our understanding of the experimental analysis of behavior. His paper with Ted Ayllon in the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior in 1959, is considered by most to be the first demonstration of applied behavior analytic research. Throughout his career, but especially in the last 30 years, Jack's conceptual and theoretical writings have demonstrated the important role that radical behaviorism plays in our understanding and interpretation of complex human behavior. And few repertoires are more complex than verbal behavior as those of us who have studied B. F. Skinner's (1957) analysis of language know. But it is Jack and his students (and we are all Jack's students) who are mainly responsible for the growing body of clinical research and effective applications of Skinner's analysis of language to those who do not acquire it easily and without explicit teaching. Through Jack's teachings and "translation" of Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior along with his uncovering of important behavior analytic concepts and variables many important advances in the technology of teaching verbal behavior to persons with developmental disabilities have been made possible. With the time I have available I would like to honor and thank Jack by describing just a few of the clinical applications of the analysis of verbal behavior that have been made possible by his work and then discuss the benefits that have resulted for many persons. If I make my point you too might also say, "How would I teach verbal behavior if I didn't know Jack?" |
|
The International Impact of Jack Michael's Life Work |
A. CELSO GOYOS (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: In this presentation I will highlight my understanding of Jack Michael's most important contributions regarding the teaching of Skinner's verbal behavior concepts, the influence of his commitment to college teaching and academic life, his model as a designer of translational research, and research on verbal behavior, and the impact in the field of verbal behavior and applied and conceptual behavior analysis of Jack's work on the international scenario, all under the perspective of a former foreign student. |
|
Jack Michael's Contributions to the Concepts of Automatic Reinforcement and Multiple Control |
DAVID C. PALMER (Smith College) |
Abstract: Among the many contributions Jack Michael made to behavior analysis, I will discuss only two: His emphasis on the importance of automatic reinforcement and his elaboration of Skinner's discussion of multiple control. I will identify three types of automatic reinforcement, as they apply to verbal behavior and will argue that reinforcement by "achieving parity" with the practices of the verbal community is especially relevant to language acquisition, as it neatly accounts for the fine-grained shaping of behavior in the apparent absence of social contingencies. The ubiquity of multiple control is often overlooked. The "algebraic summation" of multiple sources of response strength is central to recall, problem solving, and much other complex human behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Carrots and StickK: Using Accountability Contracts to Get Things Done |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
6BC (Convention Center) |
Chair: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
|
Carrots and StickK: Using Accountability Contracts to Get Things Done
|
Abstract: Yale professor and co-founder of commitment website, stickK.com, speaks about how to better craft incentives to achieve your personal and professional goals. |
|
IAN AYRES (Yale Law School) |
|
Ian Ayres is a lawyer and an economist. He is the William K. Townsend Professor at Yale Law School, the Anne Urowsky Professorial Fellow in Law, and a Professor at Yale's School of Management. Ian has published 11 books (including the New York Times best-seller, Super Crunchers) and over 100 articles on a wide range of topics. His latest book is Carrots and Sticks: Unlock the Power of Incentives to Get Things Done. In 2010, he also published Lifecyle Investing (with Barry Nalebuff). Ian is a co-founder of stickK.com, a web site that helps you stick to your goals. In 2006, he was elected to the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. His book with Greg Klass, Insincere Promises: The Law of Misrepresented Intent, won the 2006 Scribes book award "for the best work of legal scholarship published during the previous year." Professor Ayres has been ranked as one of the most prolific and most-cited law professors of his generation. See James Lindgren & Daniel Seltzer, The Most Prolific Law Professors and Faculties, 71 CHI.-KENT L. REV. 781 (1996); Fred R. Shapiro, The Most-Cited Legal Scholars, 29 J. LEGAL STUD. 409 (2000). The Chronicle of Higher Education referred to Ayres as "a law-and-economics guru." |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analyst Certification Board: Status and New Developments |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
612 (Convention Center) |
Chair: James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Presenting Authors: |
This meeting will address important developments within the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) relating to growth and changes. Topics will include changes to eligibility and certification maintenance requirements, disciplinary standards for BACB certificants, and on-line certification management. The presentation also will focus on future goals and actions of the BACB. |
Keyword(s): BACB, BCaBA, BCBA, certification |
|
|
|
|
Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
605 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Beau Laughlin (Southern Illinois University) |
Presenting Authors: |
This meeting is for HABA members or those interested in hearing more about the Hawaii chapter to meet and share information. |
|
|
|
|
Rehabilitation and Independent Living Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
610 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Chris Persel (Centre for Neuro Skills) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of this meeting is to discuss areas of common interest affecting persons with acquired brain injury and related neurological deficits. This group provides an opportunity for networking with other professionals in neurobehavioral programs from around the country. Topics such as skill acquisition, community re-entry, military related injuries, funding, current trends, research, jobs, and internships will be reviewed. Search Facebook—ABA Rehab Special Interest Group to connect with this group and join at the meeting. |
Keyword(s): brain injury, neurobehavior, special interest |
|
|
|
|
Autism Knows No Borders; Neither Should We |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
602 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Molly Ola Pinney (Global Autism Project) |
Presenting Authors: |
Back by popular demand! This meeting was well attended and a lot of great contacts were made for those working internationally last year. Chaired by the founder of the Global Autism Project, this meeting offers a unique opportunity to learn more about the work of the Global Autism Project and invites you to meet others working internationally, including a woman running a center of excellence in Kenya and others! We'd love to see you there! |
|
|
|
|
New York State Association for Behavior Analysis (NYSABA) |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
608 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Vicki Madaus Knapp (Summit Educational Resources) |
Presenting Authors: |
The New York State Association for Behavior Analysis (NYSABA) represents scientists, scholars, and practitioners in psychology, education, and related fields who reside in and outside of New York State and are interested in the experimental analysis of behavior in all forms. The purpose of this business meeting is to provide members and friends with an update on board activities and initiatives. We hope to see you there. |
|
|
|
|
History of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
606 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas) |
Presenting Authors: |
This meeting will be our first business meeting. We will discuss our vision and mission, and our objectives for the coming year (e.g., a listserv, membership drive) and the near future (e.g., a website), as well as our organizational structure (e.g., officers, elections). |
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
611 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group supports a behavioral approach to the study of language, especially as explored by B. F. Skinner. It serves to a) support and encourage research efforts to improve our understanding of verbal behavior, b) support practice-based issues in utilizing the analysis of verbal behavior, c) support undergraduate and graduate instruction of Skinner's verbal behavior, d) communicate with other organizations making use of Skinner's verbal behavior, and e) disseminate information regarding a behavioral approach to studying language. The business meeting is open to anyone interested in the area of verbal behavior, whether or not you are a member of the SIG. |
|
|
|
|
How to Publish in Behavior Analysis in Practice, Education and Treatment of Children, and Journal of Behavioral Education |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
607 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is an open meeting for all interested parties. We invite anyone interested in publishing their work in the behaviorally oriented practitioner journals Behavior Analysis in Practice, Education and Treatment of Children, and Journal of Behavioral Education to attend this meeting. One of the senior editorial board members from each of these journals (Greg Hanley, Stephanie Peterson, and Jennifer McComas, respectively) will be discussing the kinds of articles these journals publish, what the submission/publication process consists of, and tips for publishing in these journals. There will be time for questions and answers so that you can get your questions about how to publish in these journals answered. |
Keyword(s): author tips, editorial process, practitioner publications, publish |
|
|
|
|
Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
4C-1 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Applied Animal Behavior (AAB) SIG brings together individuals who specialize in or have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the appreciation, understanding, and management of animal behavior across species. The AAB SIG has three primary purposes: 1) to promote behavior analytic research and the exchange of scientific information in the area of animal behavior, 2) to advocate for and promote high standards in the application of methods and techniques of behavior change with animals in applied settings, and 3) to support and promote excellence in the education and research practices of individuals dedicated to the study and management of animal behavior in applied settings. Membership of the AAB SIG is diverse and includes academicians, researchers, and practitioners from a variety of disciplines dedicated to, affiliated with, or interested in animal behavior in applied settings. All are welcome to attend. |
Keyword(s): Animal Behavior |
|
|
|
|
ABA India |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
4C-4 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Smita Awasthi (Association for Behavior Analysis of India) |
Presenting Authors: |
Behavior analysts interested in short term and long term assignments for the practice of ABA in India will be informed about opportunities. Members of the Indian community present at the conference are invited for discussions on the development of ABA in India. An audiovisual presentation on India will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
603 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Michael A. Magoon (NORC at the University of Chicago) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Behaviorists for Social Responsibility (BFSR) Special Interest Group (SIG) traditionally gathers to explore and share ways that the science of behavior can and should contribute to social justice, human rights, environmental action, and other important social goals. Recent meetings have seen an increase in interest and attendance, and this meeting will explore new and innovative ways for the SIG to create momentum and advance the mission focused on critical and timely social issues. |
Keyword(s): social issues |
|
|
|
|
Health, Sport, and Fitness Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
4C-3 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno) |
Presenting Authors: |
All conference attendees interested in behavior analytic applications in health, sport, and fitness are welcome. During this meeting, the business of the special interest group will be conducted. This year we will also have a discussion of current and future research projects. The aim will be to facilitate collaborations and stimulate discussion on this topic. Anyone interested in these areas should attend. Future events and activities will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): Fitness, Health, Sport |
|
|
|
|
Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
604 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Presenting Authors: |
This will be the annual meeting for members of the DBA SIG to meet and discuss business. |
Keyword(s): behavior analysis, dissemination |
|
|
|
|
AUT Poster Session 3 |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Effects of Video Modeling on Social Initiations by Preschool Children |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SAMIA AHMED (Autism Spectrum Therapies) |
Abstract: Autism is known to often affect an individual’s ability to engage in socially appropriate interactions with other individuals, which can ultimately lead to limited access to his or her environment. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of video modeling on social initiations made during recess by 2 preschool children with autism using a multiple baseline across subjects design. Each child watched a video, approximately 2 minutes in length, which depicted familiar adults and children engaging in and initiating a variety of social interactions with their peers. The data suggested that video modeling was an effective method for increasing social initiations made by the children during recess. |
|
|
2. Predictors of Self-Injurious Behavior Exhibited by 617 Individuals With an Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA MELTON GRUBB (Texas Tech University), David M. Richman (Texas Tech University), Lucy Barnard-Brak (Texas Tech University), Samuel Thompson (Texas Tech University), Layla Abby (Texas Tech University), Amanda Bosch (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: The operant functions of self-injurious behavior (SIB) are well-documented. However, additional research is needed on organism variables that may interact with environmental variables and affect occurrences of SIB. A recent study by Oliver et al. (in press)suggests motor inhibition control (i.e., impulsivity) may be one organism variable that may serve as a risk factor for some cases of SIB in individuals with autism. The current study replicated and extended the findings of Oliver et al., by employing a larger and more diverse sample. A heterogeneous sample of 617 individuals (average age was 11.21 years old; SD = 6.78) with autism spectrum disorder diagnoses was derived from the National Database of Autism Research (NDAR). Created to facilitate research advances through data sharing, NDAR is a repository for previously funded research by the National Institutes of Health. Latent constructs were estimated from items of the community version (Marshburn & Aman, 1992) of the Aberrant Behavioral Checklist (Aman, Singh, Stewart, & Field, 1985a). Impulsivity (ß = .46 ), followed by stereotypy (ß = .23), were the variables most highly related with increased SIB. Implications for identifying relevant treatment options that combine assessment of organism and environmental variables will be discussed. |
|
|
3. Teaching a Child With High Functioning Autism to Initiate Play and Conversations in the Natural Environment |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MAGDALENA A. MARKIEWICZ (Alexia Stack Behavioural Consulting), Alexia Stack (Alexia Stack Behavioural Consulting) |
Abstract: A child with autism who has developed strong conversational and play skills may still be lacking the understanding of how to initiate interactions with their peers, preventing the child from practicing their other social skills. There are long term benefits to teaching initiations, ranging from short term peer inclusion on the playground, to long term peer inclusion in peer groups and developing long term friendships. Children should develop independent spontaneous vocalizations and approaches to novel peers in natural settings. Initiating play with peers requires component skills: play narration, differentiating between what to do or say with a peer to join play, hearing statements with emotions and saying what one could say in those situations, learning to make multiple statements in different situations, as well as identifying the main idea. Precision Teaching and Natural Environment Teaching were used to teach a high functioning child with Autism to narrate play actions and what to say or do to join his peers play actions. Curriculum Based Measurement was developed to probe for generalization across novel settings. |
|
|
4. The Effects of Mand Modality Assessment to Select Mand Topographies for Functional Communication Training to Address Multiply Maintained Problem Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SUMMER G. DUCLOUX (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (University of Texas at Austin), Jennifer Wilder (Round Rock Independant School District) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities often need intensive instruction to expand beyond pre-linguistic communicative responses and efficiently use a communication modality that reaches a broad listening audience. Many studies have demonstrated the utility of functional communication training in the treatment of challenging behavior. Although one previous study has investigated the role of efficiency with modalities of communication during functional communication training with challenging behavior with a single function (Ringdahl et al. 2009), no studies have assessed modality efficiency across functions when challenging behavior is multiply controlled. In the present study we conducted communicative modality assessments with five children who exhibited challenging behavior with multiple functions. Results suggested that with some individuals, modality efficiency was consistent across functions; while efficiency varied with modalities across functions with other individuals. The current results extend previous results by evaluating efficiency with different modalities across functions in individuals with multiply controlled challenging behavior. These results suggest that care should be taken when selecting specific modalities of communication to be used during functional communication training with multiply controlled challenging behavior. Specifically, at times multiple modalities should be targeted with multiply controlled challenging behavior; at other times, a common modality should be targeted. |
|
|
5. Alternating Punishers for Treatment of Motor Stereotypy |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TAMARA L. PERRY (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Andrea Clements Stearns (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Motor stereotypy is a common behavioral concern in children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Research has focused on the suppression of motor stereotypy with differential reinforcement and noncontingent reinforcement procedures. However, when such interventions are ineffective or provide only temporary reduction, punishment procedures (e.g., response blocking) are sometimes applied or combined with reinforcement-based procedures. In the current investigation, a treatment package consisting of varied punishers in the forms of verbal reprimands, response interruption and redirection with motor demands, and hands-down procedures was applied to motor stereotypy in a nine-year-old girl with ASD. Treatment effects were evaluated within a reversal design. Motor stereotypy was comprised of multiple topographies, including hand clapping, hand waving, hair twirling, shoulder shrugging, non-contextual gesturing, and head rocking. All sessions were conducted in a workroom at an early intervention center. Results indicated that the treatment package was effective in decreasing motor stereotypy to levels near zero; in addition, concomitant reductions were noted in vocal stereotypy responses. Methods for generalization and combining punishment with reinforcement procedures will also be discussed. |
|
|
6. Using Matrix Training to Evaluate Recombinitive Generalization in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDREA CLEMENTS STEARNS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kathryn Boese (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders are characterized by deficits in expressive language. Matrix training is a procedure that has been used to teach expressive language as well as evaluate recombinitive generalization of targets (i.e. novel recombination of previously taught behavior). In the current investigation, a child with autism was taught to tact play behaviors. These tacts consisted of correctly labeling the item and action displayed. The matrix consisted of 5 nouns on the first axis and 5 verbs on the second axis. This matrix produced 25 noun/verb pairs. No correct noun/verb labels for these 25 pairs were observed during a pre-treatment baseline. Five noun/verb pairs were trained using a progressive time delay procedure. A post-treatment baseline showed emergence of untrained noun/verb tacts for all remaining pairs in the matrix. This treatment procedure will be evaluated with additional participants diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. IOA for all dependent measures exceeded 87.5%. |
|
|
7. The Effects of Delayed Reinforcement on the Acquisition of Skills: Implications for Treatment Integrity Failures in Academic Settings |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), KARI ADOLF (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Treatment integrity refers to the degree to which an intervention is implemented with precision. Low levels of treatment integrity with the implementation of academic programs may adversely affect skill acquisition. The current study assessed the effects of immediate and delayed reinforcement on skill acquisition during discrete-trial training for a participant diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. We used an adapted alternating treatments design to compare the number of trials necessary to reach a pre-specified mastery criterion. Specifically, skill acquisition was compared across conditions where a reinforcer was delivered immediately after a correct response, and when the reinforcer was delivered following a fixed interval (FI) 10-s delay with and without immediate praise for correct responses. Results indicated that the participant acquired the target skills in fewer trials during the immediate reinforcement condition when compared to both the FI delay with immediate praise and FI delay without immediate praise. In addition, the participant acquired the target skills in fewer trials during the FI delay with immediate praise condition when compared to the FI delay condition without praise. These results are discussed relative to implications for treatment integrity failures during discrete-trial training in an academic setting. |
|
|
8. A Discrete-trial Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior in Young Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nitasha Dickes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), MEGAN LEVESQUE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Treatments for the reduction or problem behavior are most effective when they address the function of problem behavior, identified through an experimental functional analysis (FA). However, experimental FAs may not be practical in settings where time and resources are limited. A discrete-trial approach to an FA is one alternative to a typical experimental FA. Discrete-trial FAs reduce the amount of time necessary to conduct an FA because they require only one person to conduct the sessions and collect data. The current investigation used a discrete-trial approach to an FA for the problem behavior of four young children with autism. Sessions were conducted in an early intervention clinic and consisted of 20 brief trials. Trials rotated between a control condition and the test condition (i.e. attention, tangible, and demand). Results for three of the four participants demonstrated a clear function of each childs problem behavior and suggested logical treatment strategies. Results for one of the participants were undifferentiated. The discrete-trial FA is a practical and economical method for evaluating the function of problem behavior. |
|
|
9. CANCELED: Designing a Safe and Effective Classroom for Kids With Severe Aggressive and Destructive Behaviors |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
FREDERICK D. KEMP (Quixote Consulting) |
Abstract: Behavioral characteristics of kids with autism (aggression, property destruction) have clear implications for the physical environments in which they learn. Classrooms should be designed based on those behavioral characteristics. Principles of classroom design should include: proximity; habituation; decreased distraction; elicitation of behavior; lockable cupboards; a token economy; observation areas; a time-out room; and "boredom" rooms. Specific newly-designed work and play stations will be illustrated, showing how severe behavior problems can be addressed safely and effectively. |
|
|
10. Graphing for Dummies: A Training Program to Teach Graphing of Behaviors to Intervention Staff Using Excel |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
RYAN GUTTERSON (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Visual inspection of graphically presented data is a central tenet of treatment in the field of applied behavior analysis. The tracking of session-by-session progress in skill acquisition and behavior change enables the change agent to effectively track the targeted behavior as it changes, and to make data-based decisions about the course and methods of intervention for the maximization of client progress. Visual inspection is also a necessary component of single-case research design, enabling researchers to assess the impact of various treatment variables on behavior in a moment-to-moment fashion. It is therefore imperative that practitioners in all behavior analytic endeavors learn to both read and construct graphs proficiently. This study examined the use of a training protocol involving modeling, as well as written and direct instruction for teaching behavior analysts to construct graphs for use in tracking and evaluating behavior change. All participants learned to construct graphs with 100% accuracy and maintained these gains at follow-up. |
|
|
11. An Evaluation of Parent Participation in Social Skills Training With Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SELA ANN SANBERG (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Candice M. Jostad (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Therese L. Mathews (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Melissa Lynne King (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Social skills deficits are a defining feature of Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASDs). These deficits greatly impair adolescents ability to make and sustain quality friendships. Although deficits in social skills are one of the most common behavioral concerns in teens with ASDs, few empirically validated treatment packages exist. The Program for the Evaluation and Enrichment of Relational Skills (PEERS) is a promising manualized social skills curriculum for persons with ASDs between the ages of 13 and 18. PEERS includes parent participation as an integral component of the intervention. Indeed, parental involvement provides teens with a resource for practicing and implementing newly learned social skills. However, the level of parent participation needed to significantly improve the social skills of teens with ASDs is unknown. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effectiveness of the PEERS treatment package and the level of parental participation needed to significantly improve the social skills of teens with ASDs. Group comparisons among minimal participation, enhanced participation, and control conditions are reviewed. The varying levels of parental involvement in the application and practice of PEERS are discussed. |
|
|
12. The Effects of Intensive ABA Therapy on Formative and Summative Assessments of Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Adriana I. Sanchez (Autism Treatment Center), Melissa Kotarski (Autism Treatment Center), LEE L. MASON (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: This poster presents the results of intensive clinical applied behavior analysis therapy on the functioning level and adaptive behaviors of young children with autism across a variety of domains. Each participant received an average of 16 hours of one-on-one ABA therapy each week, for approximately six months. While the therapeutic goals and objectives were individually tailored to each participant, general emphasis was placed on shaping a more extensive verbal repertoire by reinforcing functional communication and punishing challenging behaviors. The Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) was used throughout the program as a primary tool to select appropriate objectives and track participants' growth. Pre- and post-measures on the Psychoeducational Profile (3rd Ed) and Pervasive Developmental Disorder Behavior Inventory will be presented in relation to participant scores on the VB-MAPP and daily observational data. Statistical measures will be used to analyze the relationship between summative and formative assessments. Discussion will focus on pivotal behaviors related to the measures employed and participant outcomes assessed throughout the course of this research. |
|
|
13. Reinforcing Conversation Skills With Access to a Preferred Topic |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
COREY S. STOCCO (Western New England University), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England Universtiy) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) may have difficulty maintaining conversation partners because of a tendency to dwell on certain topics in conversation. The purpose of this study was to increase on-topic conversing of an individual with an ASD. The intervention was based on assessment results that showed that differential attention provided by the conversation partner was insufficient to maintain high levels of on-topic conversation and suggested that access to preferred topics of conversation would serve as a reinforcer. During treatment, on-topic conversation resulted in a period during which the conversation topic was selected by the participant. We signaled the contingency using a 2-sided color card and gradually thinned the schedule of reinforcement. Treatment produced desirable levels of on-topic conversation across a variety of topics. This study demonstrates improvement in conversation skills by manipulating choice of topic, a naturally occurring aspect of the conversation. |
|
|
14. Readiness Services: Preparing Children and Their Families for IBI |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
SARAH M. DUNKEL-JACKSON (Kinark Child and Family Services), Jennifer L. Snider (Central East Autism Program), George Jacob (Kinark Child and Family Services) |
Abstract: Readiness services is a new initiative that prepares children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder and their families for entry into intensive behavioral intervention programs. Conducting behavior assessments and curriculum assessments allow readiness services staff to place children in the appropriate learning environment. Applying the principles of behavior to prerequisite skills such as sleeping, eating, and toileting allow staff to "ready" a child for his or her first day in Intensive Behavior Intervention (IBI). Readiness services also prepares families for the commitment to IBI by offering parent education sessions and individual coaching sessions. This presentation will provide an overview of readiness services and introduce a framework for program evaluation and dissemination. |
|
|
15. Differentiated Effects of Sensory Activities as Abolishing Operations on Aberrant Behavior and Academic Performance |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GREGORY R. MANCIL (University of Louisville) |
Abstract: The complexity of the central nervous system is abstract; yet, neuroscientists demonstrate evidence that sensory input evokes physiological changes in the body and at time severe reactions (Ben-Sasson et al., 2008). Although the severe reactions to various external sensory stimuli have been discussed in the literature for decades (Baranek, Wakefield, & David, 2008), there is little to no empirical evidence or systematic interventions to address the supposed sensory problem. Furthermore, those that purport sensory interventions work, typically point to internal, non-observable reasons such as self-regulation. The purpose of this study was to analyze a series of sensory interventions as antecedent interventions, particularly working as AOs as noncontingent reinforcement prior to engaging in high demand tasks. An alternating treatment design was utilized to show a functional relation to the identified intervention compared to other interventions (Kennedy, 2005). The researchers trained data coders to collect data who were blind to the study. As evidenced by the differentiated effects in the alternating treatment design, aberrant behaviors were at zero levels and correct responding to academic tasks were near 100% as measured with permanent products. |
|
|
16. Increasing the Variety and Texture of Foods Consumed With Texture Shaping and Escape Extinction Procedures |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
THERESA L. MACFARLAND (Firefly Autism House), Dave North (Firefly Autism House), Sally McCance (Firefly Autism House), Melissa Bell (Firefly Autism House) |
Abstract: The food refusal of a 3-year-old boy with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) was treated with a texture shaping and escape extinction treatment package. Two interventionists in a center-based setting systematically shaped increasing amounts of texture into the foods the child consumed. In addition, bites were presented with escape extinction and a response cost system that removed access to preferred play materials contingent upon food refusal. An AB design with intermittent generalization probes across novel interventionists was conducted. During baseline, the child consumed 5 spoon foods (all baby food Stage 2) when fed to him as well as independently self-fed 3 finger foods. Two months into intervention, the child is independently feeding himself 10 additional novel spoon foods with age-appropriate texture as well as 2 additional finger foods with minimal food refusal. Thus, the variety of foods consumed by the child increased from 8 to 21 food items. The child currently shows generalization of a majority of the mastered foods when consuming foods with novel interventionist. Results support existing research on texture shaping, escape extinction, and response cost. |
|
|
17. Teaching Discrete Trial Training Skills to Undergraduate Student: A Exploratory Study |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHIGEKI SHIMADA (Tokiwa University) |
Abstract: Behavioral intervention is effective for children with autism. It is important that the program development to train the undergraduate students to be able to teach appropriate skills to the children with autism. The purpose of this study is to analyze the acquisition process of the instructional skills of undergraduate student who newly participated in the staff. One undergraduate student at the beginning of junior year participated in this study. He is enrolled in psychology major course, earning credits such as psychology of learning and education for developmental disabilities. He learned ABA therapy through the textbook of discrete trial training. He observed the therapy for 10 sessions before instructing, and also participated in the clinical meetings. Dependent variables were DTT instructional skills, including presentation of discriminative stimuli, prompting, and delivery of consequences. The first 3 minutes from the beginning of the instruction settings the participant conducted instruction were selected, and frequency of the targeted skills were observed. Correct response rate were calculated for 6 sessions. The participant acquired and maintained appropriate instructional skills, but didn’t have enough opportunity to perform prompting skills. Additional data for another participants will be collected. |
|
|
18. Investigating Sensory-Oriented Theories of the Effects of Environmental Discriminative Stimuli on People with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
WILLIAM V. JUSTICE (University of Memphis), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis), James Nicholson Meindl (University of Memphis), William McKessy (University of Memphis) |
Abstract: The primary goal of the proposed research is to investigate the correlation between environmental stimuli (e.g., barometric pressure, temperature, light levels, sound levels, and humidity) and overt behaviors in individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). Specifically, the researchers will measure the environmental stimuli with a data logging instrument (created and designed by the primary researcher) in two primary settings: (a) classrooms containing children with ASD with matched controls in the classroom and (b) clinical settings that work with adults with ASD who exhibit behavioral excesses. Signal analysis methodology as well as basic correlations, and conventional linear regressions will be used in the process of analyzing the information. This research is intended to examine and test existing notions of the relationship between these factors, but does not specifically target or test existing theories. More so, this is meant to restart the discussion from a data-based and deterministic perspective so that genuine scientific facts and methods may be established for examining this topic. |
|
|
19. Vocabulary Expansion via Recombinative Generalization in Children With Intellectual Disabilities |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TAKAYUKI TANJI (University of Tsukuba), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba) |
Abstract: Recombinative generalization refers to differential responses to novel combinations of stimulus components that have been included previously in other stimulus contexts (Goldstein, 1983). Matching to sample (MTS) and constructed-response matching to sample (CRMTS) procedures have been effective for producing within-word recombinative generalization. The methodology takes advantage of certain characteristics of Japanese. Many Japanese words are composed of2 syllables (e.g., " ? " (su) + " ? "(shi)= " ??" [sushi], " ?" (ha) + " ?" (na) = " ?? "(hana) [flower]), and these syllabic units are recombined to form new words (e.g., " ?" (su) + " ?" (na)= " ??"(suna) [sand], " ?" (ha) + " ?" (shi)= " ??" (hashi) [chopstick]). In this study,3 children with intellectual disabilities participated in a reading and spelling program in which they constructed printed words to printed words, dictated words and pictures. They demonstrated emergent matching printed words to dictated words or pictures, and pictures to printed words. Furthermore,2 children showed emergent matching and constructing printed words to dictated words or pictures for new words that included recombinations of syllables from words presented during training sessions. The results demonstrate vocabulary expansion based on recombinations of syllable-units in children with intellectual disabilities. |
|
|
20. An Intervention to Increase Eye Contact During Manding |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER MICHELLE NINCI (Texas State University), Katy Davenport (Texas State University-San Marcos), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: Eye contact is an important skill for social interaction and communication. However, many people with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) do not make eye contact as often as people without ASD. To date, eye contact has seldom been targeted as the primary dependent variable. More commonly, eye contact has been analyzed as an ancillary variable when training skills such as joint attention or social-emotional understanding. The current study analyzes the efficacy of extinction and differential reinforcement on increasing eye contact during manding in a 4-year-old boy with pervasive developmental disorder-not otherwise specified. A multiple-baseline design will be used to evaluate the effect of intervention across 3 instructors in a clinical setting. Five preferred activities are to be rotated to observe if eye contact when manding has been conditioned under the stimulus control of specific activities or specific people. These activities were chosen as targets for the intervention based upon2 criteria: a relatively low percentage of eye contact in baseline and a high variety and number of opportunities to mand. Direct and indirect assessments will be conducted prior to and after the intervention to assess generalization in the home and school. Of interest is if increases in eye contact maintain in the absence of an intervention and what stimulus is under the control of eye contact. |
|
|
21. The Effects of Manipulating Conditioned Establishing Operations on the Acquisition of Mands in Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CLAUDIA TROCONIS (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Although several researchers have shown that mands and tacts are functionally independent, research has demonstrated that mands may emerge following tact training. However, this research has not clarified the influence of establishing operations on the emergence of pure mands following tact training. The present study investigated the effects of tact training on the acquisition of impure and pure mands in children with autism when conditioned establishing operations (CEOs) were manipulated during mand probes. We taught three children with autism to tact the utensils needed to consume their preferred edibles and then assessed mands for those utensils during CEO absent versus CEO present pure mand probes using a multiple baseline design across participants. It was hypothesized that children would mand for the missing utensils needed to consume their preferred edibles only when the food items were present (CEO present), but not when they were absent (CEO absent). Results showed that responses taught as tacts failed to transfer to mand responses until direct training was implemented for2 of the3 participants. However, once a mand response was learned, all participants exhibited the mand in the CEO present condition but not in the CEO absent condition. |
|
|
22. Exploring the Efficacy of Staff Training Techniques for Teaching Special Educators to Implement the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VBMAPP) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CLARISSA S. BARNES (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), Tracy Tufenk (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VBMAPP) is an assessment and tracking tool frequently used to with individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders and other language delays (Sundberg, 2005). The milestones portion of the VBMAPP is used to determine an individual’s current skill level; the results of this assessment are then used to identify appropriate instructional goals and objectives. It is important that administrators of the milestones assessment are skilled in presenting probes in a manner that increases the probability of a successful assessment by decreasing challenging behavior and increasing overall responding. The current study used a multiple probe design to examine the effects of a behavioral skills training (BST) protocol on the administration of levels 1 and 2 of the milestones assessment by two educational professionals. BST resulted in immediate increases in performance for all three participants; additional rehearsal and feedback resulted in both participants meeting criteria for both levels 1 and 2 of the milestones assessment. |
|
|
23. Effectiveness of the iPad in Enhancing the Mand Repertoire for Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA LYNNE KING (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Kazu Takeguchi (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Shaina Barry (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: The iPad with the Proloquo2Go application has taken the world of autism by storm, and given individuals that do not have a voice, a voice. This study looked at the effectiveness of the iPad with the Proloquo2Go application to enhance the manding repertoire for children with autism. Participants included three children (2 girls and 1 boy) diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder, or exhibiting characteristics of an autism spectrum disorder, between the ages of 3 and 5. A multiple probe design across participants was used to assess the effectiveness of the iPad. Methods included completing the Reinforcer Assessment for Individuals with Severe Disabilities (RAISD) with the parents and/or teachers of each participant and running a six stimuli preference assessment before implementing each Phase. Pretest probes were conducted before implementing Phases 1 through 4. These phases were comparable to Phases 1 through 4 of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) (Bondy & Frost, 1994). Results of the study support that children with autism can acquire the skills needed to mand using the iPad with the Proloquo2Go application with training comparable to that of the Picture Exchange Communication System (Bondy & Frost, 1994). In addition, vocal requesting increased for the participants during the training phases in comparison to pretest probes. |
|
|
24. Increasing Vocal Variability in Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KERRY MAISELS (Toronto Partnership for Autism Services), Tracie L. Lindblad (Four Points Intervention Strategies, Inc.) |
Abstract: Three children with autism spectrum disorder, attending an early intensive behavioral intervention program for autism participated in a study to increase vocal variability. All3 children exhibited infrequent and highly repetitive speech sounds, limiting their ability to communicate effectively with the people around them. The following study was a replication of previous research conducted by John W. Esch and Barbara E. Esch (Esch, 2009), which looked at increasing vocal variability in children with autism using lag schedules of reinforcement. Previous studies have demonstrated successful use of such schedules of reinforcement for increasing speech sound production, which is positive for the field of applied behavior analysis as it may have a place in increasing vocal verbal behavior among children with autism. The results of this study, however, did not yield the same positive results. Results of this study indicate the need for further research, perhaps focusing on a more in-depth analysis of participant characteristics which would indicate that the use of lag schedules may lead to more favorable outcomes. Future research may wish to look at the difference between the type of reinforcement used during the baseline and treatment phase and its effect on the outcome of variability as well as the type of intertrial task required of the participant following a nonresponse. |
|
|
25. Increasing the Mand Repertoire During Meal Times in a Special Needs School |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GLADYS WILLIAMS (Centro de Investigación y Enseñanza del Lenguaje), Stephen John Wuensch (David Gregory School) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to increase the lunch-time mand repertoire of three classrooms of children in a special needs school. The special needs school is located in a large metropolitan area and it serves children from three to 14 years of age. We selected three classrooms with six students, six teachers and one head teacher. The students in all three classroom had demonstrated the ability to emit some mands and tacts. We used a multiple baseline experimental design to evaluate the effectiveness of the procedure. The procedure consisted of teaching the instructors to provide conditions where establishing operations were created artificially during lunch time to elicit mands in the children (e.g., removing the spoon and fork and ask the child to eat his food). The dependent variable was the total number of mands emitted in each classroom. The results indicated that the procedure was effective at increasing a Mand repertoire in all children. There were maintenance effects in the behavior of both instructors and children. |
|
|
26. Using Matrix Training to Teach Generativity |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLY STONE (Western Michigan University), Timothy C. Obertein (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The current study will attempt to teach a generalized subject-verb-object (S-V-O) sentence structure as efficiently as possible, by using matrix training. Matrix training is an approach to teach generative language in which component responses are arranged along each axis so that the phrases along the diagonal of the matrix are taught, and the other responses emerge without direct training. Since there are three components in an S-V-O sentence, we will be using a three dimensional matrix, with subjects, verbs, and objects along each axis of the matrix. The participants in this study have several 1-3 word mands and tacts. They also have some subject-verb tacts, but none of the participants have subject-verb-object phrases in their repertoire. This procedure involves teaching the participants to expressively identify S-V-O phrases through training responses along the diagonal of a 3D matrix. It is expected that this method of teaching will lead to generalization within and across matrices. |
|
|
27. Comparing the Frequency and Diversity of Mands When Using American Sign Language and Augmentative and Alternative Communication via an iDevice |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KASEY PHILPOTT (Little Star Center), Lindsey Scholl (Little Star Center), William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center), Lisa Steward (Little Star Center), Mary Rosswurm (Little Star Center) |
Abstract: Recent increases in communication specific technology have provided more opportunity for Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) as these devices are more affordable and easily accessible when compared to traditional AAC devices. This research compared verbal behavior programming, in particular mand training, using true and/or modified American Sign Language (ASL) to an iDevice and iPod with AAC applications. The participant of this research is a four-year-old boy diagnosed with autism receiving intensive behavior analytic services in a center based program. The participant originally communicated using true and/or modified ASL signs and then was introduced to AAC, via the applications of iCommunicate and later Proloquo2Go on an iDevice and iPod. In the present research, programming using the AAC device yielded a significant increase in rate of manding as well as an increase in the variety of items the participant was able to request compared to ASL. Also, the participants academic skills have increased since beginning use of the AAC device. |
|
|
28. Picture Exchange Communication System Training and Echoic Skills in Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RAFAL J. KAWA (University of Warsaw), Magdalena Kawa (University of Warsaw) |
Abstract: Augmentative and alternative communication systems such as the picture exchange communication
system (PECS) provide an effective means of enabling children with autism or severely
limited communication skills to exercise control over their environment by requesting preferred
items - manding (Bondy & Frost, 1994). PECS involves teaching individuals to use picture cards to request items or activities. The purpose of the study was to examine the impact of a PECS training on echoic skills of children with autism. A alternate treatment design was used in this study. The first treatment consisted of a verbal imitation training involving the discrete trial teaching method and the second treatment consisted of a discrete trial verbal imitation training and a PECS training. Two children with autism took part in this study. The results show that a verbal imitation training combined with a PESC is more effective in teaching children with autism echoic skills. |
|
|
29. Teaching a Learner With Autism to Respond to Group-based Instructions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BROOKE RADERSTORF (Little Star Center), William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center), Angela Hensley (Little Star Center), Lisa Steward (Little Star Center), Mary Rosswurm (Little Star Center) |
Abstract: Individuals receiving intensive behavior analytic programming predominantly includes direct instruction. When instructions were provided to an entire group, the participant in this study failed to respond. The lack of responding significantly limited his ability to benefit from group-based instruction. The focus of this research was to explore an intervention that increases responding to group-based instructions. The participant was an 11-year-old male receiving intensive center-based behavior analytic programming. The intervention involved a stimulus control transfer procedure. The participant was presented with instructions to complete known skills and acquisition targets, but the discriminative stimulus included the word "everyone". Individualized programming typically occurred outside of the group environment. During individualized programming with the presence of "everyone," the participant responded successfully a high percentage of the time. The next phase of this intervention will include fading in additional adults and then children to the individualized programming area. Once mastery requirements are met, steps will be made to transfer stimulus control to the group setting. Preliminary data indicate initial stimulus control interventions successfully increased responding to discriminative stimuli that include "everyone." |
|
|
30. Assessing Perseverative Speech in a Teenager With Autism Using Two Types of Contingent Attention |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CASEY N. MOORE (Little Star Center), William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center), Lisa Steward (Little Star Center), Mary Rosswurm (Little Star Center) |
Abstract: The experimenters conducted a modified version of the multielement functional analysis (Iwata & et al., 1994) to assess the consequence maintaining perseverative speech in a 14-year-old boy diagnosed with autism. The participant was exposed to 2 different consequences in the natural environment based upon interviews with caregivers. One of the caregivers indicated they provided information and discussion following each request and the other provided social disapproval. The attention condition described by Iwata et. al. evaluated only social disapproval (p. 201). Rehfeldt & Chambers, 2003 evaluated perseverative requests, but provided both approval and social disapproval (p. 260). The results of this study support modifying the attention condition with some individuals sensitive to attention. The participant did show differentiated responding in the attention condition in which information and attention followed each request. |
|
|
31. Home Based Intervention With a Timeout and Restraint Procedure for a Young Boy With Aspergers and Aggressive Behaviors |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RICK SHAW (Behavior Issues) |
Abstract: A behavior plan was implemented for a young boy with Aspergers who engaged in aggressive, noncompliant, and challenging behaviors. A mother was trained in her home on how to apply a time-out procedure and methods of restraint for aggressive behaviors. Frequency and duration of tantrums and aggression decreased. Compliance increased as a result. |
|
|
32. CANCELED: Differential Reinforcement, Penalty, and Overcorrection Procedures to Modify Behavior in Schools |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER REYNOLDS (The University of Toledo) |
Abstract: Students with autism spectrum disorder have difficulty implicitly learning behaviors important for academic and social success. The current presentation involves the use of behavior modification techniques in the school setting to teach and modify behavior. The student was an 8-year-old, male identified as having autism spectrum disorder with a high frequency of verbal outbursts, and low frequency of hand raising. Additionally, the student had a high frequency of inappropriate nose cleaning. The student was explicitly taught to appropriately raise his hand, appropriate hand raising was differentially reinforced, and inappropriate hand raising was simultaneously penalized via a token system. The student was explicitly taught to appropriately clean his nose, and inappropriate nose cleaning was punished via a positive practice overcorrection procedure. Data indicated frequency of appropriate hand raising was greater during intervention and return to intervention phases. Data indicated frequency of inappropriate nose cleaning was significantly less during intervention phase. During the presentation the process of conducting a research based behavioral intervention in the schools will be demonstrated. Participants will understand how to apply behavior modification techniques including differential reinforcement, penalty, and overcorrection punishment procedures to adjust unique behaviors in the school setting. |
|
|
33. An Evaluation of a Reinforcement-Based Toilet Training Procedure Using the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Jisan Phillips (Surrey Place Centre), CHARLENE STOGREN (Surrey Place Centre) |
Abstract: Toileting skills are among the most desired self-care skills to teach children with developmental disabilities and it usually is a very challenging skill to master. Toilet training using a combination of positive reinforcement and punishment based interventions has demonstrated to be the most effective teaching strategy; however, researchers have questioned the use of a punishment component within the toileting training literature. In the present study the authors sought to replicate the reinforcement-based toilet training procedure by Cicero & Pfadt (2002) and extend the current literature by expanding the teaching procedure of the picture exchange to request the toilet. The participant was a 6-year-old with a dual diagnosis of autism and Down syndrome and attended a full time centre-based Intensive Behavioural Intervention (IBI) Program. Procedures include the use of positive reinforcement, forward physical prompting and graduated guidance from behind. The preliminary results of this study are depicted in Figure 1. Implications for future research and clinical practice are discussed. |
|
|
34. Using Eye Gaze Techniques to Increase Manding in a Child With Rett Syndrome |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY MUHICH (May Institute), Christina Noelle Giuliano (May Institute) |
Abstract: A five-year-old female with Rett syndrome was taught to use eye gaze to request using a low-tech device. The device consisted of a binder, a table of contents page with PECS symbols in a field of four, and category specific pages (e.g. food page, book page) that corresponded to symbols on the table of contents page. The first stage of teaching involved a 1 step request in which the child was required to look at one picture on a page. The second stage of teaching involved a 2 step request, where the child would choose an icon on the table of contents page, and then choose a more specific icon on the corresponding page. The behavior analysts used a time delay procedure to prompt the child to make requests. After a five second response interval, if the child did not make a choice, the behavior analyst would deliver a verbal prompt (e.g.look at what you want). Continued absence of response terminated the trial and was not counted in the data, as there was no perceived motivating operation. Errors consisted of the child looking at an icon but then refusing the item/activity when delivered, or engaging in negative affect when the chosen item was given. Prompted correct responses consisted of choices made after the prompt, and unprompted correct responses were made before the prompt. Mastery criteria consisted of 3 consecutive sessions of 90% unprompted correct requesting. |
|
|
35. An Applications of PECS to Advance Sentence Structure for Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
REI ITOH (University of Tsukuba), Shigeki Sonoyama (University of Tsukuba) |
Abstract: This study examined the effectiveness of instructional strategy of applied procedure of PECS (the Picture Exchange Communication System) about enhancement of sentence structure in an autistic child with limited functional communication behavior and speech. The child had accomplished phase 1in PECS and he could request something using color, number, and modifier before beginning of this study. In baseline period, the child couldn't use verb or related object/events cards in description context about demonstrations. In intervention period, he was trained to construct sentences using verb or related object/events cards. The data was collected for correct constructions and correct verb-selections. The result indicated that he learn to construct particular sentences, but in increasing verbs phase, he couldn't construct correctly. For the purpose of increasing the learning opportunities, it was changed from real demonstration to pictures shown on display. In this phase, gradually he became to select verb or related objects/events cards correctly. And correct responses of correct sentence construction also increased in similar trend. In the future research, we should correct generalization data in the daily settings, and examine the effect on change of communication skills. |
|
|
36. Reducing Self-Injurious Behavior in an Adult With Autism Through Sensory Extinction With a Fading Design |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
FRANCINE DIMITRIOU (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Courtney Gebura (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Aletta Sinoff (The Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism) |
Abstract: This case study highlights the methods by which self- injurious behavior (SIB) was reduced through a four (4) step systematic fading design in a non-verbal adult with severe autism. SIB, defined as any hitting of the face, head or neck, was found to be maintained by escape. The individuals behavior intervention plan included DRA, sensory extinction (EXT), and functional communication training (FCT). This presentation will outline the EXT design which involved the application of protective equipment, thereby reducing opportunities for task interruption as much as possible. The presentation will highlight the unique fading design that followed the application of protective equipment over an eight (8) month period, through to suspension of the individuals behavior intervention plan and subsequent maintenance of adaptive behavior. The systematic fading design provided opportunity for generalization of desired behavior into a variety of vocational and community based settings. Video illustration of both the target behavior and the individuals independent use of replacement behavior will be provided. |
|
|
37. Evaluation of Effectiveness of Training Programs for Parents of Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ROXANA I. NEDELCU (CUNY -The Graduate Center) |
Abstract: The present study assessed the effectiveness of parent training programs aimed at teaching parents of children with autism behavior analytic skills. In the absence of comprehensive assessments of effectiveness clinician effort and client resources may be spent in ineffective training programs. Assessment of effectiveness in the present review involved: assessment of social significance of programmed changes (cf. Baer, Wolf, & Risley, 1987), measures of acquisition and generalization of parent skills, assessment of degree and type of changes affected in child behavior, and assessment of parental adherence to target procedures. The review revealed that behavior analysts conducting parent training are best at measuring and demonstrating parent acquisition and generalization of skills (100% measured acquisition and generalization of skills) and they are successful in selecting and producing important changes in child behavior (i.e. cusps; 70% of the studies targeted child behavior that qualified as a cusp); behavior analysts are, however, rarely assessing the degree to which parents adhere to treatment recommendations (25% of the studies measured correct and frequent application of target procedures) and are rarely measuring the social validity of the goals, procedures, and/or outcomes of their programs (20% of the reviewed studies included social validity measures). |
|
|
38. The Use of Applied Behaviors Analysis Techniques in Reducing Self-injurious Behaviors in a 3-year-old Girl With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANNA BUDZINSKA (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk) |
Abstract: Numerous studies have shown that self-injurious behaviors occur more often in people suffering from pervasive developmental disorders, e.g. autism and Aspergers syndrome, and people with intellectual disability. The aim of our study was to find effective methods which could be used to reduce self-injurious behavior in a three-year-old girl with autism. To analyze our results we used the ABC research model (Bailey, 2002), in which stage A means the baseline measurements, whereas the measurements conducted at stages B and C show the behavioral changes that result from our therapeutic activities. The results of our research show that a set of properly selected behavior analysis techniques are very effective in eliminating self-injurious behaviors. Working with children with self-injurious behaviors we have to build the motivational system, teach children new skills, which let them engage in appropriate activities. We have to teach them to use the activity schedules, develop verbal behaviors and leisure skills. This is necessary to develop proper social interactions and never reinforce inappropriate behaviors. The results of our research show also that a very effective method in the process of reducing self-injurious behaviors is the introduction of a clear structure in childs therapy room at the kindergarten and in her room at home. |
|
|
39. Issues in Video Modeling for Academic Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DENNIS W. MOORE (Monash University), Angelika Anderson (Monash University) |
Abstract: Video modeling has often, but not always, been reported to be effective for teaching social, communication and functional skills to children with Autism Spectrum Disorders. The role of reinforcement in video-based interventions in particular is unclear. In addition, relatively little research has evaluated the efficacy of video modeling in teaching academic skills. In this presentation we report on a series of three studies investigating the effectiveness of point-of-view video modeling combined with different chaining and reinforcement procedures to teach young children with autism to (i) write letters in order to produce her full signature, (ii) write the numerals 1 – 7 and understand the values associated with each, and (iii) some specific social prerequisites to cooperative classroom behavior. The results of this series of studies demonstrate the role of reinforcement both in maintaining attention to the video, maintaining task engagement, and achieving accurate performance. In addition the results highlight merits of individualization of instruction, and the importance of responding to data. Our presentation will include visual examples and illustrations and question the theoretical foundations of video modeling. |
|
|
40. Facilitating Joint Attention and Early Communication Skills in Young Children: A Speech-Language Pathologist's Perspective |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
KATHY M. MURPHY (Newport-Mesa Unified School District) |
Abstract: The development of shared joint attention and the emergence of intentional communication have its roots in infancy, often observed in the special dance between mother and child. Learning the power of eye gaze typically begins within the context of playful socio-communicative routines including tickles, toe-nibbling, and peek-a-boo. In early stages of joint attention, the adult takes responsibility and follows a childs lead. The adult shifts their gaze direction as the childs focus changes. Research suggests word learning during shared joint attention is the most efficient teaching context. Intentional communication is also learned within this context and is a precursor to functional word use. It requires gaze to the partner plus additional behaviors to communicate a range of functions. For example, eye gaze plus reaching signals a request. Research suggests intentional communicative behaviors reach an expected rate prior to the onset of consistent word use. Simple manipulations within a childs natural context can create opportunities to practice these skills. Examples include placing desired objects in site but out of reach, withholding preferred choices, and providing limited quantities of snacks. This presenter will share facilitative strategies borrowed from early intervention, typical development of joint attention, and the emergence of social communicative behavior. |
|
|
41. How to Develop Prompt Dependence |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
STEVEN J. WARD (Whole Child Consulting) |
Abstract: Students who too frequently wait to be prompted to demonstrate familiar behaviors are sometimes described as "prompt dependent". Some believe that prompt dependence consistently accompanies learners with a variety of disabilities. This paper describes several instructional errors that can lead to prompt dependence, and provides solutions for remediation. The author will explore motivational variables, scope and sequence, types of prompts, and timing of prompts. Particular attention will be paid to identifying and treating "win-stay/lose-shift" responding. Data and video are included. |
|
|
42. Behavior Intervention Plans for Middle and High School Students With EBD |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RICK SHAW (Behavior Issues), Heidi Maurer (KentWood High School), Joe Potts (Kent School District) |
Abstract: A collection of Behavior Plans for classroom management, individual behavior plans, and school wide positive behavior support plans. Plans were developed and implemented at the middle and high school level. Generally students were at or below academic grade level with their same aged peers. Students qualified under the category of Autism, Emotional Behavioral Disorders, ADHD, as well as some students that were qualified as general education students as a response to intervention. |
|
|
43. The Impact of Peer-Implemented Milieu Teaching on the Communication Skills of Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ROBYN JEANNE CHRISTENSEN-SANDFORT (Univeristyof West Florida), Angela R. Bishop (The Shape of Behavior) |
Abstract: A multiple baseline across participants design was used to examine the impact of a peer-implemented behaviorally-based naturalistic teaching strategy, milieu teaching, on the communication skills of preschool-aged children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) attending an early childhood program. Six participants were selected from a single classroom which served both children with an Individual Education Program (IEP) and children without an IEP who participated in a state-funded preschool program. Three children without an IEP were taught the milieu teaching prompting strategies over four training sessions. Based on teacher recommendation, the researchers paired these three children with a child from the classroom with ASD. A single communication target was selected for each child with ASD based on the childs IEP. The dyads were observed in a therapy room while playing with toys over three months. Maintenance effects were also determined. All children with ASD increased the spontaneous use of communication targets. These results were maintained four weeks following the completion of the intervention. |
|
|
44. CANCELED: Developing Advanced Verbal Behavior Skills to Teach Inference, Expand Intraverbal Skills, and Make Predictions for Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
NISSA INTARACHOTE (Behavior Analysts Inc.) |
Abstract: Children with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) demonstrate the ability to tact and often discuss items or events that they are able to experience. With proper program planning and teaching, children with autism can master intraverbal skills in relation to recalling past events and discussing these events with peers and family. One area that children with autism demonstrate significant delays in is the ability to infer and make predictions about pictures, events, feelings, and during reading comprehension in text. To develop these skills, it is necessary to teach many examples of situations and stories in which one would infer or predict an outcome. Using tact to intraverbal transfers, recall of experiences and emotions, and direct teaching during reading comprehension activities, students with ASD can begin to infer future events. Intervention programs that develop these skills can improve a childs ability to predict outcomes in everyday experiences as well as with stories. This paper will discuss different strategies to task analyze and teach decoding along with comprehension techniques for students using advanced language skills. Attendees will also learn how to develop more advanced language programs that include inference training, prediction of outcomes, and conversation skills. Specific strategies will be presented that professionals and educators can use to develop these advanced skills. |
|
|
45. Outcomes of Intensive Home- and Center-based Feeding Therapy |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA L. OLIVE (Walden University and Applied Behavioral Strategie), Rebecca Ryan (Applied Behavioral Strategies) |
Abstract: The results of a behavioral feeding program evaluation for young children with autism will be presented. Feeding services were comprised of assessment, intervention, and parent training. Outcomes were compared for children who received therapy in clinical settings versus their homes. All parents received training and demonstrated competency implementing intervention strategies. |
|
|
46. Effects of Response Interruption Redirection and DRO on Rates Vocal Stereotypy and Appropriate Vocalizations for Individuals With ASD |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CARA E. JARED (Ohio State University), Gwendolyn Cartledge (Ohio State University), Porsha Robinson-Ervin (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Vocal stereotypy is a behavior exhibited at high rates by individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder. This behavior can significantly interfere with learning and social opportunities. Response interruption/redirection and differential reinforcement of other behaviors can provide effective interventions for vocal stereotypy. This paper/presentation will provide a model for tailoring these procedures into an intervention for decreasing vocal stereotypy, increasing appropriate vocalizations, and fading intervention procedures for individuals with ASD who exhibit high rates of vocal stereotypy. The researchers will give a brief overview of vocal stereotypy, most current literature on response interruption and redirection and DRO study procedures, outcomes, and conclusions. Research questions were: What are the effects of response interruption, redirection, and DRO on (1) reduced rates of vocal stereotypy, (2) increased rates of contextually appropriate vocalizations, (3) maintenance/generalization of appropriate vocalizations. Study participants are individuals ages 6-12 with ASD with high rates of vocal stereotypy, based on teacher recommendations and screening measures. A researcher developed intervention script to teach the identification and discrimination of vocal stereotypy followed by an intervention which consisted of eliciting pupil responses and then systematically interrupting and redirecting when vocal stereotypy occurred. Pupils were reinforced for not engaging in stereotypy. Students were taught individually. Sessions were videotaped and direct observations made of vocalizations. A multiple baseline design is used to assess effects on vocalizations. This is an intensive intervention and data collection show significant decreases in vocal stereotypy, minimal increases in appropriate vocalizations, high rates of inter-observer agreement, along with positive teacher and student satisfaction. |
|
|
|
|
CBM Poster Session 2 |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Extinction of Prescription Narcotic-seeking Behavior Improves Self-management of Chronic Pain: A Case Study |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
KENT CORSO (Walter Reed National Military Medical Center), Ben Krepps (Fort Belvoir Community Hospital) |
Abstract: Animal studies have examined the treatment of drug-seeking behavior with extinction procedures (Crombag and Shaham, 2002; Everitt and Robbins, 2005; Hymin et al., 2006; Millan, Marchant, and McNally, 2011; Mueller, Perdikaris, and Stewart, 2002; Quirk and Mueller, 2008). However, little progress has been made to apply these models to human medical treatment. This clinical case study elucidates a multidisciplinary treatment of a United States Army soldier exhibiting prescription opioid tolerance with poorly controlled trigeminal neuralgia pain for several months following his deployment. Concomitant with brief cognitive behavioral treatment (CBT) for the self-management of chronic pain (Keefe, 1996), the patient underwent extinction procedures for requesting additional opioid medications to treat his pain. This yielded an extinction burst and a dramatic decrease in medication-seeking behavior. Increased daily functioning is an important outcome variable and an indirect measure of self-management skills. This was measured via probes using the Activity Impact Scale. The patients progress was maintained for 6-months, whereby narcotic-seeking behavior remained low and more importantly pain was almost unchanged, and daily functioning improved significantly. Preliminary evidence illustrates one method of applying animal extinction models to drug-seeking behavior to improve self-management of chronic pain. Future challenges include managing relapse and multiple reinforcement contingencies. |
|
|
2. Increasing Social Activity Attendance in Assisted Living Residents Using Personalized Prompts and Positive Social Attention |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHEN RAY FLORA (Youngstown State University), Courtney Polenick (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: Low levels of social activity involvement may have negative implications on overall quality of life for older adults living in residential care settings. Despite the recent growth of assisted living (AL) facilities, few studies have examined social activity participation in this environment. The present study assessed the effects of2 prompt procedures that included different amounts of positive social attention (personalized prompts alone and combined with brief conversation) on the social activity attendance of8 AL residents. Personalized prompts were designed to appeal to each participant based on preference assessments regarding activity interests and preferred types of activity participation. During treatment conditions, increases in attendance occurred not only following treatment prompts, but also during activities that were not preceded by treatment prompts. Similar effects were observed for both treatment prompts. Results suggest that personalized prompts and positive social attention can increase weekly social activity attendance in AL residents. |
|
|
3. Improving Web Browsing for Community Resources by Clients With Severe Mental Disorders |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHEN E. WONG (Florida International University), Sheila Vakharia (Florida International University) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of specific instructions on the number of community resource websites visited by4 clients in a locked program for persons with substance abuse and severe mental disorders. In the baseline phase, participants were prompted to explore7 categories of community resources (i.e., housing, employment, discount stores, inexpensive restaurants, medical and social services, parks and recreation, bus routes) using laptop computers with Internet access during 10-minute sessions. In the treatment phase, participants were asked to choose1 of the7 categories of community resources that they were going to explore during the sessions and explain why this was of interest to them. Specific instructions to narrow responding were evaluated within a nonconcurrent multiple-baseline-across subjects design. Windows Internet Explorer history data showed substantial gains in the number ofrelevant websites contacted for3 of the4 participants. |
|
|
4. Applying Methods for Generalization Gradient Shifts to Melanoma Detection: A Translational Study |
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research |
JONATHAN R. MILLER (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas), Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University), Laura Dyan White (University of Kansas), Shante' Williams (University of Kansas), Marjorie Cooper (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Melanoma is a skin cancer affecting over 68,000 Americans each year and is one of the cancers most responsive to treatment when detected early (www.cancer.gov). Thus, early detection is an important goal. Using a translational approach, the current study evaluated the effects of differing stimuli on generalization gradients of typical adults viewing moles of varying levels of malignance based on symmetry. Fifteen stimuli of equally-spaced iterations ranging from benign (1) to malignant (99) were presented randomly to 2 groups of participants following training. Each group was trained using the same S+ stimulus (50) and differed only in the S- stimulus (1 or 99) with which they were trained. Test stimuli were identical across groups and each stimulus was presented 9 times. Data were collected on the frequency of responses to test stimuli. The study is ongoing; however, current results indicate that generalization gradients did not shift away from the S- stimulus as predicted by previous literature. There appeared to be a bias for responding to stimuli ranked 50 or greater. The study will continue in efforts to identify aspects of the stimuli that may promote gradient shifts such that this methodology can inform procedures for enhancing early detection of melanoma. |
|
|
5. An Assessment of a Biofeedback Device for the Treatment of Nocturnal Bruxism |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER WALMSLEY (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Bruxism, defined as the gnashing, clenching, or grinding of the teeth, has been estimated to afflict 5–20% of the general population. Symptoms most commonly associated with bruxing include accelerated enamel loss, tooth abfractions, gum damage, headaches, and jaw and ear pain. Dentists frequently recommend dental restorative surgeries and management of symptoms with a bite splint following discovery of the patient's bruxing. With the health problems and high cost of bruxism care, treatments that effectively stop bruxism are needed. The current study's purpose was to assess the efficacy of a biofeedback device on nocturnal bruxers. The device, Sleep Guard, has an EMG sensor that measures muscle activity in the frontalis muscle, which is associated with bruxing, as well as a tone generator, which is activated once EMG levels breach a certain threshold. The device is fitted on a headband and is worn throughout sleep. Four participants were included in this study. When compared to baseline levels (the Sleep Guard device recorded EMG sans the feedback tone) the activation of the feedback tone resulted in reductions in average EMG levels of 51–79% for three participants. A fourth participant showed no decrements in average EMG levels while wearing the Sleep Guard device. The clinical utility of this device is discussed. |
|
|
6. How Nutritional and Energy Expenditure Feedback Affects Selection of Restaurant Food |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ALYSSA FISHER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Americans are consuming more calories, particularly when eating outside the home (Austin, Ogden, & Hill, 2011; Nielsen, Siega-Riz, & Popkin, 2002). This increase in calories could be a contributing factor to the current obesity epidemic (Young & Nestle, 2002; Diliberti, Bordi, Conklin, Roe, & Rolls, 2004). Thus, developing environmental interventions for eating establishments outside the home (e.g., restaurants, cafeterias, and vending machines) may be an effective approach for changing food choices. Previous research has utilized menu labeling interventions (i.e., noncontingent nutritional information), which have produced inconsistent results across contexts (Seymore, Yaroch, Serdula, Blanck, & Khan, 2004). Alternative strategies, such as behavioral feedback (i.e., feedback contingent on consumer’s selections) may be a more effective intervention. The purpose of this study is to analyze how different types of behavioral feedback, including nutritional information and energy expenditure, affect different consumers’ food selections both between groups and within subjects. Preliminary results with normal weight participants suggest that fewer calories may be selected when provided feedback on both the number of calories and the amount of exercise required to burn the calories selected. This study also aims to determine the effect of behavioral feedback within overweight and obese populations, as well within individuals. Results could be used to develop effective, inexpensive environmental interventions that promote healthier weight and reduce future weight gain. |
|
|
7. Mindfulness Based Relapse Prevention in a Womens Residential Treatment Setting: Does Mindfulness Augment Relapse Prevention Treatment? |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CHRISTEINE M. TERRY (Portland Psychotherapy Clinic), Katie Witkiewitz (Washington State University Vancouver), Connie Stauffer (Washington State University Vancouver), Kaitlin Warner (Washington State University Vancouver), Katie Crowley (Washington State University Vancouver), Betsy Sully (Washington State University Vancouver), Jason Brian Luoma (Portland Psychotherapy Clinic), Brian Thompson (Portland Psychotherapy Clinic) |
Abstract: Treating substance use disorders remains challenging and even the most efficacious treatments have limited success. Mindfulness Based Relapse Prevention (MBRP) is a cognitive-behavioral treatment that combines two evidence-based treatments: Relapse Prevention (RP; Daley & Marlatt, 2006) and Mindfulness Based Cognitive Therapy for depressive relapse (Segal, Williams, & Teasdale, 2002). Research on MBRP is limited but suggests it is more successful than TAU in reducing cravings, increasing acceptance, and inoculating users against relapse during increases in depressive symptoms (Bowen et al., 2009; Witkiewitz & Bowen, 2010). The aim of the current study was to examine the efficacy of MBRP against non-mindfulness-based RP in order to gauge the unique contribution of the mindfulness component to RP. The study was conducted in a womens residential substance abuse treatment center. Data collection is ongoing. To date, 15 individuals have completed 15-week follow-up assessment. At this time, none of the MBRP group, (n=8) have indicated substance use relapse compared to 43% of the RP group (n=7). MBRP participants also reported significantly fewer cravings (p = 0.04) and a trend towards greater acceptance (p = 0.11). Initial results suggest mindfulness may augment the RP treatment. |
|
|
8. Brief Screening Intervention for University Students With Mild Dependence to Alcohol: Results at Four Years |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
HORACIO QUIROGA ANAYA (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Mar�a Guadalupe Vital Cedillo (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Teresita Cabrera Arteaga (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico) |
Abstract: The purpose of this report is to present the fourth year follow-up evaluation of the Brief Alcohol Screening Intervention for College Students (DIBAEU; Quiroga, Cabrera & Vital, 2003) applied with the purpose of reducing alcohol consumption patterns and consumption related problems in university students with diagnoses of mild dependence to alcohol in accordance with the Alcohol Dependence Scale. The average participants' age was 18.6 years (range 18–19 years); who consumed alcohol when entering the program, having 14 years of scholarship on the average (range 13–15 years). The participants were matched to the profile of this specific model program (BASICS, Dimeff, Baer, Kivlahan & Marlatt, 1999), adapted and translated into Spanish by Quiroga & Cabrera (2003), based on the severity and chronicity of their alcohol problems, consumption patterns, consumption related problems, neuropsychological impairment, family history of alcohol problems and treatment goals, in order to have a correspondence between this intervention modality and alcohol consumer's type. We took care that participants didn't present any serious physical illness, didn't require internship, neither they presented other psychiatric disorders of the Axis I of the DSM IV, and in the case of women they were not pregnant or in period of nursing, applying them the Structured Clinical Interview for the DSM-IV Axis I Disorders-alcohol (SCID-I; First, Spitzer, Gibbon, & Williams, 1999). The results showed a high clinical significance in reducing alcohol consumption related problems, based in the Rutgers Alcohol Problem Index and in the Alcohol Dependence Scale, and statistical significance in the "frequency of alcohol weekly consumption" (X = 3.00, SD = 0.00)> (X = 2.57, SD = 0.63), t (41) = 4.407, p = .000, in the "quantity of alcohol consumption per occasion" (X = 5.73, SD = 0.64 ) > (X = 2.93, SD = 0.43), t (41) = 26.483, p = .000; and in the "quantity of alcohol weekly consumption" (X = 17.21, SD = 1.994)> (X = 7.66, SD = 0.52), t (41 ) = 27.848, p = .000. Finally, the results are discussed in terms of their clinical and statistical implications to this model program, noting the main limitations of this investigation and the perspectives that are glimpsed to future. |
|
|
9. The Effects of DRO on Adult's Self-Injurious Behaviors During Working |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
HYUNAH CHO (Baruch College, CUNY), Jinhyeok Choi (Columbia University Teacher's College) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of DRO on adults self-injurious behaviors during working time. Two adults served as the participants for this study. The two participants were selected due to their self-injurious behaviors (SIBs) such as skipping thumb skin and biting nails while they are working under high pressure environment. The experiment was conducted at an office in a metropolitan area. A time lagged multiple baseline design was implemented for this study. The independent variable was the implementation of DRO to suppress participants target SIBs. During the DRO phase, the supervisor presented rewarding-points when the participant did not emit the target SIBs for consecutive 15 minutes. The points resulted in the back-up reinforcement (e.g., gift card). The dependent variable was the number of instances of SIB per hour. The results demonstrated the DRO using a point-token economy system was effective to decrease the target SIBs for both participants. |
|
|
10. Behavioral Modification Program on Employees to Cope with Extraorganizational Stressors |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIA ANDREA BRAVO (Instituto Tecnologico y de Estudios Superiores Monterrey) |
Abstract: The main objective of the investigation was to design and apply a behavioral modification program in order to help the employees of an organization cope with extraorganizational stressors. The main problem was the direct influence that extraorganizational stressors have on some employees performance, feelings, thoughts and health. There were three hypothesis: the treatment program will produce a significant variation in the subjects stress levels, the treatment will not produce a significant variation in the subjects stress levels; there will be a significant variation in the subjects stress levels but will not be caused by the program but by extraorganizational stressors. The treatment consisted in the administration of five main programs: first, the subject learning to relax efficiently by using deep muscle relaxation and diaphragmatic breathing; the second one consisted in listing and ranking stressful events by hierarchy and based on the hierarchy apply relaxation techniques; the fourth and fifth consisted in stress coping thoughts and applying coping skills into real situations. The sample consisted of two male subjects, with 23 and 25 years old, performing administrative roles, both of them suffering from acute stress disorder by the manifestation of disturbing thoughts and physical symptoms. Despite the fact that the disturbances were reduced after the treatment, there were some extra organizational stressors that interfered with our results, which lead us to accept the fact that there were significant variations in the subject stress levels that were not produced by the treatment program. |
|
|
11. A Behavioral Approach to Increase Exercise in Adults With Type 2 Diabetes and Depression |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
BRENNA RENN (University of Colorado, Colorado Springs), Leilani Feliciano (University of Colorado, Colorado Springs), Mary E. Steers (University of Colorado, Colorado Springs), Allison A. Jay (University of Colorado, Colorado Springs), Sarah Anderson (University of Colorado, Colorado Springs) |
Abstract: Diabetes, a chronic disease affecting 25.8 million adults in the United States, doubles the odds of developing depression. Exercise is recommended for both diabetes management and depressive symptom relief; however, this comorbidity is associated with poor adherence to exercise recommendations. Behavioral interventions have been effective in increasing exercise in adults with diabetes, but no studies have examined the effectiveness in a comorbid population. This study used behavioral activation (BA) to address the challenge of increasing exercise behavior in a low-income adult population with comorbid depression and type 2 diabetes. BA focuses on the relationship between behavioral contingencies and mood, thus therapy targets increasing contact with reinforcers through engagement with pleasurable activities, addressing barriers and targeting avoidance. Therapists worked collaboratively with participants to set weekly, manageable exercise and depression goals, address potential barriers, identify reinforcers, and track behavior change. Outcomes measured included self-reported depression and self-care, and self-monitoring of goals met. Data were analyzed using a mixed methods approach (i.e., visual analysis of changing-criterion design and statistical analysis). Results suggest significant and ecologically valid improvements in exercise behavior and mood, and support the use of this individually-tailored behavioral intervention to address contextual factors related to behavior change and mood improvement. |
|
|
12. Factors Related to the Drop Out Marijuana Clients From a Brief Intervention |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
CESAR AUGUSTO CARRASCOZA VENEGAS (FES Iztacala UNAM), Leticia Echeverria (Instituto Nacional de Psiquiatria), Miguel Angel Medina (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico) |
Abstract: Marijuana is the main illegal drug consumed in Mexico. To address this problem we developed a cognitive behavioral brief intervention, to treat people in early stages of consumption. The program includes an initial evaluation and 5 treatment sessions once a week. Then a follow up at 1, 3, 6 and 12 months were performing. In this paper we analyzed the results of the brief intervention, 52 people received treatment to eliminate drug use. The results showed that 38% ended the intervention and became abstinent. However there was a high drop out (62.9%), with the largest number of persons who abandon (42.3%) in the second session. It discusses factors related to the client, the therapist and the intervention. Motivational intervention was not used to change the client's motivation stage. These results indicate the need to identify the stage of change of the person and according to this, match strategies that promote motivational readiness to change, which indicates the importance of the therapist's role in the process. Lack of motivation was the most important factor (64%). |
|
|
|
|
DDA poster session 3 |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Examining the Utility of Evaluating Multiple Treatment Components Within Completing Stimulus Assessments |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JUSTIN BOYD (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Timothy Gray (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ifat Bilitzer (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: A competing stimulus assessment (CSA; Piazza et al., 1998; Shore, Iwata, DeLeon, Kahng, & Smith, 1997) identifies stimuli that are associated with low levels of problem behavior and high levels of engagement with stimulus items. Following a standard CSA during which significant reductions in problem behavior or consistent levels of item engagement were not observed, 2 additional CSAs were conducted (e.g., Jennett, Jann, & Hagopian, in press) to evaluate the effects of additional treatment components (i.e., re-presentation of stimuli, and response blocking for self-injury and inappropriate tapping). Utilizing the treatment components and competing stimulus items identified via the CSAs, a formal treatment evaluation was conducted using an ABAB design. Results of this evaluation indicated that the treatment produced clinically significant reductions in both self-injury and inappropriate tapping. Furthermore, these reductions were maintained when the patient's parent was responsible for treatment implementation. This replication of Jennett et al. (in press) further demonstrates the utility of evaluating multiple treatment components within the context of the CSA; a practice that may expedite the design and evaluation of comprehensive treatment evaluations. |
|
|
2. Effects of Reinforcers Identified in a Concurrent Operants on Low Preferred Activities in an Outpatient Clinic |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
BROOKE M. HOLLAND (University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (University Of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Alyssa N. Suess (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of contingent social reinforcers on choice allocation towards low preferred activities. The participants were a 4 year old girl who engaged in self-injury and aggression, and an 8 year old boy who engaged in aggression, property destruction, and noncompliance. All procedures were conducted within a 90-min outpatient clinic by the participants mother and clinic staff. Interobserver agreement was assessed across 46% of sessions and averaged 99%. During Phase 1, a concurrent operants assessment was conducted to determine the relative value of positive reinforcers and showed that access to high preferred toys (Figure 1, left panel) and access to attention (Figure 2, left panel) were preferred by each participant, respectively. During Phase 2, a concurrent operants assessment was conducted to evaluate the effects of providing the reinforcers identified in Phase 1 on choice allocation towards low preferred activities. In Figure 1 (right panel), results showed that contingent access to high preferred toys was effective in changing the participants time allocation between activities. In Figure 2 (right panel), results showed that pairing contingent attention with access to high preferred toys was effective in changing the participants time allocation to a low preferred activity. |
|
|
3. The Use of a Self-Restraint Preference Assessment on Restraint Fading |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MOLLY GEMP (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Natalie Rolider (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mandy M. Triggs (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Due to the severity of their self-injurious behavior (SIB), individuals with developmental disabilities are often required to wear restraint devices. Previous research has reported that self-injurious individuals may prefer their physical restraints (Pace, Iwata, Edwards, & McCosh, 1986) and has demonstrated that the opportunity to self-restrain can function as a reinforcer (Favell, McGimsey, & Jones, 1978). The current investigation assessed preference of self-restraint with a 13-year-old boy admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of SIB maintained by automatic (sensory) reinforcement and social attention. Preference for self-restraint in the form of hand-holding was observed and subsequently used as a reinforcer for appropriate behavior as part of treatment for problem behavior in a leisure context. As the duration of reinforcement was being systematically thinned, a 3 lb weighted blanket was introduced as an alternative to self-restraint. Results support previous literature suggesting that self-injurious individuals may prefer physical restraints. The current investigation also offers a more quantitative measure of fading restraint thorough the use of a weighted blanket. |
|
|
4. The Use of Sensory Items and Token Economy on On-task Behavior of Two Students With Autism |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CLARE TERESE SYKORA (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: The study examined the use of sensory items and a token economy on the effects of on-task behavior of 2 elementary aged students with autism. The participants, Chase and Bonnie, were given a series of preference assessments prior to the intervention evaluation to determine their preferred items. A yoga ball and weighted vests, appropriate for each participant, along with a token economy were used to examine the effects each had on the participants'on-task behavior during daily circle time in their self-contained special education classroom. Results showed an increase in on-task behavior for Bonnie when using the token economy and were inconclusive for Chase using sensory items and/or token economy. IOA was collected for a minimum of 33% of sessions across each phase. For Chase, mean IOA was 92% and for Bonnie it was 93%. |
|
|
5. Increasing Parental Adherence to Extinction by Providing Parents With an Alternative Activity |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
IFAT BILITZER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lauren Lloyd Withhart (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Treatment integrity (i.e., accurate delivery of treatment by a clinician and/or caregiver) and adherence to treatment (consistent implementation of the treatment) are factors that can influence the success of behavioral interventions. Although extinction is frequently recommended as a component of behavior plans, adherence to extinction is often low (e.g., Allan & Warzak, 2000; Cooper et al., 2007; Tarbox, 2000). The current study offered a practical approach to assist 1 mother in implementing extinction more consistently. First, a preferred activity was identified via the mother's responses to a structured questionnaire. Next, the mother was trained to use this activity (watching television) as a distractor when her son engaged in problem behavior. Following training, levels of correct implementation of extinction increased from baseline levels, and were associated with high levels of activity engagement and low levels of child problem behavior. Levels of treatment integrity remained high for the rest of the study. These results suggest that providing an alternative activity to caregivers may increase the accuracy and consistency of implementation of extinction. Results may be beneficial for clinicians seeking to train caregivers to adhere to extinction procedures more consistently. |
|
|
6. Motivation Gradients During Response-Independent and Response-Dependent Access to Preferred Stimuli |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KASEY STEPHENSON (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cy Nadler (Munroe Meyer Institute), Michael E. Kelley (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Previous research on acquisition and maintenance of alternative behavior suggests that establishing and maintaining high levels of motivation is critical to treatment success. In the current study, we systematically replicated and extended previous research on both acquisition and maintenance of alternative behavior over the course of a parametric manipulation of motivation. Results suggested that (1) sessions with a high proportion of response-independent to response-dependent responding favored little to no responding and interfered with acquisition (like in Goh, Iwata,& DeLeon, 2000) and (2) sessions with a low proportion of response-independent to response-dependent responding favored higher levels of responding. Results extend those of Kelley, Shillingsburg, and Bowen by showing a motivation gradient and support the motivational framework proposed by Michael (1982, 1993, 2000). |
|
|
7. Discriminated Functional Communication for Attention: Evaluating Fixed and Random Schedules of Availability of Reinforcement |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KAITLIN BALKA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Erin Ann Schaller (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The current study extends previous research on discriminated functional communication training (DFC), in which the participant is taught to discriminate whether attention is available based on naturally occurring, overt behavior exhibited by the caregiver (Kuhn, Chirighin, & Zelenka, 2010; Leon, Hausman, Kahng, & Becraft, 2010). Whereas in previous studies, discrimination training occurred during fixed periods of reinforcer availability and unavailability (e.g., 5 min available followed by 5 min unavailable), the purpose of this study was to examine discrimination training during which the availability of reinforcement varied. In the current study, requests for attention during therapists’ non-busy activities were differentially reinforced for a 13-year-old boy diagnosed with Down syndrome. Both fixed and variable schedules of availability were evaluated. During the fixed schedule, attention was available for 5 min and unavailable for 5 min. During the variable schedule, the duration of caregiver busy and non-busy activities varied across sessions. Results demonstrated that the participant could discriminate based on the caregiver activity when attention was available regardless of the duration of the caregiver busy and non-busy activities. Additionally, treatment generalization was conducted and discrimination was found across a number of settings, experimenters, and situations. |
|
|
8. Self-control Responding in Children With Developmental Delays: Analog Assessment of Subjective Value of High and Low Preferred Stimuli |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
DANA M. GADAIRE (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Mark W. Steege (University of Southern Maine), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Previous research suggests that both non-human animals and humans are likely to engage in impulsive responding when provided with opportunities to choose between responses that are correlated with smaller, sooner consequences and larger, later consequences. Much of the research that demonstrates this phenomenon has been conducted in analog settings and/or with hypothetical choices, and the generality of those findings remains unknown. In the current study, we assessed impulsive responding in four children with developmental disabilities by evaluating the conditions under which preferences might shift in the context of actual choice scenarios for established reinforcers. First, we demonstrated that (a) highly preferred (HP) and relatively less preferred (LP) stimuli both maintained task selection and (b) responding was allocated toward the task associated with the more highly preferred stimulus when both stimuli were concurrently available over various delay intervals 0 s to 60 s in Experiment 1) and 60 s to 240 s in Experiment 2) for the HP stimulus. In Experiment 3, we assessed the relationship between choice responding and the presentation for the concurrent choice arrangement by manipulating whether the choice opportunity was presented in the initial or terminal link of the chain. Results showed that the participants engaged in self-control behavior and that the presentation of a delay prior to receipt of the task was associated with greater shifts in preference for three out of four participants. |
|
|
9. Using Eye Gaze to Identify Reinforcers for an Individual With Severe Multiple Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
LINSEY M. SABIELNY (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Christopher A. Tullis (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to replicate Fleming et al. (2010), examining the use of eye gaze in identifying reinforcing stimuli for an individual with severe multiple disabilities, and to measure total duration of the assessment. The Reinforcer Assessment of Individuals with Severe Disabilities (RAISD; Fisher, Piazza, Bowman, & Amari, 1996) was used to identify items, and then preference was measured in a paired-choice assessment using duration of eye gaze to determine stimulus selection. A subsequent reinforcer assessment used a reversal design to test the reinforcing effects of both the high and low preference stimuli. The results replicated Fleming et al. (2010), indicating that using eye gaze as a selection method successfully identified a reinforcing stimulus. The present study extends the current literature by reporting total duration of the assessment at a brief 2.5 hr. |
|
|
10. An Evaluation of an Antecedent-Based Intervention to Treat Elopement |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ERIKA MYLES (California State University, Los Angeles), Carlos Santos (Center for Behavior Analysis and Language Development), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (Center for Behavior Analysis and Language Development), Daniel B. Shabani (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Elopement commonly involves individuals running off and occasionally results in those who run off coming into contact with dangerous situations. Treatments for elopement have included both antecedent and consequence based interventions such as noncontingent and differential reinforcement procedures, manipulation of preferences, as well as extinction. Extinction, as a behavior management procedure, is very effective, however sometimes difficult to implement. As a result, antecedent-based interventions that limit the need for extinction are sometimes more practical. In situations where escape is the maintaining reinforcer for elopement, demand fading can sometimes be an effective intervention. Demand fading involves gradually increasing the difficulty or rate of demands such that escape no longer functions as a reinforcer. In the current investigation, an alternating treatment design was used to evaluate the effects of a demand fading procedure on elopement with a 13-year-old male diagnosed with autism. During baseline, demands were provided randomly at a relatively slow pace. During treatment, demands were presented more rapidly such that the overall duration of instruction was decreased. Results indicated that with the manipulation of the rate of demands, elopement decreased. Implications of demand fading a treatment for elopement in instructional settings will be discussed. |
|
|
11. An Examination of Preference Stability for Edible and Leisure Items |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER A. TULLIS (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Linsey M. Sabielny (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: The stability of preference for leisure and edible items was measured over a six-month period with five participants diagnosed with moderate to intensive intellectual and developmental disabilities to determine if preference for stimuli remained stable.. Six edible and six leisure items were identified via Reinforcer Assessment for Individuals with Severe Disabilities (RAISD; Piazza, Fisher, Hagopian, Bowman, & Toole, 1996) for inclusion in subsequent direct assessments. Every two weeks a multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment (MSWO; DeLeon, & Iwata, 1996) was implemented for approximately 6 months. Data indicated that high-preferred and low-preferred items remained stable over time, but selection of moderately preferred items was variable. These results replicate the findings of previous research (e.g., Zhou, Iwata, Goff, & Shore, 2001), and extend previous studies by analyzing responding in relation to moderately preferred items. |
|
|
12. Use of Initial and Follow-up Error Correction Procedures in Discrete Trial Teaching |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
VICTORIA HOCH (University of Nevada, Reno), Melissa Nosik (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada,Reno), Benjamin N. Witts (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Within interventions for skill acquisition there are two goals; producing increases in correct responding and decreasing incorrect responses. Typical methods include error correction procedures (ECP) that result in multiple repetitions of the incorrect response before assistance is provided in the form of an opportunity to demonstrate success post-error. While research has focused on positive reinforcement as a tool for increasing correct responses; much less research has been conducted on responding to errors. It is essential to continue efforts in determining how to respond to errors as a facilitator skill acquisition. In this study two ECPs will be evaluated: an Initial Error Correction procedure and a Follow-up Error Correction procedure for their efficacy on reducing the number of errors. Both the Initial and Follow-up ECP work to provide remediation where necessary, while simultaneously preventing task-escape. This is accomplished through increasing response effort with the requirement of at least one independent correct response to terminate the procedure. Research in responding to errors in acquisition is critical in extending our knowledge as a field and may yield methods of increasing correct responding. The rationale for this study is to investigate the effectiveness of a sequence of initial and follow-up error correction procedures in comparison to a typical error correction sequence for improving skill acquisition in discrete trial teaching. |
|
|
13. Comparison of Preference Assessment Outcomes Using Two Response Topographies |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER A AGHJAYAN (Evergreen Center), Jennifer M. Silber (Evergreen Center), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Identifying effective reinforcers for a particular individual is critical for success in increasing behavior and learning. One method of identifying reinforcers is stimulus preference assessments. There is a gap in the literature with respect to the response topography used when selecting stimuli. The present study examined preferences expressed in the multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) assessment method when the response selection topography was either verbal or motor. For thefour students with developmental disabilities who participated in this study, results showed that response selection topography did not affect the identification of the most preferred item. A subsequent assessment of the reinforcing effects of the identified most preferred items was then conducted across2 tasks,1 verbal and1 motor, to confirm that the item identified as most preferred in the MSWO functioned as an effective reinforcer. For the verbal task the item identified as most preferred produced the highest rate of responding for three participants. For the motor task the item identified as most preferred produced the highest rate of responding for 2 participants. Implications of these results and limitations of the study will be discussed. |
|
|
14. 3Rs Human Rights Project: Behavioral Indicators of Organizational Support for a Right-Based Service Approach |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
LAURA E. MULLINS (University of Guelph), Frances Owen (Brock University), Dorothy Griffiths (Brock University) |
Abstract: This presentation will review the behavioural indicators supporting the 3Rs: Rights, Respect, and Responsibility Human Rights Program within a Community Living Organization that supports persons who have intellectual disabilities. The 3Rs Project promotes rights awareness in individuals with intellectual disabilities, their caregivers, and family members. To be effective, the shift to a rights-based service approach must include support from the whole organization and its processes. This research evaluated the impact of the 3Rs initiative on the work behaviour of staff and managers. Behavioural interviews were conducted with full-time staff and managers. A thematic analysis revealed the nature of changes in work behaviour following the adoption of a rights-based service delivery system. The results were triangulated through surveys of a larger group of staff and managers. Systemic barriers to change were also explored. The results describe how the organization has implemented the rights-based philosophy in it policies, procedures. and in the daily integration of staff and person supported by the Association. Insights from the examination of the organizational impact of the 3Rs Project on this organization may assist other community organizations that are engaging in the implementation and support of similar rights-based approaches to community service delivery. |
|
|
15. Errorless Versus Trial and Error Discrete Trial Learning: The Winner Is? |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JANET GOOSSENS (Evergreen center), Gordon A. DeFalco (Evergreen Center), Jennifer M. Silber (Evergreen Center) |
Abstract: This study compared an errorless learning procedure to a trial-and-error procedure for 2 children with developmental disabilities. Errorless learning refers to a technique that eliminates or minimizes responding to incorrect choices whereas trial and error exposes the student to errors followed by a correction procedure. Two students were taught to point to a letter when verbally presented with the sound of that letter during discrete trial sessions. Using an alternating treatment design, the number of trials to mastery was compared across conditions. The type of errorless learning conducted in this study consisted of response blocking, so that the students were not physically allowed to perform an incorrect response. The trial-and-error technique allowed the student to independently respond to the stimulus, but if they responded incorrectly they were verbally corrected ("No") and physically prompted to the correct response. Although both teaching techniques led to improvement of correct responding, for both students the errorless technique was shown to lead to faster acquisition of correct responding. |
|
|
16. Restraint Reduction for Persons With Intellectual Disabilities Using an OBM Approach |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
DEBORAH L. GROSSETT (The Center), Don E. Williams (Private Practice) |
Abstract: We used an organizational behavior management (OBM) approach to increase behavior intervention plans and decrease the use of mechanical restraint. First, recipients were tracked as a member of the priority group if they engaged in frequent self-injurious behavior or physical aggression toward others and/or if they had been placed in mechanical restraint as a result of the problem behaviors. Second, a behavior data monitoring and feedback system was put in place. Third, organizational contingencies for the use of mechanical restraint or the occurrence of frequent self-injurious behavior or physical aggression toward others were initiated. Over the course of 17 months, behavior intervention plans were more than doubled to 124 and mechanical restraints decreased by almost 80%. This study represents the first to use an organizational behavior management (OBM) to reduce restraint with people who have intellectual disabilities. |
|
|
17. Delaying Access to a Functional Reinforcer Using Tokens Withina Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior Procedure |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALISON R. HUSS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Ashley Lynn Lajiness (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan K. Malmquist (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Nicole Coulardot (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Problem behavior is commonly exhibited by individuals with developmental disabilities. With a functional analysis, the variables that maintain problem behavior can be identified, and a function-based treatment can be utilized to decrease various problem behaviors. In this study a differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) procedure with extinction was used to decrease the problem behavior of two adults with developmental disabilities. Tokens were used as conditioned reinforcers, delivered on a DRO 30 s schedule during 10 min sessions and exchanged for the functional reinforcer at the end of each session. Results showed that the problem behavior remained low when tokens were delivered on the DRO schedule, and suggest that tokens can be an effective way to delay access to the functional reinforcer. |
|
|
18. The Use of Punishment to Address Problem Behaviors in an Applied Setting. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
LISA DAVIES (The Ivymount School, Inc.), Sara L. Kuperstein (The Ivymount School, Inc.), Stacey M. McIntyre (The Ivymount School, Inc.) |
Abstract: Punishment is rarely part of a treatment package for students with disabilities in classrooms or similar applied settings. Although there are legal and ethical implications, staff must still help students access curriculum. In this study, a treatment package with a fixed-time schedule of reinforcement (FT) and differential reinforcement of an alternative behavior (DRA) failed to reduce spitting and loud vocalizations to low rates for a 12-year-old student with developmental disabilities in a self-contained special education classroom. Staff could not control for peer reinforcement of these behaviors, so a punishment component was added to the package. Rates of spitting and loud vocalizations reduced by 80% and 58%, respectively, compared to pretreatment rates. Mean reliability for spitting was calculated at 93% across eight observations, ranging from 71% to 100%. Reliability for loud vocalizations across four observations ranged from 88% to 100%, with a mean score of 97%. Staff ensured the least restrictive technique by using a stimulus avoidance assessment, a varied punisher presentation, and the minimum number of punishers needed to effectively reduce problem behavior. The results suggest a procedure for ethically implementing punishment in an applied setting to achieve low rates of problem behavior and maintain them across school years. |
|
|
19. A Preliminary Analysis of a Methodology to Determine Preferences for Variations of Play |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SONAM G. DUBAL (Bancroft), Sara Cox (Bancroft), LaToya Kinard (Bancroft), Adam Peyton (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Frances A. Perrin (Bancroft) |
Abstract: A variety of assessment formats have been evaluated to determine individual preferences for stimuli or activities. Preference assessment formats can range from the presentation of a single stimulus (Pace et al. 1985), the presentation of two stimuli in a concurrent operant arrangement (e.g., paired-choice preference assessment; Fisher et al. 1992), or the presentation of multiple stimuli in an array (e.g., multiple stimulus without replacement; DeLeon & Iwata, 1996). Although assessments typically involve the presentation of tangible or edible stimuli, preference assessments have also been used to evaluate preference for different activities, including vocational tasks (Lattimore, Parsons, & Reid, 2002). It likely that preferences for different types of play (e.g., parallel play, physical play, imaginary play) also vary across individuals and should be assessed on an individual basis. Preference for play activities, however, may be difficult to evaluate with current preference assessment methodologies. The current study evaluated different assessment formats and dependent variables to determine preference for variations of play in children with developmental disabilities. Responding across individuals suggested that the method of assessment and the measures of preference (e.g., interaction, positive affect, choice) influenced the results of the assessment. Data provide preliminary support for a concurrent choice procedure to identify preferred types of play activities. |
|
|
|
|
EAB Poster Session 3 |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Recognizing Emotion in Conflicting Facial and Contextual Cues |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
AYA TSUCHIYA (Shirayuri College), Koji Takeuchi (Meisei University) |
Abstract: The process of resolving ambiguity is both pervasive and central for everyday cognition. In naturalistic settings, people are constantly confronted with words that have different meanings,facial expressions that are equivocal,and entire social situations that can lead to various interpretations. However, emotion in faces and contextual information were investigated separately in the previous studies. Moreover,few research has investigated precisely this issue analyzing of eye movements. Thus, we combined a task performance (verbal response to ambiguous facial expressions which consists of confliction and contextual stimuli) and eye movement information (where the participant fixate when completing the task) to investigate the difference between ambiguous facial expressions of emotion and contextual cues. 18 participants viewed color image sequences of 39 different character displaying facial expressions of happy, sad, angry, disgusted, surprised, and fearful faces (see table1). After seeing each image, the participants were asked to answer emotional category for the character. The result showed that the participants fixation and verbal responses matched correctly only at 25.4 %( see Figure1). In addition to this, when ambiguous stimuli are showed to the participants, their fixation and verbal responses matched correctly only at 23.8 %( see Figure1) . |
|
|
2. Differential Exposition to an Authority in Children's Obedient Behavior |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
NORA RANGEL (University de Guadalajara, Mexico), Claudia Castillo (University of Guadalajara) |
Abstract: Power relations may be conceived as contingencies involving four different functions: prescription, regulation, administration and monitoring of interactions (Ribes, 2001). In order to evaluate the role of differential exposition to an authority in obedient behavior, sixteen schoolchildren were assigned to four groups. Each group was exposed to 1, 2, 3, or 4 sessions to an authority condition, in which the experimenter exercised all the power functions mentioned above as participants solved puzzles. After that, in a word search task, all groups were exposed to each of the power functions in the following sequence: prescription, regulation, supervision, and administration, under the assumption that this is the sequence in which the power functions are established in real power interactions. Results showed that participants in Group 1 (one day of authority exposition) emitted more disobedient responses than the rest of the groups, increasing this kind of responses in regulation and prescription phases. These results are discussed in terms of a comparison between them and the results found by Rangel, Vazquez, Pulido & Reyes (unpublished) in which participants were exposed during different number of days to a familiarization condition, in which the experimenter did not exercise any power function in the situation. |
|
|
3. Effects of Prolonged Exposure to Delayed Reinforcement on Impulsive Choice and Alcohol Consumption in Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JEFFREY S. STEIN (Utah State University), Rochelle R. Smits (Utah State University), Patrick S. Johnson (Utah State University), Renee Renda (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Impulsive choice has been found to predict greater alcohol consumption in rats. However, the extent to which alcohol consumption may be modified by experimental manipulation of impulsive choice remains unclear. In the present study, we are examining the effects of an early, prolonged history of exposure to reinforcement delay on subsequent impulsive choice and alcohol consumption. Three groups of Long-Evans rats (21 days old at start of experiment) have been exposed to 100 training sessions (out of 120 total) in which they respond for food reinforcement on a single lever delivered after either no delay (n = 14), a fixed delay (n = 14), or a progressively increasing delay (n = 16). Reinforcement delay for rats in the "progressive-delay" group has been gradually increased across training sessions contingent on criterional performance (i.e., short response latencies and few trial omissions). Following training, between-group differences in impulsive choice and alcohol consumption will be assessed. Additional data to be collected. Anticipated month of study completion is December 2011. |
|
|
4. Temporal and Probability Discounting in an Experiential Task: Is Delay Really Uncertainty? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ANNA GREENHOW (Victoria University of Wellington), Maree J. Hunt (Victoria University of Wellington), David N. Harper (Victoria University of Wellington), Heather L. Peters (The Open Polytechnic of New Zealand), Lincoln S. Hely (Victoria University of Wellington) |
Abstract: Studies using question-based discounting tasks have produced weak to moderate correlations between discounting of delayed and uncertain rewards in support of single process explanations of discounting (Myerson, Green, Hanson, Holt & Estle, 2003). However, differential magnitude effects on delay and probability discounting are problematic for these theories because they predict manipulations to impact delay and probability discounting similarly. This study examined correlations between discounting of delayed and probabilistic outcomes using an experiential task in which repeated discounting choices were required as part of a computer based skiing game. Results indicated that while both probability and delay discounting versions of the task produced discounting well described by hyperbolic functions, discounting rates on the two tasks were uncorrelated. |
|
|
5. Do Finanical Constraints Affect Delay Discounting of Married Couples? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
FRANK D. BUONO (Southern Illinois University), Sydney Perate (Southern Illinois University), Seth W. Whiting (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Divorce rate within United States have been steadily increasing in the last 20 years. A major factor within divorce is due to financial constraints between partners. The current study examined if temporal discounting patterns change when married partners individually discount hypothetical money to that of when the partners discount together. Varaibles of age, years married, education, and income level are incorporated into the analysis. Initital findings show large differences in discounting patterns when the partners discount individually to that of when paired together. More so, descrepancies within paried discounting are noted. The utility of delay discounting as an assessement tool will be discussed in potentially aiding this increasing problem. |
|
|
6. Background Income and Discounting |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Anna Greenhow (Victoria University of Wellington), HEATHER L. PETERS (The Open Polytechnic of New Zealand), Maree J. Hunt (Victoria University of Wellington) |
Abstract: Research has found that the rate at which probabilistic reinforcers are discounted varies as a function of the magnitude of those reinforcers. However, the value of a given reinforcer may also be a function of the availability of other reinforcers. This study manipulated relative reinforcer value by varying background income. Participants in this study were first year psychology students who played an experiential discounting task in which they earned points by making jumps on a ski run. The points available for these jumps were used as an analogue of background income, which was manipulated by changing the number of points available. Discount rates were obtained by providing participants with occasional opportunities to make free run jumps in which they made a choice between two outcomes that varied in size. The probability associated with the larger of these two outcomes varied but its magnitude remained the same. The magnitude of the smaller outcome titrated across trials but its probability remained the same. Data were well described by hyperbolic functions but there were no significant differences in discount rates. Results will be discussed in terms of magnitude effects and energy budget. |
|
|
7. Influence of Reward Magnitude on Sensitivity of Delay Discounting Task |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JIHYE KIM (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University), Boo Yeol Choi (Yonsei University) |
Abstract: The purposes of this study were to evaluate sensitivity of two levels of delay discounting tasks and to determine whether levels of task reward could discriminate people with diverse status of health-related behavior. Reward magnitude was used as independent variable. The Participants were 202 undergraduate students (87 males and 115 females, mean age 20.03(SD=1.88)). Each participant performed two levels of delay discounting tasks and completed Barratt Impulsive Scale-11(BIS-11). They were classified into groups according to their status on two health-related behaviors, smoking and drinking alcohol. Results showed that the discounting rate was significantly higher when the value of reward in discounting task is lower. Furthermore, the group of people who smokes or drinks alcohol reported significantly higher discounting rate in the task with lower value of reward. However, delay discounting task with higher value of reward and BIS-11 did not explain the differences between the groups. Results implicated that reward magnitude in delay discounting task may influence to sensitivity of the task. This suggested the need to carefully choose the amount of reward of delay discounting task when evaluating impulsivity. Further information and limitation for future research were discussed. |
|
|
8. Discrimination Trials to Influence Self-Awareness |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KERIN ANN WEINGARTEN (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Jay Moore (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Humans and non-humans are often said to lack self-awareness (Goldiamond, 1959, 1962, 1965, 1966; Nisbett & Wilson, 1977). Although there are clearly many ways to interpret such terms as self-awareness, they all seem to involve cases in which individuals own prior behavior is discriminative for their subsequent behavior. In the present research pigeons were trained in a compound, discrete-trial procedure. The first component of a trial was a conventional matching to sample (MTS) component. The second component was a probe in which the pigeons were presented with two further stimuli, responses to one of which were reinforced conditional on correct performance in the prior matching component. Four pigeons responded with an accuracy above 90%, and near 100% on both the MTS and probe components, indicating the pigeons own prior behavior had indeed become discriminative for their subsequent behavior. The procedure appears promising as a means for assisting individuals with developmental disabilities to better come under the discriminative control of the outcomes of their own prior behavior. |
|
|
9. Effects of Food Distribution in Social Foraging by Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Luis Alfaro (Universidad de Guadalajara), ROSALVA CABRERA CASTANON (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico) |
Abstract: The effects of spatial food distribution were evaluated on the producer-scrounger strategies in groups of rats. The experimental design included four groups: Matrix Separate, a group with four members was exposed to four food container arranged in a 60 x 90 cm matrix; Matrix Near, a group with four members was exposed to four containers arranged in a 30 x 30 cm matrix; Irregular Separated, a group with four members was exposed to four food container arranged in a irregular distribution with a minimal separation between containers of 60 cm; Irregular Near, a group with four members was exposed to irregular distribution as a previous group, but a minimal separation between containers of 60 cm. The groups exposed to matrix distribution used producing as predominant strategy to obtain food; the groups exposed to near containers used producing as predominant strategy. |
|
|
10. Relative Preference for Visual Stimuli During Sequential Ranking Trials |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
NOAH EMERY (Arizona State University), Richard Grove (Arizona State University), Huateng Zhang (Arizona State University), Rosa Elena Canez (Arizona State University), Araceli Moreno (Arizona State University), Elias Robles (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: The subjective value of stimuli is often estimated with concurrent choice procedures. Previous reports suggest that preference for a given stimulus is dynamically “established” through choice in binary trials. This study compares estimation of the subjective value of images on a computer screen as a function of method used to estimate relative preference. College students (N=60) were randomly assigned to one of two groups that differed on the order of exposure to two value-assessment procedures (sequential Likert ranking and binary choice trials). Response time (RT) and relative preference were measured. During the binary choice trials RT decreased monotonically with previous exposure to individual images and with relative value of the images in each trial. Experience with sequential ranking trials did not affect the magnitude or the distribution of RTs. On the other hand, during the sequential ranking procedure RT showed an inverted U distribution as a function of preference characterized by a higher peak and mean RT for subjects that did not previously experience the binary choice procedure, suggesting a common stimulus valuation process between sequential ranking and binary choice trials. |
|
|
11. Preference for Self-regulated Ratio Schedules and Variable Interval Schedules With Linear Feedback Loops. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ALEXANDER WARD (Rowan University), Michael A. Zelek (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University) |
Abstract: Given the ubiquitous role of time in all schedules of reinforcement, ratio schedules can be equated to interval schedules with linear feedback loops (McDowell & Wixted, 1986). To examine the role of feedback in preference between variable schedules, 4 pigeons were trained on a discrete-trial concurrent-chains arrangement with variable schedules serving as the terminal link alternatives. Baseline consisted of performance on a VR30 VR30 concurrent-chains arrangement with a brief initial link instead of an inter-trial delay (Gibbon et al., 1988). Upon reaching a stable pattern of indifference (50%) in the preference ratios, the birds were transferred to a concurrent-chains schedule with variable ratio and variable interval plus linear feedback terminal links. The linear feedback function was positively sloped to reinforce shorter inter-response times as opposed to standard variable interval schedules which reinforce longer inter-response times. After a return-to-baseline condition, the birds were exposed to a concurrent-chains schedule with VR30 and VI 30 terminal links. Preference was determined by the percentage of choices for variable interval with feedback per 40-trial session. This study expands upon the literature regarding linear feedback and seeks to investigate its role in preference between fully self-regulated (ratio) schedules and variable interval schedules with feedback. |
|
|
12. Chicks' Choice Responses Reinforced by Either an Imprinted Stimulus or Food and Matching Law |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
FUKUKO HASEGAWA (Tokiwa University), Tetsumi Moriyama (Tokiwa University) |
Abstract: A stimulus comes to be a reinforcer for an arbitrary operant response through imprinting. The present study compared chicks' choice behaviors reinforced by an imprinted stimulus with those reinforced by food under concurrent schedules of reinforcement. Newly hatched chicks were exposed to a moving red cylinder. After that, their preferences for the stimulus were tested in the situation where both the stimulus and a novel stimulus were simultaneously exposed to each chick. Only chicksthat chose the familiar stimulus were used as the subjects for the following experiments. They were divided into the imprinted stimulus (n = 11) or the food (n = 12) groups. According to the group, the chicks' key-peck responses were shaped by using the imprinted stimulus or food as reinforcer, respectively. After that, chicks' responses were under a concurrent variable-interval variable-interval schedule. Five ratios of independently scheduled reinforcement for each reinforcer were utilized: 1:0, 7:3, 1:1, 3:7, and 0:1. Four chicks of the imprinted stimulus group showed matching and further6 chicks did undermatching. However, only3 chicks of the food group showed undermatching, and other chicks of the group did not any matching. These results may reflect some differences of both reinforcers. |
|
|
13. Examination of Reinforcer Onset and Duration |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
EZRA GARTH HALL (West Virginia University), Alicia Roca (Universidad Nacional de Mexico), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Several studies have shown that behavior in a choice situation may be more sensitive to changes in reinforcement rate than to changes in reinforcer magnitude. One variable that may be responsible for differential control of behavior by reinforcement rate and reinforcer magnitude is the onset of the reinforcer. The purpose of the present experiment was to compare multiple and single-onset reinforcement in a choice procedure where the total duration of access to the reinforcer was held constant between the 2 alternatives. Pigeons responded in a concurrent-chain procedure where 10 free-choice trials and 10 forced choice trials were presented within a session. The terminal links lead to 1 or several onsets of the reinforcer. When fixed ratio (FR) 1 schedules were used in the initial and terminal links, choice between single and multiple-onset reinforcement varied between subjects. When an FR 40 terminal link was introduced, choice of the multiple-onset reinforcement became nearly exclusive. This effect was replicated when the keys leading to the multiple and single-onset reinforcement were reversed and when using a differential-reinforcement-of-other-behavior schedule in the terminal link. |
|
|
14. Rapid Assessment of Sensitivity to Concurrent Token Reinforcer Ratios Under Fixed- and Random-ratio Exchange Production Schedules in Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
TRAVIS RAY SMITH (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale) |
Abstract: Lever pressing was maintained by a concurrent token production schedule in rats. Token deliveries (i.e., steel ball bearings) were assigned probabilistically to either the right or left lever such that the ratio of left to right token deliveries was either 1:6 or 6:1, depending upon condition. The location of the rich lever remained constant within session, but varied across daily sessions according to a pseudorandom binary sequence. Once assigned to a lever, token delivery was arranged by a random interval 15 s schedule. Transition to token exchange was arranged by either a fixed ratio (FR 2 or 4) or random ratio (RR 2 or 3) schedule, depending upon condition. During token exchange, depositing each token in a receptacle produced access to sweetened condensed milk. Session-wide lever press ratios tracked daily changes in the programmed token ratio and were adequately described by the generalized matching law. Considerable undermatching was observed, however. Systematic effects of manipulating the exchange production schedule on rates of lever pressing and sensitivity to the token reinforcer ratio were found in only one of four subjects. Sign tracking elicited by the tokens was also observed. |
|
|
15. Interdependence and Dissociation of the Mechanisms That Govern Choice and Timing Acquisition |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
SHRINIDHI SUBRAMANIAM (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University), Randolph C. Grace (University of Canterbury) |
Abstract: Pigeons were trained on a concurrent-chains procedure. Terminal links were always fixed-interval (FI) 10-s and FI 20-s during the rapid acquisition condition. Across sessions, the location of the shorter terminal link varied according to a 31-step pseudorandom binary sequence. In a subsequent, 11-session "suddenly equivalent" condition, terminal links were both FI 15-s. To obtain measures of temporal control, occasional "no food" terminal links lasted 60-s and pecks had no effect. In the rapid acquisition condition, initial-link response allocation favored the shorter terminal link and stop times from no food terminal links indicated temporal discrimination. Initial- and terminal-link pecking stabilized within the first half of sessions. Initial-link response allocation never reached indifference in the 11 suddenly equivalent sessions. However, stop times rapidly adjusted to the intermediate FI value. Residual covariation analyses of log initial-link response and log expected immediacy ratios indicated that the mechanisms determining initial- and terminal-link responding were interdependent in the rapid acquisition condition. Residual covariation analyses from the suddenly equivalent condition indicated inter-subject variability. Taken together, these results may indicate that deviations in subjective terminal-link immediacy play a role in choice and timing behavior. |
|
|
16. Functional Analytic Psychotherapy: A Single-case Experimental Design |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
CLAUDIA K. B. OSHIRO (Universidade de Sao Paulo), Sonia Beatriz Meyer (Universidade de Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: This study investigated the mechanism of change in Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP), whose efficacy has been supported by single-case investigations. The lack of experimental tests instigated the present research and for that reason, this study proposed a single-case experimental design with withdrawal phases (A-B1-C1-B2-C2; A= therapy without planned interventions; B=introduction of FAP; C= withdrawal of FAP). The aim of the study was to evaluate the effects of FAP interventions on the following clinically relevant behaviors: 1) verbose talking, 2) talking with no correspondence with the therapist speech, 3) superficial speech and 4) aggressive verbal responses. The sessions of two clients were recorded (20 sessions each) and coded using the Functional Analytic Psychotherapy Rating Scale. The results showed that the frequency of CRB1 decreased in the phases where FAP was introduced (B1 and B2) and the withdrawal occurred in the phases where FAP was removed (C1 and C2). The CRB2 and CRB3 showed the opposite tendency, i.e. frequency increased in phases B and decreased in phases C. This design proved to be useful for research in psychotherapy and indicated the therapist contingent responding as the most important mechanism of change. |
|
|
17. Single Subject Experimental Design for Psychotherapy Evidence |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ALESSANDRA VILLAS-BÏ¿½AS (Universidade de Sao Paulo), Victor Cardoso dos Santos Mangabeira (Universidade de Sao Paulo), Claudia K. B. Oshiro (Universidade de Sao Paulo), Sonia Beatriz Meyer (Universidade de Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: Different research designs can contribute to evidence-based practice, and single case experimental designs are useful for establishing causal relationships in the context of an individual, a typical context in psychotherapy. Single subject experimental designs have been largely used in basic and applied behavior analytic research, but less so in psychotherapy research. The extensive knowledge of those designs is an asset for behavior analysts psychotherapy researchers interested in understanding the process of change and in determining causal relations. To conduct single case quantitative studies, it is necessary to measure repeatedly over time, allowing estimates of variability in the behavior of interest, its level of occurrence and apparent trends. In our research group we were able to develop independent and dependent variable measures that are significant and interfere little in the therapeutic relationship. Different category systems have been created, some individualized, some standardized and some standardized with built-in individualization. Data analyses included measures of frequency, duration and sequential analysis. Initially the design of those studies was descriptive, but recent projects are using single case reversal designs. Samples of results of different repeated measures systems and forms of analysis will be presented, as well as some results obtained with a reversal design. |
|
|
18. Development and Validation of a Computer-Based Tool to Identify Preferred Items |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
GIOVANA ESCOBAL (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Nassim Chamel Elias (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: Computer based digital pictures of items may be an effective format for presenting complex stimuli in preference assessment. In this study we evaluated the correspondence between preference hierarchies generated from paired choice preference assessment method with both a computerized tool and with concrete items. The participants were eight boys and six girls of typical development, ranging from 3 to 5 years old, attending a public preschool participated in Study 1. Nine boys with intellectual disabilities, ranging from nine to thirteen years old, attending a school for children with disabilities and five female special education teachers (T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5) participated in Study 2. In Study 1, the top-ranked List 1 stimulus corresponded for six of the 14 participants, and the top-ranked List 2 stimulus corresponded for ten of the 14 participants. In Study 2, the top-ranked List 1 stimulus corresponded for five of the nine participants, and the top-ranked List 2 stimulus corresponded for seven of the nine participants. The implications of these results for future research on computer based digital pictures of items format for preference assessments is discussed. |
|
|
19. A Preliminary Examination of Motivating Operation and Reinforcer Class Interaction |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
JONATHAN W. IVY (Mercyhurst College), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), James Nicholson Meindl (University of Memphis), Neal Miller (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Motivating operations are antecedent variables that alter the value of consequent events as well as some dimension of the corresponding response class. The interactions between2 motivating operation conditions and3 reinforcer classes were evaluated using a superordinate multielement design. Two individuals with developmental disabilities participated. Participants were exposed to a motivating operation condition followed by a reinforcer assessment, in which the reinforcer response requirements progressively increased following contact with the terminal reinforcer. The motivating operation conditions were pre-session access until rejection and pre-session restriction for 24 hours. Reinforcers were stimuli representative of primary, conditioned, and token reinforcers. The results showed that the manipulation of motivating operations produced reliable changes in the effectiveness of each reinforcer. For one of the participants, the effectiveness of the motivating operation appeared to be influenced by the reinforcer class. |
|
|
20. Choosing to Repeat or Vary: Preference for a Lag Schedule of Reinforcement in Children With Autism |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ROBYN FISHER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Tracy L. Kettering (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer Goubeaud (Seguin Services, Inc.) |
Abstract: Basic behavioral literature suggest that an organisms preference for reinforcement schedules that require response repetition or variability is inversely related to the response requirements. For example, Rodrigues et al. (1995) found that preference for a Lag contingency decreased as the degree of variation required for reinforcement increased. Children with autism typically engage in repetitive motor and vocal behaviors. It is unknown, however, whether these individuals prefer repetitive behavioral patterns, or whether they engage in these patterns due to low reinforcement of other behaviors or because varied behaviors do not exist in their repertoire and thus cannot be selected through reinforcement. In the current study, repetitive and variable behavior was first brought under stimulus control by providing reinforcement for variable responses on a Lag 3/FR 3 schedule in the presence of one stimulus and providing reinforcement for repeated responses in the presence of a second stimulus. Once discriminated responding was observed in the multiple schedule, participants preference for varied and repeated schedules were assessed in a concurrent chain procedure. Results indicated that participants showed a preference for the repeated component of the multiple schedule. |
|
|
21. The Sharing Game: Understanding of Task Instructions and Resources Division With Preschool Children |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
GIOVANA ESCOBAL (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Gabriel De Oliveira Zin (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Gabriela Esteves Lopes (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Alice Frungillo Lima (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Stephanie J. Stolarz-Fantino (University of California, San Diego), Edmund J. Fantino (University of California, San Diego) |
Abstract: The current research aims to determine whether preschool children understand the task instructions and can demonstrate their opinions on how a resource should be distributed in a forced choice paradigm, as in the Sharing Game (Kennelly & Fantino, 2007). In a within-subjects design,2 experiments were conducted involving repeated-trials over10 opportunities in which 17 male and female preschoolers made choices to distribute resources between themselves and a passive other. The task involved simplified verbal instructions and was visually presented in a table-top format with cardboard, metal coins, and2 stuffed animals,1 in each side of the cardboard. The results showed that for the boys, there was a higher percentage of competitive choices while, for the girls, the results showed a higher percentage of optimal choices. When confronted with the option of being egalitarian or altruistic, the results did not show gender difference. Both boys and girls tended to be more egalitarian than altruistic. Overall, the children's results indicated that the experimental set up was adequate to yield choice performance, but the extent to which each component of the instructional package (verbal instructions and presentation format) can be a relevant contextual variable is still under scrutiny. |
|
|
22. Detecting Changes in Non-Simulated Events Using Partial-Interval Recording and Momentary Time Sampling: Evaluating False Positives, False Negatives, and Trending |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MEGAN G. SCHMIDT (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University), Marissa A. Novotny (St. Cloud State University), Elizabeth A. Lood (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Interval methods of data collection are commonly used in the field of applied behavior analysis even though discontinuous measures, by definition, only sample the occurrences of a target behavior, and therefore, may be inaccurate. Several studies have evaluated false positives and false negatives in regards to interval methods of data collection using simulated data. However, none of these studies has evaluated false positives and negatives using nonsimulated behaviors. In addition, prior studies have not evaluated whether intervals methods of data collection obscure or produce trending that is evident in continuous records. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the sensitivity of partial interval recording (PIR) and momentary time sampling (MTS) for detecting changes in duration and frequency events with data recorded from soccer games. Three separate experiments were conducted to evaluate continuous event data for (a) false positives produced by interval methods, (b) false negatives produced by interval methods, and (c) trends that may become evident when data are converted to different interval sizes of PIR and MTS. The results from the study indicate that simulated data provide a good model for predicting the sensitivity of interval methods for detecting changes in nonsimulated behavior. |
|
|
23. The Effects of Errorless versus Trial-and-Error Instruction on Acquired Stimulus Relations |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
LUSINEH GHARAPETIAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Dave Pyles (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Errorless and trial-and-error instructional procedures were evaluated to assess effectiveness and efficiency with teaching symmetrical relations and producing derived transitive relations. A computer program was used to evaluate performance for four undergraduate students. A multi-element design embedded within a multiple baseline design was used to evaluate the teaching techniques. Dependent measures included the number of blocks to mastery during the training phase, the proportion of correct responses for direct and symmetric probes administered throughout the training phase, the proportion of correct responding on training, symmetry testing, and transitivity testing, and the rate of responding per minute. While results were inconclusive about the more effective instructional procedure, specific differences in individual subject performance were observed regarding the efficiency of learned relations and the maintenance of emergent relations. |
|
|
|
|
EDC Poster Session 3 |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Class-wide Intervention Targeting Interactive Behavior for the Cooperative Learning Process |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KENICHI OHKUBO (Hokkaido University of Education) |
Abstract: To manage behavior of students in regular classroom, We need to discuss about class-wide intervention in parallel with individual support plan. In this topic, "cooperative learning" have received a lot of attention in recent years. There is a report that diversity of group member promotes the cooperative learning process. But, it will become difficult for making up peer group alone to effective cooperative learning. Johnson et al. (1993) points out that (1) it is not satisfied only by making up group and prompting collaboration, (2) students must have skills for cooperation, (3) cooperative behavior need to be reinforced. In this study, I intervened afifth grade classroom consisting of 31 students. The following is the procedure, (1) teaching "rule of discussion" and posted this rule in classroom, (2) let students evaluate self performance about frequency of speech in class and cooperative skills. As a result, interaction among students increased, and category of speech in class transformed. In addition, promoted class-wide on task behavior and most students became good listener. |
|
|
2. Use of a Live Dog as a Motivating Prompt for Journaling in a Fourth Grade Classroom |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
VALERI FARMER-DOUGAN (Illinois State University), John Majewski (Illinois State University), David Wolfe (Eastern Illinois University), Amy Schumacher (McLean County Unit School District 5) |
Abstract: A golden retriever was introduced as a motivator for journaling in a 4th grade regular education classroom. Baseline samples of journal writing were collected over7 journal entries. Following this baseline, the dog was introduced to the children. The dog provided the story starter and responded to the childrens writing for 9 journal entries: The classroom teacher read the daily letter from the dog. The children were told that the comments on their journals were from the dog, and that they may write directly to the dog, if they wished. The first two authors of the paper provided the dog feedback. Following the first intervention, baseline was instated for 4 journal entries, with the classroom teacher once again providing the prompts, but this time reminding the children to use describer words. After this second baseline, the dog intervention was repeated for 5 journal entries, with the dog encouraging the children to write descriptively. The number of words, sentences, sentence fragments, and describer words used within a journal entry were collected. Results showed that, regardless of academic abilities, children significantly increased their use of descriptor words when writing to the dog. No changes were found in the number of words used or the number of sentences used. Interestingly, during the final intervention the number of sentence fragments increased, with the children adding describer words using sentence fragments. The results show that a simple intervention of using a live dog as a pen pal increases the motivation and complexity for writing in journals for late elementary school children. |
|
|
3. An Independent Group Contingency to Maintain Appropriate Behaviors of Middle-School Students with Developmental Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CAROLYN S. RYAN (Institute for Children with Autism and Related Disorders), Lauren Perazzo (Carle Place School District) |
Abstract: The current report describes an independent group contingency that was implemented in a public special-education classroom serving four middle-school students with varying developmental disabilities. An independent group contingency is one in which reinforcement for each student in a classroom is dependent on that student meeting a criterion that is in effect for all members of the classroom (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2007). Three target behaviors were identified: doing work, following directions, and sitting quietly. Target behaviors were defined and visually displayed for all students using a written daily schedule divided into nine equal intervals. Each student had the opportunity to earn one check for each behavior displayed throughout each interval, for a total of three checks. Three earned checks during any given interval were awarded one raffle ticket. Raffle tickets were entered into a lottery for a drawing at the end of the day. The method described above was repeated throughout the day. Data are reported for each of the three target behaviors for each student. Average daily percentage of checks earned ranged from 76% to 100% across students. The current method represents an efficient means of improving and maintaining appropriate behavior in a middle-school special-education program. |
|
|
4. Applying Applied Behavior Analysis to the American Heart Association Pediatric Advanced Life Support (PALS) Program: Shaping Behavior of Doctors and Nurses Who Assess and Treat Critically Ill Children |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
RICHARD COOK (Penn State University) |
Abstract: The American Heart Association (AHA) Pediatric Advanced Life Support (PALS) course has become a required certification for many physicians, nurses, and other health care professionals who take care of acutely critically ill children. The course, now in its 24th year and 6th revision, emphasizes key concepts in the first phases of resuscitation of children, including teamwork, performance of medical skills, applying critical interventions, and evaluating their effectiveness. The program's evolution has increased the focus upon consistency in educational content thru the use of video presentations, and purports to place great emphasis on "hands on" learning. However, increased quantity of informational content, decreased time requirements, and lack of task analyzed specific guidelines for skill learning, skill performance, and equipment availability, result in decreased opportunity to learn "cold" the many skills, including the “skills” related to making judgments, conducting clinical evaluations, determining appropriate interventions, evaluating effectiveness, and making ensuing, immediate revisions to the treatment plan. Given the importance of learning psychomotor and algorithmic assessment skills, ABA is well suited for use in both assessing and improving (making more behaviorally consistent) the teaching methods, and in assessing and comparing that which students have learned in the various approaches. While consistency in the manner in which the course is offered is emphasized by the AHA, variations occur regularly not only between programs offered by the many different training centers and sites, but also within the program a given site offers. Task analysis allows one to compare learning of component skills, which can be linked to form habits. While the AHA notes incorporation of techniques for adult learners, evaluation from an ABA perspective quickly reveals areas for improving learning effectiveness, such as in having enough items of equipment to allow the student to develop discrimination, generalization, and maintenance. Some studies cited in support of the program's teaching effectiveness purport supportive conclusions, but fail to cite socially valid or clinically significant parameters or outcome variables, and lack the data to do so. This paper presents a behaviorally based evaluation of the program's teaching approaches, as well as suggestions for changes likely to foster more efficient, generalized, and maintained learning. |
|
|
5. Repeated Writing and Students With Behavior Disorders |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
AMY LYNN EVANS (The Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: Students with emotional and behavior (EBD) disorders tend to perform behind her same age peers on many academic tasks. Expressive writing is an academic task that many students with EBD find particularly challenging. Three middle school students with emotional and behavior disorders served as participants and learned strategy for writing called POW+TREE (POW: pick my idea, organize my notes, write and say more; TREE: topic sentence, reasonsthree or more, explain, ending). After successfully acquiring the POW+TREE writing strategy the students received an intervention called repeated writing. repeated writing had the students writing a response to a story starter each day for four consecutive days. The results show all students wrote more persuasive parts in their compositions and improved the quality of their written response. maintenance measures also indicated a positive outcome. The data are presented on standard celeration charts. |
|
|
6. The Impact of Study Objectives on Exam Performance in Introductory Psychology Courses |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHRYN M. POTOCZAK (Shippensburg University) |
Abstract: Study objectives are one component of Keller’s Personalized System of Instruction (PSI) that is relatively easy to include as part of the typical structure of a university general education course, in addition to small, manageable units of material and frequent examinations. The purpose of this study was to determine their effectiveness as a learning tool within General Psychology, an introductory course for nonmajors. Sixty-two undergraduate students across 2 sections were provided with detailed study objectives for the4 even-numbered units in the course; no study objectives were provided for the4 odd-numbered units. All units were followed by a 50-question multiple-choice exam. A dependent-measures t-test of the nonstudy objective exam average across participants (M = 34.07) versus the study objective exam average (M = 35.94) was significant (t = -4.794; p = 0.00). Data from a follow-up questionnaire also indicated that students preferred studying using specific learning objectives (82%), and felt more confident when preparing for and taking exams (82%). |
|
|
7. Effects of Implementing a Commitment Response on Module-Quiz Taking in College Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
WILLIAM J.P. REILLY (West Virginia University), Sally Huskinson (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: In Introductory Psychology courses at West Virginia University, 29% of students final grades are based on module quizzes taken outside of class throughout the semester. Taking these quizzes prior to the corresponding lecture is thought to have many beneficial effects on students class performance. However, instructors report that most students do not take the quizzes prior to lecture. We examined whether a commitment response would improve pre-lecture module-quiz taking for Introductory Psychology students, and whether increased pre-lecture module-quiz taking would correspond with increased exam scores. Twelve college students scheduled times and signed a contract stating that they would take module quizzes prior to lecture. The commitment response improved pre-lecture module-quiz taking, relative to baseline, for most participants, but these increases were not associated with higher exam scores for any participants. Because the commitment-response procedure used in the present study contained multiple components, it is unclear which component(s) were responsible for increased pre-lecture module-quiz taking. Future research is needed to address this question. Overall, the present study showed that the commitment-response procedure used may be an effective, antecedent-based treatment for increasing quiz taking. |
|
|
8. Increasing Service Providers for Individuals With Autism: Outcomes From an Undergraduate Internship |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
TRACY LOYE MASTERSON (John Carroll University), Francine Dimitriou (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Kristine Turko (Mount Union College), Allison Frazier (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Lauren Harville (Cuyahoga County Community College) |
Abstract: Secondary to the high demand for ABA-based interventions for the ASD population, it has been suggested that economical methods of training professionals/paraprofessionals is needed (Thompson et al., 2009). Developing ways to affordably educate undergraduates about autism/ABA, alongside opportunities to work directly with individuals on the spectrum, is one way in which the suggestions of Thomson and colleagues can be realized. Over the past 3 years, several universities have partnered with the Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism (CCCA) to form an innovative internship program in ASD. The goal of the current study is to analyze outcome data from the undergraduate internship program in ASD. Specifically, data from the 2009-2011 internship programs have been collected. Preliminary data suggests that the internship program has been very successful from the perspective of the interns (n = 36), staff, and organizations involved (Table 1). The majority (88.5%) of the interns noted that the internship was an "excellent" contribution to career goals and rated the internship as excellent (84.6%). Comparison of the pre-test and post-test of autism knowledge following internship completion revealed an increase in knowledge (t =6.528, p < .01). Moreover, the majority of students are continuing to work with individuals on the spectrum in a variety of contexts with 7 of the former interns hired as full-time employees at CCCA. |
|
|
9. Semantics Maintained Equivalence Relation for Japanese-Kanji Reading Through Stimulus-Pairing Training for Children With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MIKIMASA OMORI (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University) |
Abstract: Children with developmental disabilities often show difficulty in reading, especially in Kanji (ideogram). They also have difficulties acquiring the stimulus relationship between3 types of stimuli: pictures, written words, and sounds. Previous research suggested that children with autism acquired the Kanji reading skills and constructed other stimulus relationship by using stimulus-pairing training. However, their maintenance rates were very low and this may be the lack of semantics. In the present study, we examined controlling variables on acquisition and maintenance of Kanji reading skills, picture naming skills, and comprehension skill through stimulus-pairing trainings for children with developmental disabilities. For the semantics, we prepared the stimuli that participants could name the corresponded picture but could not read Kanji, in order for participants to refer the meanings. In a trial, three types of stimuli, Kanji, sound of Kanji, and corresponded picture, were presented simultaneously and sequentially on the computer. Each of stimuli was presented for 2 seconds and3 times. With 7 participants, results indicated that they could successfully acquire the Kanji reading skills, comprehension skill, and also showed the maintenance of their learning for more than 2 weeks. The result suggested that semantics facilitate the acquisition and maintenance of equivalence relation. |
|
|
10. An Incentive Program to Improve Instructional Staff Behavior |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
AUDREY ALBERSTADT (Matthew's Center), Stephanie Kerr (Matthew's Center), Theodore A. Hoch (George Mason University) |
Abstract: Incentive and rewards programs can be an effective means to reinforce and increase the likelihood of desired behaviors. Paraprofessionals working with students with developmental disabilities must exhibit specific behaviors in order to be effective with their students. When these behaviors do not occur, an incentive and reinforcement program may offer an effective solution. A withdrawal design was used to investigate the success of an incentive program on increasing targeted staff behaviors. A menu of items was created from a survey administered to staff in which they rank ordered preferences for a variety of items. Following baseline, staff were awarded "ProPoints" when they were observed engaging in the targeted staff behaviors. These points were then exchangeable for items off of the menu. Baseline intervention and follow-up data are reported to determine efficacy of the intervention. |
|
|
11. Parental Involvement in the Positive Behavior Support to Address Young Children with Challenging behaviors: An Overview of the Research Literature |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
MINKYUNG SUH (University of Washingon) |
Abstract: Under IDEA and Part C, behavioral intervention approaches are increasingly being used with focus on prevention and parental involvement in the natural setting. With the response to enactment of federal law, practitioners have put efforts toward promoting effective, meaningful, acceptable, and durable changes in child behavior and improving family quality of life. Over the past decade, researchers focused on positive behavior support (PBS) within the family context and have made significant impact on the improvement of the quality of family and the reduction of children' challenging behaviors. In positive behavior support, strategies for dealing with challenging behaviors are developed and maintained by social-ecological factors that affect children's development. It emphasizes the child's natural environment that includes parent-child relationships. This approach is heavily based on the theoretical and empirical literature on family support, which involves family ecological theory and behavioral parent training. This literature review focuses on integrating information and research findings for positive behavioral Supports for parents for children with autism spectrum disorder. Parenting training programs have (a) provided parents with the information and skills to reduce the stress that a child with autism puts on the family, and (b) promoted the child's behavioral control at home. Research showed that parents who attended to the training programs showed some gains in measures of stress and depression, and parent-child satisfaction. Prevention and early intervention strategies of young children with challenging behaviors include proactive and positive strategies. Unlike traditional behavioral interventions, proactive strategies focus on (a) preventing behavioral problems through arranging environmental stimuli, antecedent strategies, and consequent strategies, and (b) teaching replacement behaviors. In addition to teaching new behaviors, many studies focus on including parents' priorities and concerns as the service delivery is being carried out. |
|
|
12. Mastery Versus Fluency |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
POOJA PANESAR (Kaizora Consultants), Emily Alexandra Winebrenner (Global Autism Project) |
Abstract: Most ABA methodology requires accuracy as the requirement for mastery. However, if a skill has been mastered at 100% accuracy, it may still not be fluent. The requirement for fluency is based upon accuracy as well as speed. If a skill can be mastered and fluent, it will also be generalized more efficiently as the responses can be recalled more efficiently.
Data at Kaizora (ABA centre in Nairobi, Kenya) has been collected for various programs across various children in mastery as well as fluency. After a skill has been shown as mastered at a requirement of at least 90% for 3 days in a row, it was moved to Fluency Based Precision Teaching. The results showed that what was shown as mastered was not yet fluent. The child still made errors and only showed a limited number of correct responses. Over a period of time of fluency training, the correct responses per minute increased, and errors decreased to zero. Data attached shows how much more room for improvement there was after reaching mastery criteria in three programs across two students. |
|
|
13. Evaluation of Performance-Based Versus Pre-Set Conventional Criterion for Reinforcement in Check In-Check Out |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN HARPOLE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Joe Olmi (University of Southern Mississippi), Julie Sherman (University of Southern Mississippi), Chandler McLemore (University of Southern Mississippi) |
Abstract: With educational resources limited, refinement of procedures for standard protocol interventions must occur. The purpose of the present study was to compare which method of criterion-setting, performance-based or pre-set conventional, within Check In-Check Out produced greater improvements in childrens behavior. Eight general education elementary students in three Southeastern schools served as participants in addition to their teachers. Standard Check In-Check Out procedures were implemented. Appropriate and problem behavior was assessed for participants and control peers across various dependent measures. Treatment integrity and acceptability were also evaluated. The current study serves as one of the few studies in the Check In-Check Out literature with (a) a comparison of criterion setting methods, (b) inclusion of Daily Behavior Report Card data, (c) direct observations of target students and control peers behavior, and (d) evaluation of treatment integrity for all days of CICO implementation. Results suggest that gains were made for all participants across both groups with larger gains evidenced by participants of the Pre-Set Conventional group. However, the study produced implications for expected gains, which may aid practitioners in selecting those students who may benefit most from Check In-Check Out as compared to those who may require more intensive interventions. |
|
|
14. Using Stimulus Equivalence Technology to Teach Research Design Conditional Relations for Undergraduate Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ANA CAROLINA SELLA (University of Kansas), Glen W. White (University of Kansas), Daniela M. Ribeiro (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: There is much criticism to higher education; one concerns the ineffectiveness of instructions used in this setting. Behavior analysis has been involved in the development and evaluation of several educational methods, including the use of stimulus equivalence technology to teach concepts. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of a stimulus equivalence instructional package on four undergraduates performance in conditional discrimination tasks that involved research design names, definitions, notations, and examples. Participants remained in the study only if their percentage of correct responses in Probes 1, 2, and 3 was lower than 50%. Thirty-six experimental stimuli, comprised of nine research design names, nine research design definitions, nine research design notations, and nine examples were presented in a matching to sample format during teaching and emergent relation testing sessions. Probes consisted of nine open-ended questions on the taught conditional relations and new examples. All participants learned all conditional relations, showed emergence of symmetric and transitive relations, and generalized from the selection-based tasks (teaching and emergent testing tasks) to the topography-based tasks (open-ended probes). Lessons learned from this study can help in programming effective instruction for higher education settings. |
|
|
15. Decreasing Latency on Hard Math Tasks: Interspersal Using a Laptop Computer |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
WILLIAM J. CALDERHEAD (Murray State University) |
Abstract: This study replicated and extended research on interspersing of academic tasks, in particular the work of Belfiore, Lee, Vargas, and Skinner (1997) showing that sequences of single-step, single-digit (easy) math problems preceding multiple-step, multiple-digit (hard) problems decreased latency to initiate hard problems for students in an alternative education school. This author investigated whether three middle school students’ latency to initiate math problems was functionally related to changes in the interspersal of easy and hard math items during computer practice sessions. In the first phase, students exhibited shorter mean latencies on easy than on hard problems. In the second phase, participants demonstrated shorter mean latencies during sessions with interspersed easy and hard problems than during sessions consisting only of hard problems. The third phase compared students’ performance on all-hard problem sessions versus interspersed sessions during which 10-second interprompt times (IPTs), or delays, were inserted between the last of a series of easy problems and the presentation of a hard problem. The effect of the 10-second IPTs was to disrupt the temporal contiguity of the interspersed easy and hard problems, thus reversing the beneficial effect of interspersal evident in the preceding phase. |
|
|
16. Evaluating and Comparing Two Iterations of the Taped-Problem Procedure on Class-wide Math Fact Performance |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Brian C. Poncy (Oklahoma State University), PAUL HANSMANN (Oklahoma State University), Levita Bui (Oklahoma State University) |
Abstract: Time delay procedures also known as Taped Problems interventions (TP) are intervention procedures that can be used in schools and across settings to assist students in building fluency as well as accuracy. A multiple probes across tasks (i.e., problem sets) alternating treatment design was used to evaluate the effects of the intervention. This design includes a baseline phase, which involves the administration of three assessments for a period of 5-7 days. During the baseline sessions all three sets of problems (A, B, and C) will be assessed in random order. Baseline sessions lasted approximately 4-5 minutes. Once the intervention phase began, each set of problems was sequentially targeted through the TP intervention for 20 schools days. The purpose of our presentation is to show that TP procedures are effective, but the ideal amount of time for delay has yet to be investigated. Specific question to be addressed include: 1) Which administration time (0 or 2 seconds) provides the most effective intervention. 2) Finding the best learning rates among these two math interventions. |
|
|
17. The Properties of Loss and Recovery for Mathematics Fluency |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
GARY J. DUHON (Oklahoma State University), Mary Giblet (Oklahoma State University), Brian C. Poncy (Oklahoma State University), Bethany Jordahl (Oklahoma State University), Cathy Laterza (Oklahoma State University) |
Abstract: The goal of this study was to evaluate the properties of forgetting, established for accuracy by Ebbinghaus, when applied to response fluency. More specifically this research examined the impact of varied durations of the termination of repeated practice on fluent responding. In addition the time required to produce recovery of fluent responding once practice was reestablished was also examined. Third grade students in a Midwestern school district were provided a daily explicit timing math fluency intervention. Students daily math fluency was measured prior to and immediately after 6, 10, 22, and 121 day breaks. The fluency intervention continued after the completion of the break and student performance was monitored until performance recovered. Preliminary analysis indicated that loss and/or forgetting effects, high performing students and has no significant effect for low or average students. In addition, the properties of fluency loss are similar to accuracy forgetting. Significance of the study is relevant to evaluation of assessment data and establishing performance benchmarks. Because fluency evaluations are often used to determine academic risk status and goal attainment, understanding the impact of instructional breaks on fluency may improve decision making with regard to currently used assessment methods. |
|
|
18. Relationships Among Accuracy and Fluency of Computation Skills, and Mathematics Achievement in Japanese School Children |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
WATARU NODA (Hamamatsu University School of Medicine), Junko Tanaka-Matsumi (Kwansei Gakuin University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have provided educationally useful measures of fluency for specific academic skills (Lindsley, 1992). We applied this ABA-derived measure to examine if accuracy and fluency of computation skills differentially predict overall mathematics achievement scores for Japanese children. A total of 345 Japanese public school children (first throughsixth grade) participated in 1-minute assessments for single-digit, and multi-digit computation problems including addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division. We calculated a percent correct score (accuracy measure) and the number of correct problems per minute (fluency measure). In addition, we conducted a Japanese standardized achievement test for mathematics (Kyouken-shiki Standardized Achievement Test). Results indicated that fluency of single-digit and multi-digit computation skills correlated strongly in each type of computation problems (r = .59 - .68). On the other hand, single-digit accuracy had low or no correlation with accuracy and fluency of multi-digit computation skills. In addition, hierarchical multiple regression analysis indicated that accuracy of computation skills did not predict mathematics achievement significantly, but fluency of computation skills did after controlling for grade. ABA-derived measures of fluency proved to exert differential effects on general mathematics achievement scores. Adding fluency component to academic instruction may contribute to the enhancement of overall academic achievement. |
|
|
19. Increasing Reading Fluency Using Repeated Readings With Phrase Correction and a Mystery Motivader |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL LEE (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Reading fluency is a critical skill that all students must master in order to be successful in any subject in school. However, for many students with special needs who struggle to read fluently, an academic intervention focusing on reading fluency alone oftentimes is not enough to make significant progress. Many students with special needs also require the addition of a behavioral intervention in order to be successful. In this case study, a Repeated Readings with Phrase Correction intervention procedure was implemented with the addition of a Mystery Motivader, a type of positive reinforcement schedule, to improve reading fluency in an elementary student with a cognitive disability. Results indicate a significant increase in the number of correct words read per minute. Students with both reading fluency and behavior difficulties can benefit from the techniques presented. Implications, limitations and suggestions for future research will be included. |
|
|
20. Group Contingencies to Increase Compliment Statements and Decrease Verbal Aggression Toward Classroom Peers |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER M. KING (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Susan K. Malmquist (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Laura J. Henderson (blueballoon Health Services) |
Abstract: Although previous studies have demonstrated the positive effects of group contingencies on behaviors targeted for reduction (e.g., Greenwood, Hops, Delquadri, & Guild, 1974; Harris & Sherman, 1973). Fewer studies have targeted increases in positive peer interactions, such as appropriate verbal responding or social behavior. The current study evaluated a group contingency with a variation of a response cost procedure (i.e., the teacher earning points) on the appropriate and inappropriate social behavior of students in a special education classroom. Conditioned reinforcers (i.e., points) were provided to students for displaying compliment statements and points were awarded to the teacher contingent on student verbal aggressive statements. Reinforcement was provided for meeting specific behavioral criteria in a changing criterion design. The results of the study demonstrated that the group contingencies implemented in the form of the You and Me Game successfully decreased verbal aggressive statements and increased compliment statements for the randomly selected 5 target students during the school lunch period. |
|
|
21. The Effects of Curriculum Modification on On-Task Behavior and Academic Performance |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER HADDOCK (Center for Behavior Analysis and Language Development), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (Center for Behavior Analysis and Language Development), Daniel B. Shabani (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Curriculum modifications are a commonly used antecedent behavior management strategy utilized during academic instruction. In the current study, the effects of repeated and novel stimuli presentation on the on-task behavior and academic performance of a young child diagnosed with autism were evaluated using an Alternating Treatments Design. Conditions compared included, 1) repeated stimuli, 2) randomly arranged repeated stimuli, and 3) novel stimuli. Results of the analysis indicated that presentation of novel stimuli produced higher levels of independent on-task behavior, relative to repeated and randomly arranged repeated stimuli. The utility of this sort of curriculum modification will be discussed. |
|
|
22. The Effects of Teacher Implementation of Evidence-based Practice on Student Outcomes |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
BLAKE HANSEN (Brigham Young University) |
Abstract: The environment that teachers provide has an impact on student learning and behavior. In this study, 16 elementary school teachers at a school in a high-poverty neighborhood were provided training and feedback on the delivery of 3 evidence-based practices. Contingent praise, clear expectations, and frequent opportunities for student responses were taught within an in-service format. Teachers were observed by trained observers and data were organized within a multiple baseline across skills design. Approximately half of the teachers implement these practices to satisfactory levels. The relationships between teacher implementation and student behavioral and academic outcomes were tested. It was determined that there was a significant relationship between the level of implementation of evidence-based practices and student discipline and academic outcomes. Students in classrooms where teachers implemented the 3 evidence-based practices to high levels were less likely to be referred to the office for disciplinary reasons and had higher reading scores. These results are presented and discussed. |
|
|
|
|
PRA Poster Session 2 |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Using the 3-Step Prompting Procedure to Decrease Prompts and Increase Compliance of Preschool Children With and Without Developmental Delays |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID BICARD (Behavior Analysts of Central Alabama, LLC), T. Gayle McLemore (University of Memphis), Sara C. Bicard (Auburn University), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the effects of training paraprofessionals to implement 3-step prompting on the frequency of caregiver instructions and the instructional compliance of preschool children with and without developmental delays. Training included a written description of the procedure, role-playing opportunities, and feedback. Paraprofessionals were newly hired staff members. Results showed the three-step prompting procedure was effective in decreasing the number of teacher instructions and increasing the compliance of preschoolers to teacher instructions on first opportunity. |
|
|
2. CANCELED: Are We Testing for Stimulus Control or Creating New Stimulus Control? |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
LARS INGE HALVORSEN (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: This study replicated the research of Cook, Kwak, Hoffman, & Loftus (2009) where they looked at post-event activities that induces subjects to pick a wrong person in a forced choice identification procedure. The goal of the study was to investigate, does providing a neither option to a match to sample task increase the accuracy of responding. The subjects were asked to study three pictures of faces for 10 seconds. After which they were asked to pick out the face in a forced choice situation in which the subjects were presented with two comparison pictures and indicate their response by choosing the left or right picture. In the second phase they studied pictures of three other faces and were asked to pick out the face when presented with two comparison faces. This time in addition to the two choices they could also indicate a neither response. The results show that accuracy of responding increased when subjects were presented with a neither option. We also found that after having been exposed to the same faces one more time the subjects ability to discriminate between the visual stimuli in the neither condition decreased their ability to discriminate between the visual stimuli. |
|
|
3. Achieving Academic Success With Emotionally and Behaviorally Disordered Middle School Students |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
ROBERT M. SCHIENLE (University of Nevada, Reno), Benjamin N. Witts (University of Nevada, Reno), Kaycee Bennett (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Elizabeth Sexton (Washoe County School District) |
Abstract: This study looked at the relationship between a behavioral framework consisting of a level system with an embedded token economy, and academic outcomes for middle-school students identified as having emotional and behavioral disorder. To assess treatment integrity, behavior-analytic interns from a graduate program in behavior analysis conducted adherence assessments to intervention components. These components included providing points for appropriate behaviors, issuing response costs for inappropriate behaviors, and developing and achieving success with teacher-specific goals. To test for intervention success, appropriate and inappropriate student behaviors were assessed across the school year through direct observations. To test for academic success, standardized test scores and class grades are collected throughout the year. All outcomes were tested against general education students in the same class, as well as students with emotional and behavioral disorder who did not receive the same level of support. Data indicate that behavioral and academic success are more highly correlated with the implementation of the intervention as compared to general education and non-supported students with emotional and behavioral disorder. |
|
|
4. Utilizing a Meta-Analysis to Evaluate the Follow Through of Recommendations Given by JABA Authors |
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory |
JEFFREY B. SMITH (University of Memphis), Kimberly Noel Frame (University of Memphis), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis) |
Abstract: A meta-analysis was conducted to establish whether or not a variety of recommendations given by past Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) authors were being implemented by current authors. Specifically, were treatment integrity, social validity, follow-up (maintenance), and interobserver agreement consistently being included within JABA published articles from 2005 through 2010. As a means to promote further dissemination of applied behavior analysis and/or to ensure that behavior analysts are considering this purpose to publishing research among other experimental reasons, it is important to take into consideration that a variety of clinicians who may want to generalize or apply JABA authors procedures to their own clinical setting often look for how specifically treatment components are implemented, how long the behavior(s) targeted maintain over time, and/or whether the treatment/behavior has social significance. The meta-analysis revealed that only interobserver agreement was included in the majority (average of 83.1%) of JABA articles published between 2005 and 2010. However, there was a decreasing trend with it's inclusion within the research across the issues as years progressed. In regards to treatment integrity, it's inclusion within the publications averaged 19.1% across the6 years in which the analysis included. Unlike the IOA analysis, a slight increasing trend was established according to the treatment integrity data. Social validity data was included in an average of 7.7% across all JABA issues and indicated a decreasing trend. Follow-up (maintenance) data was only included in an average of 14.6% of the reviewed issues; however, there was an increasing trend as the years progressed. Interobserver agreement between researchers of this analysis averaged 97% across all 4 components. |
|
|
5. A Review of the Literature on Error Correction Practices in Discrete Trial Training |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
NATALIE P. CROTEAU (Surrey Place Centre), Michelle Turan (University of Windsor), Lianne M. Moroz (Surrey Place Centre) |
Abstract: Error correction strategies are essential considerations for behavior analysts implementing discrete trial training with children with autism. The research literature, however is still lacking in the number of studies that compare and evaluate error correction procedures. The purpose of this review was to compare and contrast the literature from the last 20 years on error correction strategies in discrete trial training. 8 studies are defined, analyzed and compared in this poster presentation, allowing for consideration of future research needs in the area of error correction. |
|
|
6. Interventions for Self-injury in Young Children: A Review of the Literature |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER SHUBERT (University of Texas at Austin), Amanda L. Little (University of Texas at Austin), Ahilya Lakhanpal (University of Texas at Austin), Cindy Gervarter (University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: Self-injurious behavior (SIB) involves causing harm to one's own body which has proven to have serious damaging effects on an individual's long-term health, education, social interactions, and overall quality of life (Kurtz et al., 2003; Pragnell, 2009; Richman and Lindauer, 2005). SIB is a serious chronic problem that can continue well into adulthood (National Institutes of Health, 1989), and it has been reported that these behaviors are evident in children under the age of5 (Berkson, Tupa,& Sherman, 2001). This evidence suggests that research on the early emergence of SIB in young children with disabilities is warranted. An extensive review of the interventions used for individuals exhibiting self-injurious behavior was conducted by Kahng, Iwata, and Lewin (2002) examining participant characteristics, intervention trends, and the use of functional analyses. Using the quantitative approach of Kahng et al. (2002), the researchers conducted a literature review isolating for specific variables in order to examine those interventions being implemented for children ages birth through 10. The researchers report on interobserver agreement for inclusionary criteria, as well as demographic characteristics in the following categories: age group, gender, functional analysis or functional behavior assessment completed prior to intervention, interventionist, self-injurious behavior topography, intervention method, design, diagnosis, and results. |
|
|
7. Data Collection: The Next Frontier |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark Malady (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: With the recent advent of handheld smart phones as platforms for user-developed applications, there has been an online explosion of professional tools designed to increase efficiency and productivity in the workplace. One potential problem with early adoption of these tools is that some have the opposite effect of that intended, they slow the professional down. Once bitten, twice shy— professionals can then become hesitant to abandon practices and tools that already work. By training them to interact with those tools which are helpful, a behavior scientist can set a reinforcement trap to capture technological use. The purpose of this paper is to compare some current data collection methods and with potential tools available online for behavior analysts. These comparisons will be discussed in an effort to provide easily accessible information to disseminate behavioral packages which take advantage of some of the latest technological advances that are currently on the market. |
|
|
8. CANCELED: Intensive Behaviour Intervention for Adults Living With Acquired Brain Injury: Three Case Studies |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
MARY ROBERTA HOADLEY (Parley Services Limited), Stephanie Grace Jull (University of British Columbia), Nadine K. Trottier (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Three case studies of adult males with long-term, escalating behaviour challenges after surviving brain injury are reviewed in this paper. All three survivors demonstrated remarkable outcomes after receiving a Functional Assessment of Behaviour and intensive Positive Behaviour Supports for rehabilitation and recovery. Among adults, behavioural disturbances and poor psychosocial adjustment are common after acquired brain injury (ABI), even in the presence of generally good neurological recovery. Acquired brain injury presents overwhelming organic motivating operations through manifestations that include social and sexual disinhibition, mood dysregulation, impaired social perception, anxiety, rigidity, amotivation, egocentrism, depression and other neurological dysfunction. Furthermore, rehabilitation for ABI regularly includes a process of behavioural change to successfully integrate novel activities, habits, routines and attitudes that may not have been in pre-injury behaviour repertoires. When any type of rehabilitation with potential for positive outcomes fails to progress, behaviour challenges are most frequently cited as cause for failure and the discontinuation of rehabilitative supports. These case studies show convincingly that intensive behavioural supports are effective, even when they occur long after the commonly accepted window of opportunity for post-injury rehabilitation. Furthermore, the outcomes show that the resolution of problem behaviours can support general recovery. |
|
|
|
|
TBA Poster Session |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. Evaluating the Effects of Motivating Operations on Student Performance |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHANIE WACK (University of South Florida), Victoria A. Fogel (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: In order to evaluate the effects of motivating operations on student performance, three conditions are being examined: grade, extra credit, and feedback only. In all conditions, participants will be informed of the condition before the lecture begins and will take a quiz covering only the material presented in class immediately following the lecture. The participants will consist of 13 students between the ages of 18 and 25 in two undergraduate behavior analysis courses and data will be collected on quiz performance and on task behavior during lecture for every class except for exam classes. Sessions will take place on a weekly basis for approximately two hours and 50 minutes for each class. An Alternating Treatments Design will be used to assess the various conditions (i.e. feedback, grade, and extra credit) on lecture scores and on task behavior and an analysis of quiz performance and on task behavior will be conducted. |
|
|
2. Effects of Contingent Points for Submission and Quality of Writing Assignments |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
CAROLYN S. RYAN (Institute for Children with Autism and Related Disorders) |
Abstract: Writing across the curriculum has long been viewed as a method to teach the complexities of writing at the university level. The primary goal of the current study was to use the Ryan and Hemmes (2004) procedure to further study the effectiveness of points on academic performance in a Psychology course on behavior modification. Students earned points contributing to the final course grade for written assignments for each of3 research reports associated with APA-style papers (Self, Rat, and Grant). Contingent points were provided according to random assignment for submission and quality of written assignments. For each student, quality points were available for2 of4 sections of each paper, according to an alternating-treatments design. For each complete report, a listing of assignments was distributed for students to be completed and reviewed for each class. Completion of assignments based on each of the projects was submitted according to the assigned deadline. Performance improved when feedback and points were consequences of assignment completion. The current results provide support for quality points for submitted assignments compared to points only in order to improve submission rates and overall grades on final written reports. |
|
|
3. Outcomes of Training Challenging Behavior Teams Across Iowa in Behavior Analytic Assessments |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (University Of Iowa), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Sean D. Casey (Iowa Department of Education), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (University of Iowa Hospitals & Clinics), John F. Lee (University of Iowa), Tory J. Christensen (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: In this project, we trained regional school personnel to conduct functional analyses in school settings. The initial group of trainees is summarized in Table 1. Of the 33 trainees, most of their disciplines were either social work or school psychology. Trainees were trained in both their school and our outpatient clinic with local students who engaged in problem behaviors. A task analysis (TA; Table 2) was developed for conducting functional analyses. The TA included skills in preparation, decision making, and procedures. Thirty-one skills were represented in the functional analysis TA, and on each skill the trainee needed to show "expert status," meaning they were independent. Figure 1 summarizes the data for 6 trainees whose data were complete. As shown in Figure 1, the results showed that on average trainees almost doubled the number of skills gained in training. Specifically, during baseline, trainees showed expert status on an average of 6.2 functional analysis skills. At the end of Year 1 and Year 2, the average number of skills achieved at expert status was 12.7 and 22, respectively. In the poster, we will present summary data for all trainees spanning 2009–2012. |
|
|
4. Globalization of ABA: Organizational Initiatives and Responses in West AFrican Sub-region |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
USIFO EDWARD ASIKHIA (Home-Link Trust Inc) |
Abstract: Africa continues to exist as an underexplored and or unexplored continent as far as information on the prevalence and impact of disabilities on its inhabitants are concerned. According to Autism Speaks about 1% of the Worlds population or 67 million people are affected with some form of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Also according to the World Health Organization; Tens of millions in Africa are affected by autism which has been seen as a Developmental Disability Pandemic. Africa is about 15% of the worlds population. Using the projected figure above roughly 10 million Africans are affected by an ASD. Nigeria is about 15.5% of African population; when extrapolated, about 1.5 million of Nigerians may be affected by ASD. Ghana is about 2.4% of African population; when extrapolated, approx. one-quarter million of Ghana people may be affected by ASD. As at August 31st 2011, the BACB Certificant Registry indicates that just one BCBA Certificant [among others unknown officially] exist in African Continent; to address the developmental issues of about 10 millions children with ASD in Africa! This call to duty report has spurred some organizations to undertake a number of initiatives to promote ACCESS and facilitate INCLUSION of people with autism and other developmental disabilities in all facets of community life. |
|
|
5. Teaching Behavior Modification Competences in Psychology Students With a Blended Learning Strategy |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
ANTONIA RENTERIA (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico) |
Abstract: In traditional academic behavior modification programs, a face-to-face strategy among teacher-students is held in applied settings. In recent years the information and communication technologies are part of everyday life. In educational fields and higher education the learning management systems (LMS) are widely spread. In the psychology school of UNAM campus Iztacala, CUVED is a kind of Moodle Learning Management System with more of 5000 users. This LMS allowed this research. By means of a blended learning the main aim of this work was to teach theoretical behavior modification and several related competences in psychology students. A 2 stages b-learning strategy: theoretical and practical contents was tackled in the CUVED LMS and through attending classroom tasks. In conclusion, with the Learning Management System and attending classroom sessions the behavior modification competences were fullfilled among psychology students. |
|
|
6. An Assessment of Group Size During Interteaching Sessions |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
MATTHEW GENE SWERDAN (Youngstown State University), Rocio Rosales (Youngstown State University), James L. Soldner (Utah State University) |
Abstract: A key component of interteaching, as described by Boyce & Hineline (2002) is the opportunity for students to participate in "dyadic" or pair discussions. Although most interteaching studies have involved this pair discussion, this classroom arrangement may present concerns for an instructor. Specifically, facilitating discussion equally among all the students in the classroom may pose a challenge. Although the rationale for pair discussions is evident, no studies to date have evaluated the relative effectiveness of student performance when group size is manipulated. For this reason, the present investigation was designed to evaluate the effect of group size during pair discussions on student exam scores. An alternating treatments design was implemented, in which students in an undergraduate introductory psychology course were assigned to work in a group of 4–5 students, or groups of 2–3 students to discuss each preparation guide. All of the major components of interteaching were in effect during both conditions (i.e., availability of prep guides, clarifying lectures, and frequent exams.) Preliminary results indicate no significant differences between average exam scores across the two conditions. These results will be discussed with respect to suggestions for variations of the interteaching session and the potential for future component analyses. |
|
|
7. Evaluating the Efficacy of Guided Notes in Undergraduate Student Performance |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
VIVIANA GONZALEZ (University of South Florida), Ashlee M. Henrichs (University of South Florida), Errity Jones (University of South Florida), Victoria A. Fogel (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Inconsistencies in the effects of guided notes on student performance are noted in the literature (Austin et al., 2002; Neef et al., 2006; Williams et al., 2010). In order to evaluate the efficacy of guided notes in undergraduate student performance, three different note-taking conditions were examined: providing no notes to students, providing guided notes to students, and providing full notes to students. An alternating treatments design was conducted to evaluate the effects of the note-taking conditions on quiz scores in two undergraduate behavior analysis courses. An analysis of quiz performance was conducted on 11 weeks out of the semester for class one and 12 weeks out of the semester for class two. Results indicated slight differences in the note talking methods on the performance of each class as a whole, but no difference between note-taking conditions for individual performance. |
|
|
8. Increasing Participation in Parent Training |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
ANNE LAU (Autism Behavior Consulting Group, Inc.), Kelly Deacon (ABC Consultants, LLC) |
Abstract: There is substantial research supporting the impact of parent training on the effectiveness of treatment of children with developmental disabilities. Despite this knowledge many parents do not participate. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the impact that task clarification and delivery of praise or child care can have on parent participation. This study utilizes 8 parents of children with developmental disabilities, whom are currently receiving Applied Behavior Analytic treatment. All parents were given access to online training. Task clarification was provided for all participants and praise or child care was delivered contingent on the number of training modules completed. The number of modules complete was measured daily. The results of this multiple baseline study will assist in determining if these strategies can be used to increase parent participation with training methods in order to contribute to a more successful treatment program. |
|
|
9. The Use of a Checklist by Staff to Perform Errorless Discrete Trial Programming |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE HERZ (Manhattan Childrens Center), Virginia S. Wong (Manhattan Childrens Center), Sandy Shumar Pih (Manhattan Childrens Center), Samantha M. Solow (Manhattan Childrens Center), Amy J. Davies Lackey (Manhattan Childrens Center) |
Abstract: Accurate implementation of programming is essential in Applied Behavior Analysis to ensure that change is controlled by the intervention. One of the most popular interventions in applied behavior analysis is discrete trial training, which facilitates student learning through systematic repetition and reinforcement. To increase accurate implementation by direct care staff, researchers have utilized a variety of staff training tools. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of a checklist on staff implementation of discrete trial programming with students in a school for children with Autism. A multiple baseline experimental design was utilized across 6 participants. The treatment package consisted of a pre-developed checklist given to all instructors in a classroom to be implemented before each discrete trial program was run. Accuracy was measured using an observational procedure named teacher rate performance and accuracy (TPRA; Ingham & Greer, 1992), at least three times per week. The treatment package was removed from the classroom when the participant scored 80%, on a minimum of ten errorless TPRAs. Results showed an increase in accurate implementation of discrete trial programs across all participants. Inham, P., & Greer, R.D. (1992). Changes in student and teacher responses in observed and generalized settings as a function of supervisor observations. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 25, 153-164. |
|
|
10. Academic Genealogy of Behavior Analysts |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
MELINE POGOSJANA (California State University, Northridge), Marnie Nicole Shapiro (California State University, Northridge), Amanda Valencia (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: As one of the most prominent historians in behavior analysis wrote, "Just as the behavior of an organism is the function of its history [sic], so too, is the activity of a scientific discipline, that is, the history of the behavior of its scientists" (Morris, 1990; see Hull, 1990). Understanding the mentor/mentee relationship serves both a pedagogical and practical value for emerging behavior analysts. To minimize the disconnect between the generations of behavior analysts previous authors outlined the history of a research lab, university, organization, or an individual through visual depictions or written histories (see Baum, 2002; Dinsmoor, 1990; Todd & Morris, 1986). To add to past efforts, we aimed to visually depict the academic lineage of prominent figures and contributors of the field. We operationally defined prominent figures as current Fellows of ABAI (N = 74). We conducted an archival search using a combination of peer-reviewed articles, books, and web pages as well as a brief IRB approved survey. Interestingly, we found many of the Fellows can be directly linked to the pioneers of behavior analysis and to each other. We believe the information obtained from this study will benefit the field by contributing to the knowledge of emerging behavior analysts. We hope the academic genealogy evokes further reading and interest in the history of the field and its scientists. |
|
|
11. Training High School Students to Provide Behavioral Instruction to Children With Autism |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA BELZ (Children's Hospital of Michigan Autism Center), Krista M. Kennedy (Children's Hospital of Michigan Autism Center), Bethany Gorka (Children's Hospital of Michigan Autism Center) |
Abstract: Studies have shown that children with autism who receive intensive behavioral therapy can make significant progress in the acquisition of language, social, motor, and academic skills. However, children who make the most progress often receive intensive programs that are large in scope, requiring 20-40 hours of therapy weekly over the course of many years. Many families have difficulty finding the financial resources to meet this number of hours, as well as finding personnel with adequate training to administer the intensive therapy. In this study, the experimenters trained high school students to provide intensive therapy to autistic children. Our hypothesis was two-fold: first, the use of high school students would reduce the financial burden of therapy on the parents of children with autism; second, the techniques used to train high school students would enable them to perform ABA teaching methods to criteria previously established by research. By the end of the study, most of the high school students performed discrete trials independently with 90% minimum accuracy. The intertrial interval had the greatest impact on the percentage of accuracy. Parent and student satisfaction was reported to be high, based on social validation surveys completed at the end of the study. |
|
|
|
|
VRB Poster Session 2 |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall 4AB (Convention Center) |
|
1. The Effects of a Peer-Yoked Contingency on the Acquisition of Observational Learning |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Lisa Gold (Teachers College, Columbia University), EMILY KATZ (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to test the effects of a peer-yoked contingency on the students acquisition of observational learning repertoires. A delayed multiple probe design was used to measure participants acquisition of performance and academic observational learning. The dependent variable in this study was correct responses to probes for both performance observational learning and academic observational learning. The independent variable in this study was correct responses to a performance activity and the Peer-Yoked Contingency game board. Criterion for both observational learning repertoires was 80% correct responses to probe trials. Two target Participants and two peer confederates participated in this study. The target Participants were chosen because they did not have performance observational learning. Results showed that the Peer-Yoked Contingency game was effective for inducing performance and academic observational learning for the target Participants. Additionally, the intervention induced academic observational learning for both confederate peers. |
|
|
2. How Children Learn to Use Rules |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
JONAS FERNANDES GAMBA (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to identify variables that may promote rule-following and rule-construction behavior in five children with and without disabilities. The basic procedure involved teaching motor signs for known and unknown items through MTS tasks in a specific context, and testing for the emergence of mands and tacts and the rule-following and rule-construction behavior that required the use of this information in a different context. Participants learned to respond to signs by selecting the appropriate visual stimuli (pictures of containers, tools, and unfamiliar stimuli). Tacts were tested asking the participant to sign the pictures. Mands were tested in a context where the participants were required to sign for the missing tools necessary to use specific containers. Then, three unfamiliar stimuli were used to replace the stimuli used in the original training. The final tests assessed if the informations learned during the original training could be transfer to the unfamiliar stimuli. Results pointed out to the emergence of tacsts and mands after listener training for most of the participants. However, the transformation effect of verbal rules using unfamiliar stimuli seemed to be related with the existence of bidirectional relations between the signs and objects specified in the rule. |
|
|
3. Teaching Tacting With the Use of Carrier Phrases and Tacting in a Naturalistic Context |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGAN KLIEBERT (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Establishing a strong tacting repertoire is often one focus of language-training programs for children with autism and other developmental disabilities. In the current study, 2 participants with strong 1-word tact repertoires (i.e., at least 20 known tacts) were taught to tact using carrier phrases, e.g., I see a . In addition, one participant was taught to respond to a therapists tact of an item in an array of picture cards presented on a table by tacting a different item in the array. These skills were taught to promote tacting in more natural contexts, such as a caregiver reading a book to a child and taking turns tacting objects seen in the illustrations. Results indicate both participants acquired the use of carrier phrases when tacting and one participant has acquired tacting in a socially appropriate exchange. Generalization to both a naturalistic context (i.e, tacting pictures of novel items in a book) and a naturalistic setting (i.e., a library) will be assessed, and subsequent teaching will be conducted as needed. |
|
|
4. Instructional Accuracy and Feedback Frequency Effects on Human Instrumental and Verbal Performance |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
GERARDO A. ORTIZ RUEDA (Universidad de Guadalajara-Mexico), Yuria Cruz (Posgrado en Ciencia del Comportamiento-Universidad de Guadalajara-Mexico) |
Abstract: In the present study we explored the effects of instructional accuracy (pre-contact descriptions) as well as the feedback frequency (i.e. continuous, accumulated) on instrumental and verbal performance (i.e. post-contact descriptions or rules) on a first order matching-to-sample task. The pre-contact description given to subjects, as well as the post-contact descriptions made by all participants, were analyzed according to the proposal made for Ortiz, Gonzlez & Rosas (2008) (i.e. specific and pertinent, generic and pertinent, specific and non pertinent, generic and non pertinent, irrelevant, absent). 36 students were assigned to one of six experimental groups that differed both on feedback frequency and accuracy of the instruction given in the second phase of the experiment. Results show that subjects who received a Specific and Pertinent (SP) instruction with an accumulated feedback frequency had the best instrumental performance and elaborated the best post-contact descriptions (i.e. rule). Obtained data suggest the relevance of the Response component (R) of an instruction in the acquisition of an instructional function by a pre-contact description. |
|
|
5. Multiple Exemplars Versus Single Exemplar Teaching for Acquisition of Motor Imitation |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
DIANNA M. SHIPPEE (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center), Lauren Shibley (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: One arguably critical component of effective discrete trial teaching (DTT) is the use of multiple exemplars to promote stimulus generalization. For example, it behooves us to ensure that one can tact "dog" when shown a picture of a golden retriever and when shown a picture of a Jack Russell terrier. However, research is currently lacking on whether it is more efficacious for multiple exemplars to be introduced simultaneously or sequentially with only 1 exemplar taught at a time. The current study examined whether the acquisition of motor imitation skills could be achieved more rapidly in a simultaneous (i.e., multiple exemplar) teaching framework or in a sequential (i.e., single exemplar) framework. Each condition had 3 target exemplars that involved various actions with the same stimulus (e.g., roll ball, throw ball, bounce ball). In the multiple exemplar condition, all targets were taught simultaneously, while in the single exemplar condition, targets were taught 1 at a time to mastery. Results found that acquisition was faster in the multiple exemplar condition when compared to the single exemplar and control conditions. |
|
|
6. Functional Assessment of Drug Trafficking Terms |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
ANGELA SANGUINETTI (University of California, Irvine), Wendy Reyes (University of California, Irvine) |
Abstract: Narcotics trafficking is often described in ambiguous and inaccurate terms. This is problematic because imprecise verbal behavior in relation to some state of affairs inhibits effective action with regard to those events. An innovative methodology was used to explore verbal behavior in diverse media reports following the 2001 prison escape of Joaquin El Chapo Guzman Loera, reputed prominent agent of the Sinaloa Cartel. Results demonstrated that the terms cartel, mafia, gang, and organization were controlled in part by the same stimulus conditions, but which was emitted on a particular occasion was predictably related to other variables, including the speakers affiliation, immediate verbal context, and country of publication. We conclude that more precise terminology could improve efforts to understand and curtail narcotics trafficking. We also believe this methodology should continue to be developed as it may prove useful in analyzing other terms related to important social issues. |
|
|
7. The Discrimination of Intention: A Misattribution |
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory |
PAUL D. NEUMAN (Bryn Mawr College), Suzanne Nangle (Bryn Mawr College) |
Abstract: The attribution of intention does not involve the discrimination of intention but the discrimination of subtle behavior of actors by observers. Based on several theoretical papers (Neuman, 2007; Neuman, 2004; Leigland, 1996; Skinner, 1945) in behavior analysis and relevant empirical work (Dasser, et al, 1989; Leigland, 1989), we propose that one’s attribution of intention is based on the observation of behavior (both non-verbal and verbal) and the consequences of that behavior. The purpose of the first experiment was to identify the functional relations involved in the attribution of intention. Undergraduate students were asked to observe a series of interactions and identify instances of behavior involving intention. Behavior and its consequences as well as verbal instructions were varied and it was found that the attributions of intentions varied accordingly. The second experiment was designed to show that the attributions from first experiment could be reversed given detailed verbal descriptions prior to viewing each scenario. |
|
|
8. Analysis of Verbal Operants` Acquisition of a Child of 18 Months to2-years-old |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
ADRIANA CRUVINEL (Usp), Martha Hübner (USP Sao Paulo, Brazil) |
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to investigate the acquisition of verbal operants in a longitudinal research with a typical development child from eighteen months until two years old. Verbal responses emitted by the child and his caretakers in a natural setting were analyzed in categories based upon Skinners verbal operants (1957), trying to identify relations between the emission of operants by caretakers and the child. Possible interaction patterns in the acquisition of verbal behavior were investigated. Thirty four sessions of fifteen minutes of duration were registered and transcript per week. Results show an abrupt increase in the cumulative frequency of emission of tact, mand, echoic and intraverbal categories of the participant after twenty months of age. This increase also could be noticed simultaneously in the emission of the same categories of the caretaker. The most emitted category of the child was tacts, while the most emitted category by the caretaker was mands. The results suggest that caregivers arrange contingencies for the installation of verbal operant in the repertoire of the child. |
|
|
9. Tact Repertoires and Measures of Efficiency: Comparing the Effects of Two Behavioral Intervention Models With Students With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
EDWARD D. PARKER (Bluegrass Oakwood) |
Abstract: This study compared the effects of the Lovaas Method (LovM) and Verbal Behavior Approach (VBA) on the development of tact repertoires of three 11 to 12-year-old students with moderate to severe mental retardation. We administered the ABLLS-short form, determined current levels of performance, and implemented the protocols in an alternative school for students with developmental disabilities. Specifically, 10 targets from two categories were taught receptively to mastery criterion and then expressively to mastery criterion using the LovM, and ten different targets from the same categories were trained using VBA, which included transfer trials across operants. A within-subject alternating treatments with baseline design was used to evaluate skill acquisition and identify an optimal practice in regards to frequency of target operants mastered to criterion, measures of efficiency, maintenance, and generalization. The results of this investigation suggest that both protocols are effective in teaching receptive and tact target operants; however, across all participants, VBA resulted in fewer errors and was more efficient in teaching tact operants. Limitations and recommendations for future research are discussed. |
|
|
10. CANCELED: The Use of Pause Prompt to Develop Conversational Skills |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
REUT PELEG (Centro ABA), Nicole Metelo Dias (Centro ABA), Rita Goncalves (Centro ABA) |
Abstract: One very frequent deficit observed with autistic individuals is faulty conversational skills. Even when autistic individual acquire functional ecoics, tacts and intraverbals, faulty autoclitics, amongst other variables, lead to the inability to comment during ongoing conversations. This inability hinders the individual's possibility to interact effectively. As such, this inability may also affect others' willingness to interact with the individual, which in turn could reduce social, leizure and occupational opportunities. This paper will report an intervention based on a pause prompt and the use of negative reinforcement to teach three autistic individuals to comment during an ongoing conversation. The intervention was applied with three individuals of different ages (seven, ten and nineteen years); in different contexts (school, individual and community); and different verbal repertoires. The intervention technology was developed based on the premiss that the pause will trigger discomfort in the individual, which in turn will set the occasion for the therapist to negatively reinforce the occurence of verbal comments. |
|
|
11. Analysis of Problem-Solving Communication Among Dyads |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
GREGORY SCOTT SMITH (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Carolyn Brayko (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This paper presents novel data analyses that are part of an ongoing and emerging line of research, which investigates numerous human psychological phenomena. The initial analyses in this line of research examined the problem-solving behaviors of dyads working together on analogue organizational tasks, through the framework of metacontingency (Smith & Houmanfar, under review). The current paper, however, extends this line of research by examining, in particular, the problem-solving communication between dyad members, in real-time, as they worked together to solve problems. While the first study in this research line demonstrated that evolving metacontingency concepts are applicable to empirical observations of selection at the socio-cultural level, this subsequent work is aimed at better understanding some of the processes through which selection at this level of analysis occurs, specifically in terms of the verbal communication among group members as they work together. Data analyses pertaining to verbal communication among each dyad are presented, as well as how these varying patterns of communication correlate with problem solving performance. Directions for future research in this line and suggestions for application of findings are discussed. |
|
|
12. Promoting the Emergence of Intraverbal Responses in Young Adults With Intellectual Disability: Verbal Behavior Topography and Function |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDRESA A. DE SOUZA (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), Tracy Tufenk (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Skinner (1957) attested that the acquisition of one type of verbal operant will not necessarily occasion the emergence of another type of verbal response topography. In contrast, several studies have shown that multiple exemplar training (MET) is a mechanism that can facilitate the emergence of untrained operants, and it has been considered a powerful tool for establishing generalized operant responses also known as derived relational responses in the language of Relational Frame Theory (RFT). Using a multiple probe design across participants, the current study evaluated the effects of two training protocols in the emergence of untaught intraverbal responses (listing and vocal spelling of words). In Experiment 1, four participants diagnosed with intellectual disability were trained in taking dictation responses and tested for the emergence of intraverbal responses in the form of vocal spelling of words. In Experiment 2, three out of the four participants were trained to relate three sets of three synonyms each using a conditional discrimination training, and tested for the emergence of intraverbal responses in the form of listing and vocal spelling of synonyms. The results demonstrated that the training procedures used during both experiments were effective in occasioning the emergence of untrained intraverbal responses. It was suggested that participants should have had a history of relational responding through the course of their academic life which facilitated the emergence of different intraverbal responses in this study. |
|
|
13. A Partial Replication of the Effects of Intensive Tact Instruction on Young Children With Speech Delays on Pure Tact in Noninstructional Settings |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
JEREMY H. GREENBERG (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong) |
Abstract: The present study is a partial replication of an earlier work that was effective in teaching 3-4 year old boys with autism to increase their tacts emitted in non-instructional settings. The treatment package included an intensive tact instruction procedure on number of tacts. The participants in the present study varied slightly to girls and also included slightly older students up to 7 years old. The non-instructional settings were almost identical to the original study and included: the play area of the classroom, the play area of the classroom during unpacking time, and the lunch table. The experimental design was similar in that both studies used a multiple probe design across participants. All probe sessions were conducted daily for a cumulative 15 minutes, 5 minutes in each NIS. Intensive tact instruction included direct instruction of 100-tact learn units in addition to the daily learn units that the students were already receiving. |
|
|
14. Transformation of Stimulus Function Across Textually Responding and Writing Arabic Numbers |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIZABETH SNELL (Teachers College, Columbia University), Christopher Miller (Teachers College, Columbia University), Petra Wiehe (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) on the emergence of reading and writing Arabic numbers through the ten millions place value. Participants consisted of 4 typically developing 4th grade students from a class that implemented a behavior analytic model of teaching. Participants were selected because they could not read or write Arabic numbers through the ten millions place value. Baseline conditions consisted of teaching a set of numbers to mastery using single exemplar instruction as either a textual response or dictated written response followed by probe trials in the opposite topography. Treatment conditions consisted of teaching a second set of numbers by rotating across reader and writer topographies. Upon mastery of the second set of numbers, the first set was probed in the untaught topography. A third set of numbers was taught using a single response topography opposite to the one that was used in the initial set to ensure that reciprocity was present between topographies. This was followed by probe trials for the untaught topography. A multiple baseline across participants design was implemented. Results of the experiment showed an increase in correct responses in the untaught topography as a result of multiple exemplar instruction. |
|
|
|
|
Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM) Editorial Board Meeting |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 PM–9:30 PM |
Metropolitan Ballroom A (Sheraton) |
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
Presenting Authors: |
In this meeting of the JOBM Editorial Board, the recent performance of the journal will be reviewed, and attendees will provide input on issues pertaining to the journal. All members of the JOBM Editorial Board, members of the Organizational Behavior Management Network, and other interested parties are invited to attend. |
Keyword(s): JOBM |
|
|
|
|
Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (SPABA SIG) |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 PM–9:50 PM |
Capitol Hill (Sheraton) |
Chair: Tracie L. Lindblad (Four Points Intervention Strategies, Inc.) |
Presenting Authors: |
Our Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (SPABA) business meeting is open to anyone interested in promoting a behavioral approach to the analysis and treatment of speech and language disorders. The meeting will consist of member reports on mission-related activities and several brief invited presentations of professional interest to attendees. The Student Research Grant recipient will also present on the award winning submission. As well, SPABA will present a dissemination award to an ABAI student member for work in raising awareness about behavior analysis among speech-language pathologists. The SPABA business meeting will be followed by a social hour reception to allow for informal interaction among SIG members and interested others. Please feel free to join us and bring guests. |
Keyword(s): language training, speech pathology, speech therapy, verbal behavior |
|
|
|
|
Celebrating Fred S. Keller's 113th Birthday: A Legend and Good Friend |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 PM–9:50 PM |
Revanna C (Sheraton) |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Sherman Yen (Asian American Anti-Smoking Foundation) |
ALLISON Y. LORD (Asian American Anti-Smoking Foundation) |
C.J. CONRAD (Asian American Anti-Smoking Foundation) |
MARIA TERESA ARAUJO SILVA (Universidade de Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: In memory of our beloved friend. The discussants will share their personal encounters with this great behavioral scholar with warm personalities. Throughout the session, the discussants will share their personal encountered with Fred, and his long-term impact on them. The most unique of the session starts with Frances' DVD presentation and followed by both pictorial and verbal presentation. It is not PSI concentrated presentation, but a few laughs and tears from memories of the discussants. The participants both and never met Fred will share the session. The participants will receive a free DVD, whichconsists ofmore than 20 warm stories about the discussants and Fred. Murray Sidman's Fred S. Keller - Rememberings will also be included in the new DVD. It is a historical session. |
Keyword(s): Fred Keller |
|
|
|
|
The Ogden R. Lindsley Standard Celeration Chart Share |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Metropolitan Ballroom B (Sheraton) |
Chair: Malcolm D. Neely (Standard Celeration Society) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Ogden R. Lindsley Standard Celeration Chart Share provides an opportunity for all to see, hear, and share data across the behavior spectrum using paper, transparency, and digital daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly Standard Celeration Charts presented rapidly in spirited friendship. |
|
|
|
|
St. Cloud State University Reunion |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Everett (Sheraton) |
Chair: Gerald C. Mertens (St. Cloud State University) |
This will be a fun time for alumni, students, faculty, and friends of St. Cloud State University. |
Keyword(s): MN friends, Reunion Huskies, St. Cloud |
|
|
|
|
Friends of Brazil 2 |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Redwood A (Sheraton) |
Chair: A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
The São Paulo School for Advanced Science: Autism has begun an important relationship with international behavior analysis colleagues and students. Participants in the 2012 event held in São Carlos in January and other interested individuals are invited to remember, discuss their experiences, update their ongoing collaborations, and design future joint collaborations in the areas of research projects and service delivery consulting. |
Keyword(s): Autism, Brazil, ESPCA participants, Interested students |
|
|
|
|
University of Florida Reunion |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Redwood B (Sheraton) |
Chair: Kathryn Guenevere Horton (University of Florida) |
The purpose of this reunion is to provide an opportunity for University of Florida alumni, faculty, students, family, and friends to gather together during this year's convention. |
|
|
|
|
Florida Institute of Technology Behavior Analysis Programs Reunion |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Juniper (Sheraton) |
Chair: David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Faculty, current students, and alumni of the behavior analysis programs at the Florida Institute of Technology are invited to attend the reunion. |
|
|
|
|
Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas: A Celebration of More Than 20 Years of Distinguished Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Grand Ballroom C (Sheraton) |
Chair: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas) |
Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we mark the special occasion of our receipt of the 2012 SABA Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis. Please join us as we celebrate this very special achievement! |
|
|
|
|
University of Kansas Reunion |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Madrona (Sheraton) |
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas) |
The Kansas reunion is the occasion for the alumni of the Department of Human Development and Family Life (1964–2004) and Applied Behavioral Science (2004–present) to gather, become reacquainted, and meet current and past faculty members and students. We feature a slide show and cash bar. |
|
|
|
|
Reception in Honor of Jerry Shook |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Ballard (Sheraton) |
Chair: James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Please join us for a celebration of Dr. Jerry Shook's accomplishments in the development of the behavior analysis profession by his founding of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. |
Keyword(s): BACB, certification, reception |
|
|
|
|
University of Washington Reunion |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Cedar A (Sheraton) |
Chair: Ilene Schwartz (University of Washington) |
Come celebrate and catch up with your colleagues from the University of Washington. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno Reunion |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Willow B (Sheraton) |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
This year marks the 22nd anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at UNR. We look forward to celebrating the following accomplishments with our colleagues and students at the ABAI 2012 Convention: 1) we received the Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis by the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis in May 2010; 2) the program has conferred more than 40 Ph.D. degrees; 3) the on-campus master's program has conferred more than 80 master's degrees; and 4) the satellite master's program has conferred more than 100 off-campus master's degrees in multiple locations in the United States and internationally. |
|
|
|
|
Beacon ABA Services |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Aspen (Sheraton) |
Chair: Steven Woolf (BEACON Services) |
Beacon ABA Services welcomes current/past staff, friends, and MassABA members to join us for our annual celebration. |
|
|
|
|
The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, B. F. Skinner Foundation, and Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies Reunion |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Grand Ballroom D (Sheraton) |
Chair: Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
This event provides an opportunity for all ABAI convention attendees involved with or interested in the B. F. Skinner Foundation, the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, and the Applied Behavior Analysis Departments of The Chicago School of Professional Psychology (Chicago and Los Angeles campuses) to get together, get updates on activities, and make plans for the future. This event is a great time to meet a diverse group of behavior analysts and friends of behavior analysis, from students to seasoned faculty to well-known researchers in the field. All ABAI attendees are invited to network, discuss common interests, and have an all-around good time! |
Keyword(s): Cambridge Center, Chicago School, reunion, Skinner Foundation |
|
|
|
|
University of North Carolina Wilmington Reunion |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Cedar B (Sheraton) |
Chair: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
This reunion will provide an opportunity for UNCW alumni, faculty, students, family, and friends to gather together during this year's convention. |
|
|
|
|
Western Michigan University Reunion |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Grand Ballroom B (Sheraton) |
Chair: R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
This is a social event. It is a reunion for alumni, students, faculty, and friends of Western Michigan University. |
|
|
|
|
The Ohio State University Reunion |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Grand Ballroom A (Sheraton) |
Chair: Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University) |
The Ohio State University Special Education Program will be hosting its annual reunion. All alumni, faculty, students, and friends are invited. |
|
|
|
|
Columbia University and CABAS Reunion |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Willow A (Sheraton) |
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
This event is a social gathering for graduates of the Programs in Behavior Analysis of Columbia University's Graduate School of Arts and Sciences and Teachers College, as well as CABAS's professionals and friends from around the world. |
|
|
|
|
Organizational Behavior Management Network |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
9:30 PM–10:30 PM |
Metropolitan Ballroom A (Sheraton) |
Chair: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is the annual meeting of the Organizational Behavior Management Network. All are invited to attend and discuss topics related to organizational behavior management. Additionally, network officers will present data summarizing the status and development of the organization. |
|
|
|
|
Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (SPABA) Social |
Sunday, May 27, 2012 |
10:00 PM–11:00 PM |
Capitol Hill (Sheraton) |
Chair: Tracie L. Lindblad (Four Points Intervention Strategies, Inc.) |
The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (SPABA) welcomes its members and other ABAI convention attendees for an hour of informal social interaction. This is an opportunity for speech pathologists, behavior analysts, students in these fields, and others to meet and talk about areas of common professional interest. A cash bar and snacks will be available. This social hour will immediately follow the SPABA business meeting. All current, previous, and future SPABA members welcome. Bring a friend! |
Keyword(s): language training, speech pathology, speech training, verbal behavior |
|
|